J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 Service Manual

J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
SERVICE MANUAL
002307MIU
J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
SERVICE MANUAL
J001/J003/J006/
J007/J010/J011
SERVICE MANUAL
002307MIU
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained
within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best
interest of Ricoh Corporation and its member companies.
NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY

FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR
PERMISSION OF RICOH CORPORATION.
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including

desktop images, used in this document are trademarks, registered
trademarks or the property of their respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion
only and for the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of
any trade name, or web site is intended to convey endorsement or other
affiliation with Ricoh products.
© 2006 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.

WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Corporation. Users of this
manual should be either service trained or
certified by successfully completing a Ricoh
Technical Training Program.
Untrained and uncertified users utilizing

information contained in this service manual to
repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal
injury, damage to property or loss of warranty
protection.
Ricoh Corporation
LEGEND
PRODUCT COMPANY
CODE GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN
J001 N/A N/A Aficio G500 N/A
J007 GX3000 GX3000 GX3000 GX3000
J010 GX3050n GX3050n GX3050n GX3050n
J011 GX5050n GX5050n GX5050n GX5050n
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 05/2005 Original Printing
1 10/2005 J006 Addition
2 06/2006 J007/J010/J011 Addition
J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION............................................................................ 1-1
1.1 PREPARATION.........................................................................................1-1
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ...............................................................................1-1
1.1.2 CHOOSING A LOCATION ...............................................................1-2
1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS...............................................1-3
1.1.4 POWER SOURCE............................................................................1-3
1.1.5 REMOVING THE SHIPPING MATERIAL .........................................1-4
1.1.6 USING THE OPERATION PANEL ...................................................1-5
1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .................................................................1-7
1.2.1 ACCESSORY CHECK......................................................................1-7
1.2.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – J003 OPTION).....................1-8
1.2.3 INSTALL THE PRINT CARTRIDGES.............................................1-10
1.2.4 CONNECT THE POWER CORD....................................................1-12
1.2.5 POWER ON/OFF............................................................................1-13
1.2.6 LOAD PAPER.................................................................................1-14
Loading the Standard Paper Cassette ................................................1-14
Loading the Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 Option) ...................1-17
1.2.7 CLEAN THE PRINT HEADS, DO A TEST PRINT ..........................1-20
1.2.8 INSTALL PRINTER DRIVER: USB CONNECTION........................1-21
1.3 OPTIONS ................................................................................................1-22
1.3.1 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION FOR J001)..............................................1-22
1.3.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – OPTION J003)...................1-23
1.3.3 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)...............................................................1-24
1.4 BEFORE MOVING THE PRINTER…......................................................1-25
1.4.1 CHECKLIST BEFORE TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER..............1-25
1.4.2 PURGING THE PRINT HEAD TANKS ...........................................1-25
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.................................................... 2-1
2.1 SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES...............................................................2-1
2.2 SERVICE TECHNICIAN RESPONSIBILITY..............................................2-1
2.3 CLEANING PROCEDURES ......................................................................2-2
2.3.1 FLUSHING GATE.............................................................................2-2
2.3.2 MAINTENANCE UNIT ......................................................................2-3
Suction Cap ..........................................................................................2-3
Right Air Vent........................................................................................2-4
Wiper Blade ..........................................................................................2-5
2.3.3 PRINT HEADS .................................................................................2-6
Nozzle Cover, Nozzle Plate ..................................................................2-6
SM i J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
After Cleaning the Maintenance unit .....................................................2-7
2.4 FEED ROLLER..........................................................................................2-8
2.5 TRANSPORT BELT ..................................................................................2-9
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ........................................ 3-1

3.1 SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES ................................................................3-1
3.2 BASIC REMOVAL PROCEDURES ...........................................................3-2
3.2.1 DUPLEX UNIT ..................................................................................3-2
3.2.2 DETACHING AND REATTACHING OUTPUT TRAY .......................3-3
3.2.3 PAPER FEED CASSETTE ...............................................................3-4
3.2.4 TOP COVER ....................................................................................3-5
3.2.5 RIGHT FRONT DOOR .....................................................................3-6
3.2.6 PRINT CARTRIDGE COVER, REAR COVER .................................3-7
3.2.7 FRONT COVER, LEFT COVER, RIGHT COVER ............................3-8
3.3 FLUSHING UNIT .......................................................................................3-9
3.4 MAINTENANCE UNIT .............................................................................3-10
3.5 WASTE INK UNIT ...................................................................................3-13
3.6 PCBS.......................................................................................................3-15
3.6.1 PSU BOARD ..................................................................................3-15
3.6.2 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD .................................3-16
3.7 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................3-17
3.7.1 PREPARING FOR TEST PRINTING..............................................3-17
3.7.2 OPENING THE PRINTER DRIVER................................................3-17
3.7.3 ADJUST PAPER FEED ..................................................................3-18
3.7.4 NOZZLE BLOCKAGE CHECK .......................................................3-19
3.7.5 ADJUST PRINT HEAD POSITION .................................................3-20
3.7.6 REGISTRATION.............................................................................3-21
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 4-1
4.1 PRINTER DISPLAY SUMMARY ...............................................................4-1
4.1.1 OPERATION PANEL DISPLAY........................................................4-1
4.1.2 STATUS MONITOR MESSAGES.....................................................4-3
4.2 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW.............................................................4-7
4.3 SERVICE CALL ERRORS.........................................................................4-9
4.3.1 SUMMARY OF ERROR LEVELS .....................................................4-9
4.3.2 OUT-OF-RANGE TEMPERATURE ERRORS..................................4-9
4.3.3 SC ERROR CODE TABLE .............................................................4-10
4.4 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING ..........................................................4-12
4.4.1 POOR QUALITY IMAGE ................................................................4-12
Colors not what you expect.................................................................4-12
Colors faint..........................................................................................4-12
Color print job prints in monochrome ..................................................4-12
White patches, or horizontal white lines..............................................4-13
J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 ii SM
Vertical white lines ..............................................................................4-13
Image chaffed in horizontal direction ..................................................4-13
Only 1 line printed at leading edge .....................................................4-13
Unwanted dots ....................................................................................4-13
Skewed image ....................................................................................4-14
Text dirty .............................................................................................4-14
Backs of sheets stained with ink .........................................................4-14
Transparency sheets scratched ..........................................................4-14
Miscellaneous .....................................................................................4-15
4.4.2 PAPER MISFEED...........................................................................4-16
Paper skew .........................................................................................4-16
Double-feeding. ..................................................................................4-16
Failure to feed. ....................................................................................4-17
Paper jam – Type 1.............................................................................4-18
Paper jam – Type 2.............................................................................4-18
Poor output stacking, sheets fall from output tray. ..............................4-18
4.4.3 ERROR DISPLAYS ........................................................................4-19
Paper Jam ..........................................................................................4-19
Cover Open ........................................................................................4-19
Duplex Unit Malfunction ......................................................................4-19
Ink Out ................................................................................................4-20
Cartridge Not Set ................................................................................4-20
Temperature Out of Range .................................................................4-20
Near Maintenance Time......................................................................4-21
All LEDs Flash (no error display) ........................................................4-21
4.4.4 POOR PRINTER PERFORMANCE (MISCELLANEOUS)..............4-21
Cannot set paper cassette. .................................................................4-21
Cannot remove paper cassette...........................................................4-21
Printer does not turn on. .....................................................................4-21
Printer fails to enter “Ready” mode .....................................................4-21
Printing stops before print job finishes. ...............................................4-22
Printer loses power. ............................................................................4-22
Firmware update failed. ......................................................................4-22
4.4.5 UNUSUAL NOISES ........................................................................4-22
Printer emits strange noises at power on............................................4-22
4.5 CLEANING THE PRINT HEADS .............................................................4-23
Preparing for Test Printing ..................................................................4-23
Opening the Printer Driver ..................................................................4-23
Cleaning Cycle 1.................................................................................4-23
Cleaning Cycle 2.................................................................................4-24
If Cleaning Cycle 2 Does Not Solve the Problem................................4-24
4.6 FUSE.......................................................................................................4-25
SERVICE INFORMATION
5. SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................ 5-1

5.1 OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS...........................................................5-1
5.1.1 MAIN FUNCTIONS...........................................................................5-1
SM iii J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
5.1.2 TO SELECT USB 1.1 .......................................................................5-2
5.1.3 TO SELECT USB AUTO SELECT MODE........................................5-2
5.1.4 TO FEED 3 CLEAN SHEETS...........................................................5-2
5.1.5 TO PREPARE THE PRINTER FOR TRANSPORT ..........................5-2
5.2 TEST PRINT SAMPLE DESCRIPTION.....................................................5-3
5.3 UPDATING THE FIRMWARE ...................................................................5-6
DETAILS
6. DETAILS....................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 IMPORTANT PARTS ................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 FRONT VIEW ...................................................................................6-1
6.1.2 REAR VIEW .....................................................................................6-2
6.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS..................................................................6-3
6.3 CARRIAGE UNIT ......................................................................................6-5
6.3.1 OVERVIEW ......................................................................................6-5
6.3.2 PRINT HEAD ....................................................................................6-6
6.3.3 PRINT HEAD TANK .........................................................................6-7
6.3.4 INK EJECTION DEVICE...................................................................6-9
6.3.5 INK NEAR END ..............................................................................6-10
6.3.6 INK OUT .........................................................................................6-11
6.3.7 REGISTRATION SENSOR.............................................................6-12
6.4 INK SUPPLY UNIT ..................................................................................6-13
6.4.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................6-13
6.4.2 PRINT CARTRIDGES ....................................................................6-14
6.4.3 PRINT CARTRIDGE SET SENSOR...............................................6-15
6.4.4 INK SUPPLY PUMP .......................................................................6-16
6.5 MAINTENANCE UNIT .............................................................................6-17
6.5.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................6-17
6.5.2 MAINTENANCE UNIT ....................................................................6-18
Overview.............................................................................................6-18
Maintenance Unit Cleaning Cycle .......................................................6-19
6.5.3 WASTE INK COLLECTION UNIT...................................................6-21
6.5.4 WASTE INK TANK FULL SENSOR................................................6-22
6.5.5 FLUSHING UNIT ............................................................................6-23
6.6 CARRIAGE DRIVE..................................................................................6-24
6.6.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................6-24
6.6.2 CARRIAGE DRIVE .........................................................................6-25
6.6.3 ENVELOPE SELECTOR ................................................................6-26
6.7 PAPER FEED, TRANSPORT, OUTPUT .................................................6-27
6.7.1 OVERVIEW ....................................................................................6-27
6.7.2 CASSETTE LOCK/RELEASE ........................................................6-28
6.7.3 LEADING EDGE AND PAPER SIZE DETECTION.........................6-29
6.7.4 PAPER END, TRAILING EDGE DETECTION................................6-30
6.7.5 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE ........................................................6-31
6.7.6 PAPER PATH .................................................................................6-32
6.7.7 TRANSPORT BELT........................................................................6-33
6.7.8 CHARGE LEAK DETECTION ........................................................6-35
J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 iv SM
6.8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS................................................................6-36
6.8.1 MAIN BOARDS ..............................................................................6-36
6.8.2 CONTROL BOARD ........................................................................6-37
6.8.3 DRV BOARD ..................................................................................6-38
6.8.4 COM BOARD .................................................................................6-39
6.8.5 DC RELAY BOARD ........................................................................6-40
6.8.6 PSU ................................................................................................6-41
6.8.7 CONNECTOR LIST ........................................................................6-42
Control Board......................................................................................6-42
DRV Board..........................................................................................6-42
COM Board.........................................................................................6-42
DC Relay Board ..................................................................................6-43
PSU ....................................................................................................6-43
6.9 BASIC OPERATION................................................................................6-44
6.9.1 INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE AT POWER ON ..............................6-44
6.9.2 PRINT HEAD MAINTENANCE RECOVERY OPERATION............6-45
Filling Sequence .................................................................................6-45
Ink Consumption by Mode ..................................................................6-46
6.10 IMAGE PROCESSING ..........................................................................6-47
6.11 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)......................................................................6-48
6.11.1 OVERVIEW ..................................................................................6-48
6.11.2 DUPLEX DRIVE ...........................................................................6-49
6.11.3 DUPLEX UNIT COVER OPEN SWITCH ......................................6-50
6.11.4 DUPLEX UNIT SET SWITCH .......................................................6-51
6.11.5 BYPASS .......................................................................................6-52
6.12 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET TRAY – J003 OPTION).......................................6-53
6.12.1 OVERVIEW ..................................................................................6-53
6.12.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY) ...........................................6-54
6.12.3 PAPER FEED ...............................................................................6-55
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
1. PRINTER ENGINE BASE SPECIFICATIONS.............................................7-1
2. PAPER SPECIFICATIONS .........................................................................7-5
2.1 NORTH AMERICA...............................................................................7-5
2.2 EUROPE .............................................................................................7-6
3. MAIN UNIT AND OPTION DESCRIPTIONS ...............................................7-7
4. MAIN CONFIGURATION............................................................................7-8
DISPLAYED MESSAGES
8. DISPLAYED MESSAGES ............................................................ 8-1

8.1 JAM ERRORS ...........................................................................................8-1
8.1.1 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: TRAY 1 ............................8-1
8.1.2 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: TRAY 2 (J003) .................8-3
8.1.3 PAPER MISFEED: OUTPUT TRAY, DUPLEX UNIT........................8-4
SM v J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
8.1.4 PAPER MISFEED: GUIDE PLATE ...................................................8-6
8.1.5 PAPER MISFEED: OUTPUT TRAY, GUIDE PLATE........................8-7
8.1.6 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: BYPASS ..........................8-8
8.1.7 PAPER MISFEED - JAM: TRAY 2 (J003).........................................8-9
8.1.8 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: BYPASS ...............................................8-10
8.1.9 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: TRAY 1 GUIDE PLATE ........................8-11
8.1.10 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: TRAY 2 REAR COVER, GUIDE
PLATE (J003) ................................................................................8-13
8.1.11 PAPER MISFEED – DUPLEX PRINTING (GUIDE PLATE) ..........8-15
8.1.12 PAPER MISFEED – INITIAL JAM AT POWER ON .......................8-16
8.1.13 PAPER REMAINS - BYPASS........................................................8-17
8.1.14 PAPER JAM – CARRIAGE BLOCKED..........................................8-17
8.2 SC CODES..............................................................................................8-19
8.2.1 ERR-999.........................................................................................8-19
8.2.2 ERR-997.........................................................................................8-19
8.2.3 ERR-996.........................................................................................8-20
8.2.4 ERR-994.........................................................................................8-20
8.2.5 ERR-993.........................................................................................8-21
8.2.6 ERR-992.........................................................................................8-22
8.2.7 ERR-990.........................................................................................8-22
8.2.8 ERR-973.........................................................................................8-23
8.2.9 ERR-951.........................................................................................8-24
8.2.10 ERR-950........................................................................................8-24
8.3 OTHER ERRORS....................................................................................8-26
8.3.1 READY ...........................................................................................8-26
8.3.2 PREPARING/ADJUSTING - 1 ........................................................8-26
8.3.3 PREPARING/ADJUSTING - 2 ........................................................8-26
8.3.4 TEMPERATURE OUT OF RANGE ................................................8-26
8.3.5 SUPPLYING INK ............................................................................8-27
8.3.6 PRINT CARTRIDGE EMPTY .........................................................8-27
8.3.7 INK OUT .........................................................................................8-27
8.3.8 PRINT CARTRIDGE MISSING/INCORRECTLY SET ....................8-27
8.3.9 INK WASTE TANK NEEDS REPLACEMENT ................................8-28
8.3.10 COVER OPEN/DUPLEX NOT INSTALLED ..................................8-28
8.3.11 PRINTER COVER/DUPLEX UNIT COVER...................................8-28
8.3.12 DUPLEX UNIT ERROR .................................................................8-29
8.3.13 PAPER SIZE - 1 ............................................................................8-29
8.3.14 CANNOT COMMUNICATE ...........................................................8-29
8.3.15 COVER OPEN/DUPLEX UNIT ......................................................8-30
8.3.16 PRINT HEAD CLEANING IN PROGRESS....................................8-30
8.3.17 READY ..........................................................................................8-30
8.3.18 READY/RESET .............................................................................8-31
8.4 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ...............................................................8-32
8.4.1 ABNORMAL IMAGE .......................................................................8-32
8.4.2 POOR PAPER FEED OUTPUT......................................................8-35
8.4.3 DIRTY TEXT IMAGES....................................................................8-38
8.4.4 HARDWARE PROBLEMS..............................................................8-39
8.4.5 SPURIOUS NOISE – HORIZONTAL DRIVE SYSTEM ..................8-40
8.4.6 SC CODES.....................................................................................8-41
J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 vi SM
8.4.7 PAPER HALTS ...............................................................................8-44
8.4.8 PAPER FEED .................................................................................8-45
8.4.9 OTHER ...........................................................................................8-49
8.5 CALL RESPONSE...................................................................................8-51
J006
SEE J006 SECTION FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
J007/J010/J011
SEE J007/J010/J011 SECTION FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
J007/J010/J011 CALL CENTER MANUAL

SEE J007/J010/J011 CALL CENTER MANUAL SECTION FOR DETAILED TABLE
OF CONTENTS
J007/J010/J011 REPAIR CENTER MANUAL

SEE J007/J010/J011 REPAIR CENTER MANUAL SECTION FOR DETAILED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRICOM R-9100U
SEE PRICOM R-9100U SECTION FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS
SM vii J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011
Conventions Used in this Manual
This manual uses several symbols.
Symbol What it means

Refer to section number
See Core Tech Manual for

details
 Screw
 Connector
 E-ring
 Clip ring
 Clamp
Sideways, LEF
Lengthwise, SEF
(Long Edge Feed)
(Short Edge Feed)
Warnings, Cautions, Notes

In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
 WARNING
A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning
could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution
could result in minor or moderate injury or damage to the machine or other
property.
Important
• Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals,
loss of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
NOTE: This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the
machine.
Safety Instructions
For your safety, please read this manual carefully before you service this product.
Always keep this manual handy for future reference.
Safety Information
Always obey these safety precautions when using this product.
Switches and Symbols
Where symbols are used on or near switches on machines for Europe and other
areas, the meaning of each symbol conforms with IEC60417.
ON
OFF
Push ON/Push OFF
STANDBY
SAFE-SYM.WMF
Responsibilities of the Customer Engineer

Maintenance
Maintenance shall be done only by trained customer engineers who have
completed service training for the machine and all optional devices designed for
use with the machine.
Installation
The main machine and options can be installed by either the customer or customer
engineer. The customer or customer engineer must follow the installation
instructions described in the operating instructions.
Reference Material for Maintenance
Maintenance shall be done with the special tools and the procedures prescribed for
maintenance of the machine described in the reference materials (service manuals,
technical bulletins, operating instructions, and safety guidelines for customer
engineers).
Use only consumable supplies and replacement parts designed for use with the
machine.
Before Installation, Maintenance
Shipping and Moving the Machine
CAUTION
1. Work carefully when lifting or moving the machine. If the machine is heavy,
two or more customer engineers may be required to prevent injuries (muscle
strains, spinal injuries, etc.) or damage to the machine if it is dropped or
tipped over.
2. Personnel moving or working around the machine should always wear proper
clothing and footwear. Never wear loose fitting clothing or accessories
(neckties, loose sweaters, bracelets, etc. ) or casual footwear (slippers,
sandals, etc.) when lifting or moving the machine.
3. Always unplug the power cord from the power source before you move the
machine. Before you move the machine, arrange the power cord so it will not
fall under the machine.
Power
Warning
1. Always turn the machine off and disconnect the power plug before doing any
maintenance procedure. After turning the machine off, power is still supplied
to the main machine and other devices. To prevent electrical shock, switch
the machine off, wait for a few seconds, then unplug the machine from the
power source.
2. Before you do any checks or adjustments after turning the machine off, work
carefully to avoid injury. After removing covers or opening the machine to do
checks or adjustments, avoid touching electrical components or moving parts
(gears, timing belts, etc.).
3. After turning the machine on with any cover removed, keep your hands away
from electrical components and moving parts. Never touch the gears, timing
belts, etc.
Installation, Disassembly, and Adjustments

CAUTION
1. After installation, maintenance, or adjustment, always check the operation of
the machine to make sure that it is operating normally. This ensures that all
shipping materials, protective materials, wires and tags, metal brackets, etc.,
(attached to protect the machine during shipping), have been removed and
that no tools remain inside the machine.
2. Never use your fingers to check moving parts that are causing spurious
noise. Never use your fingers to lubricate moving parts while the machine is
operating.
Special Tools
CAUTION
1. Use only standard tools approved for machine maintenance.
2. For special adjustments, use only the special tools and lubricants described
in the service manual. Using tools incorrectly, or using tools that could
damage parts, could damage the machine or cause injuries.
During Maintenance
General
CAUTION
1. Before you begin a maintenance procedure, always:
• Switch the machine off.
• Disconnect the power plug from the power source.
2. Avoid touching the components inside the machine that are labeled as hot
surfaces.
Safety Devices
 WARNING
1. Never remove any safety device (a fuse, thermistor, etc.) unless it requires
replacement. Always replace a safety device immediately.
2. Never do any procedure that defeats the function of any safety device.
Modification or removal of a safety device (fuse, thermistor, etc.) could cause
a fire and personal injury. After removal and replacement of any safety
device, always test the operation of the machine to ensure that it is operating
normally and safely.
3. For replacement parts use only the correct fuses, thermistors, circuit
breakers, etc. rated for use with the machine. Using replacement devices not
designed for use with the machine could cause a fire and personal injuries.
Organic Cleaners
CAUTION
1. During preventive maintenance, never use any organic cleaners (alcohol,
etc.) other than those described in the service manual. (Refer the “2.
Preventive Maintenance” in the Service Manual.)
2. Make sure the room is well ventilated before using any organic cleaner.
Always use organic solvents in small amounts to avoid breathing the fumes
and becoming nauseous.
3. Switch the machine off, unplug it, and allow it to cool before doing preventive
maintenance. To avoid fire or explosion, never use an organic cleaner near
any component that generates heat.
4. Wash your hands thoroughly after cleaning parts with an organic cleaner to
avoid contamination of food, drinks, etc. which could cause illness.
Power Plug and Power Cord

WARNING
1. Before servicing the machine (especially when responding to a service call),
always make sure that the power plug has been inserted completely into the
power source. A partially inserted plug could lead to heat generation (due to
a power surge caused by high resistance) and cause a fire or other problems.
2. Always check the power plug and make sure that it is free of dust and lint.
Clean it if necessary. A dirty plug can generate heat and cause a fire.
3. Inspect the entire length of the power cord for cuts or other damage. Replace
the power cord if necessary. A frayed or otherwise damaged power cord can
cause a short circuit which could lead to a fire or personal injury from
electrical shock.
4. Check the length of the power cord between the machine and power supply.
Make sure the power cord is not coiled or wrapped around any object such
as a table leg. Coiling the power cord can cause excessive heat to build up
and could cause a fire.
5. Make sure that the area around the power source is free of obstacles so the
power cord can be removed quickly in case of an emergency.
6. Make sure that the power cord is grounded (earthed) at the power source
with the ground wire on the plug.
7. Connect the power cord directly into the power source. Never use an
extension cord.
8. When you disconnect the power plug from the power source, always pull the
plug, not the cable.
After Installation, Servicing
Disposal of Used Items
WARNING
Ink is flammable. Never attempt to incinerate empty GELSPRINTER cartridges.
CAUTION
1. Always dispose of used items in accordance with the local laws and
regulations regarding the disposal of such items.
2. To protect the environment, never dispose of this product or any kind of
waste from consumables at a household waste collection point. Dispose of
these items at one of our dealers or at an authorized collection site.
Points to Confirm with Operators

At the end of installation or a service call, instruct the user about use of the
machine. Emphasize the following points.
• Show operators how to remove jammed paper and troubleshoot other minor
problems by following the procedures described in the operating instructions.
• Point out the parts inside the machine that they should never touch or attempt to
remove.
• Confirm that operators know how to store and dispose of consumables such as
GELSPRINTER cartridges, ammonia water, paper, etc..
• Make sure that all operators have access to an operating instruction manual for
the machine.
• Confirm that operators have read and understand all the safety instructions
described in the operating instructions.
• Demonstrate how to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug (by pulling
the plug, not the cord) if any of the following events occur:
1) Something has spilled into the product.
2) Service or repair of the product is necessary.
3) The product cover has been damaged.
• Caution operators about removing paper fasteners around the machine. They
should never allow paper clips, staples, or any other small metallic objects to fall
into the product.
Important: Make sure the operators understand the following points:
• The operator must lift the output tray to release the paper cassette before
loading paper.
• Paper is loaded in the standard paper cassette without removing it from the
printer.
• The operator should never attempt to remove the paper cassette from the
printer.
Special Safety Instructions For GELSPRINTER cartridges
Accidental Physical Exposure To Ink
CAUTION
1. If ink gets on the skin, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold
running water.
2. If ink gets into the eyes, immediately flush the eyes with cold running water. If
there are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention.
3. If ink is swallowed, drink a strong solution of cold water and table salt to
induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
4. Ink is difficult to remove from fabric. Work carefully to avoid staining clothing
when performing routine maintenance or replacing cartridges.
Handling and Storing GELSPRINTER cartridges

WARNING
Ink is flammable. Never store GELSPRINTER cartridges in a location where they
will be exposed to high temperature or an open flame.
CAUTION
1. Always store GELSPRINTER cartridges out of the reach of children.
2. Always store GELSPRINTER cartridges in a cool, dry location that is not
exposed to direct sunlight.
GELSPRINTER cartridge Disposal

CAUTION
1. Attach the caps to empty ink containers for temporary storage to avoid
accidental spillage.
2. Return empty GELSPRINTER cartridges to a local dealer who can accept
such items for collection and recycling or disposal.
3. If the customer decides to dispose of empty GELSPRINTER cartridges, make
sure that they are disposed of in accordance with local laws and regulations.
J001/J003 INSTALLATION
POSITION 1
TAB
J006 SECTION
J001/J003 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
POSITION 2
TAB
J007/J010/J011 SECTION
PRICOM R-9100U
J001/J003 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
POSITION 3
TAB
J001/J003 TROUBLESHOOTING
POSITION 4
TAB
J007/J010/J011 REPAIR CENTER MANUAL
J001/J003 SERVICE INFORMATION
POSITION 5
TAB
J001/J003 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
POSITION 6
TAB
J001/J003 SPECIFICATIONS
POSITION 7
TAB
J001/J003 DISPLAYED MESSAGES

POSITION 8
TAB
INSTALLATION
PREPARATION
1. INSTALLATION
Installation
1.1 PREPARATION
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
%Rh
100
10C (50F),
80 80% 27C (80.6F), 80%
25C (77F), 70%

60 32C (89.6F),
54%
40
15C (59F), 30% 25C (77F), 30%
20 32C (89.6F), 15%

10C (50F), 15%
10 20 32
Allowed range
Recommended range
G707I900.WMF
Put the machine in a location with these requirements:

Temperature Range: 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 89.6°F)
Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH
Ambient Illumination: Less than 1,500 Lux (never expose to direct sunlight).
Ventilation: More than 30 m3/hr/person in the work area
Ambient Dust: Less than 0.10 mg/m3
SM 1-1 J001/J003
PREPARATION
1.1.2 CHOOSING A LOCATION
1. Always install the machine in these areas:

• On a sturdy, level surface.
• Where it will not get damp.
2. Make sure the machine does not get exposed to these:
• Extreme changes from low to high temperatures, or high to low
temperatures.
• Cold or cool air from an air conditioner.
• Heat from a space heater.
3. Never install the machine in areas that get these:
• Dust, lint, or corrosive fumes in the air.
• Strong vibrations.
• Locations higher than 2,000 m (6,500 ft) above sea level.
4. Put the machine on a sturdy, level surface.
• Put a level on the machine in these areas:
• Front/back
• Left/right side.
• Make sure variations between the front/back and left/right level readings are
less than 2 degrees.
J001/J003 1-2 SM
PREPARATION
Installation
1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS
[A]
[C]
[B]
[D]
G707I901.BMP
J001 A= 403 mm 15.9 in.

B= 440 mm 17.3 in.
C= At least 12 cm At least 5 in.
D= At least 17 cm At least 7 in.
J003 A= 490 mm 20 in.
B= 460 mm 18 in.
C= At least 12 cm At least 5 in.
D= At least 17 cm At least 7 in.
1.1.4 POWER SOURCE
North America 120 V, 60 Hz, more than 0.8 A
SM 1-3 J001/J003
PREPARATION
1.1.5 REMOVING THE SHIPPING MATERIAL
[A]
[B]
[E]
G707I902.BMP
[D] [C]
s [F]
G707I903.BMP
Tape from the machine:

[A]: Top cover (x1)
[B]: Right front door (x1)
[C]: Output tray (x3)
[D]: Paper cassette (x1)
[E]: Power cord (x3)
Important:
• Do not remove the paper seal from the USB port [F] until you are ready to
connect the USB cable. Keep the port covered until you are instructed to connect
the USB cable at the time you install the printer driver.
• Re-attach tape at the points shown in the illustrations above before you move or
ship the printer to another location.
J001/J003 1-4 SM
PREPARATION
1.1.6 USING THE OPERATION PANEL
Installation
Here is a brief description of how to use the keys on the printer operation panel.
G707I904.BMP
1. Low Ink Indicators

Each LED shows the position of each Print cartridge in the printer:
K (Black), C (Cyan), M (Magenta), and Y (Yellow).
Flashing The cartridge is empty. You can use the printer for a short time. Replace the
cartridge as soon as possible.
On There is no ink in the printer. At this time, you cannot print. Replace the ink
cartridge.
All On A Print cartridge is not in the machine, or, is not installed correctly. Open the right
front door. Check all the cartridges.
2. [Power] key
To turn the printer on and off
1. To turn the printer on, press and hold the [Power] key for at least 1 sec.
• The [Power] key flashes and stays in this condition until the printer warms
up.
• When the printer is ready for operation, the [Power] key goes on and stays
in this condition. At this time the printer is in standby mode and ready to
print.
2. Press the [Power] key once to turn the printer off. The power LED flashes
slowly for a few moments. Then it goes off.
To print a Sample Print
1. Press the [Power] key to switch the printer off. Wait for the power LED to go off.
2. Press and hold down the [Cancel] + [Paper Feed] Keys. Then press the
[Power] key for at least 3 seconds
3. Release the keys when the low ink indicators LEDs show red.
SM 1-5 J001/J003
PREPARATION
3. [Paper Feed] Key

To restart an interrupted print job
Press the [Paper Feed] key to start a print job again after you remove the cause of
an error (paper jam, for example). The [Cancel] key flashes or lights and stays in
this condition for errors. For more, see Section “4. Troubleshooting”.
To feed a sheet manually
Set a sheet of paper in the bypass tray on top of the duplexer. Then press the
[Paper Feed] key at the time the software application prompts you to do so when
you manually feed paper.
To print a blank sheet (cleaning)
1. Press the [Power] key to switch the printer off.
2. Wait for the power LEDs to go off.
3. Press and hold down the [Paper Feed] key. Then press and hold down the
[Power] key for at least 3 seconds.
The ink level LEDs go on. Then one blank sheet is fed through the paper path.
Then the paper exits the printer.
4. [Cancel] key
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel a print job. This procedure erases all the data
from the printer memory.
To clean all the print heads
Press the [Cancel] key and hold it down for at least 3 seconds to make the [Power]
key flash. Then release it. The printer cleans all four print heads (Normal Cleaning).
To print a Nozzle Check Pattern
1. Press the [Power] key to turn the printer off.
2. Wait for the power LED to go off.
3. Press and hold down the [Cancel] key. Then press the [Power] key for at least
3 seconds. The four ink level LEDs go on. The printer prints the Nozzle Check
Pattern.
J001/J003 1-6 SM
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Installation
1.2.1 ACCESSORY CHECK
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Q’ty
1. USB Cable ............................................................................. 1
2. Setup Guide........................................................................... 1
3. Printer Driver Installer & Manual CD-ROM ............................ 1
4. Print Cartridge (Yellow).......................................................... 1
5. Print Cartridge (Magenta) ...................................................... 1
6. Print Cartridge (Cyan)............................................................ 1
7. Print Cartridge (Black) ........................................................... 1
8. Duplex Unit *1........................................................................ 1
Registration Card................................................................... 1
Warranty Card ....................................................................... 1
*1 The J003 is shipped with the Duplex Unit installed. The Duplex Unit is optional for the J001.
1
2
8
7 G707I905.BMP
4 6
5
CAUTION
Always set the machine off and unplug the machine before you do the
following procedures.
SM 1-7 J001/J003
1.2.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – J003 OPTION)
[B]
[A]
[C]
G707I906.BMP
G707I907.BMP
Important
• You must set up the 500-Sheet Paper Tray first before you put the printer on top
of it.
• You can only install this option on the J003 machine.
• Go to the next section if you will not install the paper tray.
1. Make sure that the printer power cord is not connected to the power source.
2. Remove the paper tray [A] from its box.
3. Position the 500-Sheet Paper Tray paper tray where the printer will be set up.
4. Remove all of the orange tape [B] and other shipping materials.
5. Remove the tape and sheet [C].
J001/J003 1-8 SM
Installation
[A]
G707I908.BMP
[B]
G707I909.BMP
6. Attach the tray cover [A] on the paper tray.

7. Align the connection point holes [B] in the bottom of the printer with the pegs of
the paper tray while you hold the printer as shown.
8. Slowly set the printer on top of the paper tray.
9. This completes the installation of the printer on the paper tray.
SM 1-9 J001/J003
1.2.3 INSTALL THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
CAUTION
1. If ink gets on the skin, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold
running water.
2. If ink gets into the eyes, immediately flush the eyes with cold running water. If
there are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention
immediately.
3. If ink is swallowed, drink a strong solution of cold water and table salt to
induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
4. Ink is difficult to remove from fabric. Work carefully to avoid staining clothing
when performing routine maintenance or replacing cartridges.
5. Always store ink cartridges out of the reach of children.
G707I910.BMP
1. Get the four cartridges provided with the printer.

Important
• The "Starter" ink cartridges provided for installation contain a limited supply
of ink. Make sure that you have an additional set of ink cartridges available
for replacement before you use the printer.
• Use only Ricoh Print Cartridges designed for use with this printer.
2. Open the front cover.
J001/J003 1-10 SM
Installation
[B]
[A]
G707I911.BMP
[C]
G707I912.BMP
[D] G707I913.BMP
3. Remove the Black Print cartridge from its package.

4. Hold the black cartridge [A] as shown. Then set it in the first slot on the left.
5. Press the “PUSH” label [B] on the cartridge to install it.
6. Make sure that the cartridge is correctly inserted.
7. Continue from the left. Do Steps 3-6 again to insert the other cartridges.
NOTE: Follow the order of the color decals [C] on the right front door to match
each color cartridge with the correct position.
8. Make sure that the cartridges are inserted in this order, from left to right:
• K (Black)
• C (Cyan)
• M (Magenta)
• Y (Yellow)
9. Close the right front door [D].
SM 1-11 J001/J003
1.2.4 CONNECT THE POWER CORD

[A]
[C]
G707I914.BMP
[B]
[D] G707I915.BMP
1. Remove the tape [A] and power cord [B] from the back of the printer.
2. Plug the power cord [C] into the power source.
3. Ground the power cord at the power source with the ground wire [D] attached
to the plug.
 WARNING!
1. Always connect the printer to a correct power source.
2. Do not share the printers power source with another electrical device or
appliance.
3. Connect the power cord directly into the power source. Never use an
extension cord.
4. Never attempt to modify the power cord in any way.
5. Never put heavy objects on the power cord.
6. Make sure that the area around the power source is free of unwanted
things so you can remove the power cord quickly in case of an
emergency.
7. Make sure the power cord is not coiled or wrapped around any object.
The power cord can get excessive heat build up and could cause a fire if
it gets coiled.
8. Never handle the power cord with wet hands.
J001/J003 1-12 SM
1.2.5 POWER ON/OFF
Installation
G707I916.BMP
Important!
• It takes approximately 6 minutes for the J001 and 9 minutes for the
J003 to fill the tanks.
• Never switch off the printer at the time the print head tanks are being
filled.
• The printer will dump the ink and empty the tanks if you set the power
off/on at the time the tanks are being filled. The printer will show ‘ink
out’ alert the next time the printer is powered on.
1. Remove all paper from the standard paper cassette (or the optional 500-sheet
Paper Tray for the J003).
2. Press and hold down the [Power] key for at least 1 sec.
The power LED flashes and stays in this condition at the time the print head
tanks fill with ink.
The printer needs 6 to 9 minutes to fill the print head tanks. You must wait for
this period of time when you set the printer on for the first time after you have
installed the printer. You cannot use the printer until after all of the print head
tanks are filled.
The [Power] key lights and stays on. At this time the printer is in standby
mode and ready for operation.
SM 1-13 J001/J003
1.2.6 LOAD PAPER

Loading the Standard Paper Cassette
[A]
[B]
G707I917.BMP
[D] [B]
G707I918.BMP
[C]
G707I919.BMP
[E]
1. Raise the output tray [A]. The paper cassette ejects slightly from the printer
after the output tray is raised.
Important: Always raise the output tray before you pull the paper cassette
partially out of the printer.
2. Hold the paper cassette [B] on both sides. Then slowly pull it out until it stops.
Important: Do not attempt to remove the paper cassette from the printer. You
do not have to fully remove the paper tray from the printer to load it with paper.
3. Pinch the side fence tabs [C], [D] on the left and right side of the paper cassette.
Then move them to correct position for the paper size you want to set (A4 or
LTR).
4. Pinch the bottom fence tabs [E]. Then slide the bottom fence out.
J001/J003 1-14 SM
Installation
[B]
[A]
[C]
G707I920.BMP
G707I921.BMP
5. Get a stack of paper. Then fan it to remove static cling.

6. Load the paper [A] into the cassette.
7. Add paper until it gets to the load limit marks [B].
Important: Never load paper higher than the load limit mark.
8. Pinch the bottom fence tabs [C]. Then move the bottom fence to the edge of
the stack.
9. Check the positions of the side fences.
• The width side fences and bottom fence should not be to tight against the
sides and bottom of the stack.
• If the stack goes upward, the fences are too tight. Adjust their positions so
the top of the stack is perfectly flat.
SM 1-15 J001/J003
[A]
[B]
G707I922.BMP
G707I923.BMP
10. Hold the paper cassette [A] on both sides. Then push it slowly into the printer.
11. Lower the output tray [B].
J001/J003 1-16 SM
Loading the Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 Option)
Installation
[A]
[B]
G707I924.BMP
G707I925.BMP
1. Raise the paper tray [A] slightly. Then pull it toward you to remove it.
2. Remove the paper tray cover [B].
SM 1-17 J001/J003
[A]
[B]
[D]
[C]
G707I926.BMP
G707I927.BMP
3. Pinch the tabs of the side fences [A], [B] on the left and right side of the paper
cassette. Then move them to correct position for the paper size you want (A4
or LTR).
4. Pinch the tabs of the bottom fence [C]. Then slide it forward completely.
5. Get a stack of paper. Then fan it to remove static cling.
6. Load the paper into the cassette.
7. Add paper until it gets to the load limit marks [D].
Important: Never load paper higher than the load limit mark.
J001/J003 1-18 SM
Installation
[A]
[B]
G707I928.BMP
G707I929.BMP
[C]
G707I930.BMP
8. Pinch the tabs of the bottom fence [A]. Then move it to the edge of the stack.
9. Make sure the top of the stack is perfectly flat. Do this if the top of the stack
bends upward:
• Adjust the positions of the side fences and bottom fence.
10. Reattach the paper tray cover [B].
11. Slowly insert the paper tray [C] into the printer.
12. Make sure that the paper tray is correctly inserted.
SM 1-19 J001/J003
1.2.7 CLEAN THE PRINT HEADS, DO A TEST PRINT
G707I931.BMP
1 [Power]
2 [Paper Feed]
3 [Cancel]

1. Press the [Power] key to turn the printer on if the printer is off.
2. Press and hold down the [Cancel] key for at least 3 seconds to make the
[Power] key flash. Then release it.
• The printer cleans all four print heads (Normal Cleaning).
• The cleaning takes about 1.5 min.
1. Press the [Power] key to turn the printer off.
2. Wait for the [Power] key to go off.
3. Press and hold down the [Cancel] key. Then press the [Power] key for at least
3 seconds.
4. Release the keys when the four red LEDs go on. The printer will print the
Nozzle Check Pattern.
5. Check the four ladder patterns of the Nozzle Check Pattern. ( 3.7.4)
J001/J003 1-20 SM
1.2.8 INSTALL PRINTER DRIVER: USB CONNECTION
Installation
The printer driver and the USB driver are located on the installer CD-ROM provided
with the printer.
Important:
• You cannot use the USB cable to connect the printer and PC if you use Windows
95 or Windows NT 4.0. You must use a network connection.
• You can only use the USB cable with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000,
Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.
• You must use USB 1.1 if you use Windows 98 or Windows Me. The printer is set
for "Auto Detection" by default. In this mode the printer can use either USB 1.1 or
USB 2.0.
1. Remove the paper seal from the USB port of the printer.
2. Put the installer CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive of the computer.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to install the printer driver and the USB
driver.
NOTE: Do not connect the USB cable to the printer until you are instructed to
do so.
To connect the printer to the PC with the USB cable
[A]
G707I932.BMP
1. Put the square connector of the USB cable [A] into the connection point on the
back of the printer.
2. Connect the flat connector of the USB cable into the PC.
SM 1-21 J001/J003
OPTIONS
1.3 OPTIONS
1.3.1 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION FOR J001)
The Duplex Unit is optional for the J001. You must install this option. The J003 is
shipped with the Duplex Unit installed. You do not have to install it.
1. Make sure that the printer is switched
off and that the power cord is [A]
disconnected from the power source.
2. Remove the Duplex Unit from its box.
3. Remove the shipping tape [A] from the
Duplex Unit.
G707I933.BMP
4. Remove the pocket cover [B from the

back of the printer.
[B]
G707I934.BMP
5. Attach the Duplex Unit to the back of
the printer.
6. Lower the right lever [C] and left lever
[D] of the Duplex Unit.
G707I935.BMP
[D] [C]
Important
• Lift both sides of the printer with the handles provided when you move the printer.
• Never the grip the Duplex Unit when you lift the printer. This can damage the
printer and Duplex Unit.
J001/J003 1-22 SM
OPTIONS
1.3.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – OPTION J003)
Installation
The 500-Sheet Paper Tray (Tray 2) is an option for the J003 only. You cannot
install this option on the J001.
G707I936.BMP
1 Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray)

Hold 500 sheets of standard PPC.
2 Tray 2 Rear Cover
Open to remove paper jams.
3 Tray 2 Cover
Remove to load paper in the paper tray.
SM 1-23 J001/J003
OPTIONS
1.3.3 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)

The Duplex Unit is provided with the J003. The Duplex Unit is optional for the J001.
1
2
3
4
G707I937.BMP
1 Bypass Tray Guides

The top of the Duplex Unit is also the bypass tray. Adjust these guides to the width
of the paper at the time you feed paper from the bypass tray.
2 Duplex Unit Cover Button
Releases the cover so it can be opened.
3 Duplex Unit Cover
Release with the Duplex Unit cover button. Then open the cover to remove paper
jammed in the Duplex Unit.
4 Duplex Unit Lock
Locks the Duplex Unit onto the printer. These buttons must be positioned
completely down. Raise both buttons to detach the Duplex Unit from the printer.
J001/J003 1-24 SM
BEFORE MOVING THE PRINTER
1.4 BEFORE MOVING THE PRINTER
Installation
1.4.1 CHECKLIST BEFORE TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER
Make sure the operators know these procedures about moving the printer:
• The printer is light and weighs 11 kg (24.3 lb.). To lift the printer, grip it at the
center of each side by the hand recesses provided.
• Never grip the Duplex Unit on the back of the printer.
• Make sure the covers and trays are closed. Secure them with tape. Attach the
tape at the same area you removed at the time of installation. ( 1.1.5)
• Disconnect the power cord. Tape the power cord to the back of the printer.
• Remove all paper in the feed trays.
• Do a test print to confirm that the printer operates correctly after you move it to
another location. Do the cleaning procedures with the printer driver, if necessary.
• The ink cartridges should remain in the printer. It is not necessary to remove the
before transporting the printer. However, ink must be purged from the print head
tanks before the printer is transported. (See procedure below.)
Important
• TO AVOID INK SPILLAGE, ALWAYS HOLD THE PRINTER LEVEL WHEN YOU MOVE IT. WORK
CAREFULLY TO AVOID DROPPING IT OR COLLIDING WITH OTHER OBJECTS IN THE WORK
AREA.
1.4.2 PURGING THE PRINT HEAD TANKS

Important! Do this procedure before transporting the printer over a long distance.
Before moving the printer to another location in the same room or building, for
example, no preparation is necessary. Just switch the printer off and unplug the
power cord.
1. If the printer is on, press the
[Power] key to switch the printer [Power] [Paper Feed] [Cancel]
off.
2. Press and hold down the [Paper
Feed] and [Cancel] keys together,
then press the [Power] key.
3. When the four ink LEDs [A] light,
release the [Power] key and
[Paper Feed] key, then press the
[Cancel] key 8 times.
[A] G707I938.BMP
The printer will start purging ink from the print head sub tanks. When the ink
purge is finished, the [Power] key will go off automatically.
SM 1-25 J001/J003
SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
There are no maintenance procedures that need normal care or replacement.
However, the customer engineer should do the procedures shown in this section at
the time a service call is requested.
Maintenance
Preventive
2.1 SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES
Description At Service Call, or as Required
External Covers Damp cloth.

Feed Roller Damp cloth. Release the feed clutch lock. Rotate the roller freely
as you clean it. ( 2.4)
Friction Pad Damp cloth. This is the cork friction pad on the front edge of the
standard paper cassette (Tray 1).
Transport Belt Damp cloth. Then dry cloth. ( 2.5)
Important: To protect the surface of the transport belt, never
use alcohol or any other type of organic solvent.
Printer Operation, Print Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. Then check the results. Clean the
Quality print heads if necessary. For more, see "Image Adjustment" in
section "3. Replacement and Adjustment".
Waste Ink Tank Replace when SC992 shows. The waste ink tank is full, or when
the display prompts that the printer needs maintenance. Open
the printer driver to confirm either condition. For more, see
Flushing Unit Gate Dry cloth. Always remove the ink that has hardened around the
flushing gate when you replace the waste ink tank. To remove
hardened ink, you may need to use a small screwdriver or
similar tool. ( 2.3.1)
Maintenance unit Dry cloth. Always use a tightly wrapped dry cloth to remove the
ink that has hardened around the suction cap and wiper blade
when you replace the waste ink tank. ( 2.3.2)
Print Heads Dry cloth. Gently wipe clean the print head nozzles and nozzle
loop plates on the front side when you replace the waste ink
tank. ( 2.3.3)
2.2 SERVICE TECHNICIAN RESPONSIBILITY

The responsibility of the service technician is limited for this reason:
• This machine is adjusted for optimum performance at the factory before it gets
shipped.
• Do these if a serious problem occurs:
• Return the printer to the National Reclamation Center.
• Replace the printer
• Examine Section “3. Replacement and Adjustment” for replacement procedures.
SM 2-1 J001/J003
CLEANING PROCEDURES
2.3 CLEANING PROCEDURES

2.3.1 FLUSHING GATE
[A]
[B] [C] G707P901.BMP
1. Open the top cover.

2. Push the operation lever [A] to the left.
3. Use the tip of a screwdriver or other tool wrapped in soft cloth to remove the ink
that has hardened inside the slits [B] of the flushing gate.
4. Use a slightly damp cloth to wipe clean the ink splatter around the flushing
gates [C].
Important: Dry ink that has collected around the flushing gate can let streaks
show in printouts.
J001/J003 2-2 SM
CLEANING PROCEDURES
2.3.2 MAINTENANCE UNIT
[A]
[B]
Maintenance
Preventive
G707P902.BMP
G707P903.BMP
Suction Cap
1. Remove the maintenance unit. ( 3.4)
2. Turn the drive gear [A] of the maintenance motor to the right to raise the
suction cap.
3. Wrap the tip of screwdriver or similar tool [B] with a damp cloth.
4. Use the wrapped tip of the screwdriver to clean these:
• Inside the cap
• Around the cap to remove the hardened ink
Important: Always wrap the tip of the tool with a with a damp cloth. This will
prevent the suction cup from getting scratched. A scratched suction cap could
cause poor print jobs.
SM 2-3 J001/J003
CLEANING PROCEDURES
Right Air Vent
[A]
G707P904.BMP
1. Use a screwdriver or similar tool to remove hardened ink from inside the right
air vent [A].
2. Use a dry cloth to remove ink splatter from inside the right air vent.
J001/J003 2-4 SM
CLEANING PROCEDURES
Wiper Blade
[A]
Maintenance
Preventive
[B]
G707P905.BMP
1. Rotate the maintenance motor gear to the right to raise the suction caps [A]
and hold it open. ( 2.3.2)
2. Rotate the motor gear again until the wiper blade [B] is open.
3. Use a dry cloth to remove ink splatter from the wiper blade and the area around
it.
SM 2-5 J001/J003
CLEANING PROCEDURES
2.3.3 PRINT HEADS

Nozzle Cover, Nozzle Plate
[B]
G707P906.BMP
[A]
[C]
[B] G707P907.BMP
[C]
Bottom View
G707P908.BMP
1. Remove the maintenance unit. ( 3.4)

2. Push the carriage to the home position (completely to the right).
3. Insert your hand into the opening [A] on the right side of the printer.
4. Use a damp cloth to clean the nozzle cover [B] of the print heads.
5. Use a clean part of the cloth to wipe clean the print head nozzle plate on the
face of the print head [C].
Important: Gently wipe the plate once or twice in the same direction (left or
right). This will not let the plate get damaged. Never clean the plate with strong
right-and-left motion. A damaged plate could cause poor print jobs.
J001/J003 2-6 SM
CLEANING PROCEDURES
After Cleaning the Maintenance unit

1. Do these before you reinstall the maintenance unit:
• Turn the drive gear of the maintenance motor to the right.
• Lower the suction cap and the wiper blade. Make sure they are secure in
the down position.
Maintenance
Preventive
• Make sure the triangle marks on the sides of the maintenance unit match.
Do this if the tips of the white and black triangle marks [A] are not aligned:
• Insert the tip of a flat head screwdriver [B.] Then slowly rotate it clockwise
until the marks are aligned.
G707P909.BMP
[A] [B]
After you reassemble the printer:

1. Clean all the print heads.
• Make sure the printer is on.
• Press and hold the [Cancel] key for 3 sec.
2. Print a Nozzle Check Pattern to confirm that the printer is operating correctly.
• Switch the machine off.
• Press and hold down the [Power] key and [Cancel] keys together for about
3 seconds. Then release them when the ink level LEDs show red.
• Check the test pattern. Do the procedure again if you see any bare patches
in the pattern. Do this until the pattern is perfect. For more, see section "4.
Troubleshooting".
SM 2-7 J001/J003
FEED ROLLER
2.4 FEED ROLLER
[B]
G707P910.BMP
[A]

2. Remove the paper cassette.
3. Remove the flushing unit. ( 3.3)
4. Release the lock of the feed roller so the roller [B] rotates freely at the time you
press down on the metal plate [A] with a screwdriver.
5. Rotate the roller and clean the roller with a dry cloth.
J001/J003 2-8 SM
TRANSPORT BELT
2.5 TRANSPORT BELT

[A] [B]
Maintenance
Preventive
G707P911.BMP
[D]
[E]
[C] G707P912.BMP
1. Do this if the duplex unit is installed:

• Raise the levers on both ends of the unit. Then remove it from the back of
the printer.
2. Remove the rear cover ( x 2).
3. Release the left lock [A] and right lock [B] of the reverse guide plate.
4. Open and lower the reverse guide plate [C].
5. Use a damp cloth to wipe clean the surface of the transport belt [D]. Then clean
the belt with a dry cloth.
6. Use the feed guide [E] to rotate the transport belt as you clean. This procedure
lets you clean the entire surface of the belt.
7. Make sure the surface of the belt is completely dry.
Important: Water on the surface of the transport belt could interfere with the
operation of the printer.
SM 2-9 J001/J003
SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES
3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3.1 SUMMARY OF PROCEDURES
Parts up to Level 3 can be replaced in the field. Parts in Level 4 or 5, however,
need special tools, so repair at the repair center is necessary.
Level 1: Very easy to identify cause of the problem and replace.
External Doors Removal
Paper Cassette Removal
Output tray Removal
Extension Tray Removal
Print Head Cleaning (Normal) Installation, Replacement
Print Head Cleaning (Full) Installation, Replacement
Level 2: Easy to identify cause of the problem and replace.
Replacement
Adjustment
Operation Panel Replacement
Waste Ink Suction Unit (Maintenance Side) Replacement
Maintenance Unit Replacement
Reverse Guide Replacement
Ink Ejection Unit Replacement
Trailing Edge Sensor Replacement
Waste Tank Full Sensor Replacement
Bypass Set Sensor Replacement
Print cartridge Set SW Replacement
Duplex Unit Set Replacement
Duplex Unit Replacement
Extension Tray Replacement Replacement
Feed Roller Cleaning, Replacement
Transport Belt Cleaning, Replacement
Firmware Update
Level 3: Difficult to identify the cause of the problem, but easy to replace.
PSU Replacement
High Voltage Power Pack Replacement
Horizontal Motor Replacement
Horizontal Encoder Cleaning, Replacement
Ink Supply Pump Replacement
Air Release Solenoid Replacement
Vertical Encoder Sensor Replacement
COM Board Replacement
Vertical Encoder Cleaning, Replacement
Vertical Encoder Sensor Replacement
Level 4: Difficult to identify problem, easy to replace but requires National Reclamation Center
adjustment.
Vertical Encoder Replacement
Vertical Motor Replacement
Waste Ink Suction Unit
Feed Clutch
Relay Board
Level 5: Difficult to identify problem, difficult to replace, and requires National Reclamation Center
adjustments.
Carriage Unit Replacement
Transport Belt Replacement
Charge Roller Replacement
Paper Cassette Release Lever Replacement
Feed Roller Replacement
Leading Edge Sensor Replacement
Control Board Replacement
DRV Board Replacement
SM 3-1 J001/J003
BASIC REMOVAL PROCEDURES
3.2 BASIC REMOVAL PROCEDURES

3.2.1 DUPLEX UNIT
CAUTION
Switch the printer off and disconnect it from the power supply before you
do the procedures in this section.
Important!
TO AVOID INK SPILLS, NEVER TURN THE PRINTER UPSIDE DOWN OR SET IT ON EITHER ITS
LEFT OR RIGHT SIDE. THE PRINTER MUST REMAIN UPRIGHT ON A FLAT SURFACE DURING
SERVICING.
[B]
[A] [C] G707R901.BMP
1. Raise the left release tab [A] and right release tab [B] to the unlock positions.
2. Lift and pull the Duplex Unit [C] out from the back of the printer.
Reinstallation
• Make sure to press down and lock the left and right release tabs after you set the
Duplex Unit in the machine.
J001/J003 3-2 SM
3.2.2 DETACHING AND REATTACHING OUTPUT TRAY
[C]
[E]
Replacement
Adjustment
[A] G707R902.WMF
[C] [B]
G707R903.WMF
[D]
To detach the output tray:
1. Raise the output tray [A].
2. Pull out the paper cassette [B] until it stops.
3. At the right corner of the output tray, pull the release lever [C] to the left to
release it. Then pull the right corner slightly toward you to disconnect it.
4. With the right corner free, detach the left corner [D].
To reattach the output tray:

• Set the left corner [D] of the output tray first. Then set the right corner [E].
SM 3-3 J001/J003
3.2.3 PAPER FEED CASSETTE
[C]
[A]
[B]
G707R904.WMF
1. Remove the output tray ( 3.2.2).

2. Pull out the paper cassette [A] until it stops.
3. Press the two pawls [B] and [C] up to release them.
4. Slowly remove the paper cassette from the printer.
J001/J003 3-4 SM
3.2.4 TOP COVER
[A]
[B]
Replacement
Adjustment
G707R905.WMF
1. Raise the top cover [A] and hold it open.

2. Gently raise the top of the lock pin [B] and slide it to the right.
3. Detach the top cover from the printer.
SM 3-5 J001/J003
3.2.5 RIGHT FRONT DOOR
[C]
[A] [B]
G707R906.WMF
1. Lower the right front door [A].

2. Move the cover to the right | and detach it while gently pulling the tab {
toward you.
Reinstallation
• Insert the left tab [C] into its hole. Then move the door to the left.
• Press down tab {.
• Make sure that tab { is down and locked.
J001/J003 3-6 SM
3.2.6 PRINT CARTRIDGE COVER, REAR COVER
[C]
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
G707R907.WMF
1. Remove:
• Output tray ( 3.2.2)
• Paper cassette ( 3.2.3)
• Top cover ( 3.2.4)
• Right front door ( 3.2.5) [B]
2. Pull out the Print cartridges (K, C, M, Y)
3. Remove the screws of the Print cartridge
cover [A] ( x 2).
4. Use a small screwdriver to press down
pawl [B] to release it. Then remove the
Print cartridge cover (  x 1).
5. Remove the screws of the rear cover [C]
(  x 2).
6. Pull from the top and slowly rotate the
cover away from the back of the printer.
NOTE: Jog the cover left and right at the G707R908.BMP
time you lower it if the rear cover

is difficult to remove.
SM 3-7 J001/J003
3.2.7 FRONT COVER, LEFT COVER, RIGHT COVER

[4]
[5]
[8]
[2]
[6]
[7]
[1]
[3] G707R909.WMF
Preparation
Remove:
• Duplex Unit ( 3.2.1)
Front Cover
1. Remove the screws of the front cover [1] ( x 1).
2. Disconnect front cover pawls [2].
3. Disconnect front cover pawls [3]
NOTE: You cannot see the pawls on the right side of the front cover. The
carriage inside the printer hides them. Pull out the right end slightly.
Then use the tip of a small screwdriver to disconnect them.
Left Cover
1. Disconnect the tab of the left cover [4].
2. Disconnect the bottom pawls [5] and remove the left cover at the time you
lower the left cover. Do this procedure slowly.
Right Cover
1. Disconnect the tab of the right cover [6].
2. Disconnect the bottom pawls [7] and remove the right cover at the time you
lower the right cover. Do this procedure slowly.
Important: Use high caution at the time you work to not break the envelope
selector [8].
J001/J003 3-8 SM
FLUSHING UNIT
3.3 FLUSHING UNIT
[C]
[A]
[D]
Replacement
Adjustment
[B]
G707R910.BMP

2. Remove screw [A] ( x 1).
3. Press up slightly on the lower left corner [B].
4. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to disengage tab [C].
5. With the left side very slightly raised, use a the tip of a small screw driver to
press the right side of the Flushing Unit [D] to the left to disengage the two
pegs (not visible) on the right side.
6. Raise the Flushing Unit out of the printer.
SM 3-9 J001/J003
MAINTENANCE UNIT
3.4 MAINTENANCE UNIT

1. Remove
• Front cover, Right cover ( 3.2.7)
• Right front door ( 3.2.5)
• Print cartridges x 4 (Y, M, C, K) ( 3.2.6)
• Rear cover ( 3.2.6)
2. Disconnect the solenoid support bracket [A]
( x 2).
[A]
G707R911.BMP
[B
3. Remove the ink supply unit anchor bracket
[B] ( x 2).
G707R912.BMP
J001/J003 3-10 SM
MAINTENANCE UNIT
4. Remove the ink supply unit [A]

( x 1,  x 1).
[A]
Replacement
Adjustment
G707R913.BMP
5. Use a plus (+) screwdriver to turn the [B]

screw at [A] counter-clockwise until
the tip of the upper triangle [B] gets
aligned with the tip of the lower Unlock
triangle [C].
[C]
This unlocks the carriage.
6. Push the unlocked carriage to the
middle of the platen above the
transport belt.
[A] G707R914.BMP
SM 3-11 J001/J003
MAINTENANCE UNIT
7. Slowly pull the ink supply unit [A] to

the left.
[A]
Important! Do not pull the ink supply
unit completely out of the machine. Do
not let the ink supply tubes to
disconnect. The tubes should remain
connected at all times.
G707R915.BMP
8. Disconnect the maintenance [A]

unit [B]
( x 2,  x 2).
NOTE: Disconnect the
maintenance motor connector [B]
from the PCB on the back of the
printer.
9. Slowly remove the maintenance
unit from the printer.
Important! A small hose protrudes G707R916.BMP
from the bottom of the [A]

maintenance unit. Do not hit this
hose at the time you remove the
maintenance unit from the printer.
This stops ink spillage.
J001/J003 3-12 SM
WASTE INK UNIT
3.5 WASTE INK UNIT

[A]
1. Remove the maintenance unit ( 3.4)
2. Disconnect the front tab ( x 1)
Replacement
Adjustment
G707R917.BMP
[A]
3. At the time you pull the waste ink unit
[A] forward, raise it to about a 45
angle. Then remove it from the printer.
NOTE: Do not remove the waste ink
unit through the side of the printer
frame.
G707R918.BMP
SM 3-13 J001/J003
WASTE INK UNIT
4. Disconnect the full sensor [A] of the

waste ink tank.
5. Raise the waste ink suction unit [B]
above the boss [C] on the frame. Then
pull it out of the printer.
G707R919.BMP
[A] [B]
[C]
Reinstallation
• Insert the waste ink unit from the top.
• Keep the ink supply tubes pressed against the printer frame at the time you
insert the waste ink unit. Make sure the tubes are not tangled or disconnected.
• Make sure the rear tab on the back of the waste ink unit fits into the slot of the
printer frame. The hole of the front tab will not align with the hole below if the rear
tab is not inserted correctly.
J001/J003 3-14 SM
PCBS
3.6 PCBS
3.6.1 PSU BOARD
[B] [A]
{
|

Replacement
Adjustment
} ~
G707R920.BMP
Remove these:
• Duplex unit ( 3.2.1)
• Front cover, left cover, right cover ( 3.2.7)
[A]: Connectors ( x 5 at { to )
[B]: PSU PCB ( x 4)
SM 3-15 J001/J003
PCBS
3.6.2 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
Remove these:
• Duplex unit ( 3.2.1)
• Front cover, left cover, right cover ( 3.2.7)
[A]: Cover ( x 4, tabs x 4)

[A]
G707R921.BMP
[B]: Right connectors ( x 3)
[B]
G707R922.BMP
[C]
[C]: Left bayonet connector ( x 1)

NOTE: Press up gently as you pull
if the bayonet is difficult to
disconnect.
G707R923.BMP
J001/J003 3-16 SM
IMAGE ADJUSTMENT
3.7 IMAGE ADJUSTMENT

You can see the image adjustment features on the “Maintenance” sheet of the
printer driver. These four buttons are used for the adjustments:
• Adjust Paper Feed
• Nozzle Blockage Check
• Adjust Print Head Position
• Registration (Print Start Position)
3.7.1 PREPARING FOR TEST PRINTING
1. Make sure A4 size or LTR size paper is loaded in the printer.
Replacement
Adjustment
2. Make sure the printer is ready to print.
3.7.2 OPENING THE PRINTER DRIVER
1. On the computer, click the [Start] button.

2. Select “Settings”> “Printers”>. Then right-click the printer icon.
3. Select “Properties” from the pop-up menu to open the printer driver Properties
Window.
SM 3-17 J001/J003
IMAGE ADJUSTMENT
3.7.3 ADJUST PAPER FEED

Print the ‘Adjust Paper Feed Test Pattern’ and do this adjustment if you see broken
horizontal lines or uneven colors in the printouts:
1. Open the printer driver. ( 3.7.2)
2. In the Printer Properties window click “Maintenance”>”Adjust Paper Feed”
3. Do the instructions to print the test pattern.
G707R924.BMP
4. Examine the test print. Then enter the number of the pattern that shows the
best appearance (the horizontal lines should be perfectly flat).
5. Do the instructions on screen to complete the adjustment.
J001/J003 3-18 SM
IMAGE ADJUSTMENT
3.7.4 NOZZLE BLOCKAGE CHECK

One or more of the nozzles is blocked if you see these:
• Broken lines
• Uneven patches of white in the printouts.
At this time, do this procedure:
2. In the Printer Properties window click “Maintenance”>”Nozzle Blockage Check”.
3. Do the instructions on the screen to print the test pattern. The sample below
shows a normal and abnormal pattern.
Replacement
Adjustment
Normal Pattern
Lines are crisp and unbroken.
Abnormal Pattern
Lines are broken, patches of white spoil the
appearance of the pattern.
G707R925.BMP
4. Examine the pattern. Then check which color does not show. This information
will let you know which nozzle is blocked.
5. Do the instructions on the screen to select the color you want to correct. Then
clean the print heads.
Important:
• Do “Clean Print Heads (Normal)” up to 3 times to correct the problem. Do
“Clean Print Heads (Full)” once if the problem continues.
• The “Full” cleaning uses a lot of ink. Do not do the “Full” cleaning until you
have done the “Normal” cleaning at least 3 times.
• For more, please refer to Section “4. Troubleshooting”.
SM 3-19 J001/J003
IMAGE ADJUSTMENT
3.7.5 ADJUST PRINT HEAD POSITION

The print head is out of position if you see these:
• Broken vertical lines
• Smeared or streaked colors
At this time, do this procedure:
2. In the Printer Properties window click “Maintenance”>”Adjust Print Head
Position”
3. Do the instructions on the screen to print the test pattern.
G707R926.BMP
6. Examine the test print. Then enter the number of the pattern that shows the
best appearance.
J001/J003 3-20 SM
IMAGE ADJUSTMENT
3.7.6 REGISTRATION

2. In the Printer Properties window click “Maintenance”>”Registration”
3. Do the instructions to print the test pattern.
Replacement
Adjustment
G707R927.BMP
8. Examine the test print. Then enter the number of the pattern that show the best
appearance for these:
• Print direction
• Paper feed direction.
SM 3-21 J001/J003
TROUBLESHOOTING
PRINTER DISPLAY SUMMARY
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 PRINTER DISPLAY SUMMARY
4.1.1 OPERATION PANEL DISPLAY
1 2 3
shooting
Trouble-
G707T901.BMP
K C M Y
Operation Panel Keys/Indicators

Indicator/Key Function
Power Key/LED Press to turn the printer on. LED lights to show power on.
Paper Feed Key/LED Flashes when there is a paper jam.
Cancel Key (No LED) Press to cancel a print job.
Y Yellow Ink (LED) Flashes Yellow ink near end.
Lights Yellow ink exhausted.
M Magenta Ink LED Flashes Magenta ink near end.
Lights Magenta ink exhausted.
C Cyan Ink LED Flashes Cyan ink near end.
Lights Cyan ink exhausted.
K Black Ink LED Flashes Black ink near end.
Lights Black ink exhausted.
Examine the table on the next page for more about how the LEDs work together.
SM 4-1 J001/J003
LED Operation Summary

LED
Item Power Paper K C M Y
Green Red Red Red Red Red
Online (Ready for Normal Operation) P
Job Received/Job Processing P
Receiving Print Job O
No Paper in Tray
No Paper Feed Jam in Tray
No Paper Feed Jam in Duplex Unit P P
(Cannot Print Second Side of Duplex
Page)
Paper Stop Jam (Cannot Reprint) P O
Black Ink Near End P O
Cyan Ink Near End P O
Magenta Ink Near End P O
Yellow Ink Near End P O
Black Ink End P P
Cyan Ink End P P
Magenta Ink End P P
Yellow Ink End P P
Print Cartridge Not Set P P P P P
Printer Cover Open P O
Printer Warming Up O
Print Head Cleaning (by Operator) O
Call For Service (Engine Service Call) O O O O O O
Shutting Down V
Overheated (Printer Can Recover) O
Overheated (Printer Cannot Recover) *1 O O
1
* The machine should be returned to the National Reclamation Center for repair or
replacement.
Remarks:
KCMY BlacK, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow ink
O Fast flashing on (0.5 s) and off (1.0 s) continuously.
V Slow lashing on (0.5 s) and off (1.5 s) continuously.
P Lights and remains on.
J001/J003 4-2 SM
4.1.2 STATUS MONITOR MESSAGES

NOTE: The exact wording of the messages (that show on the computer screen) in
the table below may change without prior notice.
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Normal Ready.
You can print.
Printing Ready.
Printing ...
Drying Ready.
Please wait.
Time has been set to allow OHP transparency to dry.
Preparing (Warming Up) Preparing and Adjusting...
Please wait.
Temperature is above the range allowed for printing.
Set up and use the printer in a location that meets
specifications for the allowed temperature and humidity.
Overheated at Power On Preparing and Adjusting...
shooting
Trouble-
(Recoverable) Please wait.
Temperature is above the range allowed for printing.
Set up and use the printer in a location that meets
specifications for the allowed temperature and humidity.
Supplying Ink Supplying ink ...
Please wait.
Servicing Print Heads Cleaning or refreshing print heads ...
Please wait.
Resetting Job Ready.
Print job is resetting ...
Power Off Cannot send print job data.
Printer does not answer.
Make sure the printer is turned on. Check the power cable
connection.
Ink Supply Low (K) Ready.
Black Print cartridge is empty. Open the cover and replace the
black Print cartridge.
Right, front cover: Black
If you intend to replace more than one cartridge, remove the
empty cartridges and replace them with new ones.
SM 4-3 J001/J003
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Ink Supply Low (C) Ready
Cyan Print cartridge is empty. Open the cover and replace the
Cyan Print cartridge.
Right, front cover: Cyan
Ink Supply Low (M) Ready
Magenta Print cartridge is empty. Open the cover and replace
the Magenta Print cartridge.
Right, front cover: Magenta
Ink Supply Low (Y) Ready
Yellow Print cartridge is empty. Open the cover and replace
the Yellow Print cartridge.
Right, front cover: Yellow
Paper Out in Specified Paper is out or not loaded correctly.
Tray – Bypass Tray The bypass tray is out of paper. Or, paper in the bypass tray is
not loaded correctly. Load paper in the bypass tray, and then
press the [Paper Feed] on the printer.
Tray – Tray 1 (Standard) Tray 1 is out of paper. Or, paper in Tray 1 is not loaded
correctly. Check Tray 1.
Tray – Tray 2 Tray 2 is out of paper. Or, paper in Tray 2 is not loaded
correctly. Check Tray 2.
Paper in Specified Tray Paper Size Error.
Doe Not Match Paper Size The size of the paper specified for the print job does not match
Selected for Job – Bypass the size of the paper loaded in the bypass tray. Check the
Tray bypass tray.
Selected for Job – Tray 1 the size of the paper loaded in Tray 1. Check Tray 1.
Selected for Job – Tray 2 the size of the paper loaded in Tray 2. Check Tray 2.
Ink End (K) Ink Out.
Ink supply in the Black Print cartridge is exhausted and printing
cannot continue.
Right, front cover: Black
J001/J003 4-4 SM
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Ink End (C) Ink Out.
Ink supply in the Cyan Print cartridge is exhausted and printing
cannot continue.
Right, front cover: Cyan
Ink End (M) Ink Out.
Ink supply in the Magenta Print cartridge is exhausted and
printing cannot continue.
Right, front cover: Magenta
Ink End (Y) Ink Out.
Ink supply in the Yellow Print cartridge is exhausted and
printing cannot continue.
Right, front cover: Yellow
Print cartridge Not Set Cartridge Set Incorrectly.
shooting
Trouble-
A Print cartridge is not installed. Or, it is not installed correctly.
Open the right, front cover and check the Print cartridges.
Cover Open (Upper or Cover Open.
Rear Cover) The top cover or rear cover is open. Or, the Duplex Unit is not
installed correctly. Check the upper and rear covers of the
printer. Check the Duplex Unit.
Cover Open (Duplex Unit) Cover Open.
The Duplex Unit cover is open. Check the Duplex Unit cover.
Poor Duplex Unit Duplex Unit Not Connected.
Connection The Duplex Unit is not installed. Or it is not installed correctly.
Check the Duplex Unit.
Paper Jam (Tray 1) Paper Misfeed.
Paper jam in Tray 1. Check Tray 1 and remove the jammed
sheet.
Paper Jam (Tray 2) Paper Misfeed.
Paper jam in Tray 2. Check Tray 2 and the rear cover of Tray
2. Remove the jammed sheet.
Paper Jam (Bypass Tray) Paper Misfeed
Paper jam in the Bypass Tray. Check the Bypass Tray and
remove the jammed sheet.
Paper Jam (Reverse Paper Misfeed
Guide Plate for Duplex) Paper jam at the reverse guide plate. To access the reverse
guide plate, remove the Duplex Unit from the back of the
printer.
Paper Jam (Top cover) Paper Misfeed.
Paper jam under the top cover. Open the top cover and
remove the jammed sheet.
SM 4-5 J001/J003
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Paper Jam (Duplex Unit) Paper Misfeed.
Paper jam in the Duplex Unit.
Paper Jam (Paper Exit) Paper Misfeed.
Paper jam at the paper exit. Check the paper exit and remove
the jammed sheet.
Paper in Bypass Tray at Paper remains in Bypass Tray.
Start of Job Paper remains in the Bypass Tray at the start of the print job.
Remove the paper from the Bypass Tray, and then press the
[Paper Feed] key on the printer.
Temperature Out of Print head temperature not within range.
Range – Too Low The temperature of the print head not within the operational
temperature range to allow printing. Turn the printer off, and
then turn it on again. If the printer has been moved to a warm
location from a cold location, allow the printer time to warm up
naturally to the room temperature before you use it.
Engine Service Call Printer Engine Error.
Turn the printer off. Then turn it on again. If this does not solve
the problem, note the error (ERR***-*) displayed on the PC
monitor. ( 4.3.3)
J001/J003 4-6 SM
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW
4.2 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW
Power ON
NVRAM Check
Yes
EEPROM Write Error? SC973
No
Operation Temp. Range Check
No
Temp. Within Range? Printer Stops. Self-Recovery.
Yes
Vertical Motor Drive
No
Motor On? SC994
shooting
Trouble-
Yes
Yes
Charge Leak Detected? SC993
No
Maint. Motor HP Check
No
HP Detected? SC999
Yes Printer Halts.
Horiz. Encoder Signal Input

Check
No
Encoder Input Signal? SC996
Yes Printer Halts
Move Carriage Standard

Position (Temporary - at
Right)
Yes
Carriage failed to stop? SC997
No Printer Halts
A
G707T900.WMF
SM 4-7 J001/J003
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW
Ink Level C heck B efore Filling
Y es
T ank Full B efore Filling? S C 992
No P rinter H alts.
Fill Ink T ank
Y es
Full T ank Lever S N N G ? S C 990
No P rinter H alts.
W aste Ink T ank C heck
Y es
W aste T ank Full? S C 992
No P rinter H alts.
C arriage B lockage C heck
Y es
C arriage D oes N ot S top? S C 997
No P rinter H alts.
S tandby (R eady)
G707T901.WMF
J001/J003 4-8 SM
SERVICE CALL ERRORS
4.3 SERVICE CALL ERRORS

4.3.1 SUMMARY OF ERROR LEVELS
Level Definition Typical Errors
The printer is damaged or disabled, and the SC Error Code.
printer cannot operate. Even after removing This is a Service Call Error.
the cause of the problem, turning the printer
A
off and on does not solve the problem. The
operator cannot solve the problem and must
call for service.
An abnormal condition exists in the printer, • Cover open.
and the printer cannot operate until the • Paper jams.
problem is corrected. Once the operator • Print cartridge out.
B removes the cause of the problem, turning • Print cartridge missing.
the printer off and on should restore the • Print cartridge installed incorrectly.
printer to normal operation. • Paper size error.
The printer can continue to print, but if the • Ink near end.
problem is not corrected soon the printer will • Waste tank near full.
C no longer be able to operate. The operator
must correct the problem as soon as
possible.
shooting
Trouble-
4.3.2 OUT-OF-RANGE TEMPERATURE ERRORS
Printer Status at Error Status After Error
Power ON Power to the printer turns on, As soon as the temperature of the
and printer enters and remains print heads reaches the operational
in standby mode. temperature range, the printer enters
the “Ready” mode.
During Printing Printer halts printing and enters The printer remains in the “Standby”
the standby mode. mode. The operator must switch the
printer off and on again to restore
normal operation.
Important: The printer firmware shows an error to tell the operator that the
temperature of the print heads are not within the operational range. The operational
temperature is out of range (either too high or too low). The printer cannot operate
in this condition. The print quality would not be consistent if the printer allows a
print to occur before the print heads reached the operational temperature.
Do these if this error occurs frequently:
• Make sure that the room temperature is within the accepted standard 10°C to
32°C (50°F to 89.6°F) with Rh 15% to 80%. For more, see Section “1.
Installation” of this Service Manual.
• Let 1 hour pass for the printer to adjust to room temperature before you use the
printer if the printer was moved to a new location. This is important if you move
the printer from a cold location into a warm room.
SM 4-9 J001/J003
SERVICE CALL ERRORS
4.3.3 SC ERROR CODE TABLE

The SC codes for this printer is shown by the printer driver on the PC screen in the
format “ERR***”. Where “***” is one of the three-digit codes shown in the tables
below.
Print the Test Print if you want to see the 5 most recent SC codes generated by the
printer.
950 A USB Chip Read Error

A USB chip read error occurred • Control board defective.
at power on. • Send the printer to the National
Reclamation Center.
951 A No Definition Assigned to USB Chip

The USB chip definition is • Control board defective.
missing. • Send the printer to the National
Reclamation Center.
973 A EEPROM Write Error

An EEPROM write error was • EEPROM on the control board defective.
detected at power on, or during • Send the printer to the National
a print job. Reclamation Center.
990 A Waste Tank Full Sensor Defective

The waste ink tank full sensor (a • Waste ink tank sensor on the corner of
photosensor) on the corner of the ink waste tank is defective.
the waste tank is not operating. • Replace the waste ink tank.
992 A Waste Tank Full Error

At power on, the printer detected • Check the waste tank full sensor
that the waste tank was full. connection.
• Replace the ink full waste tank.
993 A Charge Leak

At power on or during a print job, • Clean the transport belt.
a leak detection signal was • Replace the high voltage power supply
detected. The signal was unit.
triggered by the accumulation of
condensation or ink spillage onto
the transport belt.
994 B Vertical Motor Error

The vertical encoder input signal • Send the printer to the National
was judged to be abnormal Reclamation Center.
when the vertical motor was
operating.
J001/J003 4-10 SM
SERVICE CALL ERRORS
996 A No Input Signal from the Horizontal Encoder

No input signal from the • Horizontal encoder defective
horizontal encoder was detected • Horizontal encoder sensor defective.
during operation of the • Send the printer to the National
horizontal motor. Reclamation Center.
997 A Input Signal from the Horizontal Encoder Abnormal

When the carriage moved to the • Horizontal encoder defective
right, the carriage did not stop at • Horizontal encoder sensor defective.
the HP. Or, the carriage scan • Send the printer to the National
check failed. Reclamation Center.
999 A Maintenance Motor Out of HP

The maintenance motor HP • Maintenance motor on the maintenance
sensor failed to detect the motor unit defective
at the home position. • Maintenance motor HP sensor defective
• Replace the maintenance unit
shooting
Trouble-
SM 4-11 J001/J003
GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
4.4 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING

4.4.1 POOR QUALITY IMAGE
Colors not what you expect
Cause 1: The correct paper was not used for the print job, or the paper was not loaded
correctly.
Solution 1: Check the selection of the type of paper in the printer driver (transparency, ink
jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded correctly
in the printer.
Cause 2: The print mode selection was not correct.
Solution 2: Make sure that the print mode selection in the printer software application and
the printer driver are correct (Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, etc.)
Cause 3: Job settings in the software application are not correct.
Solution 3: Check the settings for the print job in the software application. The settings in
the software application have priority over the printer driver settings.
Cause 4: One or more print heads are blocked.
Solution 4: Do cleaning Cycle 1 and then Cleaning Cycle 2. ( 4.5)
Colors faint
Cause 1: The correct paper was not used for the print job.
jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded in the
printer.
the printer driver are correct (Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, etc.)
Make sure that the “Color/Black and White” selection is correct.
Cause: 3 One or more print heads are blocked.
Color print job prints in monochrome

Cause 1: “Black and White” was selected for the print job.
Solution 1: On the “Setup” sheet of the printer driver, make sure “Color” is selected under
“Color/Black and White”.
Cause 2: Correct data not selected for the print job.
Solution 2: Confirm that the software application printed the correct data.
J001/J003 4-12 SM
White patches, or horizontal white lines

Cause 1: Original image abnormal.
Solution 1: In the software application, check the original image for streaking (especially
at borders between different colors). Correct the original image.
Vertical white lines

Cause: Solid or intermittent white lines from the top to the bottom of the sheet caused
by a blocked ink nozzle.
Solution: Do cleaning Cycle 1 once. ( 4.5)
Image chaffed in horizontal direction

Cause: Solid or intermittent white lines from edge to edge of the sheet caused by a
blocked ink nozzle.
Solution: Do cleaning Cycle 1 once. ( 4.5)
shooting
Trouble-
Only 1 line printed at leading edge
Cause 1: Paper with punched holes, or thin or slick paper with too much “play” was
used that allowed slippage during feed.
Solution 1: Check the paper used for the print job and make sure that it meets standards
for use with this printer. For more see the Operating Instructions or the last
section “Specifications” of the Service Manual.
Cause 2: Paper is jammed or slipping on the transport belt due to the accumulation of
paper dust, etc. on the belt.
Solution 2: Clean accumulated paper dust, etc. from the transport belt. The service
technician must clean the transport belt. ( 2.5)
Unwanted dots
Cause: Flakes of paper dust or dry ink have fallen onto the printed sheet.
Solution: Do cleaning Cycle 1 once. ( 4.5) Operator should call for service if cleaning
does not solve the problem.
SM 4-13 J001/J003
Skewed image
Cause 1: Paper skewed immediately after loading, before paper out (last sheet), or after
removing a paper jam.
Solution 1: Remove the paper from the paper tray. Fan it to remove static cling. Tap the
edge of the stack on a flat surface to align the edges, and load it again.
Before loading the paper again:
Make sure the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more, see the
Operating Instructions or the last section of the Service Manual
“Specifications”.
Make sure the paper is free of curl, creasing, etc. or any other deformity.
Make sure the side and end fences of the paper cassette are set at the
correct positions.
Make sure that the top of the stack does not exceed the load limit mark on the
side of the cassette.
Cause 2: The reverse guide was not set correctly (half locked) after cleaning by the CE.
Solution 2: CE should make sure that the reverse guide plate is set correctly. ( 2.5)
Text dirty
Cause 1: Print job was not set up correctly for special print media.
Solution 1: Special procedures are necessary to set up print jobs for special print media
such as postcards, envelopes, and transparencies. Review and carefully
follow the instructions in the Operating Instructions. Pay special attention to
these settings “Paper Type”, “Job Type”, and “Print Quality”.
Cause 2: The sheets are not flat or are deformed in some way.
Solution 2: Make sure the sheets are perfectly flat (especially envelopes, postcards).
Make sure the sheets are neither curled nor deformed in any way. If using
thick or any type of coated paper, make sure that the paper is approved for
use with this printer.
Backs of sheets stained with ink

Cause: Paper has jammed in the printer or the transport belt is dirty.
Solution: Run a print job with several sheets of paper to use clean up the ink. Use a
damp cloth to clean the surface of the transport belt, and then use a clean,
dry cloth to clean the surface of the belt. ( 2.5)
Transparency sheets scratched

Cause: More than 1 sheet of transparency was set.
Solution: Set transparencies one by one for printing one sheet at time. For more,
please refer to the Operating Instructions.
J001/J003 4-14 SM
Miscellaneous
Cause 1: The paper is not the correct paper for the print job.
Solution 1: Check the paper loaded for feeding. Make sure that it matches the type of
paper specified for the print job (transparency, ink jet, plain paper, etc.).
Make sure that the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more, see
the Operating Instructions or the “Specifications” in the last section of the
Service Manual.
the printer driver is correct (Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, etc.) Make
sure that the “Color/Black and White” selection is correct.
Solution 3: Check the settings for the print job in the software application. The settings in
the software application have priority over the printer driver settings.
Solution 4: Confirm that the software application printed the correct data.
Cause 5: One or more of the nozzles is blocked.
Solution 5: Do cleaning Cycle 1 once. ( 4.5)
shooting
Trouble-
SM 4-15 J001/J003
4.4.2 PAPER MISFEED

Paper skew
correct positions.
Cause: 2 The reverse guide plate was not set correctly (half locked) after cleaning by
the CE.
Solution 2: Paper skew occurred immediately after loading, before paper out (last sheet),
or after removing a paper jam.
correctly.
Solution 3: Check the selection for the type of paper in the printer driver (transparency,
ink jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded
correctly in the printer.
Double-feeding.
Cause 1: Paper skewed immediately after loading or at paper out (last sheet).
correct positions.
correctly.
in the printer.
J001/J003 4-16 SM
Failure to feed.
correct positions.
Cause: 2 The paper cassette is making a strange noise because it is not installed
completely.
Solution 2: Pull the paper cassette out. Make sure the paper is loaded correctly. Confirm
that there is no paper inside the printer. Insert the paper cassette completely.
correctly.
shooting
Trouble-
in the printer.
SM 4-17 J001/J003
Paper jam – Type 1

correct positions.
Cause 2: The reverse guide plate was not set correctly (half locked) after cleaning by
the CE.
Solution 2: CE should make sure that the reverse guide plate is set correctly. ( 2.5)
Cause 3: The Duplex Unit is not installed correctly.
Solution 3: Remove the Duplex Unit and reinstall it correctly. For more, see the Setup
Guide or Section “1. Installation” of this Service Manual.
Cause 4: The paper in use is not the correct paper for the print job.
Solution 4: Check the paper loaded for feeding. Make sure that it matches the type of
paper specified for the print job (transparency, ink jet, plain paper, etc.).
Make sure that the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more, see
the Operating Instructions or the “Specifications” in the last section of the
Service Manual.
Solution 5: Make sure the sheets are perfectly flat (especially envelopes, postcards).
Make sure the sheets neither curled nor deformed in any way. If using thick or
any type of coated paper, make sure that the paper is approved for use with
this printer.

Cause 1: Jam warning (Paper LED lights red) at power on.
Solution: Remove the paper cassette. Check inside the printer to make sure that no
paper remains in the printer. If the paper has torn, make sure no scraps
remain. Remove the paper from the tray. Fan it to remove static cling. Tap
the edge of the stack on a flat surface to align the edges, and load it again.
Cause 2: Carriage has stopped on the left side.
Solution 2: Make sure no paper remains in the paper path. The service technician must
clean the transport belt. ( 2.5)
Poor output stacking, sheets fall from output tray.

Cause: The correct paper was not used for the print job, or the paper was not loaded
correctly.
Solution: Check the selection of the type of paper in the printer driver (transparency, ink
in the printer.
J001/J003 4-18 SM
4.4.3 ERROR DISPLAYS

Paper Jam
LED LED Color Action
Display Power GREEN On
Paper RED On
Cause: Printer control panel displays a jam, and jam LED will not go off.
Solution: Remove the paper cassette and open the top cover. Remove the jammed
paper. Switch the printer off and on then resume normal operation.
Cover Open
Paper RED Flashes every 1 s.
Cause: One or more covers open.
Solution: Check the top cover, rear cover, and Duplex Unit cover.
shooting
Trouble-
Duplex Unit Malfunction
Paper RED On
Cause 1: J003: The Duplex Unit is standard (attached). Duplex Unit is not operating
correctly.
Solution 1: Service call.
Cause 2: J001: The Duplex Unit is an option. The Duplex Unit may not be installed
correctly.
Solution 2: Refer to the Setup Guide and make sure that the Duplex Unit has been
installed correctly. Call for service.
SM 4-19 J001/J003
Ink Out
Display Power GREEN On.
YMCK RED On.
Cause: One or more of the Print cartridges is out of ink.
Solution: Be sure to confirm on the printer operation panel Print cartridge(s) have run
out. Replace the empty Print cartridge.
Cartridge Not Set

YMCK RED On
Cause: A cartridge is missing or has not been installed correctly.
Solution: On the operation panel, confirm which LED is on. Open the Print cartridge
compartment and install the missing cartridge. If the cartridge is not missing,
remove it and install it again. Switch the printer off then on to restore normal
operation.
Temperature Out of Range

LED Recoverable
Display LED Color Action
Power GREEN Flashes every 1 s.
Not Recoverable
LED Color Action
Power GREEN Flashes every 1 s.
Paper RED Flashes every 1 s.
Cause 1: Recoverable. The print heads have overheated and the printer can no longer
operate.
Solution 1: Allow the printer to cool. Once the print heads have cooled, printing will
resume.
Cause 2: Recoverable. The print heads are below the operating temperature. This may
occur if the printer has been moved from a cold location to a warm location.
Solution 2: Allow the printer to warm up at least one hour before you try to use the
printer.
Cause 3: Not Recoverable. The print heads have malfunctioned.
Solution 3: Call for service.
J001/J003 4-20 SM
Near Maintenance Time

Display Power GREEN Flashes every 1 s.
Cause: The printer requires maintenance.
Solution: Read the message on the screen. Call for service and describe the problem.
All LEDs Flash (no error display)

Cause: The USB cable may be disconnected or the connection may be loose.
Solution: Cancel the print job. Check and secure the USB cable connection at the
printer and the computer. Switch the printer off. Shut down the computer.
Switch the printer on, and then restart the computer.
4.4.4 POOR PRINTER PERFORMANCE (MISCELLANEOUS)

Cannot set paper cassette.
Cause: The cassette is damaged or there is a jammed sheet of paper inside the
printer.
shooting
Trouble-
Solution: Remove the paper cassette. Remove the jammed sheet from inside the
printer. Inspect the paper cassette for damage. If the cassette is damaged,
replace the paper cassette.
Cannot remove paper cassette.

Cause: The paper cassette is blocked.
Solution: Raise the paper output tray and reset it. Attempt to remove the paper cassette
again. Replace the paper cassette.
Printer does not turn on.

Cause: The power cord is not connected to the power source.
Solution: Follow the instructions on the screen if an error message appears in the
Status Monitor, or do the following:
Make sure the power cord is securely connected to the printer and to the
power source.
Make sure the operator knows how to switch on the printer correctly. For
more, refer to the Setup Guide and the Operating Instructions.
Switch the printer off. Remove the power cord from the power source. Wait 2
minutes then connect the power cord and switch the printer on.
Printer fails to enter “Ready” mode

Cause: An error has occurred at the printer.
Solution: Check the operation panel and determine which LEDs are on or flashing
(temperature out of range, ink out, cover open, etc.) ( 4.1.1) Then refer to
the checklist in the previous section.
SM 4-21 J001/J003
Printing stops before print job finishes.

Cause: The print heads have overheated.
Solution: The printer has stopped to allow the print heads to cool. After the print heads
have cooled down to the standard operating temperature, the print job will
resume.
Cause: A fatal error has occurred on the computer side.
Solution: Check the screen for messages. Shut down the computer. Switch off the
printer. Check the USB connection at the printer and the computer. Switch the
printer on. Restart the computer.
Printer loses power.

Cause: Power loss at the source.
Solution: Power to the printer has been interrupted, due to a power failure or some
other external cause. Unplug the printer from the power source. Wait 2
minutes. Reconnect the power plug and switch the printer on.
Cause: The printer has blown a fuse.
Solution: The printer must be returned to the service center for replacement of the fuse
(F300) on the relay board.
Firmware update failed.

Cause: Incorrect procedure.
Solution: Update the firmware. ( 5.3)
4.4.5 UNUSUAL NOISES

Printer emits strange noises at power on
Cause: Paper scraps remain inside the printer.
Solution: Open the top cover, rear cover (or Duplex Unit) cover and inspect inside the
printer and Duplex Unit for paper scraps left behind after clearing a paper jam.
Cause: Special print media may make a noise on feeding the last sheet.
Solution: Load one blank sheet of plain paper at the bottom of a stack of special media
(coated paper, etc.) This problem may occur with a new paper cassette.
J001/J003 4-22 SM
CLEANING THE PRINT HEADS
4.5 CLEANING THE PRINT HEADS
Preparing for Test Printing

2. Make sure the printer is ready to print (the [Power] key is on).
Opening the Printer Driver

1. On the computer, click the [Start] button.
2. Select “Settings”> “Printers”>. Then right-click the printer icon.
3. Select “Properties” from the pop-up menu to open the printer driver Properties
Window.
Cleaning Cycle 1
1. On the “Maintenance” sheet of the Printer Properties window, click “Clean Print
Heads (Normal)”.
shooting
Trouble-
2. Click the checkbox for the color of the print head that needs cleaning. Click
each checkbox to clean all the print heads.
3. Click the “Next” button.
4. Do the instruction in the dialog. Make sure at the printer that the “Envelope
Selector” is at the front position. Then click the [Next] button.
5. Click and select “Print nozzle blockage check test pattern when the next dialog
box shows.”
6. Click the “Finish” button to print the test pattern.
Important: Wait for cleaning to finish. Never do any other operation at the
time of cleaning.
1. Check the results of the test pattern. Examine which nozzles need cleaning.
2. If necessary, repeat Steps 1 to 7 again. You can do this up to three times.
3. Do Cleaning Cycle 2 after the third printing of the test problem if the pattern is
still not correct.
SM 4-23 J001/J003
CLEANING THE PRINT HEADS
Cleaning Cycle 2
Important: Cleaning Cycle 2 uses a lot of ink. Do Cleaning Cycle 1 at least 3 times
before you do Cleaning Cycle 2.
1. On the “Maintenance” sheet of the Printer Properties window, click “Clean Print
Heads (Full)”.
2. Click the checkbox for the color of the print head that needs cleaning. Click
each checkbox to clean all the print heads.
3. Click the “Next” button.
4. At the printer, make sure that the “Envelope Selector” is at the front position
5. Click and select “Clean print heads (full)”. Then click the [Next] button.
Important: Wait for cleaning to finish. Never do any other operation at the time
of cleaning.
6. Click and select “Print nozzle blockage” check test pattern when the next dialog
box shows that full cleaning has finished.
7. Click the “Finish” button to print the test pattern.
If Cleaning Cycle 2 Does Not Solve the Problem...

1. Let the printer stay unused overnight.
2. In the morning, open the printer driver Properties Window
3. Click the “Maintenance” tab. Then click “Nozzle Blockage Check”.
4. Do the instructions at the prompt. Make sure that A4 or LTR size paper is
loaded in the printer. Then click the [Next] button.
5. Read the prompt when the next dialog shows. Then click the [Next] button.
6. Click the [Finish] button. Then check the results of the test pattern.
7. Call for service if the test pattern is still not correct.
J001/J003 4-24 SM
FUSE
4.6 FUSE
F300
G707T902.WMF
Name Rating Manufacturer Part No.

F300 TIA, 250 Vac Wickmann-Werke Gmbh 382 (UL)
TR5 T 382 (VDE)
shooting
Trouble-
CAUTION
Do not attempt to replace the fuse in the field. Return the printer to the
National Reclamation Center for replacement of the relay board.
SM 4-25 J001/J003
SERVICE INFORMATION
OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS
5. SERVICE INFORMATION
5.1 OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS
G707S901.BMP
1 Ink Level LEDs (KCMY)

2 [Power] Key
3 [Paper Feed] Key
4 [Cancel] Key
5.1.1 MAIN FUNCTIONS
Printer
Function Keys Comment
Status
Power On/Off --- To power on, press and hold down the
[Power] key for at least 1 sec.
Test Print (Sample) Off *1 Press and hold down [Cancel] and [Paper
+ +
Feed], and then press [Power] and hold for
at least 3 sec. until the low ink indicators
light red then release.
Information
Cancel/Restart Job On After removing the cause of the error,
Service
press [Paper Feed] to restart the print job.
Manual Feed On When the software application prompts
you to manual feed, load 1 sheet in the
bypass tray and press [Paper Feed].
Feed 1 Cleaning Off To feed 1 blank sheet through the paper
+
feed path for cleaning, press and hold
down [Paper Feed] then press [Power] for
at least 3 sec. until the ink level LEDs light
red then release.
Clean Print Heads On To execute Normal cleaning of all four print
(All) heads, press and hold [Cancel] for 3 sec.
and release when the [Power] key starts
flashing.
Nozzle Check Off Press and hold [Cancel] for at least 3 sec.
Pattern +
until the ink level LEDs light red then
release. Press and hold down [Cancel],
and then [Power].
*1 After pressing the [Power] key to turn the printer off, always wait for the [Power] key to stop
flashing.
SM 5-1 J001/J003
OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS
5.1.2 TO SELECT USB 1.1

You cannot use USB 2.0 in this mode.
1. Press the [Power] key to switch the printer off, then press these keys*
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
5.1.3 TO SELECT USB AUTO SELECT MODE

You can use either USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 in this mode.
1. Press the [Power] key to switch the printer off, then press these keys:
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
5.1.4 TO FEED 3 CLEAN SHEETS

This removes condensation from the transport belt.
+ +
+
2. Press this key sequence 5 times:
+
+ +
5.1.5 TO PREPARE THE PRINTER FOR TRANSPORT
1. + + . Then release when the ink LEDs light.
2. Press 8 times. Then wait for the [Power] key to go off.
J001/J003 5-2 SM
TEST PRINT SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
5.2 TEST PRINT SAMPLE DESCRIPTION
Information
Service
G707S902.BMP
The Test Print prints a color sample and gives important information about the
printer. For more, see the next page.
SM 5-3 J001/J003
Product Name
Shows the name of the product. Make sure the name of the product is correct
before you request service information.
Firmware Version (3 MB of data)
This is the number of the original version of the firmware. This is the number of the
firmware displayed in the printer driver after the operator clicks the "Maintenance"
and clicks the "About" button. The firmware version number in the Test Print
always changes after updating the firmware.
Update Version (1 MB of data)
This number may or may not change, depending on the market and other
requirements. This data is primarily for design use.
USB Select Mode
Shows the current selection for communication between the printer and the
computer. Two selections (set with the printer operation panel) are available.
System Bit Switch
The bit switches are set at the factory before shipping. No bit switch setting
adjustments are required in the field.
000000-000000-000000-000000
16 bits + 16 bits + 16 bits + 16 bits = 64 bits
SW1, SW2 SW3, SW4 SW5, SW6 SW7, SW8
G707S900.WMF
Model Code
Shows the model code for these:
• J001
• J003
Serial Number
Shows the serial number of the printer.
Total Counter
Shows the total page count.
SC Log
Shows the 5 most recent SC codes given by the printer. For more, see Section "4.
Troubleshooting".
Jam Code Log
Shows the jam codes of the 5 most recent jam errors. For more, see the "Jam
Table" on the next page.
J001/J003 5-4 SM
Jam Table
Section "4 Troubleshooting" and the operating instructions have detailed
descriptions about how to handle these:
• Paper jams
• Misfeeds
• Double-feeds
Short notations are used in the table below:
• "Late error": The paper does not get to the sensor at the prescribed time.
• "Lag error": The paper does not exit the sensor at the prescribed time.
No. Description Probable Cause
001 Paper Out or Failure to Feed: Tray 1 • Paper out
Trailing edge sensor: Late error • No feed due to slippage
• Tray 1 set incorrectly
002 Paper Out or Failure to Feed: Tray 2 • Paper out
Trailing edge sensor: Late error • No feed due to slippage
• Tray 2 set incorrectly
• Tray 2 cover not installed
003 Duplex Jam • Paper curled, wrinkled due to wet ink
Trailing edge sensor: Late error
004 Transport Jam: Duplex • During paper reversing to print on 2nd side,
Trailing edge sensor: Lag error paper snags on tray
• Paper snags on print heads when
separating from belt
005 Transport Jam: Tray 1 • Paper double feeding
Trailing edge sensor: Lag error • Paper snags on print heads when
006 Bypass Jam • Failed to pick up paper during bypass feed
Registration Sensor: Late error
007 Transport Jam: Tray 2 • Failed to pick up paper during bypass feed
Trailing edge sensor: Lag error
008 Exit Jam: Bypass • Paper double feeding
Information
Bypass sensor: Lag error • Paper snags on print heads when
Service
• Paper is longer than the length of the paper
selected in the printer driver
009 Jam Between Trailing Edge Sensor, • Feed roller slipping
Registration Sensor: Tray 1 • Paper bending, snagging in the feed path
Registration Sensor: Late error due to obstruction
00A Jam Between Trailing Edge Sensor, • Paper bending, snagging in the feed path
Registration Sensor: Tray 2 due to obstruction
00B Jam Between Trailing Edge Sensor, • Paper bending, snagging in the feed path
Registration Sensor: Bypass due to obstruction
00C Initial Jam (at Power On) • Paper remains in the paper feed path
Trailing Edge Sensor: ON at Power On
00D Paper in Bypass Tray Jam • Paper remains in the bypass tray
00E Carriage Jam • Obstruction inside the printer
• Paper remains in the machine
SM 5-5 J001/J003
UPDATING THE FIRMWARE
5.3 UPDATING THE FIRMWARE

Important
• The printer must be connected directly to a PC by a USB cable; therefore, the
firmware cannot be updated with Windows 95.
• The printer must be set up and ready for normal operation.
1. Download the version update file (an executable file). Then keep the file in any
folder on the computer.
2. Make sure that the target printer is set up and ready for normal operation.
3. Open Windows Explorer. Then navigate to the folder where the downloaded
update is stored.
4. Double-click the version update file.
5. Do the instructions shown on the screen to complete the update procedure.
The procedure takes about 3 minutes.
J001/J003 5-6 SM
DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS
IMPORTANT PARTS
6. DETAILS
6.1 IMPORTANT PARTS
6.1.1 FRONT VIEW
G707D901.BMP
1. Top cover. Open to remove paper jams. This cover must always stay closed
when the machine prints.
2. Envelope selector. Set to (back) to print on envelopes. Set to (forward)

to print on all other types of paper.
3. Print Cartridge (Yellow).
4. Print Cartridge (Magenta).
Descriptions
5. Print Cartridge (Cyan). Detailed
6. Print Cartridge (Black).
7. Right front door. Open to install or replace Print cartridges.
8. Tray 1 (Standard). Holds paper to feed to the printer.
9. Output tray extension. Lengths the output tray. Pull out this extension when
you print on paper longer than A4 or LTR size paper.
10. Output tray. Holds paper that has exited the printer after a print job. Pull out
the output tray extension when you print on paper longer than A4 or LTR.
SM 6-1 J001/J003
IMPORTANT PARTS
6.1.2 REAR VIEW
G707D902.BMP
G707D903.BMP
1. USB cable slot. Connect the USB cable to the printer at this area. Connect the
other end to the PC.
2. Duplex Unit cover button. Press to unlock and open the Duplex Unit cover.
3. Bypass tray. Use to load thick paper, labels, and tractor feed paper.
4. Power Cord. Use only the power cord provided with the printer. Make sure you
ground (earth) the head of the plug at the power source.
5. Duplex Unit Locks. Raise release the Duplex Unit from the back of the printer.
Press down to lock.
6. Duplex Unit Cover. Open to remove paper jams. Keep this cover closed at all
other times.
7. Vent. Lets heat escape at the time the printer does print jobs. Never block the
vent. Too much heat inside the printer could damage its electrical components.
8. Guide Plate. Open to remove jammed paper.
9. Manual Feed Dial. Rotate this dial by hand to feed the paper out of the printer
when a jam occurs at the guide plate.
10. Bypass tray Guides. Adjust these guides to the size of the paper you feed into
the bypass tray. The bypass tray can hold only one sheet at a time. Load the
sheet at the time the software application prompts you to do so.
11. Duplex Unit. Takes paper just printed on the front side. Then it reverses the
paper. Then it feeds it into the printer again. Then the paper is printed on the
backside.
J001/J003 6-2 SM
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
6.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

1
17 2
3
4
16
5
6
15 7
9
14
10
11
13 12 G707D904.WMF
1. Horizontal Motor 10. Waste Ink Full Sensor

2. PSU 11. Tank Full Sensor
3. Trailing Edge Sensor 12. Operation Panel
4. Bypass Set Sensor 13. Air Release SOL
Descriptions
Detailed
5. Temperature/Humidity Sensor 14. DC Relay Board
6. Control Board 15. Vertical Motor
7. Duplex Set SW 16. Feed Clutch
8. Maintenance Motor 17. Horizontal Encoder
9. Maintenance Unit HP Sensor
SM 6-3 J001/J003
3
1
9 5
G707D905.WMF
8 7
1. Top Cover Open SW

2. High Voltage Power Pack
3. Drive Board
4. Air Sensor
5. Communication Board
6. Cartridge Set SW
7. Ink Supply Motor 1
8. Ink Supply Motor 2
9. Leading Edge Sensor
J001/J003 6-4 SM
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3 CARRIAGE UNIT

6.3.1 OVERVIEW 2
5
G707D905.BMP
1. Carriage Unit
2. Print Head Tank
3. Air Release Valve
4. Print Head
5. Registration Sensor
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-5 J001/J003
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.2 PRINT HEAD
32.3 mm (1.27")
G707D906.BMP
The Wide Print Head is larger than those of previous models.

The wider print head increases the width of the band printed with one pass. This
allows the machine to print faster.
Print Head Specifications
Item J001 J003
Number of Print 2 (Y/M, C/K) 4 (Y, M, C, K)
Heads
Number of Nozzles 192 x 4 colors 384 x 4 colors
192 nozzles x 2 lines/head 192 nozzles x 2 lines/head
Array Cross-Hatch (150 dpi x 2 lines)
Voltage Element Piezo Electric
J001/J003 6-6 SM
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.3 PRINT HEAD TANK
1 2 3
J003 Print Head Tank G707D907.BMP

J001 Print Head Tank G707D908.BMP
1. Ink Supply Port

2. Ink Reservoir
3. Air Release Valve
4. Tank Full Lever
5. Plastic Bellows
This printer employs a dual-tank system. Each print cartridge (YMCK) is connected
to a print head tank with a plastic tube. The first "tank" of the dual-tank system is
the cartridge that supplies the ink through a tube to the print head tank unit, and
the second "tank" is the ink reservoir inside the print head tank unit.
Descriptions
Both the high volume Print cartridges and the carriage components are extremely
Detailed
lightweight.
A print head tank has five main parts as shown above:

• Ink supply port. Ink enters here from the ink cartridge mounted under the
operation panel.
• Ink reservoir. This is where ink collects before it is fed to the print head below.
• Plastic Bellows. A spring forces out the flexible, thin plastic film on the left side
of the ink tank.
• Tank Full Lever. When the ink tank is mounted in the printer, this lever pushes
the bellows down to increase pressure in the ink reservoir.
• Air release valve. Vents periodically to keep the ink inside the ink tank unit
under the prescribed pressure.
SM 6-7 J001/J003
CARRIAGE UNIT
The basic operation of the print head tank is identical in the J001 and J003.
However, the design of the mechanism is different for these printers.
[A] [E]
[B] [F]
[C] [D] [G]
G707D909.WMF
On the J001 there are two combined units.

• Two print head tanks [A] are mounted on one print head [B].
• Each print head tank unit feeds to its own nozzle array [C] and [D] (one for each
color.
• Each print head tank holds 4.3 ml of ink.
On the J003 there are four independent units.

• Each print head tank [E] has an independent print head [F] with a nozzle array
[G].
• Each print head tank holds 4.6 ml of ink.
J001/J003 6-8 SM
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.4 INK EJECTION DEVICE
[A] B ase B ase [B]

P ZT P ZT
[D]
[C]
G707D910.WMF
Each print head uses a piezo-electric element (PZT) [A]. This forces ink from the
ink reservoirs out of the ink nozzles and onto the paper.
This is done with pressure. At the prescribed time, an electric charge is given to the
PZT. This makes the PZT expand. The expansion of the PZT [B] puts pressure on
the ink [C] below. This makes the ink move in both directions. The ink on the right
is forced out the ejection port [D].
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-9 J001/J003
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.5 INK NEAR END
[A]
[B]
G707D911.BMP
Each print head has a tank full lever [A]. This lever presses against a spring loaded
bellows in the center of the print head tank. The right side of each tank is
constructed of flexible plastic:
• As ink enters the tank, the pressure of the ink pushes against the side of the tank
and moves the lever away from the side of the print head tank.
• As ink is consumed during printing, the vacuum created by the ink leaving the
tank pulls the lever toward the side of the print head tank.
The tank full sensor [B], mounted above the front guide rail, checks the left and
right positioning of the tank full lever every time the carriage passes below.
When the tank full sensor detects the lever against the side of the tank, the printer
sends a prescribed amount of ink to the tank from the Print cartridge.
The sensor signals the ‘ink near-end’ if the tank full lever does not return to the full
position (away from the side of the tank) within the prescribed time after the printer
requests another fill from the Print cartridge.
After the near-end alert, the printer will continue to print with the ink that remains in
the partially filled tank until the printer issues the ink end alert. ( 6.3.6)
J001/J003 6-10 SM
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.6 INK OUT

[A] [C]
[B]
G707D912.BMP
G707D913.BMP
Two sensor pins [A.] monitor air in the print head tank. These pins detect changes
in the voltage differential on the surface of the ink inside the print head tank.
When these terminals detect air in the tank:
• The air release solenoid [B] energizes and opens the air release valve [C] so air
can escape from the ink reservoir.
• This allows more ink to enter the tank.
This is a continuous operation. The sensor pin reading signals the ink-out condition
when:
• The ink near-end alert has been issued.
• The amount of air detected in the tank indicates that no ink remains in the tank.
Also, as a backup measure, the firmware counts up for the amount of ink
Descriptions
consumed after every near end occurrence. When this count reaches the value Detailed
prescribed for the ink cartridge, this will also signal an ink-out condition.
SM 6-11 J001/J003
CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.7 REGISTRATION SENSOR

1
G707D914.BMP
1. Registration Sensor
2. Transport Belt
3. Paper (Leading Edge)
The registration sensor is attached to the left side of the carriage. The carriage
moves from side to side during printing.
The registration sensor performs two important functions for print control:
• Detects the leading edge of every sheet
• Detects the width of the paper when the carriage and sensor pass horizontally
over the vertical edge of the paper as it feeds.
Important
• This is not automatic paper size detection. The paper size must be set with the
printer driver.
• The printer will signal an alert if the detected size does not match the size
selected for the print job.
For more, see "6.7.3 Leading Edge and Paper Size Detection".
J001/J003 6-12 SM
INK SUPPLY UNIT
6.4 INK SUPPLY UNIT

6.4.1 OVERVIEW
3
G707D915.BMP
1. Print cartridges x 4 (with Viscous Ink: Y, M, C, K)

2. Supply Pump Unit
3. Supply Tube
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-13 J001/J003
INK SUPPLY UNIT
6.4.2 PRINT CARTRIDGES
[A]
[B]
G707D916.BMP
There is a separate Print cartridge for each color (Y, M, C, K). Each Print cartridge
is vacuum packed [A]. Print cartridges [B] are available in different sizes.
Type Color Amount

Small *1 K 25 ml
C, M, Y 19 ml
Medium K 33 ml
C, M, Y 25 ml
Large K 62 ml
C, M, Y 48 ml
*1 The "Starter" cartridges provided with the printer for installation.
All the colors (Y, M, C, K) of Viscous ink are pigment inks.

• Require only standard PPC to get quality printouts (special print media are not
required).
• Will not smear because the ink dries quickly (there is less chance of smearing
wet ink).
• Will not fade in bright light. This makes their colors highly durable.
J001/J003 6-14 SM
INK SUPPLY UNIT
6.4.3 PRINT CARTRIDGE SET SENSOR
[A]
G707D917.BMP
Four micro switches detect the Print cartridges. These are connected in series
above the cartridge set detection plate [A].
Each tank has a micro switch. The machine cannot specifically detect if an
individual Print cartridge is not set correctly. The open switch signals these:
• A cartridge is not in the machine
• A cartridge is not installed correctly
To solve this problem, you must open the Print cartridge cover. At this time you can
check these:
Descriptions
• All cartridges are in the machine Detailed
• All cartridges are installed correctly
SM 6-15 J001/J003
INK SUPPLY UNIT
6.4.4 INK SUPPLY PUMP

Ink Supply Pump Unit: Rear View
[D]
[C]
G707D918.BMP
[A] [B] [E]
The ink supply pump is divided into two compartments:

[A]: M/Y compartment (for Magenta, Yellow Print cartridges)
[B]: K/C compartment (For Black, Cyan Print cartridges)
Each compartment contains:
• 1 supply motor [C]
• 2 pumps [D] (one pump for each Print cartridge)
• 2 cams [E]
• 1 One-way clutch (not shown)
When a print head tank needs ink:
• The printer switches on the supply motor. The motor and its worm gear rotate
forward or backward. (Only one pump can operate at a time.)
• A one-way clutch engages and drives the shaft to operate the cam that
repeatedly strikes a pump arm to siphon ink from the cartridge.
• The supply motor operates long enough to pump the prescribed amount of ink to
the tank. Then it switches off.
J001/J003 6-16 SM
MAINTENANCE UNIT
6.5 MAINTENANCE UNIT

6.5.1 OVERVIEW
2
1
G707D919.BMP
3 G707D920.BMP
1. Flushing Gate
2. Maintenance Unit
3. Ink Waste Tank
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-17 J001/J003
MAINTENANCE UNIT

Overview [E]
[C]
[B]
[A
G707D921.BMP
[D]
The maintenance unit does two important functions:

• Keeps the surface of the print heads moist when they are not in use.
• Cleans the print heads with suction when you do cleaning with the printer driver.
(The print heads are also cleaned automatically at prescribed intervals.
The caps [A] cover the print heads. This occurs when the carriage remains at the
home position on the right side of the printer.
The first cap [B] is the only cap that can siphon excess ink from a print head. The
ink gets siphoned from the head with a simple, pressure tube-pump mechanism.
In order to perform the siphon procedure, the machine will:
• Lower the maintenance unit
• Move the carriage to the left. This sets the print head for cleaning (for more, see
next page).
The maintenance motor [C] rotates forward. Then it lowers two cams to let them
press against the bottom to lower the unit. Then it reverses at the prescribed time.
When the motor reverses, it disengages a one-way clutch attached to the main
shaft. Then it drives the second shaft to rotate the cam of the tube-pump
mechanism.
At the prescribed time, the motor rotates forward again until a feeler on the main
shaft enters to the gap of the maintenance HP sensor [D]. Then the motor is
switched off.
Another cam attached to the main shaft raises and lowers the wiper [E]. The wiper
cleans the surface of the print head as the carriage moves left and then right.
J001/J003 6-18 SM
MAINTENANCE UNIT
Maintenance Unit Cleaning Cycle

You can start the cleaning operation at either:
• The printer driver (computer)
• Operation panel (printer)
You can set the print head for cleaning (or clean them all) if you start the clean job
with the printer driver. All the print heads get cleaned if you start the clean job from
the operation panel.
An example of cleaning the Black “K” Print

Head: [A]
Cleaning starts with the carrier and print C K M Y
heads [A] capped and resting on top of the
maintenance unit [B].
[B]
G707D922.WMF
When the cleaning cycle starts, the

maintenance unit [C] is lowered by the
rotation of the main shaft. Then the cams [D]
C K M Y
rotate away from the bottom of the unit.
At the same time, the carriage [D] moves
to the left.
[C]
G707D923.WMF
Descriptions
The carriage moves the print head Detailed
(in this example, "K" the black print head) C K M Y
above the first vent [E] of the
maintenance unit.
NOTE: Only the first vent can siphon ink.
Another cam on the main shaft presses
the maintenance unit up so the print [E] G707D924.WMF
head (K) covers the first vent. [F]

At this time the maintenance motor reverses.
The one-way clutch disengages the main
shaft and engages the second shaft.
This operates the tube-pump. The suction
from the pump below sucks ink [F] from the
surface of the print head.
SM 6-19 J001/J003
MAINTENANCE UNIT
The maintenance [A] unit lowers.

Another cam raises the wiper [B]. At the C K M Y
same time the carriage moves the print [A]
heads left far enough so the vacuumed
[C]
print head can make contact with the
wiper. The wiper cleans the ink [C] from
the print head. [B]
G707D925.WMF
[D]
Then the carriage [D] moves right to the
home position. Then the maintenance unit
caps the print heads [E].
C K M Y
A cam on the main shaft below vibrates
the small scraper [F]. This removes the
ink bolus from the wall of the trap, the
waste is sent to the waste ink tank.
[F] G707D926.WMF
[E]
Important
• This procedure repeats for each print head when you start a clean job from the
operation panel.
• You can select the following cleaning procedures if initiated from the printer
driver:
• One print head
• More than one print head
• All print heads
• For more, see Section "5. Troubleshooting".
• This cleaning cycle is also done automatically for all print heads if the printer
stays idle for the time intervals shown in the table below.
Total Time
Idle Time Required for Cleaning
J001 J003
> 10 Hours < 3 Days 20 s 24 s
> 3 Days < 7 Days 20 to 80 s 24 to 160 s
> 7 Days < 1 Month 80 s 160 s
> 1 Month < 3 Months 180 s 360 s
> 3 Months < 180 s 360 s
• The J001 has 2 print heads. The J003 has 4 print heads.
• If you divide the number in the “J001” column by 2, this tells you the number
of seconds per print head. (Example: 80 s/2 = 40 s per print head.
• If you divide the number in the “J003” column by 4, this tells you the number
of seconds per print head. (Example: 360 s/4 = 90 s per print head.
J001/J003 6-20 SM
MAINTENANCE UNIT
6.5.3 WASTE INK COLLECTION UNIT
[B]
[A]
[C]
G707D927.BMP
The waste ink collection unit [A] collects the waste ink from the maintenance unit
above and the flushing gate. The waste ink gets collected at the waste ink
collection port [B].
The capacity of the waste ink collection unit is 480 ml in the J003 and 248 ml in the
J001. The printer should be able to use the waste ink collection unit for about 5
years of normal use. The unit has a waste ink tank full sensor [C]. The sensor
detects when the collection unit is full.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-21 J001/J003
MAINTENANCE UNIT
6.5.4 WASTE INK TANK FULL SENSOR
[A]
G707D928.BMP
The waste ink full sensor [A] is a “smart” reflective photosensor. The photosensor
measures the changes in the density of the ink materials in the tank. This lets you
know when the tank is full.
A prompt shows the printer needs maintenance when the sensor detects the near-
full condition. You can use the printer to print the following amounts of print jobs at
the time the maintenance alert is displayed:
• J003: 200 prints
• J001: 100 prints
These are only rough estimates. Fewer pages will be printed if many normal and
full print head cleanings are done after the maintenance alert.
You cannot use the printer when SC 992 (waste tank full error) is displayed. At this
time you must replace the waste ink tank.
J001/J003 6-22 SM
MAINTENANCE UNIT
6.5.5 FLUSHING UNIT
[A]
G707D929.BMP
During a long print job, the machine flushes all the nozzles with a very small
amount of ink at 15-second intervals. This keeps the nozzles clear and in good
working condition.
The flushing gate [A] and the flushing collection unit (below the gate) are located
on the left side of the printer.
During continuous printing, the print heads are positioned over the flushing gate
every 15 seconds. Then the nozzles get flushed with ink. The ink flushed from the
nozzles goes through the flushing gate and into a sump below.
A small amount of ink is used to flush the print heads.
NOTE: The sump of the collection unit should never fill to capacity for the service
Descriptions
life of the printer. You do not have to clean or replace the sump. Detailed
SM 6-23 J001/J003
CARRIAGE DRIVE
6.6 CARRIAGE DRIVE

6.6.1 OVERVIEW
4 1
G707D930.BMP
1. Horizontal Motor
2. Timing Belt
3. Guide Rod
4. Horizontal Encoder (Translucent Film)
J001/J003 6-24 SM
CARRIAGE DRIVE
6.6.2 CARRIAGE DRIVE
[A] [B]
[C]
G707D931.BMP
A horizontal motor [A] drives the carriage unit via a timing belt [B] connected to the
carriage.
The horizontal encoder strip [C], mounted in front of the timing belt, is threaded
through the horizontal encoder sensor mounted on the carriage. This sensor
detects the position of the carriage at the carriage moves from side to side during
printing.
The home position of the carriage unit is on the right side of the printer. The home
position is when the carriage unit is stopped and touching the right plate.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-25 J001/J003
CARRIAGE DRIVE
6.6.3 ENVELOPE SELECTOR

[A]
G707D932.BMP
Move the envelope selector [A] to adjust:

• The gap between the print heads
• The surface of the paper on the transport belt.
Pushing the lever to the back moves the print heads slightly away from the
surfaces of thick paper and envelopes. This stops chaffing on the printing surface
and smearing the ink.
A cam operates when the envelope selector is set for printing on thick paper or
envelopes. This moves the guide rod to create a gap about 0.8 mm wider than the
gap for normal printing.
This lever should be forward and set for printing on normal paper.
J001/J003 6-26 SM
PAPER FEED, TRANSPORT, OUTPUT
6.7 PAPER FEED, TRANSPORT, OUTPUT

6.7.1 OVERVIEW
1 2
5 3
6 G707D933.BMP
1. Transport Belt Unit

2. High Voltage Power Supply
3. Paper Cassette
4. Vertical Encoder
5. Vertical Encoder Sensor
6. Vertical Motor
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-27 J001/J003
6.7.2 CASSETTE LOCK/RELEASE
[C] [A]
[D]
[B] [F]
G707D934.BMP
[E]
G707D935.BMP
Cassette arms [B] on both sides of the cassette are guided into rails when the
paper cassette [A] is pushed into the printer. Then the bottom plate gets raised [C].
This raises the paper in the cassette to the correct height for paper feed.
A pawl on bottom plate of the paper cassette slides into a locking hole [D] below
the cassette. This locks the cassette in place.
When the output tray is raised with the paper cassette locked in position, this
presses the output tray arm down onto a release lever [E]. The release lever, linked
to a release arm [F], raises the pawl of the paper cassette out of its locking hole.
A spring at the front edge of the cassette nudges the paper cassette, slightly
ejecting the cassette from the printer. This opens the paper cassette for loading
paper.
Important
• The paper cassette is loaded with the cassette pulled out but still attached to the
printer.
• Never attempt to completely remove the paper cassette from the machine to load
paper.
J001/J003 6-28 SM
6.7.3 LEADING EDGE AND PAPER SIZE DETECTION

[A]
[B]
G707D936.BMP
There are no paper size sensors in the standard paper cassette or the optional
500-Sheet Paper Tray for the J003. The paper size must be selected with the
software application or the printer driver.
Important: The paper size (and other settings) in the software application always
has priority over the printer driver settings.
The registration sensor [A], mounted on the carriage unit, moves from side to side
with the carriage during printing.
The registration sensor detects the leading edge of the sheet [B] for feed timing.
The registration sensor also detects the width of the paper when it passes over the
Descriptions
left vertical edge of the paper. This ensures that the paper is wide enough for the Detailed
printing area specified by the paper size selection for the print job.
SM 6-29 J001/J003
6.7.4 PAPER END, TRAILING EDGE DETECTION
[A]
[B]
G707D937.BMP
There is no mechanism to detect paper end in the paper cassette or the paper feed
unit.
A feeler [A] rises when a sheet of paper gets fed. This turns the trailing edge
sensor [B] on. After the sheet passes, the feeler drops and the trailing edge sensor
goes off.
A paper end error shows at these times:
• The paper feed roller rotates forward twice (once to feed the sheet, and again to
try feeding the sheet again).
• The trailing edge sensor does not go on after 2 rotations of the paper feed roller.
The length of time the trailing edge sensor stays on is also used to detect the
length of the paper for printing control.
J001/J003 6-30 SM
6.7.5 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE

[C]
[D]
[A]
[E] [B]
G707D938.BMP
The vertical motor [A] drives the timing belt [B] that rotates the transport roller [C].
The rotation of the transport roller also drives the paper feed roller when the paper
feed clutch engages the feed roller (not shown above).
The edge of the vertical encoder [D], attached to the shaft of the transport roller,
passes through the gap of the vertical encoder sensor [E] as the encoder wheel
rotates. The vertical encoder sensor reads the coded slots on the rim of the vertical
encoder and sends this information to the CPU. The CPU uses these readings to
control the on/off timing of the transport belt and the paper feed roller:
Important
• Never attempt to remove the vertical encoder.
• When servicing the machine, work carefully to prevent scratching, breaking, or
Descriptions
bending the vertical encoder. Detailed
SM 6-31 J001/J003
6.7.6 PAPER PATH

Here is a summary of the operation of the paper path through the printer:
1. The feed clutch energizes and engages the feed roller, and the rotation of the
vertical motor drives the feed roller.
2. Paper feed roller feeds one sheet from the top of the stack in the paper
cassette. The friction pad at the lip of the paper cassette prevents a double-fed
sheet of papers.
3. The charge roller charges the transport belt. The charge on the transport belt
ensures that the paper stays on the transport belt.
4. The sheet feeds onto the transport belt. Then the feeler of the trailing edge
sensor rises and switches the trailing edge sensor on.
5. At the same time the trailing edge sensor goes on, the carriage moves to the
right of center. This allows the leading edge sensor to detect the leading edge
of the paper.
6. The leading edge sensor detects the right edge of the sheet when the carriage
and leading edge sensor move toward the HP sensor on the right.
7. The detection of the right edge by the leading edge sensor is used to determine
the width of the paper in the paper path.
NOTE: The leading edge sensor reads the right edge of the sheet only once.
This occurs at the time the first page of the print job. The leading edge
sensor does not detect the right edge for any sheet after the first sheet.
8. An area equal to the width of each print head is printed when the carriage
travels across the sheet from right to left.
9. This occurs when the last line is printed. The transport roller rotates only long
enough to feed the length of paper that remains. Then the paper exits the
printer.
10. The print job count goes up by one after the paper exits.
J001/J003 6-32 SM
6.7.7 TRANSPORT BELT [A]

A high voltage power pack [A] charges the
charge roller the transport belt [B]. [B]
The charge roller applies a bias charge to
the transport belt. This static charge
makes the paper adhere to the transport
belt so the paper does not shift during
transport and printing.
A temperature/humidity sensor, mounted
near the charge roller, monitors the
temperature and humidity near the charge
G707D939.BMP
roller. The reading of this sensor is
matched with values in a lookup table (see
next page) that is cross-indexed with temperature and humidity readings. The
values read from the table are used to adjust the width of the bias (bias pitch)
applied to the transport belt. This operation, called belt charge control, operates
within the following ranges of temperature and humidity:
Temperature: 0C to 35C (32F to 95F) Adjusted in 2.5C (4.5F) steps

Humidity: 0% to 100% Adjusted in 10% steps
The machine uses the feedback of the temperature/humidity sensor to reduce the
width of the charge applied to the transport belt below the print heads. This
reduces the size of the electrical field to the smallest size that can still provide the
optimum charge to keep the paper on the belt at the leading edge, center, and
trailing edge of the paper without interfering with the operation of the print nozzles.
Belt charge control is done for every paper feed station (Tray 1, Tray 2, and
bypass) and for every paper type (normal paper, envelopes, thick paper, and
OHP).
Descriptions
The sharp curvature of the paper path separates the paper from the transport belt Detailed
at the time paper is fed out the paper exit.
SM 6-33 J001/J003
Charge Pitch Temperature Table - J003 Standard (Quality Priority, Speed Priority)
Charge Pitch Temperature Table (J003
(G70 Standard (Quality Priority, Speed Priority)
J001/J003
TEMPERATURE
>2.5oC >5.0oC >7.5oC >10.0oC >12.5oC >15.0oC >17.5oC >20.0oC >22.5oC >25.0oC >27.5oC >30.0oC >32.5oC
>2.5oC >35.0oC
<5.0oC <7.5oC <10.0oC <12.5oC <15.0oC <17.5oC <20.0oC <22.5oC <25.0oC <27.5oC <30.0oC <32.5oC <35.0oC
>75% 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
>65%, <75% 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
>55%, <65% 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
>45%, <55% 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
>35%, < 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2
45%
>25%, <35% 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
>10%, <25% 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6-34
>10% 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
PPM with Chart J6 (Full Color) by Area

J003
G70
PPM
Area
High Speed High Quality
Simplex Simplex
1 8.5 8.5
2 8.5 8.5
3 7.6 5.7
4 5.8 4.5
G707D900.WMF
SM
6.7.8 CHARGE LEAK DETECTION
[A]
G707D940.BMP
The printer checks for and detects charge leaks at these times:
• Immediately after the printer is turned on.
• When it gets a leak detection signal from the high voltage power pack at the time
of printer operation.
These happen when a charge leak gets detected:
• The voltage supply from the power pack [A] gets interrupted immediately
• The printer stops the current print job in progress.
• The carriage returns back to its home position.
• The print heads are capped. The printer cannot operate.
Descriptions
Do these to let the printer go back to normal operation: Detailed
• Turn the printer off and on.

• You must remove the cause of the leak.
SM 6-35 J001/J003

6.8.1 MAIN BOARDS
STM Motor Current Switch Signal
Maintenance Motor Driver

Maintenance Motor
Supply Motor 1 Driver Supply Motor 1
Supply Motor 2 Driver Supply Motor 2
Driver Maintenance System STM Current Switch

Board STM Chopping Synchronization Signal
Driver
Ink Supply Motor Direction Switch Signal
Cartridge Detection Signal

Maint. Mechanism Initial Position Detection Signal
Duplex Unit Detection Signal
Duplex Unit Cover Open Signal
Piezo Drive TR Temperature Detection
Print Head
Cartridge Tank Selection
Control Board
COM Cartridge Tank Ink Supply SN
USB COM
Board Cartridge Tank Full SN
Host PC
Paper Size SN
Print Head Ambient Temperature
Input from Ink Level Change SN

Input from Waste Ink Full SN
Relay Board I/F
Feed CL
2nd Tray I/F
Power Pack Output ON
Relay Board I/F
Trailing Edge SN
Relay
Board 2nd Tray Set SN
Operation Power Pack Leak SN
Panel I/F
Cover Open SN
Vertical Encoder
Horizontal/Vertical Vertical Motor Signal

Driver Signal
Dr.
38V
To Control Board (38V) PSU
5V
To Control Board (5V)
Vertical Motor Driver

Operation Panel Vertical Motor
- Operation Panel Horizontal Motor Driver
- Ink End LED Horizontal Motor
- Operation Panel LED
- Operation Panel SW
G707D951.WMF
J001/J003 6-36 SM
6.8.2 CONTROL BOARD

Bus Trace
Maintenance Motor Driver Maintenance Motor

JTAG/ICE
Ink Supply Motor 1 Driver Ink Supply Motor 1
CPU Drive
TX4955 Board Ink Supply Motor 2 Driver Ink Supply Motor 2
SysAD Bus
(160PQFP) I/F
Vertical Motor Driver Vertical Motor
XTL Horizontal Motor Driver Horizontal Motor
SSCG
Ink LED
SDRAM
Air Release SOL
8/16/64 MB
Cartridge Tank Selection
Feed CL
XTL
2nd Tray I/F
USB USB I/F Maintenance STM Current Switching
FLASH ROM Synchronization Signal of A, B Phase Chopper Cycle

2 MB
Operation Panel
CARD
UART 16550
Energy Save Control
Direction of Revolution of the Ink Supply Motor

LOCAL BUS
NVRAM
1 KB Cartridge SN
ASIC:
TOTTI
Air Release Initial Position SN
Image Data (YCMK x 1 Bit)
COM BOARD I/F
Cartridge Tank Ink Supply SN
Drive Wave (38V) Trailing Edge SN
Drive Wave 2nd Tray Set SN

Drive Wave (38V) (3V)
DRV BOARD I/F Maintenance Mechanism Cam Initial Position SN

GP
Operation Panel SW
Power Pack Lead SN

Reset Circuit
Cover Open SN
Duplex Unit SN
Regulator 3.32V/
1.8V/1.5V Duplex Unit Cover Open SN
Power Supply
Waste Ink Tank Full SN
Descriptions
Vertical Encoder
Cartridge Tank Full SN Detailed

Paper Size SN
Key:
Device Print Head Ambient Temperature
Connector Radiated Board Temperature
Room Temperature
G707D952.WMF
The control board does these functions:

• Overall control
• Image data processing
• Interface management: USB, the operation panel, the communication (COM)
board, DC relay board, Drive (DRV) board, and PSU.
• Controls all sensors, and motors for all I/O devices.
SM 6-37 J001/J003
6.8.3 DRV BOARD
Duplex Unit
Set SN Cover Open SN
Ink Supply System

Cartridge System
Cartridge SN
Ink Supply Motor (C, K)

DC Motor Driver
DCM3
Ink Supply Motor (Y, M)

DC Motor Driver
DCM4
Maintenance System
Control
Maintenance Mechanism Cam SN
Board
Maintenance STM STM STM Driver
Print Head (Y, M) Driver

Thermistor
COM Board
Heat Sink
Print Head (C, K) Driver
G707D941.WMF
The DRV Board contains these important components and functions:

• Phase control for the print head drive
• Ink supply motor driver
• Maintenance stepper motor driver
• Sensor signal detection.
J001/J003 6-38 SM
6.8.4 COM BOARD
FFC (x2) +5V
Paper Size SN Reflective SN
Drive Wave
+5V Power
+38V Power
SCLK
per Print Head DATA Print Head #1
LATCH 192 Nozzles x2
INHIBIT
MN
Encoder
Horizontal Encoder
Temperature SN
Y
Clock Signal for
Full Tank SN G
M
Select Signal for A

Full Tank SN B C
K
Full Tank Output
J001/J003
G500/G700
Model Selection
Model Selection
Descriptions
Detailed
G707D954.WMF
The COM Board contains these important components and functions:

• Carriage horizontal position detection
• Paper leading edge, horizontal width detection
• Temperature detection of the area near the print heads
• Waste ink tank full detection
• Recognizes the printer type (J001/J003)
• Print head control
SM 6-39 J001/J003
6.8.5 DC RELAY BOARD
+37V, +5VE1, +5VE2

DC Relay Board
PGNG, SGND
SENCA
SENCB Encoder SN
+37V, +5VE1
PP, ENBL, PP_TRG PP, EN, PP_TR High Voltage

Power Supply
PP_LEAK, COV_OPN PP_LEAK, COV_OPN
+37V_TRY
+5VE2
TRYMT_CLK, TRG, TRYCL, TRG TRYMT_CLK, TRG, TRYCL, TRG 2nd Feed
Control Board TRY_SET TRY_SET
+37V
FEED_CL CLT_ON Feed CL

CL Driver
+5VE2
Encoder HP
ENC_HP ENC_HP SN
+5VE2
P_END
Trailing Edge
P_END SN
G707D955.WMF
The DC Relay board contains these important components and functions:

• Detection of vertical position of the paper during feeding
• High voltage power pack interface (Control Board ↔ Power Pack)
• Tray 2 interface (Control Board ↔ Tray 2)
• Paper feed clutch driver
• Sensor interface
J001/J003 6-40 SM
6.8.6 PSU
37Vdc 2
5.1Vdc AC Input
GND 3
PSMOD
HVCON
Control Board
10 Motor Control Signal
Vertical Motor Horizontal

Driver Motor Driver
M1 M2
Vertical Motor Horizontal Motor
G707D956.WMF
The PSU contains these following important components and functions:

• Horizontal motor control
• Vertical motor control
• Power supply control
• Supplies both 37 V and 5.1 V power to the printer
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-41 J001/J003
6.8.7 CONNECTOR LIST

Control Board
Connector No. Connects To:
CN100 Air Release SOL
Air SN
CN101 DRV Board I/F
CN102 Relay Board I/F
CN103 PSU I/F
CN104 Operation Panel I/F
CN105 USB I/F
CN106 --- Not Used ---
CN107 COM Board I/F
DRV Board
CN200 Control Board I/F
CN201 Maintenance Motor
CN202 Ink Supply Motor
Cartridge Reset
Maintenance Motor DP
CN203 --- Note Used ---
CN204 Print Head Drive
COM Board
CN1 Print Head 1 (Odd) I/F
CN2 Print Head 1 (Even) I/F
CN9 Waste Ink Tank Full Sensor
CN10 Registration Sensor
J001/J003 6-42 SM
DC Relay Board
CN301 High Voltage Power Supply
Cover OPEN
CN302 Vertical Encoder
Trailing Edge Sensor
CN303 500-Sheet Paper Tray (Tray 2)
CN304 Feed CL
PSU
CN1 AC Input
CN2 37V, 51.V Power Supply
CN4 Horizontal Motor
CN5 Vertical Motor
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-43 J001/J003
BASIC OPERATION
6.9 BASIC OPERATION

6.9.1 INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE AT POWER ON
Start: Power ON
↓
Operation Panel LED Check
↓
Vertical Motor (Transport Belt) Operation Check
↓
Maintenance Motor HP Check
↓
Carriage HP Check
↓
Waste Ink Tank Full Check
↓
Ink Level Check Inside Print Head
↓
Carriage All Scan Check
↓
Capping
↓
End
J001/J003 6-44 SM
BASIC OPERATION
6.9.2 PRINT HEAD MAINTENANCE RECOVERY OPERATION

Filling Sequence
Start
↓
Drawing Ink for Filling
↓
Print Head
↓
Print Head Bubble Discharge (Head Suction)
↓
Generate Initial Pressure (Head Suction)
↓
Wiping
↓
Wiping
↓
Wiping
↓
Air Discharge (Right Side)
↓
Ink Filling
↓
Print Head Suction
↓
Wiping
↓
Descriptions
Air Discharge (Left Side) Detailed
↓
Ink Filling
↓
End
SM 6-45 J001/J003
BASIC OPERATION
Ink Consumption by Mode

Mode Model Consumption
Cleaning J001 0.2 ml / print head
J003 02. ml/print head
Refreshing J001 2.6 ml/print head
J003 2.6 ml/print head
Initial Filling J001 7.6 ml/print head
J003 4.5 ml/print head
Initial Filling at Installation (Requires 6 – 9 min.)
Cleaning Print Heads (Full)
Air Pressure Purge
Cleaning Print Heads (Normal)
Normal Filling
G707D961.WMF
Visual Comparison (Approximate)
J001/J003 6-46 SM
IMAGE PROCESSING
6.10 IMAGE PROCESSING
PC Printer
RPCS Mode Driver Control BoardControl Board
Line
Print Band Interlace Multi-Scan Compression Decompression Print Job Printer
Direction
Job Processing Processing Processing Processing Processing Processing Output
Conversion
G707D962.WMF
Here is a brief summary of the steps in image processing:

• Print Job. The software application sends the print job to the printer driver.
• Band Processing. The print job gets divided into units of bands.
• Interlace Processing. The bands get broken into scan (print) units. Then the
bits get converted for the direction of printing.
• Multi-Band Processing. Processing for individual lines.
• Compression Processing. The data gets compressed on the PC side. Then it
goes to the printer.
• Decompression. The data gets decompressed when it gets to the printer.
• Line Direction Conversion. The lines get converted to match the direction of
printing. It gets rotated 90 degrees depending on whether the print job is for
Portrait or Landscape orientation.
• Print Job Processing. The print job gets output.
• Printer Output. The print heads on the carriage print the job.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-47 J001/J003
DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)
6.11 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)

6.11.1 OVERVIEW 1
2
G707D942.BMP
1. Bypass tray guides

2. Duplex Unit Cover Button
3. Duplex Unit Cover
4. Duplex unit locks (x 2)
NOTE: Use the top of the Duplex Unit as the bypass tray.
J001/J003 6-48 SM
6.11.2 DUPLEX DRIVE
[A]
G707D943.BMP
G707D944.BMP
The vertical motor of the printer drives the main drive gear [A] of the Duplex Unit.
The Duplex Unit uses this procedure:
• The trailing edge sensor goes off after the front side of the paper prints.
• Vertical motor stops. The paper transport stops. Then it reverses its rotation.
• Printed sheet feeds back into the Duplex Unit. Then it gets reversed.
• The reversed sheet gets fed to the printer.
• The reversed (2nd) side of the sheet gets printed.
Descriptions
Detailed
SM 6-49 J001/J003
6.11.3 DUPLEX UNIT COVER OPEN SWITCH
[A]
[B]
G707D945.BMP
G707D946.BMP
The Duplex Unit cover open switch [A] is a micro switch.

The cover open switch detects if the cover is open or closed.
When the cover is closed, the switch is closed. The circuit is closed at the 4
terminal pins [B] of the DRV board that connect to the printer. The printer controls
the Duplex Unit through the DRV board.
The switch breaks the connection between the printer and Duplex Unit when the
cover is open.
J001/J003 6-50 SM
6.11.4 DUPLEX UNIT SET SWITCH
G707D947.BMP
[A]
G707D948.BMP
[B]
The Duplex Unit set switch [A], a micro switch in the printer, detects the presence
of the Duplex Unit.
This occurs when the Duplex Unit is installed correctly on the back of the printer:
• The unit set lever [B] depresses the Duplex Unit set switch. Then it turns it
Descriptions
on. Detailed
The printer signals an error (Paper Jam – Type 1) at these times:
• The Duplex Unit is not installed correctly
• The set lever has not fully depressed the Duplex Unit set switch
SM 6-51 J001/J003
6.11.5 BYPASS
[B]
[A]
G707D949.BMP
When the Duplex Unit is installed on the back of the printer (J001), the top of the
Duplex Unit [A] is used as the bypass tray.
The bypass tray cannot hold stacks of paper. Paper can only be fed one sheet at a
time.
You must wait for instructions from the printer drive to load paper when a print job
is set up to run from the bypass tray.
The bypass set sensor [B] detects the sheet and signals the printer to start the
paper feed from the bypass tray.
J001/J003 6-52 SM
TRAY 2 (500-SHEET TRAY – J003 OPTION)
6.12 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET TRAY – J003 OPTION)

6.12.1 OVERVIEW
G707D950.BMP
1. Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Cassette)

2. Drive Unit
3. Control Board
Descriptions
NOTE: You can only install the 500-Sheet Paper Tray with the J003 Printer. Detailed
SM 6-53 J001/J003
6.12.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY)
[E] [B] [C]
[A]
[F]
[C]
G707D951.BMP
[E] [B]
The paper cassette can hold up to 500 sheets of A4 or LTR size standard PPC.
You can adjust the end fence [A] and two side fences [B] to A4 or LTR size.
You must lock the tray locks [C] to keep the fences in place.
These occur when the paper cassette is inserted into the tray unit:
• Two guides force down the cassette arms [E] on both sides of the paper cassette.
• The bottom plate [F] rises against the bottom of the paper stack when you
depress these arms.
• The pressure of the bottom plate on the bottom of the stack keeps the top of the
stack at the correct position to feed the paper.
J001/J003 6-54 SM
6.12.3 PAPER FEED

[B]
[A]
G707D952.BMP
[C]
The paper feed motor [A] in the tray drives the feed roller [B].
The control board [C] controls the operation of the feed clutch (not shown). This
engages the shaft where the feed roller is mounted. Then it rotates it at the
prescribed time to feed paper from the tray.
The friction pad at the edge of the cassette below the feed roller prevents double
sheets of paper to be fed.
Descriptions
The transport guide moves the paper out of the cassette and onto the transport belt. Detailed
The trailing edge sensor goes on at the time the trailing edge of the sheet passes.
Then the printer turn transport belt on.
SM 6-55 J001/J003
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
1. PRINTER ENGINE BASE SPECIFICATIONS
Configuration Desktop
Printing Method On-Demand Ink Printing Technology
Paper Transport Belt System
Delivery Face-up
Ink Supply Method Zero Waste Dual Tank Method
Ink (Y, M, C, K) Viscous Ink (High Viscosity, Fast Drying, Pigment Ink)
Print Heads
J001 J003
Number of Heads 2 Heads (4-Color) 4 Heads (4-Color)
Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head
Number of 192 Nozzles/Line 192 Nozzles/Line
Nozzles
Nozzle Pitch 0.169 mm (150 dpi) 0.169 mm (150 dpi)
Resolution Range: 150 to 1200 dpi

Bi-Directional
Paper Mode (Driver) Resolution
(Yes/No)
Defaults Normal High Speed (Draft) 300 x 300 Yes/1 Pass
Std. (Speed Priority) 300 x 300 See "Note"
Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
High Quality 600 x 600 No/2 Passes
Special Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 No/2 Passes
Semi-gloss High Quality 1200 x 1200 No/4 Passes
OHP High Quality 600 x 600 No/4 Passes
User Settings Normal High Speed (Draft) 150 x 150 Yes/1 Pass
Special High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
Semi-gloss High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 No/4 Passes
Specifications
OHP High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass

Note: J001 Yes/1 Pass
J003 1st Color: Yes/1 Pass, Other Colors: No/1 Pass
Warm-up Time Less than 30 sec. after power on

First Print Time J001: Less than 10 sec.
J003 Less than 9 sec.
SM 7-1 J001/J003
SPECIFICATIONS
Printing Speed
Normal Paper Normal Paper
Mono/Color
J001 J003
High Speed Monochrome 9.0 ppm 14.0 ppm
Color 7.3 ppm 11.4 ppm
Std. (Speed Monochrome 8.8 ppm 13.5 ppm
Priority)
Std. (Quality Monochrome 3.7 ppm 7.5 ppm
Priority)
High Quality Monochrome 1.4 ppm 2.7 ppm
Note 2: Monochrome: Measured with Test Chart J1 at 23C (66.4F)
50% Rh
Color: Measured with Test Chart J6 at 23C (66.4F) 50% Rh.
Paper Size
Range: Width: 90-216 mm (3.5 x 8.5 in.)
Length: 139.8-1295.4 mm (5.5-51 in.)
Standard Tray A4-A6; LTR; LGL; ; Custom Sizes (W x L) 90-216 mm x 148-
Bypass Tray *1 356 mm (3.5"-8.5" x 5.8"-14") ( 2)
Paper Tray J001 ---Not supported ---
(Option) J003 A4. B5. LTR, LGL
Paper Type *2
Standard Tray Standard PPC, Thick Paper, Color Paper, Tractor Drive, OHP
(Tray 1)
Bypass Tray *1 Same as Standard Tray 1 + Envelopes
Paper Tray J001 --- Not Supported ---
(Tray 2: Option) J003 Standard PPC, Thick Paper, Color Paper
Paper Weight
Standard Tray Plain 60-105 g/m2 (52-90 kg) (16-28 lb.)
Bypass Tray *1 Plain 60-163 g/m2 (52-135 kg) (16-42 lb.)
Paper Tray J001 --- Not Supported ---
(Option) J003 Plain 60-105 g/m2 (52-90)
Paper Capacity
Standard (Tray 1) Plain Recycled: 70 g/m2 (60 kg) 250 sheets
OHP: 1
Bypass Tray *1 1 sheet
Tray 2 (Option) J001 --- Not Supported ---
J003 Plain Recycled: 150 sheets *3
Custom Sizes 2
Output Tray Plain Recycled: 150 sheets *3
Capacity
J001/J003 7-2 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
Printing Area
Paper Maximum Top, Bottom, Left, Right: 3 mm Margins
Recommended Top, Bottom, Left, Right: 4.2 mm (1/6 in.)
Margins
Envelopes Maximum Top: 8 mm
Bottom: 38 mm
Left, Right: 3 mm
Recommended Top: 8 mm
Bottom: 38 mm
Left, Right: 4.2 mm (1/6 in.)
Duplex Printing J001 Duplex Unit - Optional
J003 Standard
Power Supply NA 100V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3Hz)
EU 220-240 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3Hz)
J001 J003
Power Consumption
Normal Operation Less than 30W Less than 35W
Standby Approx. 8W Approx. 8W
Power Switch Off NA: Less than 0.2W NA: Less than 0.2W
EU: Less than 0.3W EU: Less than 0.3W
Energy Save Less than 6 W Less than 6 W
Mode
Shift to Energy 15 min. 15 min.
Save
Noise Emission
Printing*4 Less than 45 dB Less than 48 dB
Standby Less than 20 dB Less than 20 dB
Spurious Noise
Printing*4 Less than 62 dB (A) Less than 63 dB (A)
Standby Less than 40 dB (A)
Dimensions
W x D x H mm 403 x 440 x 218 mm 490 x 469 x 218 mm
403 x 469 x 218 mm with 490 x 469 x 328 mm with
Duplexer Paper Tray 2
Specifications
W x D x H in. 15.9 x 17.3 x 8.9 in. 19.3 x 18.5 x 8.9 mm

15.9 x 18.5 x 8.9 in. with 19.3 x 18.5 x 328 mm with
Duplexer Paper Tray 2
Weight
kg Printer: 9.8 kg Printer: 11 kg
With Duplexer: 10.6 kg With Paper Tray 2: 14.5 kg
lb. Printer: 21.6 lb. Printer: 24.2 lb.
With Duplexer: 23.3 lb. With Paper Tray 2: 31.5 lb.
SM 7-3 J001/J003
SPECIFICATIONS
Page Description RPCS Raster Printer Driver

Language
Interface
Standard USB 1.1/2.0 Hi-Speed *5
Options 100 Base-TX/10 Base-T, IEEE 802.11b
Operating Systems Windows 95 *6, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003
Service Life J001 5 Years or 75,000 sheets
J003 5 Years or 150,000 sheets
Environment
Operating Temperature: 10°C-30°C (50°F-86°F)°
Relative Humidity 15%-80% (no condensation) *7
Storage Temperature: 0°C-40°C (32°F-104°F)
Relative Humidity 5%-80% (no condensation) *7
Generated Paper Less than 0.075 mg/m3
Dust
Notes:
*1 You must install the optional Duplex Unit to use bypass feed with the J001. The top of the duplex
unit functions as the bypass tray.
*2 Use only recommended paper. Use of any other type of paper could cause problems when you
print.
*3 The number of sheets that the output can hold may depend on the type of images printed.
*4 Basic Ricoh standards are based on high-quality printing on plain paper.
*5 All operations are not guaranteed on compatible machines.
*6 When the printer is connected to a Windows 95, Windows NT 4.0 network.
*7 Print quality may be poor until the printer adjusts to the room temperature and humidity at the time
you bring the printer into a room with temperature and humidity not the same as its previous
location.
These specifications are based on the measured performance of the printer

connected to a system with the following configuration:
PC Pentium 4 1.6 GHz, 256 MB of memory
OS Windows XP Professional Edition
Paper Plain Paper
J001/J003 7-4 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
2. PAPER SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 NORTH AMERICA
Type Name Feed Size Feed Sources Face-

Bypass Tray 1 Tray 2 Duplex up
Plain A3 W SEF 12" x 18" N N N N N
Paper A3 SEF 297 x 420 mm N N N N N
B4 SEF 257 x 364 mm N N N N N
A4 SEF 210 x 297 mm Y Y Y Y Y
A4 LEF 297 x 210 mm N N N N N
B5 SEF 182 x 257 mm Y Y Y Y Y
B5 LEF 257 x 182 mm N N N N N
A5 SEF 148 x 210 mm N N N N N
A5 LEF 210 x 148 mm Y Y N Y Y
A6 SEF 105 x 148 mm Y Y N Y Y
DLT SEF 11" x 17" N N N N N
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Y Y Y N Y
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Y Y Y Y Y
LT LEF 11" x 81/2" N N N N N
HLT SEF 51/2" x 81/2" N N N N N
HLT LEF 81/2" x 51/2" Y Y N Y Y
Executive SEF 71/4 " x 101/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Executive LEF 101/2" x 71/4" N N N N N
F SEF 8" x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Foolscap SEF 81/2" x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Folio SEF 81/4 " x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Folio LEF 13" x 81/4" N N N N N
8 Kai SEF 267 x 390 mm N N N N N
16 Kai LEF 195 x 267 mm N N N N N
Envelopes Com10 LEF 41/8" x 71/2" Y Y N Y Y
Monarch LEF 37/8" x 71/2" Y Y N Y Y
C6 LEF 114 x 162 mm Y Y N Y Y
DL Env LEF 110 x 220 mm Y Y N Y Y
Specifications
Remarks:
Y Yes, Supported
N No, Not supported.
SM 7-5 J001/J003
SPECIFICATIONS
2.2 EUROPE
Type Name Feed Size Feed Sources Face-

Bypass Tray 1 Tray 2 Duplex up
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Y Y Y N Y
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Y Y Y Y Y
LT LEF 11" x 81/2 " N N N N N
HLT SEF 51/2" x 81/2 " N N N N N
HLT LEF 81/2" x 51/2" Y Y N Y Y
F SEF 8" x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Foolscap SEF 81/2" x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Folio SEF 81/4" x 13" Y Y Y Y N
Envelopes Com10 LEF 41/8" x 71/2" Y Y N Y Y
Monarch LEF 37/8" x 71/2" Y Y N Y Y
DL Env LEF 110 x 220 mm Y Y N Y Y
Remarks:
Y Yes, Supported
N No, Not supported.
J001/J003 7-6 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
3. MAIN UNIT AND OPTION DESCRIPTIONS

Main Unit
Name Type Code Short Code Model Code Comments
J001 509802 45M3 J001-00 Duplex Unit provided as option.
J003 509800 45M6 J003-00 Duplex Unit provided as standard.
External Options
Type Short Model
Name Comments
Code Code Code
Duplex Unit J001 509803 5L40 J500-00 For J001 Printer
500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 (Tray 2) 509805 5L22 J502-00 For J003 Printer
Network Options (Provided by SILEX)

Name Type Code Comments
PRICOM R9100U 509818 USB 1.1, LAN, 100Base TX, TCP, IPX
PRICOM-R9400W 509821 USB 1.1 Wireless LAN, 802.11b. TCP
PRICOM-9500U2 509822 USB 1.1/USB 2.0 (2 ports), LAN, 100Base TX, TCP
Special Options for Cold Locations

Name RSS Code Comments
Heater Kit Type 1 15410706
Heater Kit Type 2 15410707 For the 500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 (Tray 2)
Option Compatibility
Model
Item Comments
J003 J001
Paper Feed 500-Sheet Paper Yes No
Tray J003 (Tray 2)
Duplexing Duplex Unit J001 --- Yes Standard with J003
Networking PRICOM R-9100U Yes Yes USB Print Server (USB 1.1)
PRICOM R-9400W Yes Yes USB Wireless Print Server (USB
1.1)
PRICOM R-9500U2 Yes Yes USB 2.0 (Hi-Speed)
Heaters Heater Kit Type 1 Yes Yes
Heater Kit Type 2 Yes --- For 500-Sheet Paper Tray (Tray 2)
Specifications
SM 7-7 J001/J003
SPECIFICATIONS
4. MAIN CONFIGURATION
1 3
4
2
G707V901.BMP
No. Item
1 J003
2 500-Sheet Paper Tray Unit J003 (Tray 2)
3 J001
4 Duplex Unit J001
J001/J003 7-8 SM
DISPLAYED MESSAGES
8. DISPLAYED MESSAGES
8.1 JAM ERRORS
8.1.1 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: TRAY 1
SERVICE TECHNICIAN (ST) and/or
SERVICE CENTER CALL RESPONSE PROBABLE CAUSE OPERATOR ACTION NATIONAL RECLAMATION CENTER
(NRC) ACTION
Non-feed jam occurred. (Tray 1) 1. Paper out. 1. Load paper in Tray 1.
The paper feed from Tray 1 did not reach the 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
sensor (trailing edge sensor). used. 3. Set Tray 1 correctly.
3. Tray set incorrectly. 4. Repair or replace.
The paper did not feed from Tray 1; do the 4. Tray damaged.
procedures below. Also, check inside the printer
for paper. If you find paper inside the printer,
remove it, and then press the [Paper Feed] key.
(1) Check Tray 1 for paper. Load Tray 1 if it is out Paper out. Load paper in Tray 1.
of paper.
(2) Check the type and condition of the paper, Feed transport power insufficient. Use only paper that meets specifications (including
then do the following procedures. restrictions).
2-1 If the paper is thick (105 g/m2 or more), feed Feed roller slippage. Switch to manual feed with the bypass tray.
the paper from the bypass tray.
2-2 Do not use curled (less than 2 mm) or wrinkled Curled or wrinkled paper jammed. Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
paper, especially when printing on both sides
of postcards. If the curl or wrinkling cannot be
removed before printing, replace with new
paper.
2-3 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Feed roller slippage. Switch to recommended paper.
it meets specifications for coated paper. Use
only coated paper that is recommended for
2-4 Check the settings of the side fences, and Feed roller slippage. Load the paper cassette so the top of the stack is
make sure that the top of the stack is not below the load limit mark on the paper cassette.
higher than the load limit mark. The side
fences should be snug (not to tight) against
the sides of the stack, and the top of the stack
should be below the load limit mark.
2-5 Curl can develop if paper remains unused and Curled or wrinkled paper has jammed. Remove the curled or wrinkled paper.
loaded in the paper cassette for a long period.
Remove the curled or wrinkled paper.
2-6 If printing on envelopes, use a pen or other flat Envelopes to thick to feed. Use only approved envelopes and flatten their
object to flatten the edges of the envelopes edges before loading.
before loading. Also, make sure the envelopes
are approved for use with this printer.
SM 8-1 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(3) Remove paper and make sure that the paper Paper cassette set incorrectly. Reset the paper in the tray.
is in good condition (does not fall into the
category of paper not recommended for the
printer) and load it again.
3-1 Make sure that the paper cassette is inserted The paper cassette is partially open because it has Open and close the paper cassette.
completely. not been inserted in the printer correctly.
3-2 The end fence is too tight against the bottom Pushing strongly on the end fence can cause Open the paper cassette and reset the end fence.
of the stack. The end fence should be snug paper to bend the stack, preventing paper from
(not to tight) against the bottom of the stack. feeding correctly to the feed roller.
Also, never push on the end fence when
closing the paper cassette.
3-3 Make sure that paper is not caught on the When the paper was loaded, paper was caught in Open the paper cassette and reset the stack.
bottom plate and that it is aligned correctly with the groove of the bottom plate and the front edge
the front side of the cassette. of the stack was not against the front plate of the
cassette.
3-4 Check the paper in the paper cassette for a The paper stack is not flat and paper cannot feed Adjust the positions of the side fences so they are
slight gap between the side fences and the correctly. not too tight.
sides of the paper stack.
(4) ST Descriptions
4-1 Check the end fence and make sure that it can End fence is damaged. Replace the end fence (ST).
lock.
4-2 Check the side fences and make sure that Side fences damaged. Replace the side fences (ST).
they can lock.
4-3 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Dirty paper feed roller. 1. Clean the paper feed roller (ST).
2. Paper feed clutch operating incorrectly. 2. Replace the paper feed clutch (NRC).
3. Bottom plate pressure spring is weak. 3. Replace bottom plate pressure spring
4. Drive gears damaged. (ST).
5. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). 4. Replace drive gears (NRC).
6. Harness disconnected, damaged. 5. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST).
7. Control board malfunction. 6. Check harness, replace (NRC).
8. DC relay board abnormal. 7. Replace control board (NRC).
8. Replace DC relay board (NRC).
SM 8-2 J001/J003
8.1.2 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: TRAY 2 (J003)
(NRC) ACTION
Non-feed jam occurred. (Tray 2) 1. Paper out. 1. Load paper in Tray 2.
The paper feed from Tray 2 did not reach the 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
sensor (trailing edge sensor). used. 3. Set Tray 1 correctly.
The paper did not feed from Tray 2; do the 3. Tray set incorrectly. 4. Close the rear cover of Tray 2.
procedures below. Also, check inside the printer 4. Rear cover of Tray 2 is open. 5. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
and Tray 2 for paper. If you find paper inside the 5. Tray 2 damaged.
printer or tray, remove it, and then press the
[Paper Feed] key.
(1) Check Tray 2 for paper. Load paper in Tray 2 if Paper out. Load paper in Tray 2.
it is out of paper.
(2) Check the type and condition of the paper, Feed transport power insufficient. Use only paper that meets specifications (including
then do the following procedures. restrictions).
2-2 Do not use curled (less than 2 mm) or wrinkled Curled or wrinkled paper jammed. Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
paper. If the curl or wrinkling cannot be
removed before printing, replace with new
paper.
2-3 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Feed roller slippage. Replace with approved paper, or switch to feeding
it meets specifications for coated paper. from Tray 1.
Replace with paper that is approved for use
with this printer.
fences should be snug (not to tight) against the
sides of the stack, and the top of the stack
(3) Remove paper and make sure that the paper is Paper cassette set incorrectly. Reset the paper in the tray.
in good condition (does not fall into the
3-2 When setting the end fence, make sure the Pushing strongly on the end fence can cause paper Open the paper cassette, remove the paper and
end fence is aligned with the decal for the to can bend the stack, preventing paper from set the end fence to the decal for the paper size,
paper size. feeding correctly to the feed roller. then load the paper again.
3-3 Check the paper stack to determine if more If paper is over the end fence at the side toward Open the paper cassette, remove the stack, then
than 100 sheets were loaded. you, it cannot reach the paper feed roller. load at least 100 sheets.
3-4 Check the paper in the paper cassette for a The paper stack is not flat and paper cannot feed Adjusts the positions of the side fences so they are
SM 8-3 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(4) Check the rear cover of Tray 2. Make sure the Not closed after a jam was removed. (Close the rear cover of Tray 2.
cover is closed and that the locks on both sides No force applied to the transport roller, so there
are engaged. was insufficient power to feed the paper.
(5) ST Descriptions
5-1 Check the end fence and make sure that it can End fence is damaged. Replace the end fence (ST).
lock.
5-2 Check the side fences and make sure that they Side fences damaged. Replace the side fences (ST).
can lock.
5-3 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. The paper feed roller of Tray 2 is dirty. 1 Clean the paper feed roller (ST).
2. The paper feed clutch of Tray 2 is not operating. 2. Replace the paper feed clutch of
3. Paper feed motor not operating. tray 2. (NRC)
4. Bottom plate pressure spring is weak. 3. Replace the paper feed motor of
5. Drive gears damaged. tray 2. (NRC)
6. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). 4. Replace bottom plate pressure
7. Harness disconnected, damaged.
spring (ST).
8. Control board malfunction. 5. Replace drive gears (ST).
9. DC relay board abnormal. 6. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST).
7. Check harness, replace (NRC).
8. Replace control board (NRC).
8.1.3 PAPER MISFEED: OUTPUT TRAY, DUPLEX UNIT

(NRC) ACTION
Duplex jam has occurred. 1. Paper that does not meet specifications was 1. Use only paper that meets specifications
When the paper was feed to the duplex unit used. (including restrictions).
during duplex printing, it did not arrive at the 2. The reverse guide plate is closed. 2. Close the reverse guide (lock on both ends). 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
trailing edge sensor. 3. Damage.
Ask the operator to try the following procedures to

remove and prevent paper transport jams during
duplex printing. Also, check inside the duplex unit
or printer for paper. If you find paper inside the
duplex unit or printer, remove it, and then press
the [Paper Feed] key.
(1) Check the type and condition of the paper, Insufficient power in the duplex unit to feed paper. Use only paper that meets specifications
then do the following procedures. (including restrictions).
1-1 If the paper is thick (105 g/m2 or more), feed The transport roller in the duplex unit is slipping. Switch to manual feed with the bypass tray for
the paper from the bypass tray for one-sided one-sided printing.
printing.
SM 8-4 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
1-2 Do not use curled (more than 2 mm) or Curled or wrinkled paper has jammed in the paper Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
wrinkled paper, especially for duplex printing. If transport path.
the curl or wrinkling cannot be removed before
printing, replace with new paper.
1-3 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure The transport roller in the duplex unit is slipping. Switch to paper approved for use with this printer,
it meets specifications for coated paper. load the paper in Tray 1 for single-sided printing.
with this printer, and then load the paper in
Tray 1 for single-sided printing.
(2) Disconnect the duplex unit and check the Not closed after a jam was removed. Remove the duplex unit and make sure that the
reverse guide to make sure that reverse guide The difference in the pressure between the half- reverse guide is locked on both sides.
is closed on both ends. If open, lock the locks of the reverse guide on the left and right side
reverse guide on both ends. (if both are not locked correctly) can cause the
paper to skew, preventing the paper from feeding in
the paper path.
(3) Damage.
3-1 Open the top cover and check the transport The transport belt is dirty, resulting in an insufficient Clean the transport roller (ST) or replace
belt for dirt. amount of attraction between the belt and the paper it (NRC).
which allows the paper to float out of the paper feed
path.
3-2 The ST will investigate the causes of problems 1. Duplex unit gears damaged. 1. Replace duplex unit drive gears (ST).
whose causes are unclear. 2. Transport roller in duplex unit dirty. 2. Clean the transport roller in the
3. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. duplex unit (ST).
4. High voltage PP damaged. 3. Clean the transport roller (ST) or
5. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). replace it (NRC).
6. Harness disconnected, damaged. 4. Replace the high voltage PP (NRC).
7. Control board malfunction. 5. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST).
8. DC relay board abnormal. 6. Check harness, replace (NRC).
SM 8-5 J001/J003
8.1.4 PAPER MISFEED: GUIDE PLATE
(NRC) ACTION
A transport jam occurred during duplex printing. 1. The paper was pulled in from the output tray 1. Remove the sheets stacked on the output tray.
When the paper was fed to the duplex unit during during reversing. 2. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
duplex printing, the paper stopped and the bottom 2. Damage.
edge did not pass the trailing edge sensor.

(1) Check inside the printer and duplex unit for 2 The paper was pulled in from the output tray during Remove the sheets stacked on the output tray. As
or more sheets of paper. If the printer is reversing. a general rule (for all environments) do not allow
double-feeding, remove the papers stacked on more than 100 sheets to stack on the output tray.
the output tray. As a general rule (for all Allowing between 100 and 150 sheets to stack on
environments) do not allow more than 100 the output tray (70 g/m2 with 5% coverage) can
sheets to stack on the output tray. Allowing cause poor print quality. To ensure best quality,
between 100 and 150 sheets to stack on the do not allow more than 50 sheets to stack on the
output tray (70 g/m2 with 5% coverage) can output tray.
cause poor print quality. To ensure best
quality, do not allow more than 50 sheets to
stack on the output tray.
(2) ST Descriptions
2-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). 1. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST).
2. Anti-static brush at the output slot is out of 2. Replace the anti-static brushes (ST).
position. 3. Check harness, replace (NRC).
3. Harness disconnected, damaged. 4. Replace control board (NRC).
4. Control board malfunction. 5. Replace DC relay board (NRC).
5. DC relay board abnormal.
SM 8-6 J001/J003
8.1.5 PAPER MISFEED: OUTPUT TRAY, GUIDE PLATE
(NRC) ACTION
Transport jam occurred. (Tray 1) 1. Paper unexpectedly started double-feeding 1. Do not continue to use unapproved paper.
When the paper was feed from Tray 1, the more than 1/1000.
registration sensor detected the leading edge, but 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
the trailing edge sensor did not detect the trailing 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
edge because the stopped in the paper path. used.
remove and prevent paper transport jams when 3. Damage.
feeding from Tray 1. Also, check inside the printer
(1) Check for paper inside the printer. Paper Unexpected double-feeding (due to static electricity, Do not continue to use unapproved paper.
inside the printer can cause double feeding. friction between front/back of sheets), occurs
Switching to a different type of paper and frequently when adding sheets.
changes in the environment can also cause
double-feeding. Do not use continuous form
feed paper; if you use such paper separate
each sheet before loading. The printer is
guaranteed for fewer than 1 jam per 1,000
sheets when using approved paper.
(2) Check the type and condition of the paper, Use only paper that meets specifications
2-1 Check the paper to make sure that it is not Specifications Use only paper in the range 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x
longer than 357 mm (14 in.); use only paper 14 in.)
that is shorter than 356 mm (14 in.).
2-2 Check to see if paper printed on one side is Ink between sheets of used paper causes friction Switch to other paper.
being used. Paper printed on one side has a and interferes with paper feed and transport.
tendency to double-feed. If the double-feeding
persists, replace with other paper.
2-3 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Some types of coated paper create more friction Switch to recommended paper.
it meets specifications for coated paper. Use between sheets than others.
2-4 Curl can develop if paper remains unused and Changes in the room temperature can affect paper Remove the curled or wrinkled paper.
loaded in the paper cassette for a long period. and can cause more friction between sheets and
Remove the curled or wrinkled paper. interfere with separation.
(3) ST Descriptions
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Friction separation pad is dirty. 1. Clean the friction separation pad
2. Paper feed clutch operating incorrectly. (ST).
3. Harness disconnected, damaged. 2. Replace the paper feed clutch
4. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). (NRC).
6. DC relay board abnormal.
7 Drive gears damaged. 4. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST),
replace the registration sensor
SM 8-7 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(NRC).
7. Replace drive gears (ST).
8.1.6 PAPER OUT/LOADED INCORRECTLY: BYPASS

(NRC) ACTION
Non-feed jam (manual) 1. Paper cannot be loaded manually for feeding. 1. Feed paper by hand.
When feeding manually from the bypass tray, the 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
paper fed but the registration sensor cannot used. 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
detect the leading edge of the paper. 3. Damage.
The paper did not feed from the bypass tray; so

do the procedures below. Also, check inside the
printer and the bypass tray for paper. If you find
paper inside the printer or in the tray, remove it,
and then press the [Paper Feed] key.
(1) After setting the paper by hand, release it but The printer does not have a "pickup" mechanism to Feed paper by hand.
do not press the [Paper Feed] key. In this grab the paper; the operator must continue to hold
case, continue to hold the paper until the the paper until it feeds in order for the paper to
paper feeds, while simultaneously pressing feed.
2-1 Make sure that thick paper (163 g/m2) is not Feed roller slippage. Use only paper of weight up to 163 g/m2.
being used (feeding such thick paper is very Feed paper by hand.
difficult). To start paper feed, press the [Paper
Feed] key while continuing to hold the paper.
2-2 Do not use curled (less than 2 mm) or Curled or wrinkled paper has jammed on the guide Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
wrinkled paper, especially with used paper. If plate.
SM 8-8 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(3) ST Descriptions
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Harness disconnected, damaged. 1. Check harness, replace (NRC).
2. Sensor damage (bypass set sensor). 2. Replace bypass set sensor (ST),
3. Control board malfunction. replace the registration sensor
4. DC relay board abnormal. (NRC).
5. Drive gears damaged. 3. Replace control board (NRC).
6. Encoder sheet dirty. 4. Replace DC relay board (NRC).
7. Carriage shaft, bushings not clean. 5. Replace drive gears (NRC).
8. Carriage pressure roller of the timing belt is not 6. Clean the encoder sheet (ST).
clean. 7. Clean the carriage shaft, bushings
9. Carriage encoder sensor is damaged. (ST).
8. Clean or replace the pressure roller
of the carriage drive belt (ST).
9. Replace the carriage encoder sensor
(NRC).
8.1.7 PAPER MISFEED - JAM: TRAY 2 (J003)

(NRC) ACTION
Transport jam occurred. (Tray 2) 1. Paper unexpectedly started double-feeding 1. Do not continue to use unapproved paper.
When the paper was feed from Tray 2, the more than 1/1000. 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
registration sensor detected the leading edge, but 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
the trailing edge sensor did not detect the trailing 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was
edge because the stopped in the paper path. used.
Ask the operator to try the following procedures 3. Damage.

to remove and prevent paper transport jams when
and Tray 2 for paper. If you find paper inside the
[Paper Feed] key.
(1) Check for paper inside the printer. Paper Unexpected double-feeding (due to static electricity, Do not continue to use unapproved paper.
inside the printer can cause double feeding. friction between front/back of sheets), occurs
Switching to a different type of paper and frequently when adding sheets.
changes in the environment can also cause
double-feeding. Do not use continuous form
feed paper; if you use such paper separate
each sheet before loading. The printer is
guaranteed for fewer than 1 jam per 1,000
sheets when using approved paper.
SM 8-9 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
2-3 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Some types of coated paper create more friction Use only approved paper, or use Tray 1.
it meets specifications for coated paper. between sheets than others.
with this printer.
2-4 Curl can develop if paper remains unused and Changes in the room temperature can affect paper Remove the curled or wrinkled paper.
loaded in the paper cassette for a long period. and can cause more friction between sheets and
Remove the curled or wrinkled paper. interfere with separation.
(3) ST Descriptions
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Friction separation pad is dirty. 1. Clean the friction separation pad
2. Paper feed clutch operating incorrectly. (ST).
3. Harness disconnected, damaged. 2. Replace the paper feed clutch (NRC).
4. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). 3. Check harness, replace (NRC).
5. Control board malfunction. 4. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST),
6. DC relay board abnormal. replace the registration sensor
7. Drive gears damaged. (NRC).
7. Replace drive gears (NRC).
8.1.8 8.1.8 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: BYPASS

(NRC) ACTION
Non-transport jam (manual) 1. Paper that does not meet specifications was 1. Use only paper that meets specifications
When the paper was feed from the bypass tray, used. (including restrictions). 2. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
the registration sensor detected the leading edge, 2. Damage.
but the bypass set sensor did not detect the
trailing edge because the paper stopped in the
paper path.
The paper did not feed from the bypass tray; so

do the procedures below. Also, check inside the
printer and the bypass tray for paper. If you find
paper inside the printer or in the tray, remove it,
and then press the [Paper Feed] key.
SM 8-10 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
1-2 Do not use curled (less than 2 mm) or Curled or wrinkled paper has jammed on the guide Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
wrinkled paper, especially with used paper. If plate.
(2) ST Descriptions
2-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Harness disconnected, damaged. Replace. 1. Check harness, replace (NRC).
2. Registration sensor damaged. 2. Replace registration sensor (NRC).
3. Control board malfunction. 3. Replace control board (NRC).
4. DC relay board abnormal. 4. Replace DC relay board (NRC).
5. Drive gears damaged. 5. Replace drive gears (NRC).
8.1.9 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: TRAY 1 GUIDE PLATE

(NRC) ACTION
Jam occurred between sensors. (Tray 1) 1. Paper that does not meet specifications was 1. Use only paper that meets specifications
During paper feed from Tray 1, the trailing edge used. (including restrictions).
sensor detected the trailing edge of the paper but 2. Tray set incorrectly. 2. Set Tray 1 correctly.
the registration sensor cannot detect the leading 3. The reverse guide plate is closed. 3. Close the reverse guide (lock on both ends).
edge of the paper. 4. Tray damaged. 4. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
remove and prevent paper transport jams when
(1) Check the type and condition of the paper, Insufficient feed/transport power. Use only paper that meets specifications
1-3 Do not use curled (less than 2 mm) or Curled or wrinkled paper jammed. Try to flatten curls, wrinkles, or replace paper.
wrinkled paper, especially when printing on
both sides of postcards. If the curl or wrinkling
cannot be removed before printing, replace
with new paper.
SM 8-11 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
fences should be snug (not to tight) against
the sides of the stack, and the top of the stack
1-7 If printing on envelopes, use a pen or other flat Envelopes to thick to feed. Use only approved envelopes and flatten their
object to flatten the edges of the envelopes edges before loading.
2-2 The end fence is too tight against the bottom Pushing strongly on the end fence can cause paper Open the paper cassette and reset the end fence.
of the stack. The end fence should be snug to can bend the stack, preventing paper from
(not to tight) against the bottom of the stack. feeding correctly to the feed roller.
Also, never push on the end fence when
closing the paper cassette.
2-3 Make sure that paper is not caught on the When the paper was loaded, paper was caught in Open the paper cassette and reset the stack.
bottom plate and that it is aligned correctly the groove of the bottom plate and the front edge of
with the front side of the cassette. the stack was not against the front plate of the
cassette.
2-4 Check the paper in the paper cassette for a The paper stack is not flat and paper cannot feed Adjusts the positions of the side fences so they
slight gap between the side fences and the correctly. are not too tight.
paper to skew, preventing the paper from passing
feeding in the paper path.
(4) ST Descriptions
4-1 Check the end fence and make sure that it End fence is damaged. Replace the end fence (ST).
can lock.
they can lock.
SM 8-12 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
4-3 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Dirty paper feed roller. 1. Clean the paper feed roller (ST).
2. Paper feed clutch operating incorrectly. 2. Replace the paper feed clutch
3. Bottom plate pressure spring is weak. (NRC).
4. Drive gears damaged. 3. Replace bottom plate pressure
5. Registration sensor damaged. spring (ST).
6. Harness disconnected, damaged. 4. Replace drive gears (ST).
7. Control board malfunction. 5. Replace registration sensor (NRC).
9. Paper feed roller dirty. 7. Replace control board (NRC).
11. Carriage shaft, bushings not clean. 9. Clean the paper feed roller (ST).
12. Carriage pressure roller of the timing belt is not 10. Clean the encoder sheet (ST).
clean. 11. Clean the carriage shaft, bushings
13. Carriage encoder sensor is damaged. (ST).
14. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. 12. Clean or replace the pressure roller
of the carriage drive belt (ST).
13. Replace the carriage encoder
sensor (NRC).
14. Clean the charge roller (ST) or
replace it (NRC).
8.1.10 PAPER MISFEED – JAM: TRAY 2 REAR COVER, GUIDE PLATE (J003)
(NRC) ACTION
Jam occurred between sensors. (Tray 2) 1. Paper that does not meet specifications was 1. Use only paper that meets specifications
During paper feed from Tray 2, the trailing edge used. (including restrictions).
sensor detected the trailing edge of the paper but 2. The reverse guide plate is closed. 2. Close the reverse guide (lock on both ends).
the registration sensor cannot detect the leading 3. Rear cover of Tray 2 is open. 3. Close the rear cover of Tray 2. 4. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
edge of the paper. 4. Tray damaged.

remove and prevent paper transport jams when
and Tray 2 for paper. If you find paper inside the
[Paper Feed] key.
(1) Check the type and condition of the paper, Insufficient paper transport power. Use only paper that meets specifications
SM 8-13 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
with new paper.
1-4 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Feed roller slippage. Replace with approved paper, or switch to feeding
it meets specifications for coated paper. from Tray 1.
with this printer.
paper to skew, preventing the paper from feeding.
(3) Check the rear cover of Tray 2. Make sure Not closed after a jam was removed. Close the rear cover of Tray 2.
the cover is closed and that the locks on both No force applied to the transport roller, so there
sides are engaged. was insufficient power to feed the paper.
(4) ST Descriptions
4-1 Check the end fence and make sure that it End fence is damaged. Replace the end fence (ST).
can lock.
they can lock.
4-3 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Tray 2 paper feed motor defective. 1. Replace the paper feed motor of
2. Drive gears damaged. Tray 2 (ST).
3. Registration sensor damaged. 2. Replace drive gears (ST).
4. Harness disconnected, damaged. 3. Replace registration sensor (NRC).
6. DC relay board abnormal. 5. Replace control board (NRC).
8. Carriage shaft, bushings not clean. 7. Clean encoder sheet (ST).
9. Carriage pressure roller of the timing belt is not 8. Clean carriage shaft, bushings (ST).
clean. 9. Clean or replace carriage pressure
10. Carriage encoder sensor is damaged. roller of the timing belt (ST).
11. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. 10. Replace carriage encoder sensor
(NRC).
replace it (NRC).
SM 8-14 J001/J003
8.1.11 PAPER MISFEED – DUPLEX PRINTING (GUIDE PLATE)
(NRC) ACTION
A jam occurred between sensors during duplex 1. Paper that does not meet specifications was 1. Use only paper that meets specifications
printing. used. (including restrictions).
When paper is sent to the duplex unit during 2. The reverse guide plate is closed. 2. Close the reverse guide (lock on both ends). 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
duplex printing, the trailing edge sensor detected 3. Damage.
the trailing edge of the paper but the registration
sensor could not detect the leading edge of the
paper.
1-1 If the paper is thick (105 g/m2 or more), feed Feed roller slippage. Switch to manual feed with the bypass tray for
the paper manually for one-sided printing. one-sided printing.
with new paper.
paper to skew, preventing the paper from passing
feeding in the paper path.
SM 8-15 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(3) ST Descriptions
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Registration sensor damaged. 1. Replace registration sensor (NRC).
2. Drive gears damaged. 2. Replace drive gears (ST).
3. Harness disconnected, damaged. 3. Check harness, replace (NRC).
6. Encoder sheet dirty. 6. Clean the encoder sheet (ST).
7. Carriage shaft, bushings not clean. 7. Clean the carriage shaft, bushings
8. Carriage pressure roller of the timing belt is not (ST).
clean. 8. Clean or replace the pressure roller
9. Carriage encoder sensor is damaged. of the carriage drive belt (ST).
10. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. 9. Replace the carriage encoder sensor
(NRC).
replace it (NRC).
8.1.12 PAPER MISFEED – INITIAL JAM AT POWER ON

(NRC) ACTION
Initial jam occurred (trailing edge sensor) 1. Paper feed clutch lock is open. 1. Remove the jammed paper, restart the job.
When the printer is switched on, or at the first 2. After the jam occurred, the [Paper Feed] key 3. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
operation after jam removal, the trailing edge was pressed without removing the jam.
sensor switches on. 3. Damage.
remove and prevent paper jams during duplex
printing. Also, check inside the printer for paper. If
you find paper inside the printer, remove it, and
then press the [Paper Feed] key.
(1) Determine if the jam occurred at power on or Paper feed clutch lock is open. Remove the jam, restart the print job.
immediately after removing a paper jam. If this
is the case, the lock of the paper feed clutch is
open. Remove the jam from inside the printer,
and then press the [Paper Feed] key to restart
the job.
(2) Check inside the printer for paper that has After the jam occurred, the [Paper Feed] key was Confirm whether paper has stopped inside the
stopped in the printer. pressed without removing the jam. printer.
(3) ST Descriptions
SM 8-16 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Sensor damage (trailing edge sensor). 1. Replace trailing edge sensor (ST).
5. Paper feed clutch operation abnormal. 5. Replace the paper feed clutch
6. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. (NRC).
replace it (NRC).
8.1.13 PAPER REMAINS - BYPASS
(NRC) ACTION
Paper remains jam occurred (Bypass set sensor) 1. Paper remains 1. Remove the paper.
When the printer was turned on, or when paper 2. Damage. 2. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
was fed from Tray 1 or Tray 2, the bypass set
sensor detected paper in the bypass tray.

remove and prevent paper-remain jams in the
bypass tray. Also, check inside the printer for
paper. If you find paper inside the printer, remove
it, and then press the [Paper Feed] key.
Also, check the bypass tray for paper. If you find Paper remains. Remove the paper.
paper in the bypass tray, remove it, and then
press the [Paper Feed] key.
(2) ST Descriptions
2-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Sensor damage (bypass set sensor). 1. Replace bypass set sensor (ST).
8.1.14 PAPER JAM – CARRIAGE BLOCKED

(NRC) ACTION
Carriage jam occurred. 1. Insufficient attraction between the belt and paper 1. Move the paper selector to the Envelope 4. Repair (ST) or replace (NRC).
When the printer was switched on, or when during duplex printing. position, set duplex printing for auto
feeding paper from Tray 1, Tray 2, or the bypass 2. Paper that does not meet specifications was compression.
tray, the carriage stopped moving. used. 2. Use only paper that meets specifications.
The carriage has stopped because it has hit a 3. Paper was loaded incorrectly. 3. Load the paper correctly.
jammed sheet of paper, etc. in its path. Also, 4. Tray damaged.
check inside the printer for paper. If you find
paper inside the printer, remove it, and then press
SM 8-17 J001/J003
(NRC) ACTION
(1) Use a test chart with many dot images to The paper has been curled and wrinkled by the Move the paper selector to the Envelope position,
confirm the operation of duplex printing, move moisture of the ink, causing the paper to hang up and then select auto compression (92% with
the paper selector to the Envelope position, on the carriage. centering).
and then set the print job for auto duplex
compression (92% with centering).
wrinkled paper, especially with used paper. If
2-2 Check the paper and if it is coated, make sure Paper hanging up on the carrier due to insufficient Switch to recommended paper.
it meets specifications for coated paper. Use attraction between the paper and the transport belt.
2-4 If printing on envelopes, use a pen or other flat The envelopes are floating off the belt and hanging Use only approved envelopes and flatten their
object to flatten the edges of the envelopes up on the carrier. edges before loading.
3-1 Check the paper cassette for paper with its Paper edges hanging up. Align the edges of the stack.
edges hung up on the bottom plate. Remove
the paper and reload the cassette.
4 ST Descriptions
4-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 1. Encoder sheet dirty. 1. Clean the encoder sheet (ST).
2. Carriage shaft, bushings not clean. 2. Clean the carriage shaft, bushings
3. Carriage pressure roller of the timing belt is not (ST).
clean. 3. Clean or replace the pressure roller
4. Carriage encoder sensor is damaged. of the carriage drive belt (ST).
5. Harness disconnected, damaged. 4. Replace the carriage encoder sensor
6. Control board malfunction. (NRC).
8. High voltage PP damaged. 6. Replace control board (NRC).
9. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. 7. Replace DC relay board (NRC).
8. Replace the high voltage PP (NRC).
replace it (NRC).
SM 8-18 J001/J003
8.2 SC CODES
8.2.1 ERR-999
(NRC) ACTION
The maintenance motor HP sensor failed to The maintenance motor (a stepper motor) is not at Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
detect the maintenance motor at the home its home position. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
position. Switch the printer off and on. If the SC Damaged. Switch the printer off/on.
error occurs again, the printer requires servicing.
(1) On the Status Monitor screen, use the vertical Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
scroll bar to scroll down and confirm the scroll down and confirm the SC number.
number of the SC code.
(2) Switch the printer off, and then switch it on Switch the printer off/on.
again.
(3) ST Descriptions 1. Maintenance HP sensor defective. 1. Replace the maintenance HP sensor
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. Maintenance unit defective. (ST, SC).
3. FFC disconnected, damaged. 2. Replace the maintenance unit. (ST,
4. Maintenance unit fouled with foreign objects, SC).
such as paper scraps, etc. 3. Reconnect or replace FFC (NRC).
4. Clean the maintenance unit (ST).
8.2.2 ERR-997
(NRC) ACTION
Printer error. Switch the printer off, then switch it on again. If the error occurs again, call for service.
Horizontal encoder functioning abnormally. Carriage is abnormal, paper jam, load on carriage Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error or guide abnormal, printer operates at half speed. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. Foreign matter, paper scraps, etc. are interfering. Switch the printer off/on.
Damage. Remove foreign matter, paper scraps, etc.
(1) On the Status Monitor screen, use the vertical Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
scroll bar to scroll down and confirm the scroll down and confirm the SC number.
number of the SC code.
again.
(3) Open the top cover, and check the transport Foreign matter, paper scraps, etc. are interfering. Open the top cover, and check the transport belt 1. Check inside the printer for foreign
belt for dirt, paper scraps, etc. for dirt, paper scraps, etc. matter. (ST), (NRC)
1. Remove any foreign matter from inside the 2. Check inside the printer for paper
printer. scraps. (ST), (NRC)
2. Remove any paper scraps from inside the
printer.
(4) ST Descriptions 1. COM board defective. 1. Replace COM board (NRC).
4-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. Control board malfunction. 2. Replace control board (NRC).
SM 8-19 J001/J003
8.2.3 ERR-996
(NRC) ACTION
Printer error. Switch the printer off, then switch it on again. If the error occurs again, call for service.
No horizontal encoder input signal. The encoder cannot be read (sheet is out of position Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error or is dirty). scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. Foreign matter, paper scraps, etc. are interfering. Switch the printer off/on.
Damage. Remove foreign matter, paper scraps, etc.
(1) On the Status Monitor screen, use the Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
vertical scroll bar to scroll down and confirm scroll down and confirm the SC number.
the number of the SC code.
again.
(3) Open the top cover, and check the transport Foreign matter, paper scraps, etc. are interfering. Open the top cover, and check the transport belt 1. Check inside the printer for foreign
belt for dirt, paper scraps, etc. for dirt, paper scraps, etc. matter. (ST), (NRC)
1. Remove any foreign matter from inside the 2. Check inside the printer for paper
2. Remove any paper scraps from inside the
printer.
(4) ST Descriptions 1. The encoder sheet has slipped or is dirty. 1. Clean the encoder sheet, or install a
4-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. Harness disconnected, damaged. new one (ST).
3. COM board defective. 2. Check harness, replace (NRC).
4. Control board malfunction. 3. Replace COM board (NRC).
5. PSU defective. 4. Replace control board (NRC).
5. Replace the PSU (NRC).
8.2.4 ERR-994
(NRC) ACTION
Vertical motor error has occurred. Switch the Duplex unit, reverse guide installed incorrectly. The Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
printer off and on. If the SC error occurs again, transport belt is fouled by foreign matter and scroll down and confirm the SC number. Switch
the printer requires servicing. malfunctioning. Damage. the printer off/on. Reset the duplex unit, reverse
guide plate. Remove foreign matter, paper
scraps, etc.
again.
(3) Reset the duplex unit, reverse guide plate. Duplex unit, reverse guide installed incorrectly. Reset the duplex unit, reverse guide plate.
SM 8-20 J001/J003
(4) Open the top cover, and check the transport The transport belt is fouled by foreign matter and Open the top cover, and check the transport belt 1. Check inside the printer for foreign
belt for dirt, paper scraps, etc. malfunctioning. for dirt, paper scraps, etc. matter. (ST), (NRC)
1 Remove any foreign matter from inside the 2. Check inside the printer for paper
2 Remove any paper scraps from inside the
printer.
(5) ST Descriptions 1. Harness disconnected, damaged. 1. Check harness, replace (NRC).
5-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. The encoder sheet has slipped or is dirty. 2. Clean the encoder sheet (ST), or
3. Drive gears or other mechanical parts damaged. install a new one (NRC).
4. Control board malfunction. 3. Check drive gears or other
5. PSU defective. mechanical parts for damage (NRC).
6. Encoder sensor is damaged. 4. Replace control board (NRC).
5. Replace the PSU (NRC).
8.2.5 ERR-993
(NRC) ACTION
Bias charge leak occurred. Condensation Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error Ink splatter in the bias charge path. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. Charge roller is dirty, scarred, or damaged. Switch the printer off/on.
Damage. Remove the condensation
again.
(3) Open the top cover and check the surface of 1. Condensation Open the top cover and check the surface of the 2. Clean the transport belt (ST).
the transport belt. 2. Ink splatter on the transport belt is causing a bias transport belt for ink splatter.
charge leak. 1. If you see condensation, disconnect the printer
power cord from the power source and allow
the printer to dry at room temperature.
2. If you see ink splatter inside the printer, call for
service.
(4) ST Descriptions 1. High voltage PP connector disconnected. 1. Reconnect the high voltage PP
4-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. Transport belt is dirty, scarred, or damaged. (NRC).
2. Clean the transport belt (ST).
SM 8-21 J001/J003
8.2.6 ERR-992
(NRC) ACTION
Waste ink tank error. Waste ink tank full. Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Confirm that the printer issued an alert Damage. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
(prompting the operator to replace the internal Confirm that the printer issued an alert to prompt
unit) before this error occurred, and if this is the the user to replace the waste ink tank before this
case, the printer requires servicing. error occurred.
(2) Confirm that the printer issued an alert Waste ink tank full. Confirm that the printer issued an alert to prompt
prompting the user to replace the internal unit the user to replace the waste ink tank before this
before this error occurred. error occurred.
(3) ST Descriptions 1. The waste ink tank below the maintenance unit is 1. Replace the ink waste tank below the
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. full. maintenance unit (ST) (NRC).
2. The ink suction vent on the left side is dirty or full. 2. Clean or replace the ink suction vent
3. Maintenance unit is dirty or defective. on the left side.
4. The nozzle covers of the carriage are dirty. 3. Clean or replace the maintenance
5. Harness disconnected, damaged. unit.
6. The ink waste tank full sensor is damaged. 4. Clean the nozzle covers of the
carriage.
5. Check harness, replace (NRC).
Note: Please do Steps 1 to 4.
6. Replace the ink waste tank below the
maintenance unit (ST) (NRC).
8.2.7 ERR-990
(NRC) ACTION
Ink waste tank full feeler is out of position. Insufficient suction. Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error Pressure plate missing or bent. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. Damage. Switch the printer off/on.
again.
SM 8-22 J001/J003
(3) ST Descriptions 1. Harness disconnected, damaged. 1. Check harness, replace (NRC).
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2. Maintenance unit defective. 2. Replace the maintenance unit (ST,
3. Carriage defective. SC).
4. Feeler of the sensor is out of position. 3. Replace the carriage (NRC).
5. The FFC and registration sensor harnesses are 4. Replace the feeler of the sensor (ST)
tangled. (NRC).
5. Adjust the layout of the harness in
the carriage well.
8.2.8 ERR-973
(NRC) ACTION
EEPROM write error occurred. Switch the printer An EEPROM write error. Damage. Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
off and on. If the SC error occurs again, the scroll down and confirm the SC number. After
printer requires servicing. printing halts, check the spooling operation on the
PC. Disconnect the USB cable. Switch power
off/on - Cancel the print job on the PC. - Reboot
the PC. - Check the printer driver settings. -
Check the USB cable connections.
(2) When printing halts, check the status of the After printing halts, check the spooling operation
spooling operation on the PC. on the PC.
(3) If the spooling operation is no longer in If the spooling operation is no longer in progress,
progress, do the procedure below. do the procedure below.
3-1 Disconnect the USB cable. 1. Disconnect the USB cable.
3-2 Switch printer power off/on 2. Switch printer power off/on
3-3 Cancel the print job on the PC. 3. Cancel the print job on the PC.
3-4 Reboot the PC. 4. Reboot the PC.
progress, check the content of the settings do the procedure below.
below. 1. Check the printer driver settings
4-1 Check the printer driver settings. 2. Check the cable connections.
4-2 Check the cable connections.
(5) ST Descriptions Control board defective. Replace control board (NRC).
5-1 Operation impaired by other causes.
SM 8-23 J001/J003
8.2.9 ERR-951
(NRC) ACTION
USB error has occurred (undefined allocation) USB undefined allocation error. Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error Damage. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. After printing halts, check the spooling operation
on the PC.
Disconnect the USB cable.
Switch power off/on
- Cancel the print job on the PC.
- Reboot the PC.
(1) Check the Status Monitor for errors. Check the Status Monitor for errors.
8.2.10 ERR-950
(NRC) ACTION
USB error has occurred (undefined allocation) USB chip ID read error. Use the scroll bar on the Status Monitor screen to
Switch the printer off and on. If the SC error Damage. scroll down and confirm the SC number.
occurs again, the printer requires servicing. After printing halts, check the spooling operation
on the PC.
Disconnect the USB cable.
Switch power off/on
- Cancel the print job on the PC.
- Reboot the PC.
(1) Check the Status Monitor for errors. Check the Status Monitor for errors.
SM 8-24 J001/J003
SM 8-25 J001/J003
8.3 OTHER ERRORS
8.3.1 READY
SERVICE CENTER CALL RESPONSE PROBABLE CAUSE OPERATOR ACTION
Online (Normal) --- ---
8.3.2 PREPARING/ADJUSTING - 1

Preparing/Adjusting
The printer is warming up after being switched on, or after a print The printer is warming up after being switched on, or after a
cartridge has been replaced. print cartridge has been replaced.
(1) After the printer has warmed up, make that it enters the The printer is warming up after being switched on, or after a Wait for the printer to enter the "Ready" mode after it has
"Ready" mode for normal operation. print cartridge has been replaced. warmed up.
8.3.3 PREPARING/ADJUSTING - 2
Preparing/Adjusting (Room Out of Temperature Range)
The printer cannot warm up to its normal operating temperature The temperatures of the print heads, transport roller are out of
because the room temperature is not within the allowed the temperature range for normal operation of the printer.
temperature range for the printer.
(1) Damage.
1-1 Set up and use the printer in a room where the temperature Print head temperature range; 1°C-41.5°C (33.8°F-106.7°F).
is well within the temperature range for operation of the
printer.
1-2 Printer internal temperature range; 1°C-46.5°C (33.8°F- Adjust the ambient temperature so it is within the range of
111.5°F). operating temperature for the printer. Wait for the printer to go
online and be ready for normal operation after it has warmed.
up.
(2) ST Descriptions
2-1 Operation impaired by other causes. Control board defective.
8.3.4 TEMPERATURE OUT OF RANGE

Printer temperature out of range (1) The temperatures of the print heads, transport roller are out
The printer cannot warm up to its normal operating temperature of the temperature range for normal operation of the printer.
because the room temperature is not within the allowed (2) Damage.
temperature range for the printer.
Do the following procedures and check the following points. 1 Print head temperature range; 1°C-43.5°C (33.8°F- 1 Switch the printer off.
1-1 Switch the printer off. 110.3°F). 2 Adjust the ambient temperature so it is within the range
1-2 Adjust the temperature of the room so it within the 2 Transport roller temperature range; 1°C-48.5°C (33.8°F- of operating temperature for the printer.
temperature range approved for operation of the printer. 119.3°F). 3 Wait for a few minutes, switch the printer on, then
SM 8-26 J001/J003
1-3 Wait for a few minutes, switch the printer on, and confirm 119.3°F). confirm whether the printer is restored to normal
whether this error occurs again. operation.
8.3.5 SUPPLYING INK

Supplying ink. Print head maintenance in progress.
The printer is warming up after being switched on, or doing
routine maintenance after a print cartridge has been replaced.
(1) After print head maintenance is finished, make sure that the Print head maintenance in progress. Wait for the printer to enter the "Ready" mode after print
printer enters the "Ready" mode for normal operation. head maintenance is finished.
8.3.6 PRINT CARTRIDGE EMPTY

Ink near end. A print cartridge has run out of ink during a print job.
The print cartridge is almost empty and momentarily printing will
no longer be possible.
Replace the print cartridge. A print cartridge has run out of ink during a print job. Replace the print cartridge.
8.3.7 INK OUT

Ink out. A print cartridge has run out of ink during ink supply.
The print cartridge is empty and printing is no longer possible.
Replace the print cartridge. A print cartridge has run out of ink during a print job. Replace the print cartridge.
8.3.8 PRINT CARTRIDGE MISSING/INCORRECTLY SET

Print cartridge loose. Print cartridges set incorrectly.
Check the print cartridges and make sure none of them are Damaged.
loose.
(1) Check all the print cartridges and make sure they are not Print cartridges set incorrectly. Reset the print cartridges.
loose.
8.3.9 INK WASTE TANK NEEDS REPLACEMENT

Ink Waste Tank Nearly Full. At power on, or during a print job, the printer detected that the
The internal unit requires replacement. waste ink tank is nearly full.
SM 8-27 J001/J003
Replace the waste ink tank before the Ink Waste Tank Full Error At power on, or during a print job, the printer detected that the
(ERR-992) displays. waste ink tank is nearly full.
(You can wait until ERR-992 displays, but after it displays you
will not be able to use the printer until the waste ink collection
unit has been replaced.)
8.3.10 COVER OPEN/DUPLEX NOT INSTALLED

Cover open. A printer cover is not closed.
The printer cannot print while a cover is open.
- Rear cover is not closed.
- Damaged.
(1) Check the printer covers to determine whether they have A printer cover is not closed. Close the printer covers.
been left open.
(2) Check the rear cover and duplex unit cover to make sure that The rear cover is open, or the duplex unit is installed Close the rear cover, reattach the duplex unit correctly.
they are closed. incorrectly.
(3) ST Descriptions
3-1 Operation impaired by other causes. Harness disconnected, damaged.
3-2 Interlock switch damaged.
8.3.11 PRINTER COVER/DUPLEX UNIT COVER

Cover open The duplex cover is open, or duplex unit is not installed
The printer cannot print because the cover of the duplex unit is correctly.
open. Damaged.
(1) Make sure the following items are set correctly. 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed (J001). 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed J001.
1-1 Duplex unit cover (J001) 2 The duplex unit cover is not set correctly (J003). 2 The duplex unit is not set correctly J003.
1-2 Duplex unit (J003)
(2) ST Descriptions FFC disconnected, damaged.
SM 8-28 J001/J003
8.3.12 DUPLEX UNIT ERROR
Set incorrectly. 1 The duplex cover is open, or duplex unit is not installed
The duplex unit is not set, or it is not set correctly. correctly.
2 Damaged.
(1) Make sure the following items are set correctly. 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed (J001). 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed (J001).
1-1 Duplex unit cover (J001) 2 The duplex unit cover is not set correctly (J003). 2 The duplex unit is not set correctly (J003).
8.3.13 PAPER SIZE - 1

Paper size error. 1 Print job setting incorrect
A paper size other than the one specified for the print job is 2 Paper that does not meet specifications was used.
loaded. 3 Print setting miss.
4 Paper loaded incorrectly.
5 Paper double-feed, slipping.
(1) Check the size of the paper selected for the print job. The size of the paper selected for the print job does not match Check the paper size.
the size of the paper loaded in the paper tray.
(2) Make sure that the size of the paper selected for the print job Paper sizes are not the same. Check the size of the paper loaded in the tray.
matches the size of the paper loaded in the tray.
(3) Check the "Printer Properties" window and determine Error caused by printer setting. Open the "Printer Properties" window, check the initial
whether "Do not print after paper size error." is selected. settings, and make sure that "Do not print after paper size
error." is not selected.
(4) Make sure that the paper tray is set correctly. Tray is set incorrectly. Reset the tray.
(5) Determine whether the paper has double-fed and failed to 1 Double-feed. 1 Determine whether the paper has double-fed.
eject from the printer. 2 Paper slippage. 2 After checking the paper, press the [Paper Feed] key.
8.3.14 CANNOT COMMUNICATE

Power on error. 1 Power cord not connected.
Switch the printer off and on. If machine fails to start, printer 2 Power switch was not held down long enough.
requires servicing. 3 The SU output breaker switch opened.
4 Power surge occurred. Power drop occurred.
5 Damaged.
(1) Check the power cord and make sure that it is attached Power cord not connected. Make sure that the power cord is connected correctly.
correctly.
(2) Switch the printer off, and then switch it on again. When you [Power] key not depressed long enough. Press and hold down the [Power] key for at least 1 sec.
switch the printer on, hold down the [Power] key for at least 1
sec.
(3) Disconnect the power cord from the power supply, wait at PSU safety circuit breaker opened. Disconnect the power cord from the power supply for at
least 2 sec., reconnect the power cord, and then switch the least 2 sec, reconnect the power cord, and then switch the
printer on. printer on again.
SM 8-29 J001/J003
(4) The ac power supply is not within range approved for Power surge occurred. Power drop occurred. Check the rating of the input voltage.
operation of the printer.
(5) ST Descriptions 1 Harness disconnected, damaged.
5-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2 Replace control board (NRC).
8.3.15 COVER OPEN/DUPLEX UNIT

Cover open 1 A printer cover is not closed.
A cover is open, the duplex unit is not set, or it is not set 2 Rear cover is not closed.
correctly. 3 The duplex cover is open, or duplex unit is not installed
correctly.
4 Damaged.
(1) Check the printer covers to determine whether they have A printer cover is not closed. Close the printer covers.
been left open.
(2) Check the rear cover to determine whether it has been left A printer cover is not closed. Close the rear printer cover.
open.
(3) Make sure the following items are set correctly. 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed (J001). 1 The duplex unit cover is not closed (J001).
3-1 Duplex unit cover (J001) 2 The duplex unit cover is not set correctly (J003). 2 The duplex unit is not set correctly (J003).
(4) ST Descriptions 1 Harness disconnected, damaged.
4-1 Operation impaired by other causes. 2 Interlock switch damaged.
8.3.16 PRINT HEAD CLEANING IN PROGRESS

Print head is undergoing "Normal" or "Full" cleaning. "Normal" or "Full" print head cleaning is in progress.
The print heads are being cleaning from the printer driver, the
print heads are being cleaned because the printer has been idle.
(1) After "Normal" or "Full" cleaning has finished, make sure the "Normal" or "Full" print head cleaning is in progress. Wait for the printer to go online after the "Normal" or "Full"
printer goes online and is ready for normal operation. cleaning has finished.
8.3.17 READY
Printing... A print job is in progress.
A print job is in progress.
(1) After the print job is finished, make sure the printer goes Printing... Wait for the printer to enter the "Ready" mode after print job
online and is ready for normal operation. is finished.
8.3.18 READY/RESET
Print job reset. Deleting print job data (resetting the printer).
The [Cancel] key has been pressed and the printer is erasing (a
SM 8-30 J001/J003
reset) all the data of the print job that was in progress.
(1) After the print job data has been deleted, make sure the Deleting print job data (resetting the printer). Wait for the printer to enter the "Ready" mode after the print
printer goes online and is ready for normal operation. job data has been deleted.
SM 8-31 J001/J003
8.4 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
8.4.1 ABNORMAL IMAGE
Problem Solution
Event Service Center Call Response Probable Cause Operator Action
Content User ST NRC
Colors strange (1) Confirm the correct printing method Some types of paper collect Make sure the printing method is Make sure the printing method (check the X
is selected and correct settings in paper dust more than others. If correct. Make sure the "Color/Black and "Color/Black and White" and "Paper Type"
effect. paper is jamming, the printer White", and the "Paper Type" settings settings.
interior could be dirty. are correct.
(2) Change the printing method Setting in the software Determine if color has been adjusted. Check the print job settings ("Color/Black and X
("Color/Black and White", "Paper application. White", "Paper Type", "Color Adjustment".
Type".)
(3) Change the "Print Quality" setting Change the "Print Quality" setting in the Change the "Print Quality" setting in the printer X
in the printer driver. printer driver. driver.
(4) Check the settings in the software Setting in the software Check the settings in the software Check the settings in the software application. X
application. application. application.
(5) Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Air bubbles could be the cause. Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 times, then X
times, then execute "Full" cleaning times, then execute "Full" cleaning once execute "Full" cleaning once and check the
once and check the results. and check the results. results.
(6) Allow the printer to set unused Air bubbles could be the cause. Allow the printer to set unused Allow the printer to set unused overnight. X
overnight. overnight.
(7) If the problem is not solved, repair The cause could be dirt. Clean the maintenance unit and carriage. X X
the printer.
Replace the maintenance unit. X X
Replace the carriage. X
Light (1) Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Print head is dirty. Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 times, then X
text/images times, then do "Full" cleaning once Print head caps are dirty. times, then execute "Full" cleaning once do "Full" cleaning once and check the results.
and check the results. Air bubbles could be the cause. and check the results.
(2) (Allow the printer to set unused Air bubbles could be the cause Allow the printer to set unused Allow the printer to set unused overnight. X
(3) Change the "Print Quality" setting Setting in the software application Change the "Print Quality" setting to Change the "Print Quality" setting to "High X
to "High Quality" ("Standard"> "High Quality" ("Standard"> "High Quality" ("Standard"> "High Quality").
"High Quality") Quality")
(4) Click the "Level Color" box to Setting in the software application Click the "Level Color" box to remove Click the "Level Color" box to remove the X
remove the checkmark then print. the checkmark then print. checkmark then print.
(5) If the problem is not solved, repair The cause could be dirt. Clean the maintenance unit and carriage. X X
the printer.
Replace the maintenance unit X X
Color prints in (1) In the printer driver, make sure Setting in the software In the printer driver, make sure In the printer driver, make sure "Color/Black and X X
monochrome "Color/Black and White" is set for application. "Color/Black and White" is set for White" is set for "Color".
"Color". "Color". Check the settings in the software application.
Check the settings in the software
application.
(2) Do a print job using other data. Problem with the data. Do a print job using other data. Do a print job using other data. X
SM 8-32 J001/J003
Problem Solution
Content User ST NRC
White patches, (1) Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Dirt in the print head Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 times, then X
horizontal lines times, then do "Full" cleaning once. Dirt on the head caps times, then do "Full" cleaning once. do "Full" cleaning once.
appear Air bubbles could be the cause Allow the printer to set unused overnight.
(2) Allow the printer to set unused Air bubbles could be the cause Allow the printer to set unused Allow the printer to set unused overnight. X
(3) Amount of paper loaded not Amount of paper loaded not Remove some paper to adjust the Remove some paper to adjust the amount of X
adjusted. adjusted amount of paper loaded in the cassette paper loaded in the cassette for paper feed.
for paper feed.
(4) If the problem is not solved, repair Clean the maintenance unit and carriage. X X
the printer.
Vertical white Check the original image. Replace the horizontal encoder. X
lines
Vertical white (1) White lines from top to bottom Horizontal encoder is dirty or Replace the horizontal encoder X
patches damaged.
(2) Correct after confirming the size Horizontal encoder is dirty or Replace the horizontal encoder X
and frequency of the vertical damaged.
patches.
(3) Partial white lines, about 32 mm in Carriage FFC (Flexible Flat Replace FFC (Flexible Flat Cable). X
length Cable) disconnected (or poor
connection).
Only 1 line (1) Check the type of paper in use. Paper width incorrectly detected Replace the paper. Replace the paper. X
printed at Paper with punched holes being Paper with punched holes, and
leading edge used. Paper not of solid color, or other paper, return incorrect
used paper being used. paper width readings.
(2) Check the transport belt for dirt. If the transport belt is dirty, this Clean the transport belt. Clean the transport belt. X
will cause errors during paper
width detection.
(3) Check for paper jams. If the transport belt is dirty, this Clean the transport belt. Clean the transport belt. X
will cause errors during paper
width detection.
(4) Check the reverse sides of the If the transport belt is dirty, this Clean the transport belt. Clean the transport belt. X
paper for dirt. will cause errors during paper
width detection.
Only 1 line (5) Visit the work site and check the A strong magnetic field could Move the printer to another location Move the printer to another location away from X X
printed at environmental conditions. Make interfere with the operation of the away from the equipment or appliance the equipment or appliance generating the
leading edge sure printer is not near an registration sensor, resulting in generating the strong magnetic field. strong magnetic field.
(cont.) appliance that generates a strong errors during paper width
magnetic field. detection.
SM 8-33 J001/J003
Problem Solution
Content User ST NRC
Horizontal lines (1) Check the image X
in image Adjust the amount of paper feed.
(printed (2) Thick or fine lines (especially thick Incorrect adjustment of paper Adjust the amount of paper feed. Adjust the amount of paper feed. X
lines/missing lines) appear in areas of the same feed is causing poor line feed,
lines out). color. resulting in overlap printing.
(3) Horizontal lines appear Paper dust adhering to the print Clean the print heads, the carriage, and the exit X
intermittently. heads or carriage is causing static brush.
streaks on the paper
(4) On the left side of the printer, check Encoder scale is dirty or Replace the encoder scale. X
the ink suction vent for dirt. (Ink damaged
suction vent on the left is dirty.)
Abnormal mechanical load. Lubricate the guide rod with oil and the rail with X
grease.
Encoder sensor is dirty. Replace the COM board. X
Paper dust Check and correct the general number Paper dust stuck to the print Clean the print heads, the carriage, and the exit X
falling in of prints and the condition of the heads and carrier falling onto the static brush.
images where paper dust has fallen. paper.
Poor image Correct after confirming poor image Carriage FFC (Flexible Flat Replace FFC (Flexible Flat Cable). X
(spotted image) (spotted image). Cable) disconnected.
Poor image Correct after confirming poor image. COM board defective. Replace COM board. X
SM 8-34 J001/J003
8.4.2 POOR PAPER FEED OUTPUT
Problem Solution
Event Service Center Call Response Probable Cause Operator Action Content User ST NR
C
Double-feed (1) Check the type of paper in use.
Back of paper. Poor separation due to curls or Switched to a recommended paper. Recommended types of paper. X
wrinkles.
Plain paper different from known Different paper mixed with other Always use the same type of paper. Recommended types of paper. X
brand. paper.
Cases other than above. Paper stored under poor Always fan paper to remove static Recommended types of paper. X
conditions. before loading.
(2) Check the paper loading method.
Fine, continuous form feed Continuous form feed Do not use continuous form feed paper; Recommended types of paper. X
if you use such paper separate each
sheet before loading.
Different types of paper mixed Mixing different types of paper can Always use the same type of paper. Recommended types of paper. X
cause resistance due to friction
from the back of the sheet below.
Paper does not (1) Reset the end fence. End fence is pushing against the Reset the end fence. Reset the end fence. X
feed bottom of the stack.
(2) Check the paper in use. Paper problem. Use recommended paper. Check the paper in use, and recommend paper X
approved for use with the printer.
Postcard/manual duplexing? One-sided printed produces great Remove the curl. Remove the curl. X
amount of curl.
(3) Determine if the last sheet on the When loading paper, make sure Remove the paper from the cassette Remove the paper from the cassette and reload X
bottom plate of the paper cassette that the bottom sheet is not and reload it. it.
failed to feed. caught on the bottom plate of the
paper cassette.
(4) Make sure the end fence can be End fence is damaged. Replace the end fence. Replace the end fence. X
locked.
(5) Clean, repair. Paper dust adhering to the paper Clean the paper feed rollers. X
feed rollers.
Bottom plate pressure spring is Replace the pressure spring. X
weak.
Feed clutch is not operating Replace the DC relay board, control board. X
correctly due to malfunction in the
DC relay board or the control
board.
If Tray 2 is installed.
(1) Determine if the last sheet on the When loading paper, make sure Remove the paper from the cassette Remove the paper from the cassette and reload X
bottom plate of the paper cassette that the bottom sheet is not and reload it. it.
failed to feed. caught on the bottom plate of the
paper cassette.
SM 8-35 J001/J003
Problem Solution
C
Paper does not (2) Check the cassette to see if any If a small number of sheets are Always load at least 100 sheets in the Always load at least 100 sheets in the paper X
feed (cont.) paper remains. loaded, the trailing edges of the paper cassette. cassette.
paper may ride over the top of the
end fence, and when the tray is
set, this presses the paper down
and pulls it out of the nip of the
paper feed rollers.
(3) Reset the end fence. End fence is pushing against the Reset the end fence. Reset the end fence. X
bottom of the stack.
Skewed paper (1) Check the side fences. Side fence does not move with Load the paper after positioning the side Load the paper after positioning the side fences. X
feed reasonable force. fences.
(2) Check the condition of the paper in When loading paper, make sure Remove the paper from the cassette Remove the paper from the cassette and reload X
the cassette. that the bottom sheet is not and reload it. it.
caught in the notch of the bottom
plate of the paper cassette.
(3) Check the reverse guide. The difference in the pressure of Paper feeds with the reverse guide Paper feeds with the reverse guide locked on X
left-right transport is determined locked on both ends. both ends.
by the half-lock of the reverse
guide.
(4) If Tray 2 is attached, check the rear The difference in the transport Paper feeds with the rear cover locked Paper feeds with the rear cover locked on both X
cover of the tray. pressure on the left and right is on both ends. ends.
determined by the half-lock of the
rear cover.
If procedures (1)-(4) do not solve the Side fence friction or fences Replace cassette (repair). Replace cassette (repair). X
problem, replace the paper cassette. damaged.
Jam on the (1) During duplex printing, especially Strength of attraction between Simple printing Simple printing X
transport belt when printing on the back side belt and paper less, due to
spotted printing.
Duplex printing with compressed Duplex printing with compressed characters X
characters
(2) Check the paper in use. Make sure Paper/belt attraction deteriorated Use paper that is neither bent nor Use paper that is neither bent nor curled. X
the paper is curled. Use only recommended paper.
- Not curled, bent Use only recommended paper. Avoid using thick or coated paper.
- Not to thick Avoid using thick or coated paper.
- Not shedding coating
(3) Check the condition of the paper in When loading paper, make sure Remove the paper from the cassette Remove the paper from the cassette and reload X
the cassette. that the bottom sheet is not and reload it. it.
caught in the notch of the bottom
plate of the paper cassette.
(4) Check the transport belt for dirt. Paper/belt attraction deteriorated Clean the transport belt. Clean the transport belt. X
(5) Over Head Projector (OHP) Static electricity causes sheets to Remove the plain paper from the output Remove the plain paper from the output tray. X
stick. tray. (Do not allow paper to mix.) (Do not allow paper to mix.)
.
Do not allow OHP to stack more than 3 Do not allow OHP to stack more than 3 sheets X
sheets.
SM 8-36 J001/J003
Problem Solution
Content User ST NRC
Non-damage (1) If JAM14 displays in the Status Horizontal encoder scale is dirty Replace the horizontal encoder scale. X
jam on the Monitor, and the carriage stops on or damaged.
transport belt the left, repair.
Horizontal encoder drive Lubricate the guide rod with oil and the rail with X
mechanism is overloaded. grease.
Horizontal encoder sensor is Replace the Horizontal encoder sensor. X
dirty.
(2) JAM9 - Check for ink splatter on Ink splatter on the transport belt Clean the transport belt. Clean the transport belt.
the transport belt. can cause incorrect registration X X
sensor readings.
If the transport belt is not splattered The registration sensor has been Replace the registration sensor. X
with ink. fouled by ink mist or by jams
removal.
(3) If the problem is not solved, repair High Voltage Power Pack is Static electricity between the sheets has Reconnect the High Voltage Power Pack. X
the printer. disconnected. caused a jam, so remove the plain
paper from the output tray before you
output OHP.
No output from High Voltage Replace the High Voltage Power Pack, DC relay X
Power Pack. board, control board.
Horizontal encoder sensor Replace the Horizontal encoder sensor. X
damaged.
Poor paper (1) Check the rate of coverage in the Amount of print coverage on the Remove the sheets as they exit the Remove the sheets as they exit the printer to X
output, sheets image output. sheet is very large. printer to prevent the printer pushing on prevent the printer pushing on curled sheets in
fall from printer If the amount of coverage is very curled sheets in the output tray and the output tray and blocking paper exit.
large, this can cause the sheets blocking paper exit.
to curl, making stacking on the
output tray very difficult.
(2) Check to see if the paper output As a rule, the output tray Pull out the extension tray. For more, Pull out the extension tray. For more, see the X
tray extension is out. extension should be pulled out for see the Operating Instructions. Operating Instructions.
paper larger than A4/LTR.
(3) Rather than xxx paper, use yyy Paper problem (yyy guaranteed) Rather than xxx paper, use yyy paper. Rather than xxx paper, use yyy paper. X
paper.
(4) When using OHP, do not load more Sticking due to static electricity. When using OHP, do not load more than When using OHP, do not load more than 3 X
than 3 sheets. 3 sheets. sheets.
JAM display (1) Switch the printer Off/On. Paper sensors (registration Replace the paper sensors (registration sensor, X
does not go off sensor, trailing edge sensor) is trailing edge sensor).
dirty or damaged.
(2) If this error occurs frequently, Paper sensor harnesses Replace the harness. X
update the printer firmware and disconnected.
printer driver.
SM 8-37 J001/J003
Problem Solution
C
JAM display (3) Press the [Cancel] key. Control board malfunction. Replace the control board. X
does not go off (4) If this error continues to occur
(cont.) frequently, acquire the status
information and send it to the
repair depot for analysis.
8.4.3 DIRTY TEXT IMAGES

Problem Solution
C
Print surface (1) Execute "Normal" cleaning 1 time, Print heads dirty. Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 Execute "Normal" cleaning up to 3 times, then do X
dirty then do "Full" cleaning 1 time. times, then do "Full" cleaning once. "Full" cleaning once.
(2) Allow the printer to set unused Allow the printer to set unused Allow the printer to set unused overnight Allow the printer to set unused overnight. X
overnight. overnight
Clean the maintenance unit and carriage. X X
(3) Check the paper in use. Make sure Paper/belt attraction deteriorated Use paper that is neither bent nor Use paper that is neither bent nor curled. X
the paper is curled. Use only recommended paper.
- Not curled, bent Use only recommended paper. Avoid using thick or coated paper.
- Not to thick Avoid using thick or coated paper.
- Not shedding coating
(4) (During duplex printing, especially Strength of attraction between belt Simplex printing Simplex printing X
when printing on the back side and paper less, due to spotted
printing.
If you must use duplex printing, use If you must use duplex printing, used reduced X
reduced size printing. size printing.
(5) When using High Gloss paper, se Smearing occurs with images When using High Gloss paper, set the When using High Gloss paper, set the paper X
the paper selector to the Envelope where the amount of coverage on paper selector to the Envelope position. selector to the Envelope position.
position. the paper is very large.
(6) Envelopes Set the selector to the Envelope Set the selector to the Envelope position. X
position.
Flatten envelopes before loading. Flatten envelopes before loading. X
Use thinner envelopes. Use thinner envelopes. X
(7) Duplex printing postcards A large amount of printing on the Print the text side first. Print the text side first. X
address side lessens attraction
between card and transport belt.
Suction on the card reduces Wait at least 30 min. for the ink to dry Wait at least 30 min. for the ink to dry before X
attraction. before printing the other side. printing the other side.
(8) OHP printing Low humidity can cause OHP to Set selector to Envelope position. Set selector to Envelope position. X
curl.
Raise the room temperature Raise the room temperature X
SM 8-38 J001/J003
Problem Solution
C
Print surface (9) Do the print job with settings that Setting in the software application. Do simplex printing Do the print job with paper settings that match X
dirty (cont.) match the size/type of paper. the paper loaded in the printer.
Do the paper settings for the paper X
loaded in the printer
(10) Repair Ink suction vent (left) is dirty. Clean the left ink suction vent. X X
Caps, wiper, ink suction vent of Clean the left ink suction vent and maintenance X X
the maintenance unit are dirty. unit.
OHP If more than 1 sheet is set, the Set OHP 1 sheet at a time. Set OHP 1 sheet at a time. X
NRCratched pressure of separation may
scratch the 2nd sheet.
Backs of paper Feed several blank sheets. Ink has stained the transport belt. Feed several blank sheets. Feed several blank sheets. Clean the transport X X
stained If this does not correct the problem, belt.
clean the transport belt. Execute "Full" cleaning. Execute "Full" cleaning. X X
Clean the left ink suction vent. X X
Clean the maintenance unit. X X
Ink leaking Use a dry or damp cloth to wipe up ink Printer is not level. Clean the transport belt, execute "Full" Clean the transport belt, execute "Full" print head X X X
splatter. If the ink cannot be removed, Full tank detection abnormal print head cleaning. cleaning.
repair. Suction abnormal Clean the maintenance unit. X X
8.4.4 HARDWARE PROBLEMS

Problem Solution
C
Tray 1 (std. (1) Check for jammed paper, then After opening the cassette check Check for jammed paper, then close Close the cassette again and check for jammed X
cassette) pops reset the cassette. for paper remaining in the printer, the cassette. paper.
out after it is such paper could prevent the
pushed into the cassette from being closed.
printer. (2) Check for jammed paper; repair if Paper cassette pawls damaged. Replace the cassette. Replace the cassette. X
this does not solve the problem.
SM 8-39 J001/J003
Problem Solution
C
Tray 1 does not Press in gently on the paper cassette If the cassette is closed forcefully, Press in gently on the paper cassette Press in gently on the paper cassette then raise X
pop out of the then raise the output tray to open the the cassette pawls may mesh with then raise the output tray to open the the output tray to open the cassette.
printer after the cassette. the base frame. cassette.
raising the
output tray.
Cover open (1) Check the Status Monitor for a Poor contact. Check to see if the cover is open then Check to see if the cover is open then close it. X
cover open message. close it.
(2) Check the top cover for bending.
Repair. Interlock SW (top cover connector Reconnect connector. X
disconnected).
Interlock SW (rear cover Reconnect connector. X
connector disconnected).
Interlock SW harness Replace interlock SW for top, rear covers. X
disconnected.
Interlock SW (top cover) Replace interlock SW (top cover). X
damaged.
Interlock SW (rear cover) Replace interlock SW (rear cover). X
damaged.
Covers, fences Replace/repair Unapproved operation. Replace/repair Replace/repair X

damaged
8.4.5 SPURIOUS NOISE - HORIZONTAL DRIVE SYSTEM

Problem Solution
Service Center Call
Event Probable Cause Operator Action Content User ST NR
Response
C
Rattling on right Repair. Replace feed roller. Replace feed roller. X
side of printer.
Squeaking from Repair. Foreign object in the printer, printer needs Lubricate the guide rod with oil and the rail with X
vertical drive lubrication. grease.
system Check the paper type. X
Moaning sound Open and close the paper Glossy paper can make a sound against Put 1 sheet of plain paper at the bottom Put 1 sheet of plain paper at the bottom of the X
cassette. the bottom plate of the cassette. of the stack of glossy paper loaded in the stack of glossy paper loaded in the cassette.
cassette.
Squeaking Set several sheets of glossy Glossy paper may make a sound at Remove the paper from the cassette and Remove the paper from the cassette and reload it. X
sound paper, not just 1 sheet. separation. reload it.
Repair. Shaft of the tension roller is squeaking. Lubricate shaft of tension roller. X
SM 8-40 J001/J003
8.4.6 SC CODES
Problem Solution
Service Center Call
Response
C
SC 999 (All Check for paper jams. The HP sensor for the maintenance unit Switch the printer off/on. Switch the printer off/on. X
LED’s flash, stepper motor is abnormal.
failed to
detect HP Switch the printer off/on. Replace the HP sensor X X
position)
If this does not solve the Replace the maintenance unit. X X
problem, repair.
SC 997 (All (1) Switch the printer off. Raise the top cover Raise the top cover X
LEDs flash)
(2) Raise the top cover. Raise the top cover Raise the top cover X
(3) Move the carriage left/right <Signal from Horizontal Encoder Move the carriage manually and check Move the carriage manually and check for X
manually and check for Abnormal> for foreign objects, paper scraps, etc. foreign objects, paper scraps, etc. If nothing is
paper scraps and remove. If Carriage is abnormal, paper jam, load on found.
nothing around the carriage, carriage or guide abnormal, printer
go to Step 4. operates at half speed.
(4) Switch the printer on and Switch the printer on. X X
confirm the SC code
(5) Repair If the problem persists, the COM board, FFC X
(Flexible Flat Cable), or control board is
damaged.
SC 996 (All (1) Switch the printer off. <No input signal from the horizontal Switch the printer off. Switch the printer off. X
LEDs flash, at encoder/ horizontal motor not on>
power on the (Switches on only at power on.)
horizontal drive (2) Open the top cover. Open the top cover. Open the top cover. X
does not
operate)
(3) Check the cable connection Encoder cable disconnected or broken. Check the cable connection of the Check the cable connection of the horizontal X
of the horizontal encoder. Harness disconnected horizontal encoder. If disconnected, go encoder. If disconnected, go to (6). If not
to (5). If not disconnected, go to (4). disconnected, go to (4).
(4) Move the carriage by hand Carriage locked by foreign object, paper Move the carriage by hand and remove Move the carriage by hand and remove any X
and remove any foreign scraps any foreign objects, paper scraps, etc. If foreign objects, paper scraps, etc. If you see no
objects, paper scraps, etc. If you see no foreign objects, go to (5). foreign objects, go to (5).
you see no foreign objects,
go to step (5).
(5) Switch the printer on, and if Horizontal encoder sensor, horizontal Switch the printer on and see if NRC Switch the printer on, and if the NRC code X
the SC code appears again, motor, horizontal motor drive damaged code reappears. appears again, go to Repair.
go to Repair.
SM 8-41 J001/J003
Problem Solution
Service Center Call
Response
C
SC 994 (All (1) Switch the printer off. Switch the printer off. Switch the printer off. X
LEDs flash)
(2) Open the top cover. Open the top cover. Open the top cover. X
(3) Check the transport roller for Check the transport roller for foreign - Any strange noises? X
foreign objects, paper objects, paper scraps and remove them. - Any foreign objects?
scraps.
(4) Reset the duplex unit, Reset the duplex unit, reverse guide Duplex unit installed correctly? X X
reverse guide plate. plate. - Reverse guide plate installed correctly?
- Vertical motor harness connected?
- If vertical motor harness is connected, replace
the harness.
(5) Switch the printer off/on. Vertical encoder error. Switch the printer off/on. Vertical motor driver defective?-> Replace PSU X
(6) If the SC code appears - Carriage lock - Vertical drive mechanism defective (gears,
again, repair. - Power off etc. damaged) -> Replace damaged parts
- Harness defective
- Vertical encoder reading defective
SC 993 (All (1) Switch the printer off. Short circuit, condensation Check the condition of the transport belt Check the condition of the transport belt X
LEDs flash, surface. surface.
vertical
drive does not (2) Open the top cover, and Transport belt dirty (ink splatter) Disconnect the printer from the power Disconnect the printer from the power source X
switch on after check the surface of the source and allow the belt to dry at room and allow the belt to dry at room temperature
power on) transport belt. If the belt is temperature
wet, disconnect the printer
from the power source and
allow the printer to dry at
room temperature.
(3) Clean, repair. High Voltage Power Pack disconnected Clean the transport belt X
- Reconnect connector.
- Replace the High Voltage Power Pack, DC
relay board, transport unit.
SC 992 (All All LEDs flash, operation halts Waste ink tank full. Replace the waste ink tank located below the X X
LEDs flash, during printing or maintenance maintenance unit.
operation halts cycle) Replace the waste ink tank below the left ink
during printing suction vent.
or maintenance Replace the left ink suction unit X X
cycle)
990 (All LEDs All LEDs flash The feeler of full sensor for the waste ink Switch the printer off/on. Switch the printer off/on X
flash, halted Switch power off/on tank is out of position.
during print Replace the maintenance unit. X X
head suction)
Replace the carriage X
SM 8-42 J001/J003
Problem Solution
Service Center Call
Response
C
SC 973 (All (1) Switch the printer off and on. Check the Status Monitor for errors. Check the Status Monitor for errors: 973 X
LEDs flash) 973
(2) If printer does not recover, Switch the printer off. X
repair it (replace the control
board).
(3) Check the Status Monitor for EEPROM Write Error If the printer does not recover, repair it (replace X
errors. ERR973 Occurs at power on, during printing. the control board).
SC 951 (All (1) Switch the printer off. Check SC log “951” with serial Check NRC log “951” with serial connection (if X
LEDs flash) connection (if USB communication is not SB communication is not possible)
possible).
(2) Check the USB cable Switch the printer off. Switch the printer off. X
connections.
(3) If the printer does not X
recover, repair it (replace
the control board).
(4) Status Monitor does not USB chip read error. If error is displayed again and the printer does X
display an error because Occurs after power on. not recover, repair it (replace the control
USB communication is not Mechanical operation functions normally. board).
possible.
SC 950 (All (1) Switch the printer off. USB chip read error. (1) Check SC log “950” with serial Check NRC log “950” with serial connection (if X
LEDs flash) Occurs after power on. connection (if USB communication is not USB communication is not possible).
Mechanical operation functions normally. possible).
(2) Check the USB cable Check the USB cable connections. Check the USB cable connections. X
connections.
(3) If the printer does not Switch the printer off and on. Switch the printer off. X
recover, repair it (replace the
control board).
(4) Status Monitor does not If error is displayed again and the printer If the printer does not recover, repair it (replace X
display an error because does not recover, repair it (replace the the control board).
USB communication is not control board).
possible
SM 8-43 J001/J003
8.4.7 PAPER HALTS
Service Center Call Problem Solution
Event Probable Cause Operator Action
Response Content User ST NRC
Paper does not (1) After printing halts, check Check the spooling operation on the PC. Switch printer power off/on Send the acquired information to the repair X X X
feed. Paper the spooling operation on Cancel the print job on the PC then depot for analysis.
feeds then the PC. reboot.
stops (2) If data transfer is not The PC may not be sending the data. If this error still occurs frequently, X X X
progressing, check the acquire the printer information with the
following. PC Information Acquisition Tool.
- USB cable disconnected.
- Switch power off/on
- Cancel the print job on the
PC.
- Reboot the PC.
Paper ejects (1) Check the status monitor. The printer has overheated. Switch printer power off/on Send the acquired information to the repair X X X
during printing The printer has overheated. The print heads can function with a Allow the internal temperature of the depot for analysis.
temperature range of 1°C-43.5°C printer to warm up or cool down to the
(33.8°F-11°0F) room temperature.
Switch the printer on.
(2) Check the internal The print heads can function within a If this error still occurs frequently, X X X
temperature of the printer. temperature range of 1°C-43.5°C acquire the printer information with the
(33.8°F-110°F) PC Information Acquisition Tool.
Paper ejects (1) After printing halts, check If the PC is not spooling the job After printing halts, check the spooling Send the acquired information to the repair X X X
after about 5 the spooling operation on - Job timeout has occurred in the printer. operation on the PC. depot for analysis.
min. the PC.
(2) If data transfer is not The PC may not be sending the data. If data transfer is not progressing, X X X
progressing, check the check the following.
following. - USB cable disconnected.
- USB cable disconnected. - Switch power off/on
- Switch power off/on - Cancel the print job on the PC.
- Cancel the print job on the - Reboot the PC.
PC.
- Reboot the PC.
(3) If data transfer in progress If the PC is spooling the job If data transfer in progress: X X X
- Check the printer driver - Auto job cancel - Check the printer driver settings.
settings - USB cable is loose, disconnected, or - Check the cable connections.
- Set the printer offline. damaged. If this error still occurs frequently,
- File output settings -Spurious data may be mixed into the acquire the printer information with the
- Check the USB cable data transmission. PC Information Acquisition Tool.
connections.
- Check cable/screw
connections.
- Try printing with another
cable
SM 8-44 J001/J003
Printing halts (1) Make sure the printer is not Check the spooling operation on the PC. Switch printer power off/on Send the acquired information to the repair depot X X X
before job set to wait for OHP to dry. The PC may not be sending the data. for analysis.
finishes (2) After printing halts, check the Cancel the print job on the PC then X X X
spooling operation on the reboot.
PC.
(3) If data transfer is not If this error still occurs frequently, acquire X X X
progressing, check the the printer information with the PC
following. Information Acquisition Tool.
- USB cable disconnected.
- Switch power off/on
- Cancel the print job on the
PC.
- Reboot the PC.
8.4.8 PAPER FEED

Paper does not When feeding from Tray 1, even - Paper out - Load the paper cassette. - Load the paper cassette. X
feed after paper feeds to the - Paper slippage (non-feed) - Replace the paper. - Replace the paper.
(Paper does not prescribed position, paper does - Tray set incorrectly. - Open and close the paper cassette. - Open and close the paper cassette.
arrive at trailing not arrive at the trailing edge - Remove paper stack and load it again. - Remove paper stack and load it again.
edge sensor.) sensor. Determine whether there - After removing the jam, press the - After removing the jam, press the [Paper Feed]
Tray 1 is no paper, or the paper has not [Paper Feed] button on the printer. button on the printer.
fed.
Paper does not When feeding from Tray 2, even - Paper out - Load paper in Tray 2. - Load paper in Tray 2. X
feed after paper feeds to the - Paper slippage (non-feed) - Replace the paper. - Replace the paper.
(Paper does not prescribed position, paper does - Tray set incorrectly. - Open and close Tray 2. - Open and close Tray 2.
arrive at trailing not arrive at the trailing edge - Rear cover of Tray 2 is open.
edge sensor.) sensor. Determine whether there (1) If Tray 2 has paper loaded (1) If Tray 2 has paper loaded
Tray 2 is no paper, or the paper has not - Remove paper stack and load it again. - Remove paper stack and load it again.
fed.
(2) When there is no paper in Tray 2 (2) When there is no paper in Tray 2
- Open the rear cover of Tray 2 and - Open the rear cover of Tray 2 and remove paper
remove paper jam. jam.
- After removing the jam, press the - After removing the jam, press the [Paper Feed]
[Paper Feed] button on the printer. button on the printer.
SM 8-45 J001/J003
Duplex jam The paper did not reach the - Paper deformed by ink. (1) If you see paper after opening the (1) If you see paper after opening the rear cover of X
(Paper does not trailing edge sensor for duplex (Curl, wrinkling) rear cover of the duplex unit, the duplex unit,
arrive at trailing printing or exit for reversing, even remove the paper. remove the paper.
edge sensor.) though the paper fed to the
prescribed position in the duplex (2) If there is no paper in the duplex unit, 2) If there is no paper in the duplex unit, open the
unit. Check for the paper inside open the top cover of the printer and top cover of the printer and remove the paper from
the duplex unit or the printer. remove the paper from the output tray. the output tray.
(3) After removing the paper jam, press (3) After removing the jam, press the [Paper Feed]
the [Paper Feed] button on the printer button on the printer.
operation panel (after printing the second (after printing the second side of the sheet the next
side of the sheet the next page will print page will print normally)
normally).
Feed jam During duplex printing, or during - The paper was pulled in from the output - Remove the duplex unit from the (1) Remove the duplex unit from the printer, X
(Paper did not paper exit for reversing, after tray during reversing. printer, open the reverse guide. open the reverse guide.
leave trailing the registration sensor switched - The paper has jammed around the print - Remove the paper. - Remove the paper.
edge sensor) on when the leading edge of the head because the paper has been - After removing the jam, press the
Duplexing paper was detected, even after peeled away from the transport belt. [Paper Feed] button on the printer. 2) After removing the jam, press the [Paper
the paper fed the prescribed Feed] button on the printer.
distance, the trailing edge of the
paper did not pass the trailing
edge sensor. Check for the
paper inside the duplex unit or
the printer.
Feed jam During paper feed from Tray 1, - Continuous paper feed. (1) Pull the paper out of the output exit. (1) Pull the paper out of the output exit. X
(Paper did not after the registration sensor - The paper has jammed around the print
leave trailing switched on when the leading head because the paper has been (2) Remove the duplex unit from the (2) Remove the duplex unit from the printer,
edge sensor) edge of the paper was detected, peeled away from the transport belt. printer, open the reverse guide. open the reverse guide.
Tray 1 even after the paper fed the - Paper longer than that allowed by the - Remove the paper. - Remove the paper.
prescribed distance, the trailing printer driver settings was fed.
edge of the paper did not pass
the trailing edge sensor. Make
sure that there is no paper
inside the printer.
Bypass feed During bypass feed, the paper - Bypass pickup not working. (1) Reset the paper in bypass tray. (1) Reset the paper in bypass tray. X
jam feeds to the prescribed position,
(Registration but the registration sensor does (2)- After removing the jam, press the (2) After removing the jam, press the [Paper
sensor does not detect the leading edge. [Paper Feed] button on the printer. Feed] button on the printer.
not switch on.) Make sure that there is no
Bypass paper inside the printer.
SM 8-46 J001/J003
Feed jam During paper feed from Tray 2, (1)Continuous paper feed. (1) Pull the paper out of the output exit. (1) Pull the paper out of the output exit. X
(Paper did not after the registration sensor (2) Remove the duplex unit from the printer,
leave trailing switched on when the leading (2) The paper has jammed around the (2) Remove the duplex unit from the open the reverse guide.
edge sensor) edge of the paper was detected, print head because the paper has been printer, open the reverse guide. - Remove the paper.
Tray 2 even after the paper fed the peeled away from the transport belt. - Remove the paper. (3) After removing the jam, press the [Paper
prescribed distance, the trailing Feed] button on the printer.
edge of the paper did not pass (3) Paper longer than that allowed by the (3) After removing the jam, press the
the trailing edge sensor. Make printer driver settings was fed. [Paper Feed] button on the printer.
sure that there is no paper
inside the printer.
Paper output During paper feed from the (1)Remove the paper from the bypass (1) Remove the paper from the bypass tray. X
jam bypass tray, after the tray. (2) After removing the jam, press the [Paper
(Paper did not registration sensor switched on Feed] button on the printer.
leave the when the leading edge of the (2) After removing the jam, press the
bypass set paper was detected, even after [Paper Feed] button on the printer.
sensor) the paper fed the prescribed
Bypass distance, the trailing edge of the
paper did not pass the bypass
set sensor. Make sure that
there is no paper inside the
printer.
Paper jams During paper feed from Tray 1, (1) The power of the feed roller is (1) If Tray 2 has paper loaded, remove (1) If there is paper in Tray 1, remove it. X
between the the trailing edge sensor insufficient. the paper from the tray. (2) If the duplex unit is not attached, open the
trailing edge switched on, but the registration rear cover of the printer and remove the jammed
sensor and sensor did not detect the paper, (2) The paper is folded or caught in the (2) If the duplex unit is not attached, paper.
registration even though it fed to the paper feed path. open the rear cover of the printer, open (3) If the duplex unit is attached, open the rear
sensor prescribed position. Make sure the reverse guide and remove the cover of the duplex unit, open the reverse guide,
(Paper does not that there is no paper inside the paper. remove the jammed paper, and then press the
arrive at the printer. [Paper Feed] key on the printer operation panel.
registration (3) If the duplex unit is attached, open
sensor) the rear cover of the duplex unit, open
Tray 1 the reverse guide, remove the jammed
paper, and then press the [Paper Feed]
button on the printer operation panel.
SM 8-47 J001/J003
Paper jams During paper feed from Tray 2, The paper is folded or caught in the (1) If Tray 2 has paper loaded, remove (1) If Tray 2 has paper loaded, remove the paper X
between the the trailing edge sensor paper feed path. the paper from the tray. from the tray.
trailing edge switched on, but the registration (2) If the duplex unit is not attached, open the
sensor and sensor did not detect the paper, (2) If the duplex unit is not attached, rear cover of the printer, open the reverse guide
registration even though it fed to the open the rear cover of the printer, open and remove the paper.
sensor prescribed position. Make sure the reverse guide and remove the (3) If the duplex unit is attached, detach it, open
(Paper does not that there is no paper inside the paper. the reverse guide, and then remove the jammed
arrive at the printer. paper.
registration (3) If the duplex unit is attached, detach (4) Open the rear cover of Tray 2, remove the
sensor) it, open the reverse guide, and then jammed paper, and then press [Paper Feed] on
Tray 2 remove the jammed paper. the printer operation panel.
(4) Open the rear cover of Tray 2,

remove the jammed paper, and then
press [Paper Feed] on the printer
operation panel.
Paper jams During duplex printing, or when - The paper is folded or caught in the (1) Remove the duplex unit from the - Remove the duplex unit from the printer, open X
between the the sheet is exiting before paper feed path. printer, open the reverse guide. the reverse guide.
trailing edge reversal in the duplex unit, the - Remove the paper.
sensor and trailing edge sensor switched (2) Remove the paper. - After removing the jam, press the [Paper Feed]
registration on, but the registration sensor button on the printer.
sensor did not detect the paper, even (3) After removing the jam, press the
(Paper does not though it fed to the prescribed [Paper Feed] button on the printer.
arrive at the position.
registration (The registration sensor detects
sensor) the leading edge of the
Duplexing reversed paper from the duplex
unit.) Make sure there is no
paper in the printer.
Initial jam - At power on, or during printer - Paper remains in the paper path. (1) If the duplex unit is not attached, (1) If the duplex unit is not attached, open the X
(At initialization initialization, the trailing edge - Feed clutch defective. open the rear cover of the printer, open rear cover of the printer, open the reverse guide
the trailing sensor goes on. Make sure that the reverse guide and remove the and remove the paper.
edge sensor there is no paper inside the paper. (2) If the duplex unit is attached, open the rear
switches on.) printer. cover of the duplex unit, open the reverse guide,
(2) If the duplex unit is attached, open remove the jammed paper, and then press the
the rear cover of the duplex unit, open [Paper Feed] key on the printer operation panel.
the reverse guide, remove the jammed
paper, and then press the [Paper Feed]
key on the printer operation panel.
Bypass tray jam At power on, or during printer Paper remains in the bypass tray. (1)Remove the paper from the bypass Remove the paper from the bypass tray. X
(paper remains) initialization, the bypass set tray. - After removing the jam, press the [Paper Feed]
sensor goes on. button on the printer.
When Tray 1 or Tray 2 is used (2) After removing the jam, press the
for paper feed, the bypass set [Paper Feed] button on the printer.
sensor goes on. Check the
bypass tray for paper.
SM 8-48 J001/J003
8.4.9 OTHER
LEDs flashing Switch the printer off/on, and if Connectors loose. Set the connectors under the LED cover. X X
this does not solve the problem,
repair.
Power does not (1) Make sure that the power Power cord not connected. Power cord connection. Power cord connection. X
switch on. cord is connected correctly.
(2) Press the [Power] key down Press and hold down the [Power] key Hold down the [Power] key slightly Hold down the [Power] key slightly longer. X
and hold it down. for about 1 sec. longer.
(3) Disconnect the power cord The power output safety circuit opened. Disconnect the power cord from the Disconnect the power cord from the power X
and wait for at least 2 min., power source, wait for at least 2 min., source, wait for at least 2 min., then connect the
then connect the power cord the connect the cord again and switch cord again and switch the printer on.
again and switch the printer the printer on. If the printer does not recover, repair it.
on.
(4) If the printer does not If the printer does not recover, repair it. x
recover after doing the
above procedures, repair
the printer.
(5) If this problem occurs If the printer does not recover, repair it. x
frequently, contact the
repair depot.
Printer loses The power output safety circuit opened. Disconnect the power cord from the Disconnect the power cord from the power X
power while Output signal short power source, wait for at least 2 min., source, wait for at least 2 min., then connect the
printing the connect the cord again and switch cord again and switch the printer on.
the printer on.
If the printer does not recover, repair it. X
Power down (1) Switch the printer on. Switch the printer on. Send the acquired information to the repair depot X X X
due to non- for analysis.
rated power (2) If this problem occurs Software (Assert) If this problem occurs frequently, update X X X
supply frequently, update the printer System down (Undefined exception, the printer firmware.
firmware. stack overflow, etc.)
Check the printer information log.
No error (1) May occur in standby mode. In standby mode (cut 37 V dc power May occur in standby mode. Send the acquired information to the repair depot X X X
displayed even supply) . for analysis.
though cover is
open
(2) Switch the printer off/on. Switch the printer off/on X X X
(3) Open the cover again to Open the cover again to determine if the X X X
determine if the error is error is displayed.
displayed.
SM 8-49 J001/J003
Firmware Update firmware again. The USB cable was disconnected Update firmware again. Execute the firmware update procedure again. X
update failed, during the firmware update so it failed,
cannot print and when the printer was switched on,
the printer was still in update mode so
printing was not possible.
SM 8-50 J001/J003
8.5 CALL RESPONSE
No Symptom Description Need to confirm Action

1 Alert message does not clear Cover is not closed properly Confirm cover open position with status monitor (In Instruct customer to close the cover. Instruct customer to confirm
some cases, even need to instruct customer how to use the duplex unit or rear cover is closed properly.
the status monitor).
Cover open message does not clear Confirm cover open position with status monitor (In If still problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
some cases, even need to instruct customer how to use
the status monitor).
Cartridge related alert Instruct customer to re-install the cartridge. If still problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
2 Horizontal lines Nozzle blockage Instruct customer to print nozzle check pattern sheet. Instruct customer to do head cleaning (Max. Normal X3, Full X1)
If still problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
Incorrect paper feed amount Confirm if customer has executed paper feed amount Instruct customer to do paper feed amount adjustment from the
adjustment. driver.
Banding Confirm whether this symptom is banding or horizontal If the symptom is banding, explain the specification to the customer.
lines.
Ink build up None (Countermeasure for this problem has been applied.)
3 Cannot print Error message Confirm the condition with status monitor. Follow the guidance.
Error message Confirm the proper connection of USB/power cable. Instruct customer to connect the cable properly.
Error message Confirm the driver setting/application setting/PC setting. If still problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
LED blinking If status monitor is not available, ask customer to check Confirm especially if "cover open" or "ink end" is displayed.
LED.
No response Printer is connected to network or USB cable directory. <In case of network connection>
Change to connect to PC directory via USB cable. If result is ok,
check the setting of Pricom and network setting.
<In case of PC direct connection>
Try to machine power Off/On. Then, Change the USB cable. If still
problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
4 Cannot install Cannot find the printer If printer driver cannot be installed with USB connection, If there is "unclear device", delete it, and re-install recommended
confirm if there is "unclear device" on device manager. installation. If not solved, delete it again and install by plug-and -
play.
Error message Confirm if the error message is "newer driver has been Explain that if newer driver is already installed in the PC, this
already installed, it is unable to continue" or not. message displayed. Ask customer to get the latest driver from the
web site, or delete the driver already installed, then try to install
again.
5 Ink end not cleared after Ink is set incorrectly Instruct customer to re-install all ink cartridge.
replacing ink
Ink is not filled Swap.
Noise Swap.
SM 8-51 J001/J003
6 Paper Jam Paper is loaded incorrectly Instruct customer to remove all the paper in the tray, set end/side
fence correctly, then reload the paper.
Incorrect installation of the duplex unit Confirm if the duplex unit is installed and locked. Instruct customer to remove the duplex unit, then re-install the
(Connection is not proper) duplex unit again.
Incorrect installation of the rear cover Instruct customer to remove the rear cover, rotate paper feed dial,
(Connection is not proper) then re-install rear cover.
Unable to remove the jammed paper Confirm the location of the jammed paper with status If jammed paper can be seen, instruct customer to remove the rear
monitor. cover, then rotate paper feed dial.
Paper jam happens often Confirm the paper type if it is within specification or not. If still problem does not clear, dispatch the tech.
- If the surface of the belt is dirty, clean the belt with wet cloth
- Confirm the paper
7 Initialization not complete Unplug the power cable because it takes Confirm if customer unplug the power cable during In domestic market, arrange to send ink cartridge.
long time for initialization initialization. If customer cannot fix the problem, dispatch tech.
8 Blurred image Inappropriate image density setting Confirm the setting of the Driver. Instruct the customer to adjust image density with driver.
Ask customer to get the printer optimize value.
(In Printer Driver - Printer configuration - Adjust color density -
Obtain printer optimize value)
Inappropriate paper feed amount Confirm blurred image is mostly text data or not. Instruct customer to adjust paper feed amount with driver.
9 Text shifting Incorrect print head position Instruct customer to print "Print head position pattern" Ask customer to adjust the print head position with the driver.
sheet.
Incorrect registration setting Instruct customer to print "registration test pattern" Ask customer to adjust the registration with the driver.
sheet.
Incorrect gap between print head and belt Swap.
10 Paper printing surface dirty Dirty belt Ask customer to feed some sheets of white paper.
Printing Head position Confirm envelope lever position Instruct customer to set lever proper position.
Paper type (Envelope).
Nozzle blockage Instruct customer to print nozzle check pattern sheet. Instruct customer to do head cleaning (Max. Normal X3, Full X1).
Paper shrink due to printing ink amount Confirm if the customer is printing whole area image for If printing ink amount is too much, paper can be shrinked, finally,
duplexing such as power point file with deep color paper can be hit with Head.
background. Instruct customer to set the lever to envelope position.
Ink leak, ink build up Swap.
11 Exit tray damage Dispatch tech.

Or send parts to install the parts by themselves.
SM 8-52 J001/J003
12 Ink end detected early Cyan ink Confirm if this problem is only cyan or not. Explain that compare with the other color, cyan ink is more often
used.
Printing data related Which kind of data is mostly printed? Explain that printing picture needs more ink other files.
Initialization Confirm if customer unplug the power cable during Explain that initialization is re-started from the beginning if printer is
initialization. turned off during initialization.
Starter ink Confirm if customer claims about the yield of the starter Explain the yield of the starter ink is smaller than standard product
ink. ink.
Head tank air miss-detection Swap.
13 Noise Confirm when the noise is occurred. Swap.
14 SC 990 Abnormal position of ink full detection of Confirm if the customer turn off the machine or not. If not solved, Swap.
filler
15 SC 993 - Leakage of high voltage/Condensation Confirm the belt surface condition. If the surface is wet, ask customer not to use the printer for 1 or 2
- Incorrect connection of HVP hours with main power switched off.
If the surface is dirty, dispatch tech. for cleaning the belt surface.
16 Light image Inappropriate color density setting Confirm if the printer optimum setting is obtained. Obtain the printer optimum setting with the driver.
Level color Confirm if the check box is marked for "level color". If level color is checked, ask customer to remove the check.
Paper type Confirm paper type. If customer is not using non-recommended paper, ask customer to
use recommended paper.
17 Incorrect color Inappropriate printing mode Confirm the printing mode. Explain the print mode based on customer requirement.
Application related Confirm the printing setting of application. In some application, there is a case to control the color by itself
such as illustrator or Photoshop.
Paper type Confirm the paper type (OHP or Semi-gross photo As specification, black color is printed by CMY for OHP and semi-
paper). gross photo paper. Explain this specification to the customer.
Nozzle blockage Instruct customer to print nozzle check pattern sheet. Instruct customer to do head cleaning (Max. Normal X3, Full X1).
If not solved, Swap.
18 Paper no feed Paper is loaded incorrectly Instruct customer to remove all the paper in the tray, set end/side
fence correctly, then reload the paper.
SM 8-53 J001/J003
19 PC freeze No free space area of HDD Confirm the free space of HDD. If no free space area of HDD, ask customer to add the HDD
capacity (At least 70MB are needed.).
If status monitor is set as "Auto start up setting", disable the "Auto
start up".
Instruct customer to enable "spool data in EMF format" from driver.
Instruct customer to stop the resident program, if there is.
If bi-direction communication is set on, instruct customer to change
to off.
Instruct customer to re-boot the PC.
20 Error display No paper feed error Confirm if the error is no paper feed error. Instruct customer to add the paper.
Instruct customer to check if the paper tray correctly.
Instruct customer to check if the side fence and the end fence
correctly.
Cover open error Confirm if the error is cover open error. If open cover can be found in status monitor, instruct customer to
re-close the cover.
If open cover cannot be found, ask customer to check following:

Instruct customer to lock the duplex unit, or instruct customer to re-
close the top cover and rear cover.
Remaining paper in by-pass tray Confirm if the error is paper jam in by-pass tray. Instruct customer to set the paper in by-pass tray after sending print
job.
Cartridge is set incorrectly Confirm if the error is cartridge set error. Instruct customer to remove and insert (push strongly) all
cartridges, then turn on the machine.
If not solved, swap.
Room temperature is out of range If room temperature is within the range, instruct customer to follow
the message of status monitor.
21 Part of image is cut off If printing image is larger than A3 size, the area larger Instruct customer to set original print image size as A3.
than A3 will not be printed, even "auto reduce for larger (This is RPCS driver specification.)
than A4 size" is enabled. (Because machine can cover
up to A3 size.)
22 Cannot recover after paper jam Confirm customer if rear cover is set correctly.
Ask customer to press paper feed/print resume button.
Ask customer to turn on the machine again, if not solved, swap.
23 Printing stops If paper has dark color area or hole at the leading edge, machine
(Incorrect paper size detection) mis-detects the dark color area as paper edge. Ask customer to
rotate the paper with 180 degree and select "rotate by 180 degrees"
from driver.
SM 8-54 J001/J003
24 Non-recognition of duplex unit Instruct customer to re-set duplex unit and make sure the unit is
correctly locked.
if the printer configuration does not include duplex unit, make sure
the bi-direction communication is enabled.
As the last, ask customer to turn on the machine.
25 Cannot turn off the power Confirm if "replace ink" is displayed. Explain if ink is out during printing, printer tries to re-fill ink to sub-
tank. During this time, customer cannot turn off the power.
26 SC 992 Waste Ink tank full Error Check the total counter. Dispatch Tech. to replace Waste ink tank.
27 SC 999 Maintenance Motor out of HP Swap.
28 Skewed image Check the paper type. Ask customer to set paper again.
Confirm if the other type paper has also skewed image Ask customer to set the lever position again.
or not.
29 Slow printing speed Confirm if the printing data related or not. Change to EMF format spool in Driver.
If printing data related, change to other printing mode.
30 Uneven image density Printer optimum value Confirm if the printer optimum setting is obtained. Obtain the printer optimum setting with the driver.
Nozzle blockage Check the nozzle check pattern by Driver. If there is nozzle blockage,
instruct customer to do head cleaning (Max. Normal X3, Full X1).
31 Machine does not power on Check the power source.

Connect the other electric device to check the power source.
If power source is OK, swap.
32 SC 994 Vertical Motor error Ask customer to power off and on.
Ask customer to remove the duplex unit and re-install it.
If not solved, swap.
SM 8-55 J001/J003
J006
J006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERVIEW OF MAIN NEW FEATURES..............................................2
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION ...............................................................................3
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE........................................................3
2.1 FRICTION PAD ............................................................................................. 3
3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ............................................4

3.1 OUTPUT TRAY ............................................................................................. 4
3.2 PAPER FEED CASSETTE ............................................................................ 4
3.3 MAINTENANCE UNIT, WASTE INK UNIT .................................................... 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING .....................................................................8
4.1 OPERATION PANEL LED DISPLAY............................................................. 8
4.2 STATUS MONITOR MESSAGES ............................................................... 10
4.2.1 SC ERROR CODE TABLE................................................................. 14
SERVICE INFORMATION
5. SERVICE INFORMATION..............................................................16
5.1 OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS ............................................................. 16
5.1.1 MAIN FUNCTIONS............................................................................. 17
5.1.2 TO SELECT USB 1.1 ......................................................................... 17
5.1.3 TO SELECT USB AUTO SELECT MODE.......................................... 18
5.1.4 TO FEED 3 CLEAN SHEETS............................................................. 18
5.1.5 TO PREPARE THE PRINTER FOR TRANSPORT ............................ 18
DETAILS
6. DETAILS ........................................................................................19
SM i J006
6.1 PRINT CARTRIDGES ................................................................................. 19
6.2 PRINT CARTRIDGE SET DETECTION ...................................................... 20
6.3 WASTE INK TANK FULL SENSOR ............................................................ 21
6.4 CASSETTE LOCK/RELEASE ..................................................................... 22
6.5 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.................................................................... 23
6.5.1 MAIN BOARDS .................................................................................. 23
6.5.2 CONTROL BOARD ............................................................................ 25
6.5.3 INK CARTRIDGE BOARD.................................................................. 26
6.5.4 DRV BOARD ...................................................................................... 27
6.5.5 SUB ENCODER (DC RELAY) BOARD .............................................. 28
6.5.6 CONNECTOR LIST............................................................................ 29
SPECIFICATIONS
7. SPECIFICATIONS..........................................................................31
7.1 PRINTER ENGINE BASE SPECIFICATIONS............................................. 31
7.2 J006 PAPER SPECIFICATIONS................................................................. 36
7.3 MAIN UNIT AND OPTION DESCRIPTIONS ............................................... 37
7.4 CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 38
7.4.1 PRINTER............................................................................................ 38
7.4.2 DUPLEXER ........................................................................................ 39
7.4.3 PAPER TRAY (OPTION).................................................................... 40
J006 ii SM
OVERVIEW OF MAIN NEW FEATURES
OVERVIEW OF MAIN NEW FEATURES

This document describes the new features and changes of the J006, compared to
the earlier models J001 and J003.
Here is a summary of the important new features of this printer.
• Black ink improvement
The adherence of the black ink has been improved to the equivalent of
permanent marker pen.
• Each ink cartridge provided with an ID chip
Each ink cartridge is equipped with a new ID chip that allows greater accuracy in
displaying the amount of ink remaining (5 steps), enables detection to determine
whether an individual cartridges is set properly, and provides other useful
information about the cartridge.
• Duplex unit
The lock mechanism on the duplex unit and the bypass feed operation have
been improved.
• Secondary count function
The counts for PM parts are based on the length of A4-size paper.
• Print compatibility with used paper and punched paper
Printer driver settings allow the printer to ignore paper width detection to improve
the compatibility of the printer with used punched paper.
NOTE: The section numbers of this document (Sections 1-7) correspond to the
section numbers of the J001/J003 Service Manual.
J006 2 SM
INSTALLATION
1. INSTALLATION
J006
Like the previous models, the J006 can be fully installed by the user.
2.1 FRICTION PAD
Reference Comment
None New Feature
1. Position the bottom of the printer over the edge

of a table.
NOTE: To prevent spilling ink from the
maintenance unit, keep the printer level.
2. Remove the friction pad [A] from the bottom of
the printer (x2).
[A]
P2W-2-5A.BMP
3. Use a damp cloth to wipe clean the surface of

the friction pad [B].
[B]
P2W-2-5B.BMP
SM 3 J006

3.1 OUTPUT TRAY
J001/J003 Manual Reference 3.2.2 Detaching and Reattaching Output Tray
Comment The detachment and reattachment of the output tray is much
easier.
1. Raise the exit tray [A]. [A]

2. Push up the exit tray to release the
shaft of the lock, then pull the exit tray
toward you.
3. To set the exit tray again, reverse this
procedure by pushing in the tray to lock
the shaft and then lowering the exit tray.
P2W-3-2.BMP
3.2 PAPER FEED CASSETTE

J001/J003 Manual Reference 3.2.3 Paper Feed Cassette
Comment The standard paper feed cassette (Tray 1) pulls easily out of
the printer. There are no pawls to release under the cassette.
Just pull the feed cassette [A] out of the

printer to remove it.
[A]
P2W-3-3.BMP
J006 4 SM
3.3 MAINTENANCE UNIT, WASTE INK UNIT
J006
J001/J003 Manual Reference The section numbers referenced in Step 1 are in the
J001/J003 Service Manual.
Comment Procedure change due to slight modifications in the structure
of the printer.
1. Remove:
• Paper feed cassette ( 3.2.3)
• Front cover, right cover ( 3.2.7)
• Right front door ( 3.2.6)
2. Remove:
• Front cover
• Right cover
NOTE: You can remove the right cover by first removing the two screws of the
rear cover and then releasing the upper pawls of the right cover.
3. Remove the lock screws , , of
the ink supply unit (x3).
P2W-3-7A.BMP
SM 5 J006
4. On the maintenance unit use a plus [B]

(+) screwdriver to turn the screw at [A]
counter-clockwise until the tip of the
Unlock
upper triangle [B] aligns with the tip of
the lower triangle [C]. This unlocks the [C]
carriage.
Important: Be sure to rotate screw [A]
counter-clockwise.
5. Push the unlocked carriage to the
middle of the platen above the
transport belt.
G707R914.BMP
[A]
6. Remove the lock screw [A] ( x1) and

bracket [B] ( x2). [A]
7. Disconnect the maintenance HP
sensor [C] ( x1).
[C]
[B]
P2W-3-8A.BMP
8. While pressing down on the blade [A],

pull the maintenance unit toward you to
remove it. [A]
P2W-3-8B.BMP
J006 6 SM
9. Release the ink supply tubes [A] from
J006
the clamps on the back of the ink
supply unit. [A]
Important: Reconnect the tubes in
order from left to right: K, C, M, Y
P2W-3-8C.BMP
10. Pull out the ink supply unit [A].

11. Remove the screw [B] of the waste ink
collection unit.
[A]
[B]
P2W-3-8D.BMP
12. Disconnect the full sensor [A] of the

waste ink tank.
13. Raise the waste ink suction unit above
the boss [B] on the frame. Then pull it
out of the printer.
[A] [B]
P2W-3-9A.BMP
SM 7 J006
TROUBLESHOOTING
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 OPERATION PANEL LED DISPLAY
J001/J003 Manual Reference 4.1.1 Operation Panel Display
Comment Only shape of the operation panel has changed. However,
key operation is the same as the J001/J003.
1 2 3
K C M Y
P2W-OPANEL1.BMP
Operation Panel Keys/Indicators

Indicator/Key Function
1. Power Key/LED Press to turn the printer on. LED lights to show power on.
2. Paper Feed Key/LED Flashes when there is a paper jam.
3. Cancel Key (No LED) Press to cancel a print job.
Y Yellow Ink (LED) Flashes Yellow ink near end.
Lights Yellow ink exhausted.
M Magenta Ink LED Flashes Magenta ink near end.
Lights Magenta ink exhausted.
C Cyan Ink LED Flashes Cyan ink near end.
Lights Cyan ink exhausted.
K Black Ink LED Flashes Black ink near end.
Lights Black ink exhausted.
Examine the table on the next page for more about how these LEDs work together.
J006 8 SM
TROUBLESHOOTING
LED Operation Summary

NOTE: Shaded items are new features of the J006.
J006
LED
Item Power Paper K C M Y
Green Red Red Red Red Red
Online (Ready for Normal Operation) P
Job Received/Job Processing P
Receiving Print Job O
No Paper in Tray
No Paper Feed Jam in Tray
No Paper Feed Jam in Duplex Unit P P
(Cannot Print Second Side of Duplex
Page)
Paper Stop Jam (Cannot Reprint) P O
Black Ink Near End P O
Cyan Ink Near End P O
Magenta Ink Near End P O
Yellow Ink Near End P O
Black Ink End P P
Cyan Ink End P P
Magenta Ink End P P
Yellow Ink End P P
Black (K) Cartridge Not Set P P
Cyan © Cartridge Not Set P P
Magenta (M) Cartridge Not Set P P
Yellow (Y) Cartridge Not Set P P
Ink Cartridge Cover Open P
Printer Cover Open P O
Printer Warming Up O
Print Head Cleaning (by Operator) O
Call For Service (Engine Service Call) O O O O O O
Shutting Down V
Overheated (Printer Can Recover) O
Overheated (Printer Cannot Recover) *1 O O
1
* The machine should be returned to the service center for repair or replacement.
Remarks:
KCMY BlacK, Cyan, Magenta, Yellow ink
O Fast flashing on (0.5 s) and off (1.0 s) continuously.
V Slow lashing on (0.5 s) and off (1.5 s) continuously.
P Lights and remains on.
SM 9 J006
TROUBLESHOOTING
4.2 STATUS MONITOR MESSAGES

J001/J003 Manual Reference 4.1.2 Status Monitor Messages
Comment The shaded status monitor messages in the table below have
been added for the J006.
NOTE: The exact wording of the Status Monitor messages that appear on the
screen may be different.
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Normal Operational
Ready
Printing Operational
Printing...
Drying Operational
Inkjet Transparency sheet-dry print delay has been enabled.
Please wait.
Preparing (Warming Up) Warming Up/Adjusting...
Please wait.
Temperature Out of Range – Warming Up/Adjusting...
Low (Recoverable) Room temperature is out of the printable temperature range.
Adjust the room temperature to a suitable range and wait for a
while before using the printer. Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Temperature Out of Range – Warming Up/Adjusting...
High (Recoverable) Room temperature is out of the printable temperature range.
Adjust the room temperature to a suitable range and wait for a
while before using the printer. Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Supplying Ink Loading from Cartridge...
Please wait.
Servicing Print Heads Cleaning Print-heads...
Please wait.
Resetting Job Operational
Resetting job(s)...
Power Off No Response from Printer
Check the power and cables. Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Ink Supply Low (K) Operational
Replace cartridge(s). Cartridge(s) are empty. Open the
indicated cover and replace the cartridge(s). [Right Front
Cover]: [Black] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
out all empty cartridges first, then insert the new ones. Click
[User Guide] for further information.
Ink Supply Low (C) Operational
Cover]: [Cyan] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
J006 10 SM
TROUBLESHOOTING
Status Display
Status
J006
Message Display
Ink Supply Low (M) Operational
Cover]: [Yellow] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
Ink Supply Low (Y) Operational
Cover]: [Yellow] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
Paper Out in Specified Tray – No Paper
Bypass Tray No paper in the Bypass. Set paper correctly. Click [User
Guide] for further information.
Paper Out in Specified Tray – No Paper/Tray Not Detected
Tray 1 (Standard) No paper or paper source tray(s) are not set correctly. Check
the indicated tray(s). [Tray 1] Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Paper Out in Specified Tray – No Paper/Tray Not Detected
Tray 2 No paper or paper source tray(s) are not set correctly. Check
the indicated tray(s). [Tray 2] Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Paper in Specified Tray Does Paper Size Mismatch
Not Match Paper Size Paper of the selected paper size is not set in the indicated
Selected for Job – Bypass paper source tray. Check the indicated tray. [Bypass]. Click
Tray [User Guide] for further information.
Selected for Job – Tray 1 paper source tray. Check the indicated tray. [Tray 1]. Click
Selected for Job – Tray 2 paper source tray. Check the indicated tray. [Tray 2]. Click
Ink End (K) Cartridge/Print-head Tank Empty
indicated cover, then replace the cartridge(s). [Right Front
Cover]: [Black] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
Ink End (C) Cartridge/Print-head Tank Empty
Cover]: [Cyan] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
SM 11 J006
TROUBLESHOOTING
Status Display
Status
Message Display
Ink End (M) Cartridge/Print-head Tank Empty
Cover]: [Magenta] When multiple cartridges need replacing,
pull out all empty cartridges first, then insert the new ones.
Click [User Guide] for further information.
Ink End (Y) Cartridge/Print-head Tank Empty
indicated cover, then replace the cartridge(s). [Right front
cover]: [Yellow] When multiple cartridges need replacing, pull
Print cartridge Not Set Print Cartridge(s) Not Detected/Cover Open
Check one of the following. -No cartridge(s) are set. -
Cartridge(s) are set incorrectly. -Right Front Cover is open.
Open the indicated cover and check the cartridge(s), then
close the cover. [Right Front Cover] Click [User Guide] for
further information.
Cover Open – Ink Cartridge Print Cartridge(s) Not Detected/Cover Open
Cover Close the indicated cover(s). [Right Front Cover] Click [User
Cover Open (Upper or Rear Cover Open
Cover) Duplex Unit is not set correctly or the indicated cover(s) are
open. Reset Duplex Unit and close the indicated cover(s), then
press the [Resume] key on the printer. [Top Cover, Rear
Cover] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Cover Open (Duplex Unit) Cover Open
Close the indicated cover(s). [Duplex Unit Cover] Click [User
Poor Duplex Unit Connection Duplex Unit Not Detected
Duplex Unit is not set correctly or there is no Duplex Unit.
Reset Duplex Unit, then press the [Resume] key on the printer.
Paper Jam (Tray 1) Paper Misfeed
Check the indicated part(s), then remove any jammed paper.
[Tray 1] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Paper Jam (Tray 2) Paper Misfeed
[Tray 2, Tray 2 Rear Cover] Click [User Guide] for further
information.
Paper Jam (Bypass Tray) Paper Misfeed
[Bypass] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Paper Jam (Reverse Guide Paper Misfeed
Plate with Duplex) Check the indicated part(s), then remove any jammed paper.
[Guide] [Open the Rear Cover to access the Guide.] Click
Paper Jam (Reverse Guide Paper Misfeed
Plate without Duplex) Check the indicated part(s), then remove any jammed paper.
[Top Cover] Click [User Guide] for further information.
J006 12 SM
TROUBLESHOOTING
Status Display
Status
J006
Message Display
Paper Jam (Top cover) Paper Misfeed
[Top Cover] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Paper Jam (Duplex Unit) Paper Misfeed
[Duplex Unit] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Paper Jam (Paper Exit) Paper Misfeed
[Paper Output Exit] Click [User Guide] for further information.
Paper in Bypass Tray at Start Paper in Bypass
of Job Print(s) are left in the Bypass. Remove the print(s). When the
printer's [Resume] key lights up, insert a sheet face up. Click
Temperature Out of Range – Out of Printable Temperature Range
Too Low Room temperature is out of the printable temperature range.
Turn the power off, then on. Adjust the room temperature to a
suitable range and wait for a while before using the printer.
Temperature Out of Range – Out of Printable Temperature Range
Too High Room temperature is out of the printable temperature range.
Turn the power off, then on. Adjust the room temperature to a
suitable range and wait for a while before using the printer.
Engine Service Call Printer Error
Turn the power off, then on. If this message appears again,
please call the service. Click [User Guide] for further
information. ERR***-*
Ink Waste Tank Near Full Operational
Internal unit replacement is now necessary. The printer will
stop functioning shortly. Please call the service. Click [User
SM 13 J006
TROUBLESHOOTING
4.2.1 SC ERROR CODE TABLE

The SC codes for this printer show by the printer driver on the PC screen in the
format “ERR***”. Where “***” is one of the three-digit codes shown in the tables
below. Print the Test Print if you want to see the 5 most recent SC codes given by
the printer.
J001/J003 Manual Reference 4.3.3 SC Error Code Table
Comment The shaded SC codes in the tables below have been added
for the J006.
950 A USB Chip Read Error

A USB chip read error occurred • Control board defective.
at power on. • Send the printer to the repair center.

The USB chip definition is • Control board defective.
missing. • Send the printer to the repair center.

An EEPROM write error was • EEPROM on the control board defective.
detected at power on, or during • Send the printer to the repair center.
a print job.
986 A Humidity Sensor Error

The printer detected a humidity • Humidity sensor connector disconnected,
sensor error. loose, or damaged
• Humidity sensor damaged
• Send the printer to the repair center.
987 A Ink Purge Error After Power On

This error may occur the first • Turn the printer off.
time after the printer is turned on • Remove and re-insert each ink cartridge.
after ink has been purged from • Turn the printer on.
the ink tanks for moving to a
new location.
Note: Before the printer is
moved, ink should be purged
from the ink tanks. ( 5.1.5)
990 A Sub Tank Full Feeler Position Error

The feeler sensor for the sub • Defective feeler
tank is out of position. • Send the printer to the repair center.
J006 14 SM
TROUBLESHOOTING
992 A Waste Tank Full Error
J006
At power on, the printer detected • Check the waste tank full sensor
that the waste tank was full. connection.
• Replace the ink full waste tank.
993 A Charge Leak

At power on or during a print job, • Clean the transport belt.
a leak detection signal was • Replace the high voltage power supply
detected. The signal was unit.
triggered by the accumulation of
condensation or ink spillage onto
the transport belt.
994 B Vertical Motor Error

The vertical encoder input signal • Send the printer to the repair center.
was judged to be abnormal
when the vertical motor was
operating.

No input signal from the • Horizontal encoder defective
horizontal encoder was detected • Horizontal encoder sensor defective.
during operation of the • Send the printer to the repair center.
horizontal motor.

When the carriage moved to the • Horizontal encoder defective
right, the carriage did not stop at • Horizontal encoder sensor defective.
the HP. Or, the carriage scan • Send the printer to the repair center.
check failed.
999 A Maintenance Motor Out of HP

The maintenance motor HP • Maintenance motor on the maintenance
sensor failed to detect the motor unit defective
at the home position. • Maintenance motor HP sensor defective
• Replace the maintenance unit
SM 15 J006
SERVICE INFORMATION
5. SERVICE INFORMATION
5.1 OPERATION PANEL FUNCTIONS
J001/J003 Manual Reference 5.1 Operation Panel Functions

Comment Only the shapes of the keys on the operation panel have
changed. The operation of these keys is the same as with the
previous models.
3 4
2
1
P2W-OPANEL1.BMP
1 Ink Level LEDs (K, C, M, Y)

2 [Power] Key
3 [Paper Feed] Key
4 [Cancel] Key
J006 16 SM
SERVICE INFORMATION
5.1.1 MAIN FUNCTIONS
J006
Printer
Function Keys Comment
Status
Power On/Off --- To power on, press and hold down the [Power]
key for at least 1 sec.
1
Test Print (Sample) Off * Press and hold down [Cancel] and [Paper
+ + Feed], and then press [Power] and hold for at
least 3 sec. until the low ink indicators light red
then release.
Cancel/Restart Job On After removing the cause of the error, press
[Paper Feed] to restart the print job.
Manual Feed On When the software application prompts you to
manual feed, load 1 sheet in the bypass tray
and press [Paper Feed].
Feed 1 Cleaning Off To feed 1 blank sheet through the paper feed
+ path for cleaning, press and hold at least 3
sec. until the ink level LEDs light red then
release.
Clean Print Heads (All) On To execute Normal cleaning of all four print
heads, press and hold for 3 sec. and release
when the [Power] key starts flashing.
Nozzle Check Pattern Off Press and hold for at least 3 sec. until the ink
+ level LEDs light red then release.
*1 After pressing the [Power] key to turn the printer off, always wait for the [Power] key to stop
flashing.
5.1.2 TO SELECT USB 1.1

You cannot use USB 2.0 in this mode.
1. Press the [Power] key to switch the printer off, then press these keys*
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
SM 17 J006
SERVICE INFORMATION
5.1.3 TO SELECT USB AUTO SELECT MODE

You can use either USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 in this mode.
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ +
5.1.4 TO FEED 3 CLEAN SHEETS

This removes condensation from the transport belt.
+ +
+
2. Press this key sequence 5 times:
+
+
5.1.5 TO PREPARE THE PRINTER FOR TRANSPORT

+ + . Then release only when the ink LEDs light.
2. Press and hold + , press 8 times then wait for the [Power] key to go off.
J006 18 SM
DETAILS
6. DETAILS
J006
6.1 PRINT CARTRIDGES
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.4.2 Print Cartridges
Comment The ink of the J006 shares the same characteristics (pigment
inks) as those of the previous models. However, J006
cartridges are available in two sizes only, not three, and the
capacity of the cartridges has been increased. Further, each
J006 print cartridge is equipped with its own ID chip.
J006 Print Cartridges
[C]
[A]
[B]
P2W-6-6A.BMP
There is a separate Print cartridge for each color (Y, M, C, K). Each Print cartridge
is vacuum packed [A]. Print cartridges [B] are available in two sizes.
Type Color Amount

Large K 62 ml
C, M 50 ml
Y 42 ml
1
Small * K 24 ml
C, M, Y 20 ml
*1 The "Starter" cartridges provided with the printer for installation.
An ID chip [C] is attached to the back of each ink cartridge. This chip performs the
following functions:
• Each chip monitors the amount of ink remaining in its cartridge. This improves
the accuracy of monitoring the ink supply level because information about each
cartridge can now be displayed up to 5 levels.
• The chip also detects and reports whether each cartridge is mounted correctly.
The individual display precisely indicates which cartridge needs attention.
• The chips also store the manufacturing code number, the date the cartridge was
first installed.
SM 19 J006
DETAILS
6.2 PRINT CARTRIDGE SET DETECTION

J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.4.3 Print Cartridge Set Sensor
Comment New Features
P2W-6-7.BMP
The ID chips attached to the back of each ink cartridge not only store important
information about each cartridge (as described in the previous section) but also
perform the functions of print cartridge set sensors.
Each print cartridge has an ID chip. The machine can detect precisely which print
cartridge is missing or set improperly and issue a prompt to correct the problem.
This improves the precision of troubleshooting.
Because the micro switches of the J001/J003 were connected in series, the
operator did not know precisely which print cartridges were missing or improperly
set when a problem occurred.
J006 20 SM
DETAILS
6.3 WASTE INK TANK FULL SENSOR
J006
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.5.4 Waste Ink Tank Full Sensor
Comment The capacity of the larger waste ink tank has increased .
G707D928.BMP
The approximate capacity of the waste tanks are compared below. A prompt shows
the printer needs maintenance when this sensor detects the near-full condition.
Important: These totals approximate estimates and may differ significantly due to
the amount of printed coverage on each page of routine print jobs.
Waste Ink Tank Capacity Approximate Capacity

Model
Pages Ink Amount (ml) After Near-Full Alert
J001 1400 176 ml 100
J003 2600 354 ml 200
J006 3800 620 ml 150
NOTE: These are numbers are rough estimates. Fewer pages get printed if many
normal and full print head cleanings are done after the maintenance alert.
SM 21 J006
DETAILS
6.4 CASSETTE LOCK/RELEASE
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.7.2 Cassette Lock/Release

Comment The paper cassette lock/release mechanisms of the paper
cassettes have been simplified.
[A]
[B]
P2W-6-15.BMP
Cassette arms [A] on both sides of the cassette are guided into rails when the
paper cassette [B] is pushed into the printer. The rails raise the arms to the correct
height for paper feed.
The release lever and release arm of the previous models have been eliminated.
J006 22 SM
DETAILS
J006
6.5.1 MAIN BOARDS
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.8.1 Main Boards
Comment Board layout has changed.
J006 Boards J001/J003 Main Function

Control Board Common The main board that interfaces with the host
computer, standard paper tray, and optional paper
tray to provide all the printer features provided by
the printer driver.
Operation Panel Board Common The operation panel connects to the Multi I/F.
Cartridge Connect Board New This is a new board that interfaces between the
four new ID chips (Y, M, C, K) and the controller
board.
DRV Board Common The DRV Board contains these important
components and functions:
COM Board Common The COM Board contains these important
components and functions:
• Carriage horizontal position detection
• Paper leading edge, horizontal width detection
• Temperature detection of the area near the print
heads
• Waste ink tank full detection
• Recognizes the printer type (J001/J003)
• Print head control
Sub Encoder Board Common Contains these important components and
functions:
• Controls sub scan detection position
• Provides high-voltage power I/F
• Provides power I/F for optional tray
• Contains driver for the paper feed clutch
• Provides I/F for sensors
PSU Common Controls power supply to the printer. The vertical
motor and horizontal motor connect directly to the
Sub Scan I/F and Main Scan I/F, not directly to the
PSU as in the previous models.
SM 23 J006
DETAILS
Air Release SOL

Temperature SN
USB I/F
Carriage Thermistor
Host PC Envelope Selector
Sub Tank Ink Supply SN
Debug Serial I/F Multi I/F Waste Tank Full SN

Operation Panel
Debug PC - Power Switch
- Power LED ID
- Power Release SW Chip ID
IC Card JIG/ - Power Release LED (C) Chip
IC Card (K)
IC Card - Ink End LED
- Cancel SW
ID
Chip ID
Remote Power Cartridge Cover SN (M) Chip
Remote power I/F
ON/OFF (Y)
Cartridge
Connect
Board Ink Supply Motor 1 CK
Ink Supply Motor 2 MY
Ink Supply Motor 1 CK
Ink Supply Motor 2 MY
Maintenance Motor
Maintenance Mechanism
DRV Board I/F DRV Board
Duplex Unit Set SN
Duplex Unit Cover Open SN
P2 Controller Board
Drive Wave
Printhead Drive
Sub Tank Full SN
COM Board I/F COM Board
Registration SN
Print Head Ambient
Head Temperature
Feed CL
Tray 2 I/F
Trailing Edge SN
SBU Encoder
Sub Encoder Board I/F Tray 2 Set SN
Board
Power Pack Leak SN
Cover Open SN
PP Version SN
Vertical Encoder
PSU I/F PSU AC Power
Bypass I/F Bypass Set SN
Sub Scan I/F Vertical Motor
Main Scan I/F Horizontal Motor
P2W-6-19.WMF
J006 24 SM
DETAILS
6.5.2 CONTROL BOARD
J006
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.8.2 Control Board
Comment The J006 has a new control board.
5Ｖ　Ｃｕｒ
ｒｅｎｔ
　Ｌｉ
ｍｉｔRelease
37V Power ON
Operation Panel Button LEDs
Ink End LED
CPU CPU Bus Air Release SOL Drive
Feed CL
Maintenance Motor Control
Ink Supply Motor 1 CK Control
Ink Supply Motor 2 MY Control
XTL SSCG
Tray 2 CL Control
Tray 2 Motor Control
PP High Voltage Control
SDRAM
XTL
Remote Power ON
USB Cartridge Cover SN
PC CTL
Operation Panel Switch
Sub Tank Ink Supply SN
FLASH
ROM Bypass Set SN
Envelope Position SN
CARD
Power Pack Leak SN
Trailing Edge SN
Cartridge Connect I2C
Tray 2 Set SN
Board Controller
Local Bus
Horizontal Encoder
ASIC:TOTTI2 Vertical Encoder
ID Chip Duplex Unit Set SN
NVRAM Duplex Unit Cover Open SN
Maint. Mechanism Cam SN
Debug
PC
Serial I/F Ink Waste Tank Full SN
Transport Roller Temp. SN
Cover Open SN
Analog Board
Sub Tank Full SN
Registration SN
Sub Scan Vertical Motor Print Head Temperature SN
Main Scan Horizontal Motor Tray 1 Humidity SN
Image Data (CMYK)

COM Board Reset Circuit
K C M Y Power Circuit
Drive +5V→+5VE1/+5VE2/+3.3V/+2.5V/+1.5
Wave
Drive Drive
Wave Wave
DRV Board I/F O
P
Device
External Device Signal

G=34
P2W-6-21.WMF
SM 25 J006
DETAILS
6.5.3 INK CARTRIDGE BOARD
J001/J003 Manual Reference None

Comment This is a new board, provided in the J006 only.
The ink cartridge board relays the signals of the ink supply motor and the ID chips
of the ink cartridges.
Controller Board DRV Board Cartridge Connect Board Ink Supply Motor M,Y
M4 OUT A M4 OUT A M4 OUT A M4 OUT A CN600-4 CN603-2 M4 OUT A

Ink Supply
Motor Driver
DCM
M4 OUT AB M4 OUT AB M4 OUT AB M4 OUT AB CN600-3 CN603-1 M4 OUT AB
M3 OUT A M3 OUT A M3 OUT A M3 OUT A CN600-2 CN602-2 M3 OUT A

Ink Supply
Motor Driver
DCM
M3 OUT AB M3 OUT AB M3 OUT AB M3 OUT AB CN600-1 CN602-1 M3 OUT AB
Ink Supply Motor K, C
NC CN601-5 ID Chip
GND GND CN601-4 CN604-1 GND
CN604 K
VCC VCC CN601-3 CN604-2 VCC
SCL SCL CN601-2 CN604-3 SCL
SDA SDA CN601-1 CN604-4 SDA
CN605-1 GND
CN605 C
CN605-2 VCC
CN605-3 SCL
CN605-4 SDA
CN606-1 GND
CN606 M
CN606-2 VCC
CN606-3 SCL
CN606-4 SDA
CN607-1 GND
CN607 Y
CN607-2 VCC
CN607-3 SCL
CN607-4 SDA
P2W-6-23.WMF
J006 26 SM
DETAILS
6.5.4 DRV BOARD
J006
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.8.3 DRV Board
Comment A few minor changes.
Duplex Unit
Cover Open SN
Ink Supply System
Cartridge System Set SN
Cartridge Set SN
Ink Supply Motor (K, C)

DCM3
DC Motor Driver
Ink Supply Motor (M, Y)

DCM4 DC Motor Driver
Maintenance System
Maint. Mechanism Cam SN

Controller Board
Stepping Motor
Maintenance Motor STM
Driver
Print Head
COM Board Driver (Y, M)
Heat Sink
Print Head
Driver (C, K)
P2W-6-25.WMF
The DRV Board contains these important components and functions:

SM 27 J006
DETAILS
6.5.5 SUB ENCODER (DC RELAY) BOARD
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.8.5 DC Relay Board

Comment A few minor changes.
+37V,+5VE2 SUB ENCODER BOARD
GND_P,GND_S
SENCA
Encoder
SENCB SN
GND_P
+37V
PP_ENBL_N,PP_TRG_N AC High
PP_ENBL,PP_TRG
Voltage
Power
GND_S PP_LEAK,COV_OPN
PP_LEAK,COV_OPN
PP_VER0,PP_VER1
P2CTL GND_P,GND_S
37
V
+37V_TRY
FUS
TRYMT_CLK,TRYMT_TRG, E +5VE2
Tray 2
TRYCL_TRG TRYMT_CLK,TRYMT_TRG,TRCL_TRG
TRY_SET TRY_SET
+37V
Feed Feed CL
FEED_CL CLT_ON
CL
Driver
GND_S
+5VE2 Trailing Edge
P_END P_END SN
P2W-6-26.WMF
J006 28 SM
DETAILS
6.5.6 CONNECTOR LIST
J006
J001/J003 Manual Reference 6.8.7 Connector List
Comment There are some changes in the arrangement of connectors.
New or changed connectors are shaded light gray in the
tables below.
Control Board
CN100 Air Release SOL
Air SN
CN101 DRV Board I/F
CN102 Relay Board I/F
CN103 PSU I/F
CN104 Operation Panel I/F
CN105 USB I/F
CN106 --- Not Used ---
CN107 COM Board I/F
DRV Board
CN201 Maintenance Motor
CN202 Ink Supply Motor
Cartridge Reset
Maintenance Motor HP
CN203 --- Note Used ---
CN204 Print Head Drive
CN205 Humidity SN
COM Board
CN9 Waste Ink Tank Full Sensor
CN10 Registration Sensor
SM 29 J006
DETAILS
Sub Encoder (DC Relay) Board

CN301 High Voltage Power Supply
Cover OPEN
CN302 Trailing Edge Sensor
CN303 Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray)
CN304 Feed CL
PSU
CN1 AC Input
CN2 37V, 5.1 V Power Supply
CN4 Horizontal Motor
CN5 Vertical Motor
Cartridge Connector Board

These are new connection points for the ink supply
CN602 Ink Supply Motor (C, K)
CN603 Ink Supply Motor (Y, M)
CN604 Ink Cartridge (K)
CN605 Ink Cartridge (C)
CN606 Ink Cartridge (M)
CN607 Ink Cartridge (Y)
J006 30 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
7. SPECIFICATIONS
J006
7.1 PRINTER ENGINE BASE SPECIFICATIONS
Printing Method On-Demand Ink Printing
Paper Transport Belt System
Delivery Face-up
Ink Supply Method Zero Waste Dual Tank Method
Ink (Y, M, C, K) High Viscosity, Fast Drying, Pigment Ink
Print Heads
J001 J003 J006
Number of Heads 2 Heads (4-Color) 4 Heads (4-Color) 4 Heads (4-Color)
Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head
Nozzles 192 Nozzles/Line 192 Nozzles/Line 192 Nozzles/Line
Nozzle Pitch 0.169 mm (150 dpi) 0.169 mm (150 dpi) 0.169 mm (150 dpi)
Range: 150 to 3600 dpi
Resolution Maximum: 3600 x 1200 dpi
Bi-Directional
Paper Mode (Driver) Resolution
(Yes/No)
Defaults Normal High Speed (Draft) 300 x 300 Yes/1 Pass
Std. (Speed Priority) 300 x 300 See "Note"
Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
Special Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 No/2 Passes
Semi-gloss High Quality 1200 x 1200 No/4 Passes
OHP High Quality 600 x 600 No/4 Passes
User Settings Normal High Speed (Draft) 150 x 150 Yes/1 Pass
Special High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
Semi-gloss High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
OHP High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 Yes/1 Pass
Note: J001 Yes/1 Pass
J003 1st Color: Yes/1 Pass, Other Colors: No/1 Pass
SM 31 J006
SPECIFICATIONS
Warm-up Time Less than 38 sec. after power on

First Print Time J001 J003 J006
Monochrome < 7 sec. < 6 sec. < 6 sec.
Color < 10 sec. < 9 sec. < 9 sec.
Paper Size
J001, J003 J006
Standard Tray A4-A6, LT, LG, Custom 90 x A3 to A6, LT, LG, Custom 90 x
148 mm to 216 x 356 mm 139.7 mm to 305 x 431.8 mm
Bypass Tray *1 A4-A6, LT, LG, Custom 90 x A3-A6, LT, LG, 12"x18", Custom
148 mm to 216 x 356 mm 90 x 139.7 mm to 305 mm to
1295.9 mm
Paper Tray Option. J003 Only. A4, B5, LT, Option. A4, B5, LT, LG adjustable
Option LG adjustable
*1 J001 requires the optional duplexer unit for bypass feed because the top of the duplexer
provides the paper support for bypass feed.
J006 32 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
Paper Type *1
J006
J001, J003 J006
Standard Tray, Standard PPC, Recycled Standard PPC, Recycled Paper,
Bypass Paper, Tractor Feed, OHP, Color Paper, OHP, Glossy
Glossy Paper, Envelopes Paper, Envelopes
J003 J006
Paper Tray Standard PPC, Recycled Standard PPC, Recycled Paper,
(Option) Paper, Color Paper Color Paper
*1 For more about types of paper recommended for use with these printers, contact the dealer or
service center. Only recommended paper types are guaranteed for optimum performance.
Paper Weight J001, J003, J006

2
Standard Tray Plain 60-105 g/m (52-90 kg) (16-28 lb.)
Bypass Tray *2 Plain 60-163 g/m2 (52-135 kg) (16-42 lb.)
J003, J006
2
Paper Tray Plain 60-105 g/m (52-90 kg) (16-28 lb.)
(Option)
Paper Feed Capacity

Standard Tray J001, J003, J006
Plain, Recycled 250 sheets 70 g/m2 (60 kg) (19 lb.)
Envelopes 30
OHP 1
3
Bypass Tray * 1 sheet
Paper Tray J003 J006
(Option)
Plain 500 sheets 70 g/m2 500 sheets 80 g/m2 (70
(60 kg) (19 lb.) kg) (21 lb.)
Custom Sizes 7.2
Output Tray Capacity J001, J003, J006

Plain Recycled: 150 sheets
SM 33 J006
SPECIFICATIONS
Printing Area J001, J003, J006

Paper Maximum Top, Bottom, Left, Right: 3 mm margins
Recommended Top, Bottom, Left, Right: 4.2 mm margins
Envelopes Maximum Top: 8 mm
Bottom: 38 mm
Left, Right: 3 mm
Recommended Top: 8 mm
Bottom: 38 mm
Left, Right: 4.2 mm (1/6 in.)
Duplex Printing J001 Duplex Unit - Optional

J003, J006 Duplex Unit Standard
Power Supply NA 100V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3Hz)
EU 220-240 V (±10%), 50/60 Hz (±3Hz)
J001 J003 J006

Power Consumption
Energy Save Mode Less than 6 W
Normal Operation Less than 27W Less than 30W Less than 35W
Standby Approx. 8W Approx. 8W Approx. 9W
Power Switch Off NA: < 0.2W NA: < 0.2W NA: < 0.2W
EU: < 0.3W EU: < 0.3W EU: < 0.3W
Shift to Energy Save 15 min.
Noise Emission
Printing*4 Less than 45 dB Less than 48 dB Less than 49 dB
Standby Less than 20 dB Less than 20 dB Less than 34 dB
Spurious Noise
Printing*4 Less than 62 dB (A) Less than 63 dB (A) Less than 63 dB (A)
Standby Less than 40 dB (A) Less than 40 dB (A) Less than 40 dB (A)
Dimensions Standalone With Duplexer With Paper Tray

J001 (w x d x h) 403 x 440 x 218 mm 403 x 469 x 218 mm ---
15.9 x 17.3 x 8.9 in. 15.9 x 18.5 x 8.9 in.
J003 (w x d x h) 490 x 469 x 218 mm 490 x 469 x 328 mm
19.3 x 18.5 x 8.9 in 19.3 x 18.5 x 328 in.
J006 (w x d x h) --- 615 x 692 x 250 mm 615 x 692 x 360 mm
24.2 x 27.3 x 9.8 in. 24.2 x 27.3 x 9.8 in.
J006 34 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
Weight Standalone With Duplexer With Paper Tray
J006
J001 9.8 kg (21.6 lb.) 10.6 kg (23.3 lb.) ---
J003 11 kg (24.2 lb.) 14.5 kg (31.9 lb.)
J006 14.2 kg (31.2 lb.) 19.2 kg (42.2 lb.)
Page Description RPCS Raster Printer Driver

Language
Interface
Standard USB 2.0 Hi-Speed *1
Options 100 Base-TX/10 Base-T, IEEE 802.11b
Operating Systems Windows 95 *2, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003
Service Life J001 5 Years or 75,000 sheets
Environment
Operating Temperature: 10°C to 32°C (50°F-89.6°F)°
Relative Humidity 15%-80% rH (no condensation) *3
Storage Temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F-104°F)
Relative Humidity 5%-80% rH (no condensation) *3
Generated Paper Dust Less than 0.075 mg/m3
Notes:
*1 All operations are not guaranteed on compatible machines.
*2 When the printer is connected to a Windows 95, Windows NT 4.0 network.
*3 Print quality may be poor until the printer adjusts to the room temperature and humidity at the time
you bring the printer into a room with temperature and humidity not the same as its previous
location.
These specifications are based on the measured performance of the printer

connected to a system with the following configuration:
PC Pentium 4 1.6 GHz, 256 MB of memory
OS Windows XP Professional Edition
Paper Plain Paper
SM 35 J006
SPECIFICATIONS
7.2 J006 PAPER SPECIFICATIONS

Feed Size Bypass Main Tray Face-up Duplex
Plain Paper
B4 SEF 257 x 364 mm Y Y N Y Y
A3 W SEF 12" x 18" Y Y N Y Y
DLT SEF 11" x 17" Y Y N Y Y
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Y Y Y Y Y
LT LEF 11" x 81/2" N N N N N
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Y Y Y Y Y
HLT SEF 51/2" x 81/2" N N N N N
HLT LEF 81/2" x 51/2" Y Y N Y Y
F SEF 8" x 13" Y Y Y Y Y
Foolscap SEF 81/2" x 13" Y Y Y Y Y
Folio SEF 81/4 " x 13" Y Y Y Y Y
16 Kai SEF 195 x 267 mm Y Y Y Y Y
Envelopes
Com10 LEF 41/8" x 91/2" Y Y N Y N
Monarch LEF 37/8" x 71/2" Y Y N Y N
C6 LEF 114 x 162 mm Y Y N Y N
C5 LEF 162 x 229 mm Y Y N Y N
90-139.7 mm Y Y N N Y
(3½" x 5½")
Min
148-210 mm Y Y Y N Y
(5.9"x8.3")
305-1295.4 mm Y N N N Y
Custom
(12"x51")
305-432 mm Y Y N N Y
Max
(12"x17")
216-356 Y Y Y N Y
(8½"x 14")
Remarks:
Y Yes - Supported
N No - Not supported.
J006 36 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
7.3 MAIN UNIT AND OPTION DESCRIPTIONS
J006
Main Unit
Name Type Code Model Code Comments
J001 509802 J001-17/27 Duplex Unit is an option.
J003 509800 J003-17/27 Duplex Unit is standard.
J006 509833 J006-17/27 A3 Model, Duplex Unit installed
External Options
Name Type Code Model Code Comments
Duplex Unit J001 509803 J500-17 For J001 Printer
500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 (Tray 2) 509805 J502-17 For J003 Printer
500-Sheet Paper Tray J006 (Tray 2) 509834 J503-17 For J006 Printer
Network Options (Provided by SILEX)

Name Type Code Comments
PRICOM R9100U 509818 USB 1.1, LAN, 100Base TX, TCP, IPX
PRICOM-9500U2 509822 USB 1.1/USB 2.0 (2 ports), LAN, 100Base TX, TCP
Option Compatibility
Model
Item Comments
J006 J003 J001
Paper Feed 500-Sheet Paper Yes No No New tray for J006.
Tray J006 (Tray 2)
Paper Feed 500-Sheet Paper No Yes No
Tray J003 (Tray 2)
Duplexing Duplex Unit J001 --- --- Yes Standard with J003
Networking PRICOM R-9100U Yes Yes Yes USB Print Server (USB 1.1)
PRICOM R-9500V2 Yes Yes Yes USB Wireless Print Server
(USB 1.1)
SM 37 J006
SPECIFICATIONS
7.4 CONFIGURATION
J001/J003 Manual Reference
Comment
7.4.1 PRINTER
Main Unit with Standard Paper Tray
Standard Tray Capacity: 250 sheets
P2W-MAIN.BMP
Main Unit with Standard Paper Tray

and Optional Paper Feed Unit
Standard Tray Capacity: 250 sheets
Paper Tray Capacity: 500 sheets
P2W-MAIN-TRAY2.BMP
J001/J003 and J006 Compared

Feature J001/J003 J006
Paper Capacity Max. 700 Max. 750
Paper Size See 7.2 J006 Paper Specifications
Ink cartridge yield Y, M: 2,300 Y, M, C: 2,500
C: 2,000 K: 3,200
K: 2,900
Ink supply monitoring 2 levels: 100% or 0% 5 levels: 100/75/50/25/0%
Black ink Waterproof Improved waterproof
ID chip on each ink None Yes
cartridge
J006 38 SM
SPECIFICATIONS
7.4.2 DUPLEXER
J006
As with the J001/J003, the top of the [A]
duplex unit of the J006 also functions as
the bypass tray [A].
P2W-7-1.BMP
The lock mechanism [A] of the duplex unit

has been simplified.
Just raise on both ends to remove. The
[A]
duplex unit locks automatically when it is
installed in the printer.
P2W-DUPLEXLOCK.BMP
SM 39 J006
SPECIFICATIONS
7.4.3 PAPER TRAY (OPTION)

Paper Tray Components
Tray Unit Paper Cassette
Drive Unit
Control Board
PAPERTRAY.WMF
P2W-7-4.BMP
When the 500-sheet Paper Tray is

[A] pushed in the printer, the cassette arms
[A] on both sides of the cassette are
guided into rails. This raises the arms
bottom plate to bring the paper stack to
the correct height for paper feed.
[A]
P2W-7-5.BMP
J006 40 SM
J007/J010/J011
Rev. 06/2007
J007/J010/J011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Installation...............................................................................1-1
1.1 Preparation ........................................................................................1-1
1.1.1 Environment ...................................................................................1-1
1.1.2 Choosing a Location ......................................................................1-1
1.1.3 Minimum Space Requirements ......................................................1-3
1.1.4 Power Source.................................................................................1-3
1.2 Using the Operation Panel.................................................................1-4
1.2.1 Here is a brief description of how to use the keys on the printer
operation panel. .........................................................................................1-4
1.2.2 Here are some more details about how to use these keys.............1-5
1.3 Installation Procedure ........................................................................1-8
1.3.1 Accessory Check ...........................................................................1-8
1.3.2 Remove the Shipping Material .......................................................1-9
1.3.3 Carrying the Printer ........................................................................1-9
1.3.4 Install the Print Cartridges ............................................................1-10
1.3.5 Load Paper ..................................................................................1-12
1.3.6 Connect the Power Cord..............................................................1-14
1.3.7 Do the USB Connection ...............................................................1-16
1.3.8 Clean the Print Heads and Do a Test Print...................................1-17
1.4 Options ............................................................................................1-18
1.4.1 Network Interface Board J508......................................................1-18
1.4.2 Multi Bypass Tray J507 ................................................................1-19
1.4.3 Paper Feed Unit ...........................................................................1-21
1.5 Important Information.......................................................................1-23
1.5.1 Checklist Before Moving the Printer .............................................1-23
1.5.2 If the Printer Is Not Used Frequently… ........................................1-23
1.6 B-Finder Setup Procedure ...............................................................1-24
1.6.1 Set-Up Procedure for the B-Finder...............................................1-24
2. Preventive Maintenance.........................................................2-1
2.1 PM Table............................................................................................2-1
3. Replacement and Adjustment ...............................................3-1

3.1 Removals...........................................................................................3-1
3.1.1 Maintainable Items .........................................................................3-1
3.1.2 Before You Begin ...........................................................................3-3
3.2 Easy Removals..................................................................................3-5
3.2.1 Top Cover (J011)............................................................................3-5
3.2.2 Output Tray, Paper Feed Cassette.................................................3-5
3.2.3 NIB Cover, NIB...............................................................................3-6
3.2.4 Duplex Unit, Rear Plate..................................................................3-6
3.2.5 Ink Collection Tank .........................................................................3-7
3.3 Removing the Covers ........................................................................3-9
3.3.1 Right Cover ....................................................................................3-9
3.3.2 Top Cover (J007/J010).................................................................3-10
SM i J007/J010/J011
3.3.3 Crosspiece (J011) ........................................................................3-10
3.3.4 Rear Cover...................................................................................3-11
3.3.5 Right Front Door...........................................................................3-11
3.3.6 Right Front Cover, Operation Panel .............................................3-12
3.3.7 Front Cover ..................................................................................3-14
3.3.8 Left Front Cover ...........................................................................3-15
3.3.9 Left Cover.....................................................................................3-16
3.4 Component Removal .......................................................................3-17
3.4.1 Flushing Unit ................................................................................3-17
3.4.2 Maintenance Unit .........................................................................3-18
3.4.3 PSU..............................................................................................3-20
3.4.4 High Voltage Power supply Board................................................3-21
3.4.5 .Main Control Board .....................................................................3-21
3.4.6 Horizontal Motor...........................................................................3-26
3.4.7 Vertical Motor ...............................................................................3-27
3.4.8 Vertical Encoder Sensor...............................................................3-28
3.4.9 Vertical Encoder Wheel................................................................3-29
3.4.10 Cooling Fan..................................................................................3-30
3.4.11 Duplexer Detection Board ............................................................3-31
3.4.12 Carriage Position Sensor .............................................................3-31
3.4.13 Air Release Solenoid....................................................................3-32
3.4.14 Ink Level Sensor ..........................................................................3-33
3.4.15 2nd Registration Sensor...............................................................3-34
3.5 Cleaning Procedures .......................................................................3-35
3.5.1 Service Call Procedures...............................................................3-35
3.5.2 Service Technician Responsibility ................................................3-35
3.5.3 Flushing Gate Cleaning................................................................3-36
3.5.4 Maintenance Unit Cleaning ..........................................................3-36
3.5.5 Print Head Cleaning .....................................................................3-37
3.5.6 Feed Roller Cleaning ...................................................................3-38
3.5.7 Transport Belt Cleaning................................................................3-38
4. Troubleshooting .....................................................................4-1
4.1 Printer Display Summary ...................................................................4-1
4.1.1 Operation Panel Display ................................................................4-1
4.1.2 Display Menu Summary .................................................................4-1
4.1.3 Operation Panel Status and Error Messages .................................4-4
4.1.4 Status Monitor Messages ...............................................................4-7
4.2 Self-Diagnostic Test Flow ................................................................4-10
4.3 SC Error Codes ...............................................................................4-12
4.3.1 Summary of Error Levels .............................................................4-12
4.3.2 Out-of-Range Temperature Errors................................................4-12
4.3.3 SC Code Tables ...........................................................................4-13
4.4 General Troubleshooting .................................................................4-16
4.4.1 Poor Quality Image ......................................................................4-16
4.4.2 Paper Misfeed ..............................................................................4-20
4.4.3 Poor Printer Performance (Miscellaneous) ..................................4-23
4.4.4 Unusual Noises ............................................................................4-25
4.5 Image Correction .............................................................................4-26
J007/J010/J011 ii SM
4.5.1 Preparing for Test Printing............................................................4-26
4.5.2 Adjust Paper Feed .......................................................................4-26
4.5.3 Nozzle Blockage Check ...............................................................4-27
4.5.4 Print head Cleaning and Flushing ................................................4-27
4.5.5 Adjust Print head Position ............................................................4-28
4.5.6 Registration ..................................................................................4-29
4.5.7 Drive Cleaning..............................................................................4-30
4.5.8 Cleaning the Print heads Before Long Term Storage ...................4-31
4.6 Transport Belt Charge Adjustments .................................................4-33
4.6.1 The Charge Area..........................................................................4-34
4.6.2 Print Mode Table ..........................................................................4-35
4.6.3 Temperature/Humidity Table.........................................................4-37
4.6.4 Charge Pitch Table.......................................................................4-42
4.6.5 Checking Charge Pitch Applied for the Print Mode ......................4-47
5. Service Tables.........................................................................5-1
5.1 Before You Begin ...............................................................................5-1
5.1.1 Entering/Exiting SP Mode ..............................................................5-1
5.1.2 Using the SP Menus ......................................................................5-1
5.2 SP Tables...........................................................................................5-3
5.2.1 SP Table Key..................................................................................5-3
5.2.2 Group 1000 ....................................................................................5-3
5.2.3 Goup 2000 ...................................................................................5-19
5.2.4 Group 3000 ..................................................................................5-22
5.2.5 Group 4000 ..................................................................................5-23
5.2.6 Group 5000 ..................................................................................5-23
5.2.7 Group 6000 ..................................................................................5-28
5.2.8 Group 7000 ..................................................................................5-28
5.3 Bit Switches .....................................................................................5-39
5.3.1 Changing Bit Switch Settings .......................................................5-39
5.3.2 Bit Switch Summary .....................................................................5-39
5.4 Status Reports .................................................................................5-44
5.4.1 System Summary.........................................................................5-44
5.4.2 Service Summary.........................................................................5-45
5.4.3 Engine Summary Chart................................................................5-46
6. Detailed Section Descriptions ...............................................6-1

6.1 Important Parts ..................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 Front View ......................................................................................6-1
6.1.2 Rear View.......................................................................................6-2
6.2 Electrical Components.......................................................................6-4
6.2.1 Overview ........................................................................................6-4
6.3 Carriage Unit .....................................................................................6-6
6.3.1 Overview ........................................................................................6-6
6.3.2 Print Head ......................................................................................6-6
6.3.3 Print Head Tank..............................................................................6-7
6.3.4 Ink Ejection Device.........................................................................6-8
6.3.5 Ink Near End ..................................................................................6-9
6.3.6 Ink Out .........................................................................................6-10
SM iii J007/J010/J011
6.3.7 Registration Sensors....................................................................6-10
6.4 Ink Supply System ...........................................................................6-12
6.4.1 Overview ......................................................................................6-12
6.4.2 Ink cartridges................................................................................6-13
6.4.3 Ink Cartridge Set Sensors ............................................................6-14
6.4.4 Ink Pumps ....................................................................................6-15
6.4.5 Print Heads ..................................................................................6-16
6.4.6 Print Head Maintenance...............................................................6-19
6.4.7 Maintenance Unit .........................................................................6-19
6.4.8 Ink Collection Tank .......................................................................6-23
6.4.9 Ink Collection Ink level sensor......................................................6-24
6.4.10 Flushing Unit ................................................................................6-25
6.5 Carriage Drive .................................................................................6-26
6.5.1 Overview ......................................................................................6-26
6.5.2 Envelope Selector ........................................................................6-27
6.6 Paper Feed, Transport, Output ........................................................6-28
6.6.1 Overview ......................................................................................6-28
6.6.2 Cassette Lock/Release ................................................................6-28
6.6.3 Leading Edge and Paper Size Detection .....................................6-29
6.6.4 Paper Jam, Trailing Edge Detection.............................................6-29
6.6.5 Paper Transport Drive ..................................................................6-30
6.6.6 Paper Path ...................................................................................6-30
6.6.7 Transport Belt...............................................................................6-31
6.6.8 Charge Leak Detection ................................................................6-32
6.6.9 Cooling Fan..................................................................................6-33
6.6.10 Top Cover Switch .........................................................................6-33
6.7 Electrical Component Functions ......................................................6-35
6.7.1 Main Boards .................................................................................6-35
6.7.2 Control Board ...............................................................................6-36
6.7.3 CCB .............................................................................................6-37
6.7.4 DIB ...............................................................................................6-38
6.7.5 HRB .............................................................................................6-39
6.7.6 OPU .............................................................................................6-40
6.7.7 HVPS ...........................................................................................6-41
6.7.8 PSU..............................................................................................6-41
6.7.9 Electrical Component Summary...................................................6-41
6.8 Basic Operation ...............................................................................6-50
6.8.1 Initialization Sequence at Power On ............................................6-50
6.9 Image Processing ............................................................................6-51
6.10 Duplex Unit ......................................................................................6-52
6.10.1 Overview ......................................................................................6-52
6.10.2 Duplex Drive ................................................................................6-52
6.10.3 Duplexer Cover Switch.................................................................6-53
6.10.4 Duplexer Set Switch.....................................................................6-53
6.10.5 Bypass (Option) ...........................................................................6-54
6.11 Paper Feed Unit J506 (Tray 2) ........................................................6-56
6.11.1 Overview ......................................................................................6-56
6.11.2 Paper Feed ..................................................................................6-57
J007/J010/J011 iv SM
7. Specifications .........................................................................7-1
7.1 Specifications.....................................................................................7-1
7.1.1 Printer Engine Base Specifications ................................................7-1
7.1.2 Paper Trays....................................................................................7-4
7.1.3 Supported Paper Sizes ..................................................................7-5
7.1.4 Printer Interface, Operating Systems .............................................7-7
7.1.5 External Options.............................................................................7-8
7.1.6 Consumables J007/J010, J011 ......................................................7-8
SM v J007/J010/J011
Read This First
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
For your safety, please read this manual carefully before you service machine. Always keep
this manual handy for future reference.
Safety Information
Always obey the these safety precautions when using this product.
Switches and Symbols
Where symbols are used on or near switches on machines for Europe and other areas, the
meaning of each symbol conforms with IEC60417.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CUSTOMER ENGINEER

Maintenance
Maintenance shall be done only by trained customer engineers who have completed service
training for the machine and all optional devices designed for use with the machine.
Installation
The main machine and options can be installed by either the customer or customer engineer.
The customer or customer engineer must follow the installation instructions described in the
operating instructions.
Reference Material for Maintenance
Maintenance shall be done with the special tools and the procedures prescribed for
maintenance of the machine described in the reference materials (service manuals, technical
bulletins, operating instructions, and safety guidelines for customer engineers).
Use only consumable supplies and replacement parts designed for use with the
machine.
BEFORE INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE
Shipping and Moving the Machine
Work carefully when lifting or moving the machine. If the machine is heavy, two or
more customer engineers may be required to prevent injuries (muscle strains, spinal
injuries, etc.) or damage to the machine if it is dropped or tipped over.
Personnel moving or working around the machine should always wear proper
clothing and footwear. Never wear loose fitting clothing or accessories (neckties,
loose sweaters, bracelets, etc.) or casual footwear (slippers, sandals, etc.) when
lifting or moving the machine.
i
Always unplug the power cord from the power source before you move the machine.
Before you move the machine, arrange the power cord so it will not fall under the
machine.
Power
Always turn the machine off and disconnect the power plug before doing any
maintenance procedure. After turning the machine off, power is still supplied to the
main machine and other devices. To prevent electrical shock, switch the machine
off, wait for a few seconds, then unplug the machine from the power source.
Before you do any checks or adjustments after turning the machine off, work
carefully to avoid injury. After removing covers or opening the machine to do checks
or adjustments, avoid touching electrical components or moving parts (gears, timing
belts, etc.).
After turning the machine on with any cover removed, keep your hands away from
electrical components and moving parts. Never touch the cover of the fusing unit,
gears, timing belts, etc.
Installation, Disassembly, and Adjustments
After installation, maintenance, or adjustment, always check the operation of the

machine to make sure that it is operating normally. This ensures that all shipping
materials, protective materials, wires and tags, metal brackets, etc., (attached to
protect the machine during shipping), have been removed and that no tools remain
inside the machine.
Never use your fingers to check moving parts that are causing spurious noise.
Never use your fingers to lubricate moving parts while the machine is operating.
Special Tools
Use only standard tools approved for machine maintenance.

For special adjustments, use only the special tools and lubricants described in the
service manual. Using tools incorrectly, or using tools that could damage parts,
could damage the machine or cause injuries.
DURING MAINTENANCE
General
Before you begin a maintenance procedure always switch the machine off.
Disconnect the power plug from the power source.
Allow the machine to cool for at least 10 minutes.
Avoid touching the components inside the machine that are labeled as hot surfaces.
Safety Devices
Never remove any safety device (a fuse, thermistor, etc.) unless it requires
replacement. Always replace a safety device immediately.
Never do any procedure that defeats the function of any safety device. Modification
or removal of a safety device (fuse, thermistor, etc.) could cause a fire and personal
injury. After removal and replacement of any safety device, always test the operation
of the machine to ensure that it is operating normally and safely.
For replacement parts use only the correct fuses, thermistors, circuit breakers, etc.
rated for use with the machine. Using replacement devices not designed for use with
ii
the machine could cause a fire and personal injuries.
Organic Cleaners
During preventive maintenance, never use any organic cleaners (alcohol, etc.) other
than those described in the service manual. (Refer the “2. Preventive Maintenance”
in the Service Manual.)
Make sure the room is well ventilated before using any organic cleaner. Always use
organic solvents in small amounts to avoid breathing the fumes and becoming
nauseous.
Switch the machine off, unplug it, and allow it to cool before doing preventive
maintenance. To avoid fire or explosion, never use an organic cleaner near any
component that generates heat.
Wash your hands thoroughly after cleaning parts with an organic cleaner to avoid
contamination of food, drinks, etc. which could cause illness.
Power Plug and Power Cord
Before servicing the machine (especially when responding to a service call), always
make sure that the power plug has been inserted completely into the power source.
A partially inserted plug could lead to heat generation (due to a power surge caused
by high resistance) and cause a fire or other problems.
Always check the power plug and make sure that it is free of dust and lint. Clean it if
necessary. A dirty plug can generate heat and cause a fire.
Inspect the entire length of the power cord for cuts or other damage. Replace the
power cord if necessary. A frayed or otherwise damaged power cord can cause a
short circuit which could lead to a fire or personal injury from electrical shock.
Check the length of the power cord between the machine and power supply. Make
sure the power cord is not coiled or wrapped around any object such as a table leg.
Coiling the power cord can cause excessive heat to build up and could cause a fire.
Make sure that the area around the power source is free of obstacles so the power
cord can be removed quickly in case of an emergency.
Make sure that the power cord is grounded (earthed) at the power source with the
ground wire on the plug.
Connect the power cord directly into the power source. Never use an extension
cord.
When you disconnect the power plug from the power source, always pull the plug,
not the cable.
AFTER INSTALLATION SERVICING
Disposal of Used Items
Ink is flammable. Never attempt to incinerate empty ink cartridges.
Always dispose of used items in accordance with the local laws and regulations
regarding the disposal of such items.
To protect the environment, never dispose of this product or any kind of waste from
consumables at a household waste collection point. Dispose of these items at one of
our dealers or at an authorized collection site.
Points to Confirm with Operators
At the end of installation or a service call, instruct the user about use of the machine.
Emphasize the following points.
iii
Show operators how to remove jammed paper and troubleshoot other minor problems
by following the procedures described in the operating instructions.
Point out the parts inside the machine that they should never touch or attempt to
remove.
Confirm that operators know how to store and dispose of consumables such as ink
cartridges, ammonia water, paper, etc..
Make sure that all operators have access to an operating instruction manual for the
machine.
Confirm that operators have read and understand all the safety instructions described in
the operating instructions.
Demonstrate how to turn off the power and disconnect the power plug (by pulling the
plug, not the cord) if any of the following events occur:
1. Something has spilled into the product.
2. Service or repair of the product is necessary.
3. The product cover has been damaged.
Caution operators about removing paper fasteners around the machine. They should
never allow paper clips, staples, or any other small metallic objects to fall into the
product.
Make sure the operators understand the following points:

The operator must lift the output tray to release the paper cassette before
loading paper.
Paper is loaded in the standard paper cassette without removing it from the
printer.
The operator should never attempt to remove the paper cassette from the
printer.
SPECIAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR INK CARTRIDGES
Accidental Exposure To Ink
If ink gets on the skin, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold
running water.
If ink gets into the eyes, immediately flush the eyes with cold running water. If there
are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention.
If ink is swallowed, drink a strong solution of cold water and table salt to induce
vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
Ink is difficult to remove from fabric. Work carefully to avoid staining clothing when
performing routine maintenance or replacing cartridges.
Handling and Storing Ink Cartridges
Ink is flammable. Never store ink cartridges in a location where they will be exposed
to high temperature or an open flame.
Always store ink cartridges out of the reach of children.

Always store ink cartridges in a cool, dry location that is not exposed to direct
sunlight.
Ink Cartridge Disposal
Attach the caps to empty ink containers for temporary storage to avoid accidental
spillage.
iv
Return empty ink cartridges to a local dealer who can accept such items for
collection and recycling or disposal.
If the customer decides to dispose of empty ink cartridges, make sure that they are
disposed of in accordance with local laws and regulations.
CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL
SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
This manual uses several symbols.
Symbol What It Means
Screw
Connector
E-ring
Clip ring
Clamp
Pawls (sensors)
Spring
This manual uses the following abbreviations.
Throughout this service manual, "SEF" denotes "Short Edge Feed" and "LEF" denotes "Long
Edge Feed".
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, NOTES
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning

could result in death or serious injury.
A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution

could result in minor or moderate injury or damage to the machine or other property.
v
Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals,
loss of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
TRADEMARKS
Microsoft®, Windows®, and MS-DOS® are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and /or other countries.
PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be
trademarks of their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with
those marks
vi
Preparation
1. INSTALLATION
1.1 PREPARATION
J007/J010/
1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
J011
Set up the machine in a location that meets these minimum requirements:
Temperature 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 89.6°F)

Range:
Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH
Ambient Less than 1,500 Lux (never expose to direct sunlight).

Illumination:
Ventilation: More than 30 m3/hr/person in the work area
Ambient Dust: Less than 0.10 mg/m3
1.1.2 CHOOSING A LOCATION

1. Always install the machine:
On a sturdy, level surface.
Where it will not become damp.
SM 1-1 J007/J010/J011
Preparation
2. Make sure the machine is never exposed to:

Extreme changes from low to high temperature or high to low temperature.
Cold or cool air directly from an air conditioner.
Heat from a space heater.
3. Never install the machine in areas near:
Dust, lint, or corrosive fumes.
Strong vibration.
4. Do not use the machine at any location higher than 2,000 m (6,500 ft) above sea level.
5. Set up and use the machine on a sturdy, level surface.
Place a carpenter's level on the machine front-to-back, and side-to-side and
confirm that it is level.
variations between the front/back and left/right level readings should be less than
2 degrees.
Required Software Environment
Software Windows 98, Window Me, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows 2003,
Window NT 4.0 or later
Hardware 80-100 MB of HDD space available

Limitations
These limitations apply to the use of this printer:
Ver. 4.0 or later is required for Windows NT.
Windows NT does not support a USB connection to the printer. Use a network
connection.
The USB connection is supported by Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000,
Windows XP, Windows Server 2000.
USB connection with Windows 98 and Windows Me is limited to USB 1.1.
1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS
J007/J010/J011 1-2 SM
Preparation
1 At least 190 mm (7.5 in.)
At least 120 mm (4.7 in.)

2
At least 350 mm (13.8 in.) with Multi-Bypass Tray B507
J007/J010/
1.1.4 POWER SOURCE
J011
North America 100-120 V, 50-60 Hz
Europe 220-240V 50-60 Hz
SM 1-3 J007/J010/J011
Using the Operation Panel
1.2 USING THE OPERATION PANEL
1.2.1 HERE IS A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO USE THE

KEYS ON THE PRINTER OPERATION PANEL.
Key/Indicator What It Does
1 Power Push to turn the printer on/off
2 Job Reset Push to cancel the print job in progress.
3 Form Feed When the printer is offline, push to print all the data in the
printer buffer.
4 Escape Push to restore the display to the previous condition.
5 Online Push to toggle the printer between online/offline. When lit the
printer is online, and when off the printer is offline.
6 Menu Push to view the current printer settings.
7 Cartridge End Indicate the status of the print cartridges.

LEDs
J007/J010/J011 1-4 SM
Key/Indicator What It Does
8 Display Shows the current printer status and error messages.
9 Alert Lights when an error occurs. Red indicates an error that will
stop printing. Yellow indicates and a potential error (follow the
instruction that appears in the display).
J007/J010/
10 or Push once to increment the display setting by 1 (up or down).
J011
Press and hold to increment the setting by 10.
11 Data-In Blinks when the printer is receiving data. Lights and stays on
when data is in the printer buffer to be printed.
12 #Enter Push to execute the menu item on the display.
1.2.2 HERE ARE SOME MORE DETAILS ABOUT HOW TO USE

THESE KEYS.
In the procedures below, "select" means push or on the printer operation

panel until you see the item in the display on the printer operation panel.
To turn the printer on and off

1. To turn the printer on, press and hold the [Power] key for at least 1 sec.
The [Power] key flashes and continues flashing until the printer warms up.
When the printer is ready for operation, the [Power] key lights and remains on. At this
time the printer is in standby mode and ready to print.
2. Press the [Power] key once to turn the printer off. The power LED flashes
slowly for a few moments. Then it goes off.
To print the Config. Page

1. Push [Menu] and select "List/Test Print".
2. Push [#Enter], select "Config. Page" then push [#Enter].
3. Push [Online] to return to standby mode.

1. First, clean the print head:
Push [Menu], select "Maintenance", push #Enter].
Select "Head-cleaning" and push [#Enter].
Push [Online] to return to standby mode.
2. If this doe not solve the problem, flush the print head:
Push [Menu], select "Maintenance" and push [#Enter].
Select "Head-flushing" and push [#Enter].
SM 1-5 J007/J010/J011
These procedures consume ink.

Flushing consumes more ink than cleaning.
Flush the print head nozzles only if the cleaning (the first procedure) does not
solve the problem.

1. Push [Menu], select "Maintenance", and push [#Enter].
2. Select "Nozzle Check" and push [#Enter]
For more about how to use the Nozzle Check pattern to diagnose and correct
problems, see Section "4 Troubleshooting".
To restart an interrupted print job

Press the [Form Feed] key to start a print job again after you remove the cause of an error
(paper jam, for example). The [Job Reset] key flashes or lights and stays in this condition
for errors. For more, see Section “4. Troubleshooting”.
To feed a sheet manually

1. Set a sheet of paper in the bypass tray.
2. Press the [Form Feed] key when the software application prompts you to do so.
To feed 1 blank sheet (cleaning):

2. Select "Paper Feed Test" and push [#Enter]
To feed 3 blank sheets (cleaning):

2. Select "De-condensation" and push [#Enter]
J007/J010/J011 1-6 SM
Reading the Cartridge End LEDs

Each LED shows the position of each Print cartridge in the printer:
K (Black), C (Cyan), M (Magenta), and Y (Yellow)
Status What It Means
J007/J010/
The cartridge is empty. You can use the printer for a short time. Replace the
Flashing
cartridge as soon as possible.
J011
There is no ink in the printer. At this time, you cannot print. Replace the ink
On
cartridge.
All On A Print cartridge is not in the machine, or, is not installed correctly. Open the
right front door. Check all the cartridges.
SM 1-7 J007/J010/J011
Installation Procedure
1.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1.3.1 ACCESSORY CHECK

Check the accessories and their quantities against this list:
Description Quantity
1 Starter Cartridge - Yellow 1
2 Starter Cartridge - Magenta 1
3 Starter Cartridge - Cyan 1
4 Starter Cartridge - Black 1
5 Power Cord (EU Model Only)
6 Decals
7 Quick Installation Guide (not shown) 1
8 Setup Handbook (not shown) 1
9 CD-ROM (Printer driver, Utilities, User Guide) (not shown) 1
The power cord is attached to the NA model. The power cord is provided as a
separate item for the EU model only.
J007/J010/J011 1-8 SM
A USB cable and LAN cable are not provided and must be purchased separately.
Before you do any of the procedures in this manual, make sure the printer is
turned off and unplugged from the power source. Do not turn the printer on until
you instructed to do so.
J007/J010/
1.3.2 REMOVE THE SHIPPING MATERIAL
J011
1. Remove the plastic shrink-wrap covering the printer.
2. Remove all the other orange tape from the printer body (front, top, back).
3. Pull out the paper cassette and remove the orange tape [A] and [B].
4. Open the top cover and remove the tape from the carriage [C].
1.3.3 CARRYING THE PRINTER
Hold the printer by the grips provided on each side.
SM 1-9 J007/J010/J011
To prevent damage to the printer, always carry the printer as shown above.
Never lift the printer with your hand under the duplex unit in the back or under the
paper cassette in the front.
1.3.4 INSTALL THE PRINT CARTRIDGES
If ink gets on the skin, wash the affected area immediately with soap and cold
running water.
If ink gets into the eyes, immediately flush the eyes with cold running water. If
there are signs of irritation or other problems, seek medical attention immediately.
If ink is swallowed, drink a strong solution of cold water and table salt to induce
vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
Ink is difficult to remove from fabric. Work carefully to avoid staining clothing when
performing routine maintenance or replacing cartridges.
Always store ink cartridges out of the reach of children.
1. Unpack the four cartridges provided with the printer.
The "Starter" ink cartridges provided for installation contain a limited supply of
ink. Make sure that you have an additional set of ink cartridges available for
replacement before you use the printer.
Use only Ricoh Print Cartridges designed for use with this printer.
2. Open the right front cover.
J007/J010/J011 1-10 SM
J007/J010/
J011
3. Remove the Black Print cartridge from its package.
4. Hold the black cartridge as shown.
Never touch the metal contact plate on the rear side.
Each cartridge is marked with a color label.

The Cartridge End LED marks below the display show you the order of
insertion from left to right (K (Black), C (Cyan), M (Magenta), Y (Yellow)
5. Insert the black ink cartridge in the first slot on the left.
6. Press on the area marked "PUSH" to insert the cartridge completely.
7. Continue from the left. Do Steps 4-6 again to insert the other cartridges.
8. Make sure that the four cartridges are inserted in this order, from left to right:
K (Black)
C (Cyan)
M (Magenta)
Y (Yellow)
9. Close the right front door.
SM 1-11 J007/J010/J011
1.3.5 LOAD PAPER
1. Raise the output tray.
2. Pull out the paper feed tray.
3. Squeeze the paper guide release and slide the paper guides to a position wider
than the paper size.
4. Fan the stack to remove static cling.
J007/J010/J011 1-12 SM
J007/J010/
J011
5. Load the stack with the print side facing down.
6. Make sure the top of the stack does not exceed the load limit mark.
7. Squeeze the paper guides and slide them to the sides of the paper stack.
The width side fences and bottom fence should not be too tight against the
sides and bottom of the stack.
If the stack bows upward, the fences are too tight.
8. Adjust the side fence positions so the top of the stack is perfectly flat.
SM 1-13 J007/J010/J011
9. Push the tray slowly into the printer until it stops.
10. Lower the output tray.

1.3.6 CONNECT THE POWER CORD
Always connect the printer to a correct power source.

Do not share the printer power source with another electrical device or appliance.
Connect the power cord directly into the power source. Never use an extension
cord.
Never attempt to modify the power cord in any way.
Never put heavy objects on the power cord.
Make sure that the area around the power source is free of unwanted obstacles
so you can disconnect the power cord quickly in case of an emergency.
Make sure the power cord is not coiled or wrapped around any object such as a
table or desk leg.
Never coil the power cord around itself to make it shorter. This can cause the cord
to overheat and cause a fire.
J007/J010/J011 1-14 SM
Never handle the power cord with wet hands.

1. Remove the orange tape from around the power cord.
2. Plug the power cord into the power source.
3. Ground the power cord at the power source with the ground wire attached to
the plug.
J007/J010/
J011
4. Press the [Power] key.
The printer starts feeding ink into the ink tanks.
Two alternating messages are displayed with a progress bar to keep you
informed about the progress of ink filling.
Filling the ink tanks requires about 6 to 10 minutes.
Do not use the printer or touch any key on the operation panel until you see the
"Ready" message on the operation panel display.
As soon as the "Ready" message is displayed, the Power lamp lights and remains
on.
Never switch off the printer or disconnect the power cord while the tanks in
the print head are being filled for the first time.
If you accidentally turn the printer off while the ink tanks are filling, the printer
will dump the ink and empty the tanks. The next time the printer is turned on,
it will display the ‘ink out’ alert
You might hear a clicking sound while the ink tanks are filling. This is normal
and the noise will stop after a few minutes.
This printer has no mechanism to automatically detect tray paper size and
type.
SM 1-15 J007/J010/J011
The paper size and type must be set with the menu on the operation panel.
Do the paper type setting for the paper loaded in the printer cassette (A4,
Plain or LT Plain, for example).
5. Press [Menu] key on the operation panel.
Select "Paper Input" then press [#Enter].
Select "Tray Paper Size" then press [#Enter].
Select "Tray 1" then push [#Enter].
Select the size of the paper loaded in the tray and press [#Enter].
Press [Escape] twice.
Select "Paper Type" and push [#Escape].
Select the type of paper loaded in the printer and push [#Enter].
6. If the bypass tray is installed, press [Escape] to return to the previous level and
do the same settings (paper size, paper type) for the bypass tray.
-or-
Press [Online] to leave the menu mode and return online.
7. Print the Configuration Page.
Push [Menu] on the operation panel.
Select "List/Test Print" and press [#Enter].
Select "Config. Page" and press [#Enter].
The Config. Page starts to print.
1.3.7 DO THE USB CONNECTION
The printer driver and USB driver are on the installer CD-ROM provided with the printer.
You cannot use the USB cable to connect the printer and PC if you use Windows
95 or Windows NT 4.0. You must use a network connection.
You can only use the USB cable with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000,
Windows XP, or Windows Server 2003.
You must use USB 1.1 if you use Windows 98 or Windows Me. The printer is set
for "Auto Detection" by default. In this mode the printer can use either USB 1.1 or
USB 2.0.
1. Remove the paper seal from the USB port of the printer.
2. Mount the installer CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive of the computer.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to install the printer driver and USB driver.
Do not connect the USB cable until you are instructed to do so by the installer.
J007/J010/J011 1-16 SM
J007/J010/
J011
4. Connect the Type B (hexagonal) connector of the USB cable [A] to the
connection point on the back of the printer.
5. Connect the Type A (rectangular) connector of the USB cable into the PC.
1.3.8 CLEAN THE PRINT HEADS AND DO A TEST PRINT
2. Select "Head-cleaning" and push [#Enter].
2. Select "Nozzle Check" and push[#Enter].
4. Check the four ladder patterns of the Nozzle Check Pattern.
SM 1-17 J007/J010/J011
Options
1.4 OPTIONS
1.4.1 NETWORK INTERFACE BOARD J508

The Network Interface Board is an option for the J007 printer only. The network board is
built into the J010/J011.
1. Check the type of printer to be installed:
The network interface board is built into the J010/J011, so the installation
procedure described below is not necessary.
However, the Network Interface Board J508 is an options for the J007 and must
be installed.
2. Make sure that the printer is switched off and disconnected from its power
source.
3. Turn the rear cover screw counter-clockwise and remove the cover.
4. Remove the spacer and discard it.
5. Before you touch the network interface board, touch a metal surface to ground
any static charge.
Handle the network interface board carefully.
J007/J010/J011 1-18 SM
Options
J007/J010/
J011
6. Align the network interface board notch with the triangular mark on the printer.
7. Push the part marked "PUSH" to set the network interface board. Make sure the
board is inserted completely.
8. Re-attach the rear cover ( x1).
1.4.2 MULTI BYPASS TRAY J507
The multi-bypass tray is an option that can be installed on the J007/J010 or J011 printers.
1. Make sure that the printer is switched off and disconnected from its power
source.
2. Remove the multi-bypass tray from its box.
3. Remove all the orange shipping tape and plastic from the bypass tray.
4. Push the multi-bypass tray into the back of the printer as shown unit it clicks.
5. Pull out the extension of the multi-bypass tray.
SM 1-19 J007/J010/J011
Options
6. Load paper in the tray with the print side facing up.
Never remove the duplex unit from the back of the printer.
The duplex unit is part of the paper feed path and must be installed, even if the
customer is not doing duplex printing.
1.4.3 PAPER FEED UNIT
Install the Paper Feed Unit
The Paper Feed Unit J508 is an option for the J010 only. It cannot be used with the J007.
The paper feed unit must be prepared and set up before the printer is placed on
top of the unit.
1. Make sure that the printer power cord is not connected to the power source.
2. Remove the paper tray from its box.
J007/J010/J011 1-20 SM
Options
J007/J010/
J011
3. Remove all of the orange tape and other shipping materials from the paper feed
unit and its paper cassette.
4. Remove the paper cassette cover from its wrapping and set it on the paper
cassette.
SM 1-21 J007/J010/J011
Options
5. Position the 500-Sheet Paper Tray paper tray where the printer will be set up.
6. Mount the cover on the paper tray.
7. Align the connection point holes in the bottom of the printer with the pegs of
the paper tray while you hold the printer as shown.
8. Slowly set the printer on top of the paper tray.
Load Paper in the Paper Feed Unit

1. Raise the paper tray slightly and pull it toward you to remove it.
2. Remove the paper tray cover.
3. Pinch the tabs of the bottom fence then slide it completely forward.
4. Fan a stack of paper to remove static cling.
5. Load the paper into the cassette.
6. Add paper until it as far as the load limit marks .
To prevent paper jams, never load paper higher than the load limit mark.
7. Pinch the tabs of the bottom fence . Then move it to the edge of the stack.
8. Make sure the top of the stack is perfectly flat. Do this if the top of the stack
bends upward:
9. Adjust the positions of the side fences and bottom fence.
10. Reattach the paper tray cover .
11. Slowly insert the paper tray into the printer.
12. Make sure that the paper tray is correctly inserted.
J007/J010/J011 1-22 SM
Important Information
1.5 IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Make sure that the customers understand the following points about moving, storing, and
using the printer.
1.5.1 CHECKLIST BEFORE MOVING THE PRINTER
J007/J010/
J011
Turn the printer off. Disconnect the power cord.
Never disconnect the power cord without first turning off the printer.
The printer is light and weighs 14.5 kg (32 lb.). To lift the printer, grip it at the center of
each side by the hand recesses provided.
Never grip the Duplex Unit on the back of the printer.
Make sure the covers and trays are closed. Secure them with tape. Attach the tape at
the same area you removed at the time of installation.
Disconnect the power cord. Tape the power cord to the back of the printer.
Remove all paper in the feed trays.
Do a test print to confirm that the printer operates correctly after you move it to
another location. Do the cleaning procedures with the printer driver, if necessary.
The ink cartridges should remain in the printer. It is not necessary to remove the
before transporting the printer. However, ink must be purged from the print head tanks
before the printer is transported. (See procedure below.)
To avoid ink spillage, always hold the printer level when you move it. Work
carefully to avoid dropping it or colliding with other objects in the work area.
1.5.2 IF THE PRINTER IS NOT USED FREQUENTLY…
1. Turn the power off, disconnect the USB cable, and unplug the power cord.
2. To prevent the print nozzles from drying out, periodically print something.
3. Turn the printer on for a few minutes once a month.
4. After storage or a long period of disuse, use the printer driver to print a nozzle
check text pattern and clean the printhead nozzles if necessary.
SM 1-23 J007/J010/J011
B-Finder Setup Procedure
1.6 B-FINDER SETUP PROCEDURE
The following procedure is done after the machine has been installed.
NOTE:
z This procedure is necessary in order to use the e-mail notification function.
z See the HTML Operating Instructions for more details on the settings described in
this procedure.
1.6.1 SET-UP PROCEDURE FOR THE B-FINDER
1. Input the IP address of the GelSprinter NIB in the address bar.
2. Access the “E Mail” menu.
IMPORTANT: To access, User Name =“admin”.
Password = “leave Blank”
J007/J010/J011 1-24 SM
3. Input the SMTP Server Name (see photo).

NOTE: It is possible to use an IP address as the server name.
J007/J010/
3
J011
4. Do any other settings on the customer’s server that are necessary to send email from
the NIB.
5. In the screen below, make sure the “Counter Notification” setting is ON.
NOTE: In this screen, you can also set the timing for e-mail reception (example: every
100 prints).
SM 1-25 J007/J010/J011
6. Access “Counter Notification Group” and input the subject.
7. Access “Destination Settings”.

8. If the customer agrees to have their information sent to the B-Finder at Ricoh, input
Gelinf@nts.ricoh.co.jp in the “E-mail Address” field of Account 1.
NOTE: This is the address for the B-Finder on the Ricoh Company Limited Notes
Server.
9. Input the customer’s e-mail address or your own e-mail address in the “E-mail
Address” field of Account 2.
J007/J010/J011 1-26 SM
10. Press “Restart”.

NOTE: It will take a few minutes for the new settings to be applied.
11. After the Restart has finished, make sure the settings that have been changed in this
J007/J010/
procedure have been applied.
J011
10
SM 1-27 J007/J010/J011
PM Table
2.1 PM TABLE
J007/J010/
There are no maintenance procedures prescribed for periodic care or replacement.
J011
However, the "Service Call Procedures" listed below should be done by the service
technician. For more details about how to do these procedures, please refer to "Cleaning
Procedures" in Section 3.
Service Call Procedures
Description At Service Call, or As Required
Feed Roller Damp cloth. Release the feed clutch lock. Rotate the roller freely
as you clean it.
Flushing Unit Gate Dry cloth. Always remove the ink that has hardened around the
flushing gate when you replace the waste ink tank. To remove
hardened ink, you may need to use a small screwdriver or similar
tool.
standard paper cassette.
Ink Collection Tank Replace when SC992 appears. The waste ink tank is full, or when
the display prompts that the printer needs maintenance. Open the
printer driver to confirm either condition. For more, see section "3.
Replacement and Adjustment".
Maintenance Unit Dry cloth. Always use a tightly wrapped dry cloth to remove the
ink that has hardened around the suction cap and wiper blade
when you replace the waste ink tank.
Print Heads Dry cloth. Gently wipe clean the print head nozzles and nozzle
loop plates on the front side when you replace the waste ink tank.
Printer Operation, Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. Then check the results. Clean the
Print Quality print heads if necessary. For more, see "Image Adjustment" in
Transport Belt Damp cloth. Then dry cloth.
To protect the surface of the transport belt, never use

alcohol or any other type of organic solvent.
SM 2-1 J007/J010/J011
Removals
3.1 REMOVALS
3.1.1 MAINTAINABLE ITEMS

The swap-and-repair system is used for this printer. The table below lists the level of
difficulty for replacement of each item.
J007/J010/
In the table below R=Replace, C=Clean
J011
Level 1: User can repair.
1 Top Cover R
2 Cartridge Cover R
3 End Fence R
4 Paper Cassette R
5 Rear Plate R
6 Duplex Unit R
7 Tray Upper Cover (Optional PFU) R
8 Ink Collection Unit R
9 Paper Cassette (Optional PFU) R
10 End Fence (Optional PFU) R
11 Print Head Cleaning (Normal) Use printer driver
12 Print Head Cleaning (Full) Use printer driver
13 Firmware Update Via USB Connection
Level 2: Technician can repair easily
1 Covers: Front, Right, Left, Rear R
2 Flushing Unit R
3 Maintenance Unit R
4 Operation Panel R
5 PSU R
6 High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS) R
SM 3-1 J007/J010/J011
Removals
7 Horizontal Motor R
8 Vertical Motor R
9 Vertical Encoder Sensor R
10 Vertical Encoder Wheel R
11 Cooling Fan R
12 Duplex Unit Detection Board R
13 Carriage Position Sensor R
14 Air Release Solenoid R
15 2nd Registration Sensor R
16 Friction Pad R
17 Feed Roller C
18 Transport Belt C
Level 3: Technician can repair, special tool required
1 Main Control Board R (with ROM replacement)
2 Carriage Unit C (use cleaning liquid)
Level 4: Cannot repair, requires precision adjustment at factory
1 Carriage Unit ---
2 Ink Supply Pump Unit ---
3 Transport Belt ---
4 Charge Roller ---
5 Temperature/Humidity Sensor ---
6 Paper End Sensor ---
7 Paper Feed Roller ---
3.1.2 BEFORE YOU BEGIN
The covers of this printer are interlocked with plastic tabs and slots. These tabs
and slots are very fragile.
To avoid breaking the cover connection points, remove the covers in the order
described below.
J007/J010/J011 3-2 SM
Removals
J007/J010/
J011
Rec. Order Item Rec. Order Item
1 Right Cover 9 Paper Cassette (Tray 1)
2 Top Cover 10 Output Tray
3 Crosspiece (J011 only) 11 Right Front Cover
4 Ink Collection Tank Cover 12 Operation Panel
5 NIB Cover 13 Front Cover
6 Duplex Unit 14 Left Front Cover
7 Rear Plate 15 Left Cover
8 Rear Cover
Items 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10 can be removed by the customer.

These items must always be removed by the service technician following this
order: 1 2 3 8 11 12 13 14 15
SM 3-3 J007/J010/J011
Easy Removals
3.2 EASY REMOVALS
Switch the printer off and disconnect it from the power supply before you do the
procedures in this section.
To avoid ink spills, never turn the printer upside down or set it on either its left or
right side. The printer must always remain upright on a flat surface during
servicing.
3.2.1 TOP COVER (J011)
This procedure is for the J011 only. Before removing the top cover from the
J007/J010, you must remove another cover. This is described in the later section
"Top Cover (J007/J010)".
r000
1. Spread the hinge tabs slightly on the left and right side of the top cover.
2. Remove the top cover.
3.2.2 OUTPUT TRAY, PAPER FEED CASSETTE
1. Raise the output tray [A].
J007/J010/J011 3-4 SM
Easy Removals
2. Pull the paper cassette [B] out of the printer.

3. Press in the arms of the output tray [C] to release the tabs then pull the output
tray out of the printer.
3.2.3 NIB COVER, NIB
J007/J010/
J011
1. At the right rear corner, remove the knob screw [A].
2. Disconnect the cover hooks from the printer body and remove the cover [B].
3. Remove the NIB [C].
3.2.4 DUPLEX UNIT, REAR PLATE
1. Raise the left and right release tabs [A] and [B] to unlock the duplex unit.
2. Lift and pull the Duplex Unit [C] out from the back of the printer.
SM 3-5 J007/J010/J011
Easy Removals
1. Pull out the guide plate.

Reinstallation
Always press down and lock the left and right release tabs after you set the Duplex
Unit in the machine.
3.2.5 INK COLLECTION TANK
Obtain a self-sealing plastic bag to hold the ink collection tank.
The ink collection tank contains used ink.

Never remove the ink collection tank from the printer unless you are going to
replace the tank.
1. Push down on the tab [A] to release the cover then remove it.
2. Slowly pull the ink collection tank [B] out of the printer.
3. Put the ink collection tank in a plastic bag and seal it.
4. Obey the local laws and regulations regarding the disposal of such items.
The ink collection tank contains old ink cleaned from the print heads. Handle
the tank carefully.
The ink can stain furniture and clothing. Set it on a flat surface where it will
J007/J010/J011 3-6 SM
Easy Removals
not be knocked over or dropped accidentally.

Dispose of a used ink collection tank immediately.
Never attempt to clean a used tank for reuse.
Always keep the ink collection tank out of the reach of small children.
J007/J010/
J011
SM 3-7 J007/J010/J011
Removing the Covers
3.3 REMOVING THE COVERS
3.3.1 RIGHT COVER
1. Remove the screw [A].

2. Insert the tip of a very small screw driver into the holes [C] and [D] to
disconnect the pawls behind the cover.
3. Slide the cover [E] to the rear about 2 cm.
The cover is also held in place by two tabs on the bottom edge of the cover.
4. Slowly rotate the right cover [C] away from the side of the printer.
J007/J010/J011 3-8 SM
Removing the Covers
3.3.2 TOP COVER (J007/J010)
Remove the right cover.
J007/J010/
J011
1. Push both arms to the right to release them at the same time.
2. Detach the top cover from the printer.
3.3.3 CROSSPIECE (J011)
This crosspiece is part of the J011 only.

The crosspiece does not need to be removed unless removal of the control board
is necessary.
1. Remove the screw on the left [A] and the screw on the other end ( x2).
2. Raise the crosspiece to remove it.
SM 3-9 J007/J010/J011
Removing the Covers
3.3.4 REAR COVER
1. Remove:
Ink collection tank
NIB cover and NIB (if installed)
Duplex unit, Guide plate
2. Remove the screws [A] and [B] ( x 2).
The rear cover is fastened to the rear bottom edge of the printer by two tabs.
3. Under the printer, pull the edges of the cover down and to the left and right [C]
to disengage the slots of the cover from the tabs then remove the cover.
If the rear cover slots are difficult to disconnect, you may need to use the
head of a small screwdriver to separate them from the tabs.
3.3.5 RIGHT FRONT DOOR
1. Open the right front door

2. Pull out the tab to release it.
3. Push the cover to the right and detach it.
4. Pull the cover away from the printer .
J007/J010/J011 3-10 SM
Removing the Covers
Reinstallation
1. Insert the tabs into the cutouts.
2. Push the door to the left.
3. Push down tab so it is flat. Make sure that the tab is flat.
3.3.6 RIGHT FRONT COVER, OPERATION PANEL
1. Remove:
Output tray
Paper cassette
J007/J010/
Right front door
J011
2. Pull out the Print cartridges (K, C, M, Y)
3. Push the envelope selector [A] to the rear so you can see the screw below.
4. Remove the screw [B] ( x1).
SM 3-11 J007/J010/J011
Removing the Covers
5. Remove the screw [C] ( x1)

6. Use a small screwdriver to depress the pawl [D] to release the left side of the
cover.
7. Lift up the ink cartridge compartment cover [E].
The operation panel is connected by a fragile FFC (flat film connector).

Do not disassemble the operation panel unless you are replacing it
8. Turn over the cover and remove the screw [F].
The operation panel of the J011 is fastened with two screws. Remove both
screws.
J007/J010/J011 3-12 SM
Removing the Covers
J007/J010/
J011
9. Push the latch [G] of the FFC connector away from the board to release the FFC.
10. Carefully separate the tabs and slots [H] and [I] to disconnect the operation
panel from the cover
Reinstallation
To reconnect the FFC:
Pull the FFC release away from the PCB.
Insert the tip of the FFC into the slot with the GREEN side up.
Push the FFC release toward the PCB to lock the FFC in place.
3.3.7 FRONT COVER
1. Remove the connector cover [A] and disconnect the front cover sensor [B]
( x1, x1)
2. Remove the front cover [C] ( x2)
Just loosen these screws enough so the feet of the posts can be removed.
These screws need not be removed.
SM 3-13 J007/J010/J011
Removing the Covers
3.3.8 LEFT FRONT COVER
1. Remove:
Ink cartridge cover.
Front cover ( x2, x1)
2. Remove screw [A] ( x1)
One tab slot is on the front bottom edge of the left front cover.
To avoid breaking the slot, use the head of a small screw to disengage the
slot as you gently pull and rock the cover forward.
3. Insert the head of a small screwdriver into the hole [C] and push down the pawl
to disconnect it.
4. Rotate the left front cover down and toward you to remove it.
J007/J010/J011 3-14 SM
Removing the Covers
3.3.9 LEFT COVER
J007/J010/
J011
1. On the J011, disconnect the top tab [A] from the hole on the frame.
There is no tab on the top edge of the cover of the J007/J010.

2. Slowly rotate the left [B] cover away from the side of the printer.
3. You may need to use a small screwdriver to disconnect the cover slots from the
tabs on the bottom edge of the cover.
SM 3-15 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
3.4 COMPONENT REMOVAL
3.4.1 FLUSHING UNIT

2. Remove screw [A] ( x 1).
3. Use the tip of a small screwdriver to disengage tab [B].
Work carefully to avoid damaging the vertical encoder wheel.
4. Lift the Flushing Unit out of the printer.

1. Remove:
Output tray
Paper cassette
Print cartridges x 4 (Y, M, C, K)
Right front door
Right cover with operation panel
J007/J010/J011 3-16 SM
Component Removal
Right cover
Top cover
J007/J010/
J011
2. Use a plus (+) screwdriver to turn the screw [A] counter-clockwise until the tip
of the triangle [B] is aligned with the tip of the triangle [C].
This unlocks the carriage.
3. Push the envelope selector to the rear.
Pushing the envelope selector to the rear raises the print heads.
This prevents damage to the print heads when the carriage is moved
manually.
Always push the envelope selector to the rear before moving the carriage
manually.
SM 3-17 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
4. Push the unlocked carriage [D] to the middle of the platen.

5. Disconnect the maintenance unit [E] ( x2, x2).
6. While tilting the maintenance unit [F] as shown, slowly remove it from the
printer.
3.4.3 PSU
1. To access the PSU, remove:

Front right cover
Raise the top cover
Front cover
Left front cover
2. Disconnect the lock arm [A] ( x2, x1).
3. Raise the arm [B].
J007/J010/J011 3-18 SM
Component Removal
J007/J010/
J011
4. Remove the PSU ( x4, x1)
3.4.4 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
Remove:
Right cover
Top cover
Front cover
1. Remove the HVPS cover [A] ( x4, (x4)

2. Remove the HVPS board ( x3)
Press up gently as you pull if the bayonet is difficult to disconnect

3.4.5 MAIN CONTROL BOARD
Before replacing the control board and NVRAM together, you should always print a
System Summary, Service Summary, and Engine Summary Chart. You will need these
reports to do important settings after replacement.
You will need these printouts to reference previous settings that may require
resetting.
To print the System Summary:
Confirm that paper is loaded in the paper tray.
Push [Menu].
SM 3-19 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
Push or to display "List/Test Print" and push [#Enter].

With "List/Test Print" displayed push [#Enter].
To print the Service Summary:
Confirm that paper is loaded in the paper tray.
Push [Menu].
Push or to display "List/Test Print" and push [#Enter].
Push or to display "Config. Page" and push [#Enter].
To print the Engine Summary Chart:
Do SP5200 (Print SMC). (Printing requires about 3 minutes.)
For more details about these status reports, please refer to the descriptions of
these reports at the end of Section "5. Service Tables".
1. Remove:
Right cover
Top cover
Rear cover
Crosspiece (J011 Only)
2. From the back of the printer, pull the corner [A] of the cover to disengage the
metal tab.
3. Slowly push the cover bracket from the right [B] about only 4 cm (1½") to the
left to disengage the hook below and lift it up.
Apply only enough force to slide the bracket off of its hook.
If you push too hard, the bracket may release suddenly from the frame and
the edge of the cover may shear components from the control board.
4. Touch a metal surface before you touch the control board.
5. Remove the control board [C] ( x8, x6).
6. The NVRAM is on the bottom of the board. Turn the board over and lay it on a
flat surface.
J007/J010/J011 3-20 SM
Component Removal
J007/J010/
J011
If the control board is being replaced:
1. Pull the NVRAM from the control board removed from the printer.
2. Install the NVRAM on the new control board.
Attach the new NVRAM so the curvature of the white line on the board [1]
matches the curvature of the indentation [2] on the NVRAM chip.
3. Install the new control board in the printer.
The table below lists the counters and other items that are cleared as a result of replacing
the controller board and NVRAM or replacing only the NVRAM. Some items require
manual resetting, and others do not require resetting.
In the table below:
SM 3-21 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
Case 1: Control Board and New NVRAM.

Case 2: New Control Board only (with old NVRAM reattached).
Case Case Related SP, Reset

Item Comment
1 2 UP Settings Procedure
Print a System
Summary.
User Menu
Confer with the
- Paper Size All User Menu
YES NO operator to
- System Setting Items
determine how
- I/F Setting
to do the
settings.
Print a Service
Summary. Refer
to the printed
Bit Switches YES NO --- Bit SW 1 to 8
Service
Summary and
reset.
Initial System
Settings Clear --- --- --- Settings/Counter
Settings
Print a Service
Summary. Refer
to the printed
Service
Summary and
Plug-and-Play YES NO ---
confirm that the
printer model
numbers are
correct and reset
if necessary.
Print a Service
Counter Display
YES NO --- Summary and
Settings
reset.
FAX number Consult operator

YES NO ---
setting and reset
Do SP5200 to
print the Engine
Summary chart. The Engine
Refer to the Summary Chart
Print Head Rank YES NO SP3100-3107 previously (7-8 pages)
printed summary requires about 3
chart and re- min. to print.
enter the SP
settings.
J007/J010/J011 3-22 SM
Component Removal
Case Case Related SP, Reset

Item Comment
1 2 UP Settings Procedure
This setting can be

Do some test done with one
Print Head Gap User Menu
YES NO prints and execution of
Adjustment "Maintenance"
adjust. SP5102 for all
print heads.
Do some test
User Menu,
LF Adjustment YES NO prints and
"Maintenance"
adjust.
J007/J010/
Registration Do some test
J011
User Menu,
Adjustment YES NO prints and
"Maintenance"
(Vertical/Horizontal) adjust.
This setting can be

Enter the
done with one
number
Print Gamma YES NO SP3300-3303 execution of
recorded on the
SP5102 for all
print head cover.
print heads.
Ink Collection Tank The software

YES NO --- ---
Replace counts for these
items are lost after
NVRAM
replacement and
Flushing Unit cannot be reset.
YES NO --- ---
Replace Therefore, these
items must be
replaced.
3.4.6 HORIZONTAL MOTOR
1. Push the leaf spring [1] to the right to release pressure on the horizontal
encoder strip, then disconnect both ends of the strip and remove it.
2. Remove screws [2] and [3].
SM 3-23 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
3. At the rear corner of the printer, remove the horizontal motor ( x1).
Reassembly
1. First, reattach the horizontal encoder strip on the right side with its notched
corner down as shown above.
2. Attach the left end of the horizontal encoder strip to the left
3.4.7 VERTICAL MOTOR
1. Release harness [1] ( x1)

2. Remove spring [2] ( x1)
J007/J010/J011 3-24 SM
Component Removal
3. Remove timing belt [1].
J007/J010/
J011
4. Remove motor screws [2], [3] ( x2)
5. Remove motor plate screws [4], [5], [6] ( x3).
6. Pull out the vertical motor ( x1).
Reassembly
1. Connect the motor and insert it.

2. Make sure the motor is perfectly horizontal.
3. Position the plate and reattach screws [1], [2], [3] ( x3).
4. Attach the motor screws [4], [5] to fasten the motor to the plate ( x2).
SM 3-25 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
3.4.8 VERTICAL ENCODER SENSOR
Work carefully to avoid bending or scratching the edge of the vertical encoder
sensor wheel.
1. Unfasten the vertical encoder PCB by removing screws [1], [2] ( x2).
2. Disconnect and remove the vertical encoder sensor board and sensor ( x1)
3.4.9 VERTICAL ENCODER WHEEL
1. Remove the spring [1] to release tension on the feed belt ( x1).
2. Remove the flexible plastic clamp [2] from the tip of the shaft.
J007/J010/J011 3-26 SM
Component Removal
J007/J010/
J011
Avoid touching the edges of the vertical encode sensor wheel.
3. Insert a screwdriver between the frame and the hub of the wheel on its shaft.
4. Slowly turn the screwdriver to the left and right to free the wheel from the shaft.
Reassembly
1. Rotate the shaft so the long pin is vertical.

2. Align the long groove at the center on the back of the wheel, then push it onto
the shaft.
3. Make sure that the wheel is locked onto the long pin.
SM 3-27 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
3.4.10 COOLING FAN
1. Disconnect the fan harness [1], [2] ( x1, x1)

2. Remove screws [3], [4] ( x2)
3. Remove the cooling fan [1].
Reassembly
Make sure that the harness is set in the gap [2] before you reconnect the motor.
3.4.11 DUPLEXER DETECTION BOARD
J007/J010/J011 3-28 SM
Component Removal
1. Remove screws [1], [2] ( x2).

2. Disconnect the PCB ( x1)
3.4.12 CARRIAGE POSITION SENSOR
J007/J010/
J011
1. Remove the sensor from the top of the air release solenoid bracket ( x3)
2. Disconnect the sensor ( x1).
3.4.13 AIR RELEASE SOLENOID
1. Remove the bracket screws [1], [2] ( x2).

2. Remove the solenoid screws [3], [4] ( x2).
SM 3-29 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
3. Disconnect the air release solenoid and plunger [5] ( x1).
Reassembly
1. Make sure that the solenoid and harness are positioned as shown above before
you fasten the solenoid to the bracket.
3.4.14 INK LEVEL SENSOR
1. Remove the bracket screws [1], [2] ( x2)

2. Remove the air release solenoid screws [3], [4] ( x2).
3. Remove the air release solenoid [5].
4. Disconnect the ink level sensor from the bracket frame ( x3, x1)
J007/J010/J011 3-30 SM
Component Removal
Reassembly
J007/J010/
J011
1. Make sure that the harnesses are positioned correctly before you reconnect the
solenoid.
[1] Ink level sensor harness
[2] Air release solenoid harness
3.4.15 2ND REGISTRATION SENSOR
1. Pinch the sides of the cover [1] to release its pawls and remove the cover ( x2
2. Remove the photosensor [2] ( x2, x1)
Reassembly
1. Set the harness in the bracket of the cover before reattaching the sensor.
SM 3-31 J007/J010/J011
Component Removal
This sensor is extremely sensitive to light.

Make sure the sensor cover is reattached correctly with the pawls connected
on each side. If the cover is not set correctly, this could interfere with the
operation of the sensor.
J007/J010/J011 3-32 SM
Cleaning Procedures
3.5 CLEANING PROCEDURES
There are no printer parts that require scheduled maintenance or replacement. However,
the customer engineer should do the procedures described in this section when a service
call is requested.
3.5.1 SERVICE CALL PROCEDURES
Description At Service Call (or When Necessary)
J007/J010/
J011
Feed Roller Damp cloth. Release the feed clutch lock. Rotate the roller freely as
you clean it.
standard paper cassette (Tray 1).
Printer Print a Nozzle Check Pattern. Then check the results. Clean the print
Operation, Print heads if necessary. For more, see "Image Adjustment" in section "3.
Quality Replacement and Adjustment".
Ink Collection Replace when SC992 shows. The ink collection tank is full, or when
Tank the display prompts that the printer needs maintenance. Open the
printer driver to confirm either condition. For more, see section "3.
Replacement and Adjustment".
Flushing Unit Dry cloth. Always remove the ink that has hardened around the
Gate flushing gate when you replace the ink collection tank. To remove
hardened ink, you may need to use a small screwdriver or similar
tool.
Maintenance Dry cloth. Always use a tightly wrapped dry cloth to remove the ink
unit that has hardened around the suction cap and wiper blade when you
replace the ink collection tank.
Maintenance Dry cloth. Always use a tightly wrapped dry cloth to remove the ink
unit that has hardened around the suction cap and wiper blade when you
replace the ink collection tank.
3.5.2 SERVICE TECHNICIAN RESPONSIBILITY

The responsibility of the service technician is limited because this machine is adjusted for
optimum performance at the factory before it gets shipped. Return the printer to the repair
center or replace the printer if a serious problem occurs.
SM 3-33 J007/J010/J011
Cleaning Procedures
3.5.3 FLUSHING GATE CLEANING
Dry ink flakes that collect around the flushing gate can cause streaking in printouts.
2. Use the tip of a screwdriver or other tool wrapped in soft cloth to remove the ink
that has hardened inside the slits the flushing gate.
3. Use a slightly damp cloth to wipe clean the ink splatter around the flushing
gates.
3.5.4 MAINTENANCE UNIT CLEANING
Cleaning the Suction Cap, Right Air Vent, and Wiper Blade
1. Remove the maintenance unit. (See "Maintenance Unit" for more about
removal.)
2. Turn the drive gear [A] of the maintenance motor in the direction of the arrow to
raise the suction caps.
J007/J010/J011 3-34 SM
Cleaning Procedures
3. Wrap the tip of screwdriver or similar tool with a damp cloth.

4. Use the wrapped tip of the screwdriver to clean inside and around the caps [B]
J007/J010/
J011
to remove hardened ink.
5. Turn the gear until the cleaning blade opens, then clean the right air vent and
wiper blade [C] blade.
Always wrap the tip of the tool with a damp cloth to prevent scratching the
suction cup.
A scratched suction cup could cause poor print quality.
3.5.5 PRINT HEAD CLEANING
After Maintenance Unit Cleaning
Do this procedure before you reinstall the maintenance unit:

1. Turn the drive maintenance motor drive gear [A] in the direction of the arrow to
lower the suction cap and wiper blade.
2. Make sure they are at the lowest position.
3. Make sure the triangle marks [B] on the sides of the maintenance unit match.
If the triangle marks are not aligned, use a screwdriver to turn the screw counter-
clockwise until they are aligned.
The tips of the triangles must be aligned before you reinstall the maintenance
unit.
SM 3-35 J007/J010/J011
Cleaning Procedures
3.5.6 FEED ROLLER CLEANING

2. Remove the paper cassette.
3. Remove the flushing unit.
4. Use the tip of a screwdriver to release the Teflon lock tab [A] of the transport
roller.
5. Slide the transport roller gear [B] to the left.
This unlocks the roller and allows it to rotate freely.
6. Rotate the roller and clean it with a dry cloth.
3.5.7 TRANSPORT BELT CLEANING
1. Remove the duplex unit and rear guide from the back of the printer.
2. Release the left and right locks [A] and [B] (marked "PUSH") of the reverse
guide plate.
3. Open and lower the reverse guide plate [C] to expose the surface of the
transport roller [D].
J007/J010/J011 3-36 SM
Cleaning Procedures
4. First, use a cloth [E] soaked in alcohol to wipe clean the surface of the transport
belt.
J007/J010/
J011
5. Use a dry cloth to wipe the belt.
6. Turn the feed guide [F] to rotate the transport belt and expose the next area of
the belt.
7. Repeat Steps 4 to 6 until the entire surface of the belt is clean.
8. Make sure that the entire surface of the belt is completely dry.
Water on the surface of the transport belt could interfere with the operation of
the printer.
SM 3-37 J007/J010/J011
Printer Display Summary
4. TROUBLESHOOTING
4.1 PRINTER DISPLAY SUMMARY
4.1.1 OPERATION PANEL DISPLAY
J007/010/
J011
Operation Panel Ink Low/Ink End Indicator
The printer shows a 6-level dynamic display that keeps the operator informed about the
status of the ink levels in the tanks. The example below for Black (K)shows the
progression in the display from full on the left to completely empty on the right.
At 100% the ink cartridge is completely full.

The 0% display is the cartridge near end alert. Printing is still possible until the ink in
the print head is gone.
The arrow display ( ) is the ink cartridge end alert. The printer cannot be used until
the ink cartridge has been replaced.
SM 4-1 J007/J010/J011
4.1.2 DISPLAY MENU SUMMARY

Here is a summary of the function menus. Items needed for printer maintenance or
troubleshooting are marked with an asterisk (*).
Menu/Menu Item Function
Paper Input
Tray Paper Size Specifies size of paper loaded in the paper tray.
Paper Type Specifies type of paper loaded in the paper tray.
Specifies whether to select automatically the tray according to paper

Aut. Tray Select
size and type (Tray 1 or optional bypass tray).
Tray Priority Specifies priority paper tray selection (Tray 1 or bypass tray).
Default: Tray 1
List/Test Print
List/Test Print Prints information that tells you the current configuration of the
printer.
Config.Page* System Reference. Lists printer version, attached options, name of

print language, amount of ink remaining for each ink cartridge.
Paper Input. Lists the specified Tray Priority setting and the Paper
Input menu settings.
Host Interface, Interface Information. Lists the settings of the Host
Interface menu
Maintenance
Nozzle Check* Prints the cross-hatch test pattern so you can visually confirm
whether inks are ejecting correctly from the print head.
Head-cleaning* Cleans the print head. Clean the print head when certain colors are
missing or printing faintly. Head cleaning consumes ink.
Head-flushing* Cleans the print head more thoroughly than "Head-cleaning".

Flushing consumes more ink. Use this function only after "Head-
cleaning" fails to solve the problem.
Head Position* Adjusts the alignment of the print head if the Nozzle Check test
pattern shows broken vertical lines, or if printed images are blurred.
Adj. Paper Feed* Adjusts the paper feed setting if the Nozzle Check test pattern
shows horizontal misalignment, or if printed images appear uneven.
Registration Adjusts the print starting point for each paper tray. Use the Nozzle
Check test pattern as reference.
Key Repeat Enables/disables repetition of a key pushed and held down on the
operation panel.
Paper Feed Test* Feeds and ejects 1 blank sheet of paper to remove moisture inside
the machine.
J007/J010/J011 4-2 SM
De-condensation* Feeds and ejects 3 blank sheets of paper to remove moisture inside
the machine.
System
Auto Continue Determines how the printer handles a print job when the specified
paper size and type is not loaded in the tray.
Off: The job does not print if the specified paper size/type is not
loaded in the tray. The job will execute once the specified paper
size/type is loaded.
On: The job prints even if the specified paper size/type is not loaded
J007/010/
in the tray.
J011
Sub Paper Size Determines whether to print on A4 paper if LT size paper is specified
in the printer driver, and vice versa.
Default: Off
Unit of Measure Determines the units of measure ("mm" or "in.") Default: mm
Energy Saver Switches the energy saving function on/off. When this function is on,
the printer will automatically shut down some of its functions
automatically after it remains idle for the prescribed amount of time.
The "E. Saver Timer" can be set for 5, 15, 30, 35, 60 min.
Once the printer enters the energy save mode, it will require some
time to recover full operation once it receives a print job.
Notify by Email* Determines whether a notification is sent to a specified email

address when a printer error occurs. Be sure to cycle the printer
off/on after doing this setting.
Page Size Determines the default paper size. (The size selected automatically
in the printer driver.) Presents a variety of standard NA/EU paper
sizes.
Ink CU Replace* Sets the ink storage counter after the ink collection unit is replaced.
Host Interface
I/O Timeout Determines how long the printer waits for the interface to respond.
After the specified time elapses, the printer can receive data from
another interface. If the specified time is too short, a timeout might
occur while a data transfer is in progress. If this occurs, the print job
will be interrupted by a new job from another interface. Default: 15
sec.
Network Setup Use to do the network settings.
Setting Default
DHCP On
IP Address 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask 0.0.0.0
SM 4-3 J007/J010/J011
Gateway Address 0.0.0.0
Frame Type (NW) Auto Select
Active Protocol All Active
Ethernet Speed Auto Select
USB Setting
USB Speed Auto
Port Off
Language Determines the language used for all prompts and messages on the
operation panel display.
English English, German, French, Italian, Dutch, Swedish, Norwegian,

Danish, Spanish, Portuguese. Default: English
4.1.3 OPERATION PANEL STATUS AND ERROR MESSAGES

Here is a summary of the status and error messages that appear on the display of the
printer operation. panel. A status message tells you the current status of the printer, and
does indicate a problem. There is no reason to take any action, other than wait while the
printer completes its task.
Message Type What It Means
Cannot use. High Error The printer is overheated. Turn the printer off. Allow it
Temp. to cool. Turn the printer on again.
Power Off On
Cannot use. Low Error Temperature inside the printer is abnormally low. Cycle
Temp. the printer off/on.
Power Off On
Change Setting Tray Error The size of the paper in the selected tray does not
# match the paper size selected for the print job. Load
the tray with the specified size, then on the operation
panel change the paper size setting for the tray. Or you
can load the other tray with the specified paper size,
push [Form Feed], select the other tray, and push
[#Enter].
Change Settings Tray Error The type of paper in the selected tray does not match
# the specified paper type. Load the tray with the paper
of the specified type, and then change the paper type
setting for the tray. Or you can load the required paper
in the other tray, push [Form Feed], select the other
tray, and push [#Enter].
J007/J010/J011 4-4 SM
Close Duplex Unit Error The duplex unit cover is open. Close it.
Cover
Close Top Cover or Error The top cover is open, or the duplex unit is not installed
reset Duplex Unit and locked in place. Close the top cover, or set the
Correctly duplex unit correctly.
Dry Waiting… Status Ink on a printed OHP transparency is drying. Please

wait.
Energy Saver Status The printer is in the energy save mode. It will awaken
J007/010/
from this mode after a key is pushed on the operation
J011
panel when the printer receives a print job.
Guide Board is open Error Close the guide board.

Close the Guide
Board
Hardware Problem Error An error has occurred in the network interface board.
Ethernet
Ink Collector Full Error The ink collection unit is full. Replace the ink collection
Replace Ink Collector unit on the back of the printer.
Unit
Ink Collector Unit Error The ink collection unit is almost full. Make sure that an
Almost Full replacement is available.
Ink Depleted Error Ink has run out in an ink cartridge. Change the
indicated ink cartridge immediately. The printer cannot
be used until the cartridge has been replaced.
Load Paper: Tray # Error The tray has run out of paper. Reload the tray. Or you
or Form Feed can push [Form Feed], select the other tray, and push
[#Enter].
Loading Ink… Status The ink tanks inside the print head are filling with ink
from the ink cartridges. Wait for the operation to finish.
Low ink. Error One or more of the ink cartridges is running low.
Determine which cartridge is low and obtain a
replacement. The printer can be used for a short time,
but the cartridge should be replaced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance in Status The printer is busy cleaning or flushing the print head.
progress… Please wait.
Offline Status Printer is offline. Push [Online] to set the printer for
printing.
Power Off/On Error An error has occurred inside the printer.

Call Service if error
reoccurs
SM 4-5 J007/J010/J011
Printing… Status A print job is printing.
Ready Status The printer is ready and able to print.
Remove Misfeed Error Paper has jammed feeding from the bypass tray
Bypass Remove the jammed paper.
Note: This is the result of a registration sensor late
error or registration sensor lag error.
Remove Misfeed Error Paper has jammed in the duplex unit. Open the duplex
Duplex unit and remove the jammed paper.
Note: This is the result of 1) Trailing edge sensor lag
error during either simplex or 2) Duplex printing,
registration sensor late error during duplex printing.
Remove Misfeed Error Paper has jammed at the output tray. Remove the
Output jammed paper.
Remove Misfeed Error Paper has jammed under the top cover. Open the top
Top Cover cover and remove the jammed paper.
Remove Misfeed Error Paper has jammed feeding from Tray 1 (registration
Tray 1 sensor late error). Remove the jammed paper.
Reset Duplex Unit Error The duplex unit is not installed correctly. Remove it and
correctly install it again.
Reset the cartridge Error No ink cartridge is installed, or the ink cartridge is not
installed properly.
Resetting job… Status The printer is re-initializing a print job. Please wait.
Right Front Cover is Error The right front cover is open. Close it.
open
Close Right Front
Cover
Setting change… Status The printer is changing its settings. Please wait.
Temp. alert Error The printer is overheated. Wait for the printer to cool.
Please wait… When you see "Ready" on the operation panel, the
printer is ready to resume operation.
Waiting… Status The printer is busy. Please wait.
J007/J010/J011 4-6 SM
4.1.4 STATUS MONITOR MESSAGES

Here is a brief summary of the Status Monitor error messages. For more, please refer to
the User Guide.
At the time of writing the exact wording of the messages that show on the Status
Monitor computer screen has not been decided. Therefore, the exact wording of
these messages may change without prior notice.
If the Status Monitor Does Not Open…
J007/010/
The Status Monitor should open for every print job. If the Status Monitor does not open for
J011
the shared printer:
Check the printer settings in Windows.
Confirm whether the Web Browser supports Status Monitor. (Internet Explorer Ver. 4.0
or later supports the Status Monitor.)
Status Monitor Messages
Status Monitor Message What It Means
Cartridge End One or more ink cartridges empty?

Check the operation panel display. You will see "LOW"
displayed over the indicator of the cartridge that is
almost empty.
Printing can continue for a short time but the ink

cartridge should be replaced as soon as possible.
Cartridge/Print head Tank One or more ink cartridges empty?

Empty Check the operation panel display. You will see "Ink
Depleted" displayed over the indicator of the cartridge
that is almost empty.
The ink cartridge and the ink tank inside the printer
head are both empty. The printer cannot be used
until the empty cartridge has been replaced.
Cover Open Top cover open?

Duplex unit cover open?
Duplex unit installed properly and locked in place?
If the covers are closed, open and close them
Cover Open/Ink Right front cover open?

cartridge(s) Not Detected All ink cartridges installed (x4)?
All ink cartridges installed correctly?
Duplex Unit Not Detected Duplex unit attached correctly?

Duplex locks lever down and locked?
Even if you do not used duplex printing, the duplex
SM 4-7 J007/J010/J011
Status Monitor Message What It Means
unit must always be attached.
Ink Collector Unit Almost The ink collection unit is full and must be replaced.
Full/Full
Ink Collector Unit Not Ink collection unit attached correctly?

Detected
Network Interface Board Network interface card installed properly?

Error
No Paper/Tray Not Bypass tray empty?

Detected (Bypass Tray) Load bypass tray, press [#Enter]
No Paper/Tray Not Tray 1 empty?

Detected (Tray 1) Paper loaded correctly?
No Response From Printer turned on?

Printer Printer USB connection secure?
"USB" selected on the "Ports" sheet of the printer
driver?
Out of Printable Printer located where the temperature range is 10 to

Temperature Range 32°C (50 to 89.6°F)?
Turn the printer off and allow it to cool.
If humidity is higher than 54%, the high end of the

temperature range will be lower. The printer will not
return to standby mode until it has acclimated to the
room temperature. Wait for the Power lamp to stop
flashing
Paper Size Tray specified for automatic selection loaded with the paper
Mismatch/Paper Type size, paper type specified for the print job?
Mismatch (Auto Tray Can print with [Form Feed]? Push [Form Feed]> Select
Select) Size/Type for Bypass> [#Enter]
Paper Size Bypass tray loaded with paper size, paper type specified
Mismatch/Paper Type for the print job?
Mismatch (Bypass Tray) Can print with [Form Feed]? Push [Form Feed]> Select
Size/Type for Bypass> [#Enter]
Paper Size Tray 1 loaded with paper size, paper type specified for
Mismatch/Paper Type the print job?
Mismatch (Tray 1) Can print with [Form Feed]? Push [Form Feed]> Select
Size/Type for Tray 1> [#Enter]
Printer Error An error has occurred in the printer.

Cycle the printer off/on.
If the printer has just been moved from a cold location to
a warm room, wait at least 1 hour and try again.
J007/J010/J011 4-8 SM
Self-Diagnostic Test Flow
4.2 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW
J007/010/
J011
SM 4-9 J007/J010/J011
Self-Diagnostic Test Flow Rev. 02/2007
⇒
Ink Level Levers
Out of Position?
J007/J010/J011 4-10 SM
Rev. 02/2007 SC Error Codes
4.3 SC ERROR CODES
4.3.1 SUMMARY OF ERROR LEVELS

Level Definition Typical Errors
The printer is damaged or disabled, and the SC Error Code.

printer cannot operate. Even after removing This is a Service Call Error.
A
the cause of the problem, turning the printer off
and on does not solve the problem.
J007/010/
An abnormal condition exists in the printer, and Cover open.
J011
the printer cannot operate until the problem is Paper jams.
corrected. Once the operator removes the Ink cartridge out.
B cause of the problem, turning the printer off Ink cartridge missing.
and on should restore the printer to normal Ink cartridge installed
operation. incorrectly.
Paper size error.
The printer can continue to print, but if the Ink near end.
problem is not corrected soon the printer will Ink collection tank near full.
C
no longer be able to operate. The operator
must correct the problem as soon as possible.
4.3.2 OUT-OF-RANGE TEMPERATURE ERRORS

Printer Status at Error Status After Error
Power ON Power to the printer turns As soon as the temperature of the print
on, and printer enters and heads reaches the operational
remains in standby mode. temperature range, the printer enters the
“Ready” mode.
During Printing Printer halts printing and The printer remains in the “Standby”
enters the standby mode. mode. The operator must switch the
printer off and on again to restore normal
operation.
Make sure that the room temperature is within the allowed range 10°C to 32°C (50°F to
89.6°F) with Rh 15% to 80%. For more, see Section “1. Installation”.
Let 1 hour pass for the printer to adjust to room temperature before you use it after moving
to a new location. This is very important after the printer is moved from cold location into a
warm room.
SM 4-11 J007/J010/J011
SC Error Codes Rev. 06/2007
4.3.3 SC CODE TABLES
Print the Config. Page to see the 5 most recent SC codes that occurred.
950 A USB Chip ID Read Error
A USB chip read error occurred at power Control board defective.

on.
The USB chip definition is missing. The USB chip definition is

missing.
970 A Flash ROM Erase Error J011
The device erasing the Flash ROM Flash ROM device defective.
generated an error.
971 A Flash ROM Write Error J011
The device writing to the Flash ROM Flash ROM device defective.
generated an error.
972 A Flash ROM Verify Error J011
The verify operation after write failed (the Flash ROM device defective.
data written to the Flash ROM did not
match the content of the data in the Flash
ROM).
An EEPROM write error was detected at The EEPROM device is

power on, or during a print job. defective.
⇒ 978 A Left Ink sump full
Ink sump below the flushing gate on the Replace the ink sump on the
left side of the machine is full. left side of the machine.
979 A Ink Supply Time Out
Air was detected during Leave the machine turned ON

“Washing by SP5007”. and unused with the ink
cartridges for at least 72
⇒
hours. Then turn the switch
OFF.
This will clear the air that may be

inside the ink pump, ink supply
tubing or print head.
J007/J010/J011 4-12 SM
Rev. 02/2007 SC Error Codes
984 A DRV Circuit Temperature Abnormal
The temperature of the DRV board (driver The temperature of the DRV
board) is out of range. board (driver board) circuit is
not within the specified range:
-13°C to 55°C (11.2°F to
131°F)
985 A Print head Temperature Sensor Abnormal J011
Print head temperature sensor was Print head temperature sensor
J007/010/
detected as abnormal when the printer was detected as abnormal
J011
was turned on. when the printer was turned
on without the product number
registered.
986 A Humidity Sensor Abnormal
The printer detected that the humidity Sensor connector loose,

sensor was abnormal. damaged, or defective.
Sensor defective
987 A Protection During Transport
At power on the printer detected that the Use only ink cartridges that
ink in a cartridge is non-standard ink. are designed for use with this
printer.
Never use re-filled ink
cartridges.
988 A Air Sensor Abnormal
Printer detected air sensor was abnormal Cycle the printer off and on
when suction was applied 3 times when and try again.
the printer was powered on for the first If the problem persists, the
time for ink tank filling or print head print head air sensors may be
refreshing, but no air was detected. defective.
⇒ 990 A Ink Level Levers out of position
1. Ink level levers sensor is defective. z Check the sensor harness.

2. Harness is loose, broken, or defective. z Replace the maintenance unit
3. Maintenance unit is defective. z Replace the ink level levers
4. Ink level levers are defective. sensor.
5. Print-head cover is out of position.
NOTE: The Ink Level Levers sensor is If the problem still occurs, the
listed as item 27 on page.11 of the PC. print-head may be defective.
SM 4-13 J007/J010/J011
SC Error Codes Rev. 02/2007
⇒
992 A Ink Collection Tank Full Error
At power on, the printer detected that the Replace the ink collection tank
left ink collection tank was full. with a new tank.
Never attempt to clean the old
tank and reinstall it.
Obey the local laws and
guidelines regarding disposal
of items such as the ink
collection tank.
993 A High Voltage Leak
At power on or during a print job, a leak This signal is triggered by the

detection signal was detected. The signal HVPS due to an accumulation
was triggered by the accumulation of of condensation or ink spillage
condensation or ink spillage onto the onto the transport belt.
transport belt. Clean the transport belt.
994 A Vertical Motor Error
The vertical encoder input signal was Vertical encoder connector

judged to be abnormal when the vertical loose, broken, or defective.
motor was operating. SENC defective.
No input signal from the horizontal Horizontal encoder sensor

encoder was detected during operation of loose, broken, or defective.
the horizontal motor. Horizontal encoder film
broken, disconnected, or
installed upside down.
HRB defective
When the carriage moved to the right, the Horizontal encoder sensor
carriage did not stop at the HP. Or, the loose, broken, or defective.
carriage scan check failed. Horizontal encoder film
broken, disconnected, or
installed upside down.
HRB defective
999 A Maintenance Stepping Motor Out of Home Position
The maintenance motor HP sensor failed Maintenance HP sensor

to detect the motor at the home position. connector loose, broken, or
defective
Maintenance motor connector
loose, broken, or defective
J007/J010/J011 4-14 SM
General Troubleshooting
4.4 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
4.4.1 POOR QUALITY IMAGE

Colors not what you expect
Cause 1: The correct paper was not used for the print job, or the paper was not
loaded correctly.
Solution Check the selection for the type of paper in the printer driver (transparency,
1: ink jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded
J007/010/
J011
Solution Make sure that the print mode selection in the printer software application
2: and the printer driver is correct (Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, etc.)
Solution Check the settings for the print job in the software application. The settings
3: in the software application have priority over the printer driver settings.
Solution Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times. If head-cleaning does not solve the problem,

4: do "Head-Flushing".
Cause 5: The ink cartridges are old.
Solution Ink cartridges should be opened before their expiration date and used
5: within 6 months of being opened.
Cause 6: Printing on the wrong side of the paper.
Solution Normal PPC or plain paper can be printed on either side. Special paper,
6: such as ink jet paper however, is restricted to printing on only one side. If
the wrong side is printed on, the quality may be lower and this may also
cause the printer interior to become dirty.
Colors faint
Cause 1: The correct paper was not used for the print job.
1: ink jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded in
the printer.
Cause 2: Envelope selector is set to the rear position.
Solution Set the selector to the rear for envelopes. Set the select to the front for all
2: other types of paper, transparencies, etc.
SM 4-15 J007/J010/J011
3: and the printer driver is correct (Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, etc.)
Make sure that the color/black-and-white selection is correct.
Cause 4 One or more print heads are blocked.
Solution 4 Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times. If head-cleaning does not solve the problem,

do "Head-Flushing".
Prints blotted, dirty

Cause 1: Paper is either too thick or too thin.
Solution Check the "Specifications" at the end of the User Guide. If paper is too
1: thick, the print head will scratch the surface. If too thin, the ink will leak
through it.
Cause 2: Fingerprints on the print surface.
Solution Never touch the print side of paper either before or after printing. Some
2: print media, such as transparencies or glossy paper, require longer to dry
so handle them carefully after printing. Remove the sheets one at a time
from the output tray.
Cause 3: A re-filled ink cartridge was used.
Solution Never use any ink cartridge other than one designed for used with this
3: printer. Never use re-filled ink cartridges.
Cause 4 Duplex printing with heavy coverage.
Solution 4 Avoid duplex printing if one side of the paper has a high-density image, or
an image with a large areas of fill.
Color print job prints in monochrome

Cause 1: Monochrome was selected for the print job.
Solution Make sure that the printer driver is set up for color printing.
1:
Solution Confirm that the software application printed the correct data.
2:
White patches, or horizontal white lines

Cause 1: Original image abnormal.
Solution In the software application, check the original image for streaking
1: (especially at borders between different colors). Correct the original image.

J007/J010/J011 4-16 SM
Vertical white lines

Cause: Solid or intermittent white lines from the top to the bottom of the sheet
caused by a blocked ink nozzle.
Solution: Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times. If head-cleaning does not solve the problem,

do "Head-Flushing".
Image chaffed in horizontal direction

Cause: Solid or intermittent white lines from edge to edge of the sheet caused by a
blocked ink nozzle. This is a common problem if the printer has not been
used for a long period.
J007/010/
J011
do "Head-Flushing".
Only 1 line printed at leading edge

Cause 1: Paper with punched holes, or thin or slick paper with too much “play” was
used that allowed slippage during feed.
Solution Check the paper used for the print job and make sure that it meets
1: standards for use with this printer. For more see the Operating Instructions
or the last section “Specifications” of the User Guide.
Cause 2: Paper is jammed or slipping on the transport belt due to the accumulation
of paper dust, etc. on the belt.
Solution Clean accumulated paper dust, etc. from the transport belt. The service
2: technician must clean the transport belt.
Unwanted dots
Cause: Flakes of paper dust or dry ink have fallen onto the printed sheet.

do "Head-Flushing".
Skewed image
Cause 1: Paper skewed immediately after loading, before paper out (last sheet), or
after removing a paper jam.
Solution Remove the paper from the paper tray. Fan it to remove static cling. Tap the
1: edge of the stack on a flat surface to align the edges, and load it again.
Make sure that the paper is approved for use with this printer. For
more, see the last section of the User Guide ("Specifications").
Make sure the paper is free of curl, creasing, etc. or any other
deformity.
correct positions.
Make sure that the top of the stack does not exceed the load limit mark
on the side of the cassette.
SM 4-17 J007/J010/J011
Cause 2: The guide plate was not set correctly (half locked) after cleaning by the
service technician.
Solution Service technician should make sure that the guide plate is set correctly.
2:
Text dirty
Cause 1: Print job was not set up correctly for special print media.
Solution Special procedures are necessary to set up print jobs for special print
1: media such as postcards, envelopes, and transparencies. Review and
carefully follow the instructions in the operating instructions..
Solution Make sure the sheets are perfectly flat (especially envelopes, postcards).
2: Make sure the sheets are neither curled nor deformed in any way. If using
Cause 3: Print head nozzles are blocked.

Backs of sheets stained with ink

Cause: Paper has jammed in the printer or the transport belt is dirty.
Solution: Run a print job with several blank sheets of paper to clean up the ink. Use a
damp cloth to clean the surface of the transport belt, and then use a clean,
dry cloth to clean the surface of the belt.
Transparency sheets scratched

Cause: More than 1 sheet of transparency was set.
Solution: Set transparencies one-by-one and print one sheet at time.
Miscellaneous
Solution Check the paper loaded for feeding. Make sure that it matches the type of
1: paper specified for the print job (transparency, ink jet, plain paper, etc.).
Make sure that the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more,
see the “Specifications” in the last section of the User Guide.
2: and the printer driver is correct. Make sure that the color/monochrome
selection is correct.
J007/J010/J011 4-18 SM
Solution Check the settings for the print job in the software application. The settings
3: in the software application have priority over the printer driver settings.
Solution Confirm that the software application printed the correct data.
4:
Cause 5: One or more of the nozzles is blocked.

4.4.2
J007/010/
J011
4.4.3 PAPER MISFEED
Paper Does Not Feed.
Cause: Printer is receiving a data or is doing some other task.
Solution: If the Data-In indicator is lit or flashing, just wait. The printer is receiving
data and cannot start printing yet. Check the operation panel display for
status messages or error messages.
Push [Job Reset] to cancel the job and solve the problem.
Paper skew
Make sure the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more,
see the last section of the User Guide “Specifications”.
deformity.
correct positions.
Cause: 2 The guide plate was not set correctly after cleaning by the service
technician.
Solution Paper skew occurred immediately after loading, before paper out (last
2: sheet), or after removing a paper jam.
loaded correctly.
SM 4-19 J007/J010/J011
Double-feeding.
Cause 1: Paper skewed immediately after loading or at paper out (last sheet).
see the last section ("Specifications") of the User Guide.
deformity.
correct positions.
loaded correctly.
Failure to feed correctly

deformity.
correct positions.
Cause: 2 The paper cassette is making a strange noise because it is not installed
completely.
Solution Pull the paper cassette out. Make sure the paper is loaded correctly.
2: Confirm that there is no paper inside the printer. Insert the paper cassette
completely.
loaded correctly.
J007/J010/J011 4-20 SM

deformity.
J007/010/
correct positions.
J011
Cause 2: The guide plate was not set correctly after cleaning by the service
technician.
Solution Service technician should make sure that the guide plate is set correctly.
2:
Cause 3: The Duplex Unit is not installed correctly.
Solution Remove the Duplex Unit and reinstall it correctly. The locks on both sides of
3: the duplex unit should be down and locked. The duplex unit must always
be installed, even for one-sided printing. For more, see the Quick Start
Guide or Section “1. Installation” of this service manual.
Solution Check the paper loaded for feeding. Make sure that it matches the type of
4: paper specified for the print job (transparency, ink jet, plain paper, etc.).
Make sure that the paper is approved for use with this printer. For more,
see the “Specifications” in the last section of the User Guide.
Solution Make sure the sheets are perfectly flat (especially envelopes, postcards).
5: Make sure the sheets are neither curled nor deformed in any way. If using

Cause 1: Paper failed to feed from Tray 1
Solution Remove the paper cassette. Check inside the printer to make sure that no
1: paper remains in the printer. If the paper has torn, make sure no scraps
remain. Remove the paper from the tray. Fan it to remove static cling. Tap
the edge of the stack on a flat surface to align the edges, and load it again.
Cause 2: Carriage has stopped on the left side.
Solution Make sure no paper remains in the paper path. The service technician must
SM 4-21 J007/J010/J011
2: clean the transport belt.
Poor output stacking, sheets fall from output tray.

Cause: The correct paper was not used for the print job, or the paper was not
loaded correctly.
Solution: Check the selection for the type of paper in the printer driver (transparency,
ink jet, plain paper, etc.). Confirm that the same type of paper is loaded
4.4.4 POOR PRINTER PERFORMANCE (MISCELLANEOUS)

Cannot set paper cassette.
Cause: The cassette is damaged or there is a jammed sheet of paper inside the
printer.
Solution: Remove the paper cassette. Remove the jammed sheet from inside the
printer. Inspect the paper cassette for damage. If the cassette is damaged,
replace the paper cassette.
Cannot remove paper cassette.

Cause: The paper cassette is blocked.
Solution: Raise the paper output tray and reset it. Attempt to remove the paper
cassette again. Replace the paper cassette.
Printer does not turn on.

Cause: The power cord is not connected to the power source.
Solution: Follow the instructions on the screen if an error message appears in the
Status Monitor, or do the following:
Make sure the power cord is securely connected to the printer and to
the power source.
Make sure the operator knows how to switch on the printer correctly.
For more, refer to the Quick Start Guide or User Manual.
Switch the printer off. Disconnect the power cord from the power
source. Wait 2 minutes then connect the power cord and switch the
printer on.
Printing stops before print job finishes.

Cause 1: The print heads have overheated.
Solution The printer has stopped to allow the print heads to cool. After the print
2: heads have cooled down to the standard operating temperature, the print
job will resume.
Cause 2: A fatal error has occurred on the computer side.
Solution Check the screen for messages. Shut down the computer. Switch off the
J007/J010/J011 4-22 SM
2: printer. Check the USB connection at the printer and the computer. Switch
the printer on. Restart the computer.
Printer loses power.

Cause: Power loss at the source.
Solution: Power to the printer has been interrupted, due to a power failure or some
other external cause. Unplug the printer from the power source. Wait 2
minutes. Reconnect the power plug and switch the printer on.
Cause: The printer has blown a fuse.
J007/010/
Solution: The printer must be returned to the service center for replacement of the
J011
F300 board.
Firmware update failed.

Cause: Incorrect procedure.
Solution: Update the firmware. (xref)
4.4.5 UNUSUAL NOISES

Printer emits strange noises at power on
Cause 1: Paper scraps remain inside the printer.
Solution Open the top cover, rear cover (or Duplex Unit) cover and inspect inside
1: the printer and Duplex Unit for paper scraps left behind after clearing a
paper jam.
Cause 2: Special print media may make a noise on feeding the last sheet.
Solution Load one blank sheet of plain paper at the bottom of a stack of special
2: media (coated paper, etc.) This problem may occur with a new paper
cassette.
SM 4-23 J007/J010/J011
Image Correction
4.5 IMAGE CORRECTION
You can see the image adjustment features on the “Maintenance” menu of the printer
operation panel.
The test prints and adjustments described in this section can also be done with
the printer driver.
For more details about doing these test prints and adjustments with the printer
driver, please refer to the printer User Guide.
4.5.1 PREPARING FOR TEST PRINTING
4.5.2 ADJUST PAPER FEED
1. Push [Menu], select "Maintenance", then push [#Enter].
2. Select "Adj. Paper Feed" and push [#Enter].
3. Select "Pr. Test Print" and push [#Enter]. The test pattern prints.
4. Examine the test print. Note the number of the best pattern. The best pattern is
the pattern where the horizontal lines should be perfectly flat.
5. Select "Adjustment" and push [#Enter].
6. Enter the number of the pattern you selected in Step 4 and push [#Enter]. This
completes the adjustment.
7. Push [Online] to leave the menu mode.
J007/J010/J011 4-24 SM
Image Correction
4.5.3 NOZZLE BLOCKAGE CHECK

One or more of the nozzles is blocked if you see:
Broken lines
Uneven patches of white in the printouts.
Do the following procedure to correct these problems.
2. Select "Nozzle Check" and press [#Enter]. The Nozzle Check pattern prints.
3. Examine the Nozzle Check pattern for broken lines or white patches. The first
J007/010/
sample below is normal, the second sample shows white patches.
J011
4. Note which colors are not printing normally.
5. Do the print head cleaning procedure for the print head that is blocked.
Do “Head-Cleaning” up to 3 times to correct the problem. Do “Head-Flushing” if

three "Head-Cleaning" executions does not solve the problem..
"Head-Flushing" uses a large amount of ink. Do not do the “Head-Flushing” until
you have done the “Head-Cleaning” at least 3 times.
The procedure for "Head-Cleaning" and "Head-Flushing" is described in the next
section.
4.5.4 PRINT HEAD CLEANING AND FLUSHING
1. Make sure the envelope selector is forward.
2. Push [Menu] select "Maintenance" and push [#Enter].
3. Select "Head-cleaning" or "Head-flushing" and push [#Enter].
4. Select the color or the print that is blocked or select "All Heads" to clean all the
print heads and push> [#Enter].
SM 4-25 J007/J010/J011
Image Correction
5. Wait for cleaning or flushing to finish. This may require a few minutes to
complete.
7. Print another Nozzle Check pattern (see previous section) to determine if the
problem has been solved.
8. Repeat Steps 2 to 7 for "Head-Cleaning" two more times.
9. If three "Head-Cleanings" does not solve the problem, do "Head-Flushing".
10. If "Head-Flushing" does not solve the problem, the print heads must be
replaced.
4.5.5 ADJUST PRINT HEAD POSITION
Broken vertical lines
Smeared or streaked colors
1. Push [Menu], select "Maintenance" and push [#Enter].
2. select "Head Position" and push [#Enter].
3. Select "Pr. Test Pattern" and push [#Enter].
4. Select the test pattern for print head position adjustment and push [#Enter]. The
test pattern prints.
5. Select the best pattern.

The best pattern is the gray square with straight vertical lines on both sides.
The pattern setting is read as a matrix value from the pattern. For example, if the
best pattern is in column "+2", line "A", the entry for adjustment will be "A" then
"+2"
7. Select same setting selected for "Pr. Test Pattern" (High Speed, etc.) and push
J007/J010/J011 4-26 SM
Image Correction
[#Enter].
8. Select the letter of the line of the best pattern noted in Step 5 and push [#Enter].
9. Select the number of the line of the best pattern noted in Step and push [#Enter].
This completes the adjustment.
10. Push [Online] to leave the Menu mode.
4.5.6 REGISTRATION
Do this procedure to adjust the print start position. The print start position is the point at
the upper left corner of each sheet where printing begins.
J007/010/
1. Push [Menu] select "Maintenance", and push [#Enter].
J011
2. Select "Registration" and push [#Enter].
3. Select "Pr. Test Sheet" and push [#Enter].
4. Select the paper tray ("Tray 1 for example) and push [#Enter].
5. Select the paper type and push [#Enter]. The test pattern for Registration prints.
6. Fold the printed sheet in half lengthwise as shown above.

7. Determine the 1st adjustment for the Read Direction.
After folding the test print in half parallel to its long edge as shown above, the
adjustment value in the Read Direction is the difference between the single
vertical line and cross vertical line that you can see when the folded sheet is held
up to the light.
If the difference is one calibration mark, for example, the adjustment is +1.0.
8. Fold the sheet in half widthwise.
9. Determine the 2nd adjustment for the Feed Direction.
The value read after folding the sheet widthwise, is the adjustment value for the
Feed Direction.
SM 4-27 J007/J010/J011
Image Correction
11. Select the paper tray and push [#Enter].

12. Select the paper type and push [#Enter].
13. Enter the adjustment for the Read Direction determined in Step 7 and push
[#Enter].
14. Enter the adjustment for the Feed Direction determined in Step 9 and push
[#Enter]
4.5.7 DRIVE CLEANING
Follow the procedure below to do drive cleaning. Here are some important points you
should know about drive cleaning.
Drive cleaning should be done only after head cleaning and head flushing fail to clean
the print heads successfully.
Drive cleaning is done by changing a bit switch setting in the SP mode and should
always be done by the service technician.
Drive cleaning forces the piezo element to switch off and on repeatedly to force ink
out of the nozzle ports. (The piezo element does not operate during head cleaning or
head flushing done with the operator panel or the printer driver.)
Drive cleaning consumes more ink than either head cleaning or head flushing and
requires more time to complete.
Only one print head at a time can be cleaned with this procedure.
1. Push and hold down and for 3 sec. then push [#Execute] to enter the SP
mode.
2. Push [#Enter].
3. Select "Engine Mainte."
4. When you see "SP No. 1000", select "5301" then push [#Enter].
5. When you see "ENGINE SW" push [#Enter].
6. Select "1" for Bit 1. This enables drive cleaning control.
Reading from left to right, the digits represents Bit 7 to 0.
"1" switches a bit ON and "0" sets a bit OFF.
The second line of the display contains the cursor. This tells you which bit is
currently active for selection.
ENG SW #1 00001000
bit0 _
Push [Escape] at any time if you want to return to the previous level.
7. Push or to position the cursor under Bit 1 (2nd digit from the right).
J007/J010/J011 4-28 SM
Image Correction
ENG SW #1 00001000
bit0 _
8. Push or to display "1".

ENG SW #1 00001000
bit1 1
9. Push [#Enter] to set "1" for Bit SW 1.

10. After setting Bit 1 to "1", push [Escape] until the display returns to "ENGINE
J007/010/
J011
MAINTE."
11. At "3. END" press [#Enter] to leave the SP mode.
12. Push [Menu] then select "Maintenance"> "3. Head-Flushing".
13. Select the one print head (or all) for drive cleaning and push [#Enter].
The print head is flushed. In addition to flushing, drive cleaning is also performed
with the piezo element switching on and off.
Once drive cleaning is completed for the selected print head, Bit 1 resets to "0"
automatically.
If you need to do this procedure again for another print head, you must repeat this
procedure and set Bit 1 to "1" again in the SP mode.
Drive cleaning cannot be performed if the ink tank of the selected print head is
almost empty.
4.5.8 CLEANING THE PRINT HEADS BEFORE LONG TERM
STORAGE
Do this procedure to clean the print heads before storing the printer for one month or
longer.
This procedure should be done at the Repair Center before storing a printer until
it can be reused. This procedure is not intended for use at the job site for the
customer.
1. Turn the printer on.
2. When the printer enters standby mode, enter the SP mode.
To enter the SP mode press or together for at least 3 sec. then push
[#Enter].
3. Select "2. ENGINE MAINTE.".
SM 4-29 J007/J010/J011
Image Correction
4. Select "5007" and push [#Enter].

5. When you see "WASHING" push [#Execute].
6. Open the ink cartridge cover, remove the ink cartridges, replace them with the
cleaning cartridges, and close the ink cartridge cover.
7. Confirm that "WASHING" and "EXEC" are still displayed, then push [#Enter].
8. When you see "OK?" push [#Enter].
"RUNNING" displays while the cleaning sequence executes.
When cleaning is finished, the display returns to "WASHING" and "EXEC"
If the "Alert" lamp lights red, this indicates that an error has occurred. At this
step you cannot see the error displayed on the printer operation panel.
Complete the procedure to return to standby mode, read the number of the
error displayed to determine the cause of the error.
9. Press [Escape] to return to the "2. ENGINE MAINTE." display.
10. Select "3. END" and push [#Enter] to return to standby.
11. Switch the printer off.
12. Remove the cleaning cartridges and store the printer.
The initial ink fill counter resets at the end of washing. The next time the ink
cartridges are installed and the printer is switched on, the initial filling sequence
will begin.
Do not install the ink cartridges and turn the printer on again after washing until
you are ready to use or service the printer again.
J007/J010/J011 4-30 SM
Transport Belt Charge Adjustments
4.6 TRANSPORT BELT CHARGE ADJUSTMENTS
You can use "Engine Mainte." on the Service Mode menu to adjust the charge pitch for
different areas on the Transport Belt. These charge pitch settings seldom require
adjustments in a normal operating environment unless the following conditions occur:
When the temperature and humidity are low, the print head nozzles frequently
become blocked.
The print head nozzles frequently become blocked when printing on special paper.
J007/010/
The diagram below shows the relationship between charge pitch and the areas where
J011
charge is applied to the transfer below the paper.
Fig. 1 Charge Areas and Pitch

Here is a summary of important terms and abbreviations..
Term What It Means
LE Charge Area Leading Edge Charge Area. This is the length of the area where
charge is applied to the Transport Belt below the leading edge of
the paper above.
SM 4-31 J007/J010/J011
Term What It Means
TE Charge Area Trailing Edge Charge Area. This is the length of the area where
charge is applied to the Transport Belt below the trailing edge of the
paper above.
MID Charge Area Middle Charge Area. This is the length of the area were charge is
applied to the Transport Belt below the middle of the paper above
between the leading edge and trailing edge area.
LE/TE Charge The pitch of the charge (cycles) applied to both the leading edge
Pitch area and the trailing edge area.
MID Charge Pitch The pitch of the charge (cycles) applied to the middle area between
the leading edge and the trailing edge.
4.6.1 THE CHARGE AREA

The size of the charge area varies with what paper or special print medium is fed on the
transport belt.
The factory settings for the length of the areas where charge is applied at the leading and
trailing edges are shown below.
Table 2-1 Factory Settings for Charge Areas
TE
Paper Type LE Area
Area
OHP 35 mm 20 mm
Side
Not OHP 10 mm 20 mm
1
Side
35 mm 20 mm
2
"Side 1" denotes the side of the paper that prints during simplex or 1st side of
duplex printing.
"Side 2" denotes the side of the 2nd side of the paper that prints during duplex
printing.
"Not OHP" denotes specifically normal PPC, High-Gloss Paper, Glossy Paper,
Postcards, Envelopes, and OHP.
The settings for each charge area can be adjusted with SP1232 to SP1237 on the "2.
Engine Mainte." menu in the Service Mode. The settings are stored in NVRAM on the
main control board after they adjusted and remain in effect after the machine is cycled
off/on.
J007/J010/J011 4-32 SM
Charge Area Service Mode Menus

Units: mm, Factory Default Settings: All "0
SP No. Menu Title Meaning
1201 CHG:AREA1:OHP Set Charge Area 1 for LE/TE OHP
1202 CHG:AREA1:F Set Charge of Area 1 for LE/TE Duplex Any Other Than OHP
1203 CHG:AREA1:B Set Charge of Area 2 for LE/TE Duplex Any Other Than OHP
1204 CHG:AREA2:OHP Set Charge Area 1 for TE OHP
J007/010/
1205 CHG:AREA2:F Set Charge of Area 2 for TE Duplex Any Other Than OHP
J011
1206 CHG:AREA2:B Set Charge of Area 2 for TE Duplex Any Other Than OHP
During paper transport if the leading edge of the paper separates from the transport belt
this will cause a paper jam, or if the trailing edge separates from the belt the paper will
touch the print heads causing ink to smear on the printout. The area settings in the table
above can be adjusted to solve these problems. The values for the settings are absolute
values measured in mm units.
Example: Setting the Charge Area of the Leading Edge to 40 mm for Transparency
Sheets
Open SP1201 in the Engine Maintenance mode and set it to "40".
Charge Pitch
Charge pitch changes with the following conditions:
Temperature
Humidity
Print mode selected with the printer driver
Paper Type
The printer uses three lookup tables to select the value of the charge pitch automatically.
These tables include:
1. Print Mode Table: Used to assign "Mj" based on the type of paper selected in the
printer driver (this assignment is used to select the reference Temperature/Humidity
Table).
2. Temperature/Humidity Table: Used to look up the Charge ID.
3. Charge Pitch Table: Used to look up and retrieve the charge pitch for the Charge ID
and side to be printed.
SM 4-33 J007/J010/J011
4.6.2 PRINT MODE TABLE

The Print Mode Table is referenced to look up "Mj" (the print drive wave form) for the
paper type and print quality items selected in the printer driver. The value of Mj retrieved
from the Print Mode Table is used to select the Temperature/Humidity table. The Print
Mode Table holds the following values (1 to 4) based on paper type and print mode.
Table 3. Print Mode Defaults
Mjn (Print
Paper Image Quality Comments
Drive Wave)
Normal PPC High Speed (Draft) 1
Std. (Speed Priority) 2 Default
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
High Quality 2 Duplex Mode
Envelopes, Thick Paper,

High Speed (Draft) 1
Official Postcards
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
Official Postcards
High Speed (Draft) 1
(Address Side)
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
High-Gloss Paper High Speed (Draft) 2 Duplex Mode
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
IJ Postcards (Coated
High Speed (Draft) 2 Duplex Mode
Side)
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
J007/J010/J011 4-34 SM
Mjn (Print
Paper Image Quality Comments
Drive Wave)
IJ Postcards (Address
High Speed (Draft) 2 Duplex Mode
Side)
Std. (Quality
2
Priority)
Glossy Paper Std. (Speed Priority) 2 Default
J007/010/
Std. (Quality
4
J011
Priority)
Std. (Quality
Transparencies (OHP) 2 Default
Priority)
4.6.3 TEMPERATURE/HUMIDITY TABLE

There is a Temperature/Mode Table for every value of Mj (Mj1 to Mj4) that is retrieved from
the Print Mode Table. The system takes Mj from the Print Mode Table and the readings of
the temperature/humidity sensor and then selects for reference the appropriate
Temperature/Humidity Table, matrix of values defined by stepped ranges temperature and
humidity---15 columns for temperature and 8 rows for humidity. The tables below are the
Temperature/Humidity Tables stored in NVRAM before the printer is shipped from the
factory.
J011
Print Drive Wave Form: Mj1
Table 3-1 Mj1 Temperature/Humidity Table (t912)
SM 4-35 J007/J010/J011
Table 3-2 Mj2 Temperature/Humidity Table (T913)

Print Drive Wave Form: Mj3 *
Table 3-3 Mj3 Temperature/Humidity Table **T914
At present there is no print mode that accesses Print Wave Form Mj3
Print Wave Form: Mj4
J007/J010/J011 4-36 SM
J007/J010
J007/010/
J011

At present there is no print mode that accesses Print Wave Form Mj3.
SM 4-37 J007/J010/J011

The functions to adjust each table are in SP1200 to SP1231 (Engine Maintenance Mode).
The settings are stored in NVRAM on the main control board after they adjusted and
remain in effect after the machine is cycled off/on.
Table 3-9 Mj1 Temperature/Humidity Table
Factory Default Settings: All "0"
SP Menu Title Meaning SP No.
No.
1200 CHG:PITCH:A1 Charge ID Table: Less than 10% Humidity (Mj1) 1200
1201 CHG:PITCH:A2 Charge ID Table: 10% to 25% Humidity (Mj1) 1201
1207 CHG:PITCH:A8 Charge ID Table: More than 75% Humidity (Mj1) 1207
1208 CHG:PITCH:B1 Charge ID Table: Less than 10% Humidity (Mj2) 1208
1210 CHG:PITCH:B3 Charge ID Table: 25% to 35% Humidity (Mj2) 1210
1215 CHG:PITCH:B8 Charge ID Table: More than 75% Humidity (Mj2) 1215
1216 CHG:PITCH:C1 Charge ID Table: Less than 10% Humidity (Mj3) 1216
1217 CHG:PITCH:C2 Charge ID Table: 10% to 25% Humidity (Mj3) 1217
J007/J010/J011 4-38 SM
SP Menu Title Meaning SP No.

No.
1223 CHG:PITCH:C8 Charge ID Table: More than 75% Humidity (M3) 1223
J007/010/
J011
1224 CHG:PITCH:D1 Charge ID Table: Less than 10% Humidity (Mj4) 1224
1225 CHG:PITCH:D2 Charge ID Table: 10% to 25% Humidity (Mj4) 1225
1231 CHG:PITCH:D8 Charge ID Table: More than 75% Humidity (Mj4) 1231
Changing one humidity setting for one item of a row in a service table sets the
temperature settings for the entire row. (See the "SP No." columns of Tables 3-1 to 3-8.)
Note that the same Charge ID appears many times in the rows of the
Temperature/Humidity Tables.
The table below shows how the system reads and records the number of times Charge
ID1, Charge ID2, and Charge ID3 is repeated in each row of the Temperature/Humidity
Table. These readings are used to the determine the final settings.
Fig. 3-1 How Settings of the Charge ID Table Are Determined **T920
SM 4-39 J007/J010/J011
How the Settings Are Used

Here are some examples that show you how the values of these settings are determined.
Example 1: Mj1 when humidity is greater than 75%
Table 3-10a Mj1 Temperature/Humidity Table (Bold Text Shows Row for >75%) **T921
If we read this row from left to right, we see "2" repeats 6 times, "1" repeats 4 times, and
"0" repeats 5 times. The firmware takes the number of times the each ID is repeated and
converts this reading first to binary, hexadecimal, and then finally to decimal to determine
the actual value of the setting that will be used.
Fig. 3-2 Table Map for Reading Conversion **T922

In the table above we can see that the hexadecimal value "9985" converts to decimal
"39301" so this means that SP1207 is set to "39301".
Rules for Changing Settings
1. Only three Charge ID settings can be done per line.
2. If the counts for either "2" or "3" exceed 7 in the same row, then only 2 Charge IDs
can be set for that row.
3. If the number of repetitions is set to "15", then the set all the count settings for Charge
ID2 and Charge ID3 to "0".
4. If the total sum of the repetition counts does not reach "15", do the Charge ID3
settings for the remaining areas.
5. If the total sum of the repetition counts exceeds "15", then only the settings up to "15"
can be done.
J007/J010/J011 4-40 SM
Example 2: Mj4 and Humidity Is Less Than 10%
Table 3-10b Mj4 Temperature/Humidity Table (Bold Text Shows Row for <10%) **T923
Reading this line from left to right we count 15 repetitions for "3" and the table below how
J007/010/
J011
shows how the firmware calculates the actual value of the setting. The count for Charge
ID1 exceeds 15 counts for the remaining IDs are set to "0".
The firmware takes the number of times the each ID is repeated and converts this reading
first to binary, hexadecimal, and then finally to decimal to determine the actual value of the
setting that will be used. **T924
In the table above we can see that the hexadecimal value "FC00" converts to decimal
"64512" so this means that SP1224 is set to "64512".
4.6.4 CHARGE PITCH TABLE
The variables that determine which value is retrieved from the Charge Pitch Table are 1)
the ID determined with the Temperature/Humidity Table, 2) the the paper type, 3) whether
printing will be done on Side 1 or Side 2.
The tables below are the Charge Pitch Tables stored in NVRAM before the printer is
shipped from the factory.
J011
SM 4-41 J007/J010/J011
Table 3-11 Mj1 Charge Pitch Table **T925




Printing on Transparencies (OHP)
Table 3-15 OHP Charge Pitch Table
J007/J010
J007/J010/J011 4-42 SM


J007/010/
J011

Printing on Transparencies (OHP)
Table 3-20 OHP Charge Pitch Table

The functions to adjust each table are in SP1100 to SP1163 (Engine Maintenance Mode).
The settings are stored in NVRAM on the main control board after they adjusted and
remain in effect after the machine is cycled off/on.
Table 3-21 Mj1 Charge Pitch Table Service Menu
Units: mm, Factory Defaults: All "0"
1100 CHG:W1:EDGE:1 Charge Width Setting: Simplex (LE/TE: Mj1: ID1)
SM 4-43 J007/J010/J011
1101 CHG:W1:MIDL:1 Charge Width Setting: Simplex (MID: Mj1: ID1)
Charge Width Setting: Simplex (LE/TE: Mj3: ID1) (Future

1116 CHG:W1:EDGE:9
Use)
Charge Width Setting: Simplex (MID: Mj3: ID1) (Future

1117 CHG:W1:MIDL:9
Use)

1118 CHG:W1:EDGE:10
Use)

1119 CHG:W1:MIDL:10
Use)

1120 CHG:W1:EDGE:11
Use)

1121 CHG:W1:MIDL:11
Use)

1122 CHG:W1:EDGE:12
Use)

1123 CHG:W1:MIDL:12
Use)
J007/J010/J011 4-44 SM
J007/010/
J011
1132 CHG:W2:EDGE:1 Charge Width Setting: Duplex (LE/TE: Mj1: ID1)
1133 CHG:W2:MIDL:1 Charge Width Setting: Duplex (MID: Mj1: ID1)
Charge Width Setting: Duplex (LE/TE: Mj3: ID1) (Future

1148 CHG:W2:EDGE:9
Use)
Charge Width Setting: Duplex (MID: Mj3: ID1) (Future

1149 CHG:W2:MIDL:9
Use)

1150 CHG:W2:EDGE:10
Use)

1151 CHG:W2:MIDL:10
Use)
SM 4-45 J007/J010/J011

1152 CHG:W2:EDGE:11
Use)

1153 CHG:W2:MIDL:11
Use)

1154 CHG:W2:EDGE:12
Use)

1155 CHG:W2:MIDL:12
Use)

Adjustment of the charge pitch settings can prevent the occurrence of nozzle blockage
when printing on paper other than transparencies. (Adjustment cannot be done for
transparencies.)
4.6.5 CHECKING CHARGE PITCH APPLIED FOR THE PRINT
MODE
1. Check Table 3 to find print drive wave for the selected print mode (the print
mode selected in the printer driver determines the print drive wave form.) (Table
3)
2. Use SP5402 and SP5403 to check the printer temperature and humidity.
3. Select the print drive wave from the Temperature/Humidity Table, and then
determine the Charge ID from the temperature and humidity readings from
SP5402 and SP5403. (Tables 3-1 to 3-6)
4. Use the Charge Pitch Table to determine the charge pitch to be applied during
printing. (Tables 3-11 to 3-20)
The charge pitch settings are adjusted in mm units with absolute numbers.
Example: Changing the LE/TE Charge Pitch from 12 mm to 10 mm for Mj2 Side 1
Printing
J007/J010/J011 4-46 SM
In the Engine Maintenance Mode set SP1108 to "10".
Temperature/Humidity Calibration
The temperature/humidity sensor can be calibrated for the ID readings from the
Temperature/Humidity Table for Side 2 printing.
Before the printer is shipped from the factory the temperature/humidity sensor is set to
read the front/back side of each sheet in the same way.
The humidity and temperature can be calibrated with SP1164 to 1165 on the "2. Engine
Mainte." menu in the Service Mode.
J007/010/
Table 4 Service Mode Menu for Humidity, Temperature Calibration
J011
Units: 0.1%, Factory Defaults: Both "0"
1164 CHG:HUMI:B Calibrate Humidity Setting for Duplex
1165 CHG:TEMP:B Calibrate Temperature Setting for Duplex
Do these settings when you want to change temperature or humidity column referenced to
determine the Charge ID for printing on Side 2.
The settings are adjusted in increments of 0.1°C from the settings of Side 1. The range is
–128 to +127.
Example: Setting the Temperature for Side 2 2°C Higher (+2°C) than Side 1
Open SP1165 in the Engine Maintenance mode and set it to "20". If the
temperature/humidity sensor reads 25°C for Side 1, the machine will adjust this reading to
27°C then use 27°C to look up the Charge ID for Side 2.
SM 4-47 J007/J010/J011
Before You Begin
5. SERVICE TABLES
5.1 BEFORE YOU BEGIN
5.1.1 ENTERING/EXITING SP MODE

To enter SP Mode
1. Push and hold down and together for at least 3 sec then release.
J007/J010
J011
2. Push [#Enter].
To exit SP mode
1. Press or to display "3. End" on the LCD.
2. Push [#Enter] to leave SP mode and return to the normal operation display.
5.1.2 USING THE SP MENUS
The system version number appears on the LCD after the printer enters the SP mode.
This is the top menu, the initial SP mode selection screen.
Top Menu
There are three selections on the top menu.
1. Service Menu.
2. Engine Mainte.
3. End.
To select and open one of these press the or to display the item, then push [#Enter].
Every menu display is a rolling display.

If you press with the first item on the LCD, the display will rotate to the last
item.
If you press with the last item on the LCD, the display will rotate to the first
item.
Selecting Menu Items

1. Push or to display "1. Service Menu".
2. Push [#Enter].
3. If you see ">>" on the right side of the LCD, this means there are more menu
selections on the same level. Push or to display group number of the SP
mode that you want to open.
4. Press [#Enter].
SM 5-1 J007/J010/J011
Before You Begin
5. Push or to display the item to select, then push [#Enter].

6. To return to a previous level, push [Escape].
7. To exit the SP mode, push [Escape] repeatedly to return to the top menu, then
press [#Enter].
J007/J010/J011 5-2 SM
SP Tables
5.2 SP TABLES
5.2.1 SP TABLE KEY

Notation What It Means
[range/default/step/units] Example: [–127 to +128/4.5/1/0.1 mm].
±9 Range
4.5 Default
J007/J010
J011
1 Screen increments
0.1 mm Unit change for every screen increment.
Here is a summary of common terms and abbreviations used in the SP code descriptions.
Term What It Means
DFU Denotes “Design or Factory Use”. Do not change this value.
DOM "Domestic" market only (Japan)
EXP "Export" markets (North America, Europe, Asia)
NA North America
EUA Europe/Asia
Sub Scan This is printing vertically down the length of an SEF (portrait) page.
Main Scan This is printing horizontally across the width of an SEF (portrait) page.
LEF Long Edge Feed (paper feeds sideways with the long edge feeding first)
SEF Short Edge Feed (paper feeds lengthways with the short edge feeding first)
"Factory Adjusted". The default setting is set at the factory or service

FA
center.
LE Leading Edge
TE Trailing Edge
LE/TE Leading Edge/Trailing Edge
SM 5-3 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
5.2.2 GROUP 1000

Main Scan, Sub Scan Registration
1000 REG:FD:NORM:F Adjust Sub Scan Registration (Normal Paper)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the sub scan registration for normal paper.
Do this setting when registration does not match the direction of paper feed
selected in the user image adjustment menu. [-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1001 REG:TR1:NORM:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Normal Paper: Tray 1)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the main scan direction for normal paper
loaded in Tray 1. Do this setting when registration does not match the image start
position on the user image adjustment menu. [-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1002 REG:TR2:NORM:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Tray 2: Normal Paper: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in main scan direction for normal paper loaded
in Tray 2. Do this setting when registration does not match the image start
position on the user image adjustment menu.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Adjust Main Scan Registration (Bypass: Normal Paper:

1003 REG:MAN:NORM:F
FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the main scan direction for normal paper
loaded in the bypass tray. Do this setting when registration does not match the
image start position on the user image adjustment menu.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1004 REG:FD:GROS:F Adjust Sub Scan Registration (Glossy Paper: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the the sub scan registration for glossy
paper. Do this setting when registration does not match the direction of paper
feed selected in the user image adjustment menu.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1005 REG:TR1:GROS:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Glossy Paper: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the main scan direction for glossy paper
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1006 REG:TR2:GROS:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Tray 2: Glossy Paper: FA)
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1007 REG:MAN:GROS:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Bypass: Glossy Paper: FA)
loaded in the bypass tray. Do this setting when registration does not match the
J007/J010/J011 5-4 SM
SP Tables

[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1008 REG:FD:OHP:F Adjust Sub Scan Registration (OHP: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the sub scan direction for transparencies
(OHP). Do this setting when registration does not match the direction of paper
feed selected in the user image adjustment menu.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1009 REG:TR1:OHP:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Tray 1: OHP: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the main scan direction for transparencies
J007/J010
(OHP) loaded in Tray 1. Do this setting when registration does not match the
J011
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1010 REG:MAN:OHP:F Adjust Main Scan Registration (Bypass: OHP: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the main scan direction for transparencies
(OHP) loaded in the bypass tray. Do this setting when registration does not
match the image start position on the user image adjustment menu.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Adjust Sub Scan Registration (Normal Paper: 2nd

1011 REG:FD2:NORM:F
Registration: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the sub scan registration for normal paper.
Do this setting when it is necessary to fine adjust the line feed position.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Adjust Sub Scan Registration (Glossy Paper: 2nd

1012 REG:FD2:GROS:F
Registration: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the sub scan registration for glossy paper.
Do this setting when it is necessary to fine adjust the line feed position.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Note: This function is under development and is not available for the J007/J010
and J011
1013 REG:FD2:OHP:F Adjust Sub Scan Registration (OHP: 2nd Registration: FA)
Use this SP code to adjust writing in the sub scan direction for transparencies
(OHP). Do this setting when it is necessary to fine adjust the line feed position.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Note: This function is under development and is not available for the J007/J010
and J011
Paper Feed
1014 FDLEN:F Adjust Amount of Paper Feed (FA)
Do this SP adjust the amount of line feed for 1 scan line. Do this setting only if
the line feed amount cannot be adjusted on the user menu of the printer
operation panel with "Adj. Paper Feed".
[-1000000 to +1000000/FA/1 um]
SM 5-5 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
1015 FDLEN:OFFSET Adjust Amount of LF Offset in Sub Scan Direction
Use this SP to set the amount of line feed before the print head begins its 2nd
pass during bi-directional printing. Do this SP when it is necessary to correct
color offset that occurs during bi-directional printing.
[-128 to +128/FA/1/Vertical Encoded Pulse Count]
Carriage
1016 ADJ:SIDEBOARD Adjust Sideboard (Carriage Home Position)
Use this SP to set the reference position for installation of the right plate. Do this
SP to correct the alignment of the capping position with the carriage.
[-128 to +128/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Suction Vents
1017 PRGPORTS:R Adjust Position of Right Suction Vent DFU
Use this SP to adjust the venting position of the right air vent. Do this SP after it
has been determined that the ink is not venting at the center of the right ink
suction vent.
[-128 to +128/FA/1/0.1 mm]
1018 PRGPORS:L Adjust Position of Left Suction Vent DFU
Use this SP to adjust the venting position of the left ink suction vent.（Do this SP
after it has been determined that the ink is not venting at the center of the left ink
suction vent.
[-128 to +128/FA/1/0.1 mm]
Charge Width Setting Mj1: Simplex

1100 CHG:W1:EDGE:1 LE/TE: Mj1:ID1
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE of normal
paper for printing in the High Speed (Draft) mode. Do this SP when mist build-up
near the leading and trailing edges of the paper in use during printing in the High
Speed (Draft) mode is clogging the print head nozzles. This SP setting is linked
to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231).
The IDs are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4 IDs
associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1100：ID1
SP1102：ID2
SP1104：ID3
SP1106：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
1101 CHG:W1:MID:1 MID: Mj1:ID1
J007/J010/J011 5-6 SM
SP Tables
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area of normal
paper (excluding the LE/TE) for printing in the High Speed (Draft) mode. Do this
SP when mist build-up in the MID area of the paper in use during printing in the
High Speed (Draft) mode is clogging the print head nozzles. This SP setting is
linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs are determined by
the temperature and humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with the SP numbers
listed below:
J007/J010
SP1101：ID1
J011
SP1103：ID2
SP1105：ID3
SP1107：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE of any paper
in any print mode except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy
paper in High Quality Mode.
Do this SP when mist build-up up near the leading and trailing edges of the
sheets is clogging the print head nozzles during printing with any paper in any
mode, except normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High
Quality mode. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to
SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4
IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1108：ID1
SP1110：ID2
SP1112：ID3
SP1114：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area of any
paper in any print mode except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and
glossy paper in High Quality Mode.
SM 5-7 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Do this SP when mist build-up in the MID area of the paper in use is clogging the
print head nozzles during printing with any paper in any mode, except: normal
paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High Quality mode. This
SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs are
determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with the
SP numbers listed below.
SP1109：ID1
SP1111：ID2
SP1113：ID3
SP1115：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE of paper in
future print modes (currently under development). Do this SP when the paper in
use is causing mist to build up near the leading and trailing edges of the sheets
and causing the print heads to clog. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch
tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature and
humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1116：ID1
SP1118：ID2
SP1120：ID3
SP1122：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

This SP code is currently under development.

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area of paper
in future print modes except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and
glossy paper in High Quality Mode. Do this SP when the paper is use is causing
mist to build up in the MID area and clogging the print head nozzles. This SP
setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231).
SP1117：ID1
SP1119：ID2
J007/J010/J011 5-8 SM
SP Tables
SP1121：ID3
SP1123：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

J007/J010
J011
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE of glossy
paper for printing in the High Quality mode. Do this SP when the mist build-up
near the leading and trailing edges of glossy paper is causing the print heads to
clog during printing in High Quality mode.
This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs
are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with
the SP numbers listed below:
SP1124：ID1
SP1126：ID2
SP1128：ID3
SP1130：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area of the
paper when printing on glossy paper in the High Quality mode. Do this SP when
mist build-up in the MID area of glossy paper is causing the print heads to clog
during printing in High Quality mode.
This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs
are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with
the SP numbers listed below:
SP1125：ID1
SP1127：ID2
SP1129：ID3
SP1131：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
Charge Width Setting Mj1 : Duplex

SM 5-9 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE on the back
side of normal paper during duplex printing in the High Speed (Draft) mode. Do
this SP when mist build-up near the leading and trailing edges on the back sides
of the paper during duplex printing in the High Speed (Draft) mode is clogging the
print head nozzles. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200
to SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are
4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1132：ID1
SP1134：ID2
SP1136：ID3
SP1138：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area on the
2nd side of normal paper (excluding the LE/TE) for duplex printing in the High
Speed (Draft) mode. Do this SP when mist build-up in the MID area on the back
sides of the paper during duplex printing in the High Speed (Draft) mode is
clogging the print head nozzles. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch
tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature and
humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below.
SP1133：ID1
SP1135：ID2
SP1137：ID3
SP1139：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
Charge Width Setting Mj2: Duplex

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the LE/TE on the 2nd
side of any paper in any print mode during duplex printing except: normal paper
in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High Quality Mode. Do this SP
when mist build-up up near the leading and trailing edges on the 2nd side is
clogging the print head nozzles during duplex printing with any paper in any
J007/J010/J011 5-10 SM
SP Tables
mode, except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in
High Quality mode. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200
4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below.
SP1140：ID1
SP1142：ID2
SP1144：ID3
SP1146：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
J007/J010
J011
2nd side of any paper in any print mode during duplex printing except: normal
paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High Quality Mode. Do
this SP when mist build-up in the MID area on the 2nd side of the paper in use is
clogging the print head nozzles during duplex printing with any paper in any
mode, except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in
High Quality mode. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200
to SP1231).
SP1141：ID1
SP1143：ID2
SP1145：ID3
SP1147：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

1152 CHG:W2:EDGE:11 LE/TE: Mj3:ID3)
This SP is currently under development.

side of paper in future print modes (currently under development) during duplex
printing. Do this SP when mist build-up near the leading and trailing edges of the
2nd side is causing the print heads to clog. This SP setting is linked to the charge
pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature
and humidity. There are 4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1148：ID1
SP1150：ID2
SP1152：ID3
SM 5-11 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
SP1154：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
This SP is currently under development.

Use this SP to set the pitch width of the charge applied to the MID area of the
2nd side of paper in future print modes (currently under development) during
duplex printing. Do this SP when mist build-up in the MID area is clogging the
print head nozzles. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200
4 IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1149：ID1
SP1151：ID2
SP1153：ID3
SP1155：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]

side of glossy paper for duplex printing in the High Quality mode. Do this SP
when the mist build-up near the leading and trailing edges on the 2nd side of
glossy paper is causing the print heads to clog during duplex printing in High
Quality mode. This SP setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to
SP1231). The IDs are determined by the temperature and humidity. There are 4
IDs associated with the SP numbers listed below:
SP1156：ID1
SP1158：ID2
SP1160：ID3
SP1162：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
1157 CHG:W2:EDGE:13 MID: Mj4:ID1
J007/J010/J011 5-12 SM
SP Tables
2nd side of glossy paper for duplex printing in the High Quality mode. Do this SP
when mist build-up in the MID area on the 2nd side of glossy paper is causing
the print heads to clog during duplex printing in High Quality mode. This SP
setting is linked to the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231).
SP1157：ID1
SP1159：ID2
SP1161：ID3
SP1163：ID4
[0 to 255/0/1/0.1 mm]
J007/J010
J011
Calibrate Humidity/Temperature for Duplex
1164 HUMI:B Calibrate Humidity Setting for Duplex
Use this SP to calibrate the temperature/humidity sensor for humidity readings

during duplex printing. Do this SP to update the charge pitch table for duplex
printing. This SP setting is linked to the humidity steps in the charge pitch tables
(SP1200 to SP1231).
[-128 to +127/0/1/0.1%]
1165 TEMP:B Calibrate Temperature Setting for Duplex
Use this SP to calibrate the temperature readings for duplex printing. Do this SP
to update the charge pitch table for duplex printing. This SP setting is linked to
the temperature steps in the charge pitch tables (SP1200 to SP1231).
[-128 to +127/0/1/0.1%]
Charge ID Tables: Mj1

1200 CHG:PITCH:A1 Mj1: Less Than 10% Lookup Table
1201 CHG:PITCH:A2 Mj1: 10% → 25% Lookup Table
1207 CHG:PITCH:A8 Mj1: More than 75% Lookup Table
Use this SP to configure the charge ID table for printing on normal paper in High
Speed (Draft) mode. Do this SP when mist build-up on the paper in use is
clogging the print head nozzles.
This setting is linked to the charge pitch settings (SP1100 to 1107, SP1133 to
1139).
[0 to 0xffff ffff/0/1/---]
For more details, please refer to Section 4 "Transport Belt Charge Adjustments".
SM 5-13 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables

1208 CHG:PITCH:B1 Mj2: Less Than 10% Lookup Table
1209 CHG:PITCH:B2 Mj2: 10% → 25% Lookup Table
1215 CHG:PITCH:B8 Mj2: More than 75% Lookup Table
Use this SP to configure the charge ID table for printing on any paper in any
mode except: normal paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High
Quality mode. Do this SP when mist build-up on the paper in use is clogging the
print head nozzles during printing with any paper in any mode, except: normal
paper in High Speed (Draft) mode and glossy paper in High Quality mode. This
setting is linked to the charge pitch settings (SP1108 to 1115, SP1140 to 1147).
For more details, please refer to Section 4 "Transport Belt Charge Adjustments".

1216 CHG:PITCH:C1 Mj3: Less Than 10% Lookup Table
1217 CHG:PITCH:C2 Mj3: 10% → 25% Lookup Table
1223 CHG:PITCH:C8 Mj3: More than 75% Lookup Table
Use this SP to configure the charge ID table for future print modes (under
development).
Do this SP when mist build-up on the paper in use is clogging the print head
nozzles. This setting is linked to the charge pitch settings (SP1116 to SP1123,
SP1148 to SP1155).

1224 CHG:PITCH:D1 Mj4: Less Than 10% Lookup Table
J007/J010/J011 5-14 SM
SP Tables
1225 CHG:PITCH:D2 Mj4: 10% → 25% Lookup Table
1231 CHG:PITCH:D8 Mj4: More than 75% Lookup Table
J007/J010
J011
Use this SP to configure the charge ID table for printing on glossy paper in
Quality mode. Do this SP when mist build-up on glossy paper in use is clogging
the print head nozzles. This setting is linked to the charge pitch settings (SP1124
to 1131, SP1156 to 1163).
Set Charge Area 1

1232 CHG:AREA1:OHP Set Charge of Area 1 for LE/TE: OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the leading and trailing edges of transparencies
(OHP). Do this setting when you want to adjust pitch amount of the charge
applied to the leading and trailing edge of transparencies for printing. The areas
of the leading and trailing edges is shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
Set Charge of Area 1 for LE/TE: Simplex: Any Other Than

1233 CHG:AREA1:F
OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the leading and trailing edges for the 1st side of
any paper except transparencies (OHP). Do this setting when you want to adjust
pitch amount of the charge applied to the leading and trailing edges on the 1st
side any paper except transparencies. The areas of the leading and trailing
edges is shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
Set Charge of Area 1 for LE/TE: Duplex: Any Other Than

1234 CHG:AREA1:B
OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the leading and trailing edges for the 2nd side
(duplex printing) of any paper except transparencies (OHP). Do this setting when
you want to adjust pitch amount of the charge applied to the leading and trailing
edges on the 2nd side any paper except transparencies for duplex printing. The
areas of the leading and trailing edges are shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
Set Charge Area 2

1235 CHG:AREA2:B Set Charge of Area 2 for MID: OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the MID area of transparencies (OHP).
Do this setting when you want to adjust pitch amount of the charge applied to the
SM 5-15 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
MID area of transparencies for printing. The MID area is shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
Set Charge of Area 2 for MID: Simplex: Any Other Than

1236 CHG:AREA2:F
OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the MID on the 1st side of any paper except
transparencies (OHP).
Do this setting when you want to adjust pitch amount of the charge applied to the
MID area on the 2nd side of any paper other than transparencies. The MID area
is shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
Set Charge of Area 2 for LE/TE: Duplex: Any Other Than

1237 CHG:AREA2:B
OHP
Use this SP to set the size of the MID on the 2nd side of any paper except
transparencies (OHP) for duplex printing. Do this setting when you want to adjust
pitch amount of the charge applied to the MID area on the 2nd side of any paper
other than transparencies for duplex printing. The MID area is shown below.
[5 to 255/0/1/mm]
J007/J010/J011 5-16 SM
SP Tables
Set Charge for Target Market

1238 CHG:REGION Set Charge for Geographic Region
Use the SP to set the charge for the areas listed below.
0: Enable geographical area setting
1: Japan
2: NA (North America)
3: Europe
4: China (Mainland)
5: China (Taiwan) "5" and "4" refer to same pitch table.
6: Asia. "4" "5" "6" refer to same charge pitch table
If any item other than "0" is selected that item and its setting is enabled and
J007/J010
takes priority.
J011
[0 to 6/0/1/---]
Print Head Temperature Thresholds

1300 HTEMP:H:STOP Trigger Shutdown: Standby, Printing
1301 HTEMP:H:JUDG Trigger Shutdown: Power On
1302 HTEMP:H:RCVR Recovery After High Temp Shutdown
1303 HTEMP:L:RCVR Recovery After Low Temp Shutdown
1304 HTEMP:L:JUDG Trigger Shutdown: Power On
1305 HTEMP:L:STOP Trigger Shutdown: Standby, Printing
Use this SP to set the threshold for the operating temperature range of the print
head.
[0 to 1000/0/1/0.1oC
Ambient Temperature Thresholds

1306 ETEMP:H:STOP High Temperature to Trigger Shutdown: Standby, Printing
1307 ETEMP:H:JUDG High Temperature to Trigger Shutdown: Power On
1308 ETEMP:H:RCVR Recovery After High Temp Shutdown
1309 ETEMP:L:RCVR Recovery After Low Temp Shutdown
1310 ETEMP:L:JUDG Low Temperature to Trigger Shutdown: Power On
1311 ETEMP:L:STOP Low Temperature to Trigger Shutdown: Standby, Printing
Use this SP to set the threshold for the operating humidity range of the print
head.
[0 to 1000/0/1/0.1oC
SM 5-17 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
5.2.3 GROUP 2000

Set Threshold for Near-Full Alert
2000 TH:WASTE:R:SNS Toner Collection Unit Sensor
Use this SP to set the threshold value to trigger near full alert for the ink collection
tank sensor.
[0 to 1023/0/1/---]
2001 TH:WASTE:R:SOFT Software Count : Right Toner Collection Unit
Use this SP to set the threshold value to trigger the full alert for the ink collection
tank sensor.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
2002 TH:WASTE:R:FULL Software Count : Right Toner Collection Unit
Use this SP to set the threshold value of the firmware counter to trigger the full
alert for the right ink collection tank sensor.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
2003 TH:WASTE:L:NEAR Software Count : Left Toner Collection Unit
alert for the left ink collection tank sensor.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
2004 TH:WASTE:L:FULL Software Count: Left Toner Collection Unit
alert for the left ink collection tank sensor.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
Set Threshold for Automatic Print Head Cleaning

2100 TH:ACL:MIST:B Before Capping (Mist Count)
Use this SP to set the threshold value of the mist counter that triggers automatic
print head cleaning before capping at the end of a print job.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
2101 TH:ACL:MIST:B During Printing
Use this SP to set the threshold value of the mist counter that triggers automatic
print head cleaning between pages during a print job.
[0 to 2147483647/0/1/nl]
2102 TH:ACL:FEED Before Capping (Paper Dust Count)
Use this SP to set the threshold value of the paper dust counter that triggers
automatic print head cleaning before capping at the end of a print job.
[0 to 65535/0/1/Pages]
2103 TH:ACL:AL:T1H1 Idle Time (1 Hour): Humidity Step 1
J007/J010/J011 5-18 SM
SP Tables
Use this SP to set the threshold value for the de-capping time for automatic print
head cleaning done before the start of printing.
[0 to 65535/0/1/sec.]
2107 TH:ACL:AL:T2H1 Idle Time (2 Hours): Humidity Step 1
J007/J010
J011
Use this SP to set the threshold value for the de-capping time for automatic print
head cleaning done before the start of printing.
[0 to 65535/0/1/sec.]
Set Threshold Idle Time for Maintenance Alarm

2111 TH:ALM:TM1 Time 1: 20 Hours
2112 TH:ALM:TM2 Time 2: 7 Days
2113 TH:ALM:TM3 Time 3: 1 Month
2114 TH:ALM:TM4 Time 4: 3 Months
Use this SP to set the threshold time for the printer to remain idle for
maintenance to execute before the start of a print job. (Default: 7 Days). These
threshold values are related to SP2115 to 2118.
[0 to 65535/0/1/sec.]
Note: These SP codes are still under development and will be used in the future
but at the present time changing these settings has no effect on the J007/J010
and J011.
Set Maintenance Method

2115 TH:ALM:MNT1 After Time 1 Alarm (SP2111): Venting
2116 TH:ALM:MNT2 After Time 2 Alarm (SP2112): Cleaning
2117 TH:ALM:MNT3 After Time 3 Alarm (SP2113): Cleaning *1
2118 TH:ALM:MNT4 After Time 4 Alarm (SP2114): Cleaning *2
Use this SP to select the type of maintenance that will be executed before the
first print job begins after the idle time threshold has elapsed.
*1 Air venting/filling is done if Bit 1 of SW8-3 is ON.
*2 Print head refreshing (flushing) is done if Bit 2 of SW8-3 is ON.
[0 to 65535/0/1/hours.]
Note:
These SP codes are still under development and will be used in the future.
But at the present time changing these settings has no effect on the
J007/J010 and J011.
SM 5-19 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Set Threshold for Venting During Printing

2200 TH:PRG:HUM11 35% Humidity
2201 TH:PRG:HUM12 65% Humidity
Use this SP to set the threshold value in the humidity table switches to the table
for air venting during printing.
SP2200: Looks up the low humidity table (35%).
SP2201: Looks up the high humidity table (65%).
[0 to 100/0/1/oC.]
5.2.4 GROUP 3000

Adjust Printhead Gap for dpi
3000 GAP:300:H1:G:F Print Head 1: 300 dpi: 1st Pass
3001 GAP:300:H1:B:F Print Head 1: 300 dpi: 2nd Pass
[-128 to +127/FA/1/count.]
Use this SP to adjust the print head gap for ６00 dpi printing.
[-128 to +127/FA/1/count.]
J007/J010/J011 5-20 SM
SP Tables
Use this SP to adjust the print head gap for 1200 dpi printing. [-128 to
+127/FA/1/count.]
Set Print Head Rank (Wave)

3100 HRANK:H1:W Print Head 1
J007/J010
J011
Use this SP to set the print head rank (wave rank)

[0 to 7/FA/1/---]
Set Print Head Rank (Voltage)

3104 HRANK:H1:V Print Head 1
Use this SP to set the print head rank (voltage rank)

[0 to 7/FA/1/---]
Set Amount for Standard Ink Coverage

3200 COVER:REG:B Black: 319 u1
3201 COVER:REG:M Magenta: 273 u1
3202 COVER:REG:C Cyan: 187 u1
3203 COVER:REG:Y Yellow: 276 u1
Use this SP to adjust the standard amount of ink to be applied for full coverage
areas. (Items in parentheses show the default values).
[0 to 65535/0/1/um]
5.2.5 GROUP 4000

Not used.
SM 5-21 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
5.2.6 GROUP 5000

Reset and Restoration Settings
5000 RST:FACT Restore Factory Default Setting
Resets and threshold settings and user adjusted values.
Reset Initial Tank Fill Count to Manufacturing Operation

5001 RST:INIT CNT:F
Count
Resets the initial fill counter to the initial factory setting (-2).
5002 RST:INIT CNT:A Reset Initial Tank Fill Count to Factory Shipping
Resets the initial fill counter to the initial factory setting before shipping (-1).
5003 RST:WASTE:R Reset Ink Collection Count/Flag: Right Ink Collection Unit
Resets the ink flag and ink counter for the right ink collection tank.
5004 RST:WASTE:L Reset Ink Collection Count/Flag: Left Ink Collection Unit
Resets the ink counter for the left ink collection tank.
Firmware Upload, Download

5005 NV:DOWNLOAD Download Printer Firmware : Computer → Printer
Downloads the firmware data from a PC to the NVRAM (EEPROM) in the printer.
5006 NV:UPLOAD Upload Printer Firmware: Printer → Computer
Uploads the firmware data from the NVRAM (EEPROM) in the printer to a PC.
Maintenance, Replacement
5007 WASHING Execute Auto Washing
Executes the automatic flushing procedure.
5100 PURGE:MAINTE Purge Maintenance: Right Vent
Moves the carriage in order to access the right air vent for cleaning.
CARRIAGE
5101 Set Printer in Carriage Replace Mode
CHANGE
Use this SP to reset the print head rank setting after print head replacement and
to re-initialize the initial filling counter.
Carriage Replacement Flow
1. Enter the print head rank (wave) of
Print head 1.
Print head 2.
Print head 3.
Print head 4.
2. Enter the print head rank (voltage) of
J007/J010/J011 5-22 SM
SP Tables
Print head 1.
Print head 2.
Print head 3.
Print head 4.
Initial Fill Counter Reset
1. Turn the printer off.
2. After executing this menu, turn the printer on to start initial filling of the print
head tanks.
3. After executing this menu, the carriage adjustment mode can be executed.
CARRIAGE
5102 Set Printer n Carriage Adjust Mode
ADJUST
J007/J010
Use this SP to adjust the print head gap after print head replacement and print
J011
the Nozzle Check pattern.
Carriage Adjustment Mode Flow
Before executing this menu, you must execute the carriage replacement mode.
1. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (High Speed).
2. Adjust the gap (High Speed).
3. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (High Speed).
4. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (Std. (Speed Priority). Std. (Quality
Priority)).
5. Adjust the gap (Std. (Quality Priority, Std. (Speed Priority)).
6. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (Std. (Speed Priority). Std. (Quality
Priority)).
7. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (High Quality).
8. Adjust the gap (High Quality).
9. Print the print head gap adjustment chart (High Quality).
10. Print the Nozzle Check test pattern.
5200 PRINT SMC Print an Engine Maintenance Summary
Use this SP to print an engine maintenance summary. You need at least 8 sheets
of paper to do this print. It will take at least 3 minutes before the print will start.
5300 DUMMY NUMBER Set a Dummy Number
Use this SP to set the dummy number. Operation Panel Flow
Input Check: Sensors 1/2

5400 INPUT CHK1 Check Input Sensors (1)
Use this SP to display the on/off status of each sensor. The status of each sensor
(O, X) is displayed on the 2nd line of the display.
No. Meaning No. Meaning
1 Ink Cartridge Set Switches 9 PFU Set Sensor
SM 5-23 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
2 Maintenance HP Sensor 10 PFU Relay Sensor
3 Ink Collection Tank Sensor 11 Duplexer Cover Sensor
4 Carriage Position Sensor 12 Duplexer Set Sensor
5 Not Used 13 Trailing Edge Sensor
6 Paper End Sensor – Tray 2 14 Registration Sensor 1
7 Paper End Sensor – Tray 1 15 Registration Sensor 2
8 Bypass Tray Set Sensor 16 Right Front Cover Sensor
Input Check: Sensors 2/2

5401 INPUT CHK2 Check Input Sensors (2)
Use this SP to display the on/off status of each sensor. The status of each sensor
(O, X) is displayed on the 2nd line of the display.
No. Meaning
1 NIC Detection Sensor
2 USB Connection Sensor
Input Check: Temperature and Humidity

INPUT CHK
5402 Display Print Head Temperature
HTEMP
Displays the temperature reading of the print head temperature sensor.

Units: 0.1oC
INPUT CHK Display Temperature/Humidity Sensor Reading:

5403
HUTMP Temperature
Use this SP to display the temperature reading of temperature/humidity sensor.

Units: 0.1oC
5404 INPUT CHK HUM1 Display Temperature/Humidity Sensor Reading: Humidity
Use this SP to display the humidity reading of temperature/humidity sensor.

Units: 0.1%
J007/J010/J011 5-24 SM
SP Tables
Input Check: Air

5405 INPUT CHK AIR1 Tank 1: Analog
Use this SP to display the analog reading of the air sensor in print head tank 1.
J007/J010
J011
Input Check: Ink Cartridge Set Sensors

5411 INPUT CHK CART Display Status of Ink Cartridge Set Sensors
Use this SP to display the status of the cartridge set sensor. The status of each
sensor is assigned to a column in the 2nd line of the operation panel display as
shown below.
1 to 4 Not Used 11 Cyan Ink Cartridge: Re-Fill
5 Yellow Ink Cartridge: Re-Fill 12 Cyan Ink Cartridge: Brand New
6 Yellow Ink Cartridge: Brand New 13 Cyan Ink Cartridge: Set Sensor
7 Yellow Ink Cartridge: Set 14 Black Ink Cartridge: Re-Fill
8 Magenta Ink Cartridge: Re-Fill 15 Black Ink Cartridge: Brand New
Magenta Ink Cartridge: Brand

9 16 Black Ink Cartridge: Set Sensor
New
10 Magenta Ink Cartridge: Set
SM 5-25 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Input Check: Ink Cartridge Levels

5412 INPUT CHK RES:Y Yellow Ink Cartridge
5413 NPUT CHK RES:M Magenta Ink Cartridge
5414 NPUT CHK RES:C Cyan Ink Cartridge
5415 NPUT CHK RES:K Black Ink Cartridge
Use this SP to display the amount of ink that remains in each ink cartridge.
Units: %
Input Check: Ink Collection Unit Sensor

INPUT CHK
5416 Current Analog Reading
WASTE
Use this SP to display the analog reading of the ink collection tank sensor.
Encoder Readings
5417 INPUT CHK MENC Horizontal Encoder
Use this SP to display the current reading of the main scan encoder.
5418 INPUT CHK SENC Vertical Encoder
Use this SP to display the current reading of the sub scan encoder.
Board Temperature Sensors

INPUT CHK
5419 PSU Ambient Temperature Sensor
PTEMP
Displays the temperature reading of the PSU ambient temperature sensor.

Note: At present nothing displays because there is no temperature sensor in the
PSU.
Units: 0.1oC
INPUT CHK
5420 Drive Board Temperature Sensor
DTEMP
Displays the temperature reading of the temperature sensor in the DRV board
circuits.
Units: 0.1oC
5.2.7 GROUP 6000

Not Used
J007/J010/J011 5-26 SM
SP Tables
5.2.8 GROUP 7000

Display Charge Count
7000 CHG CNT:S:P:M Single Counter: Monochrome Application
7001 CHG CNT:S:P:L Single Counter: Multi-Level Color Application
7002 CHG CNT:S:P:C Single Counter: Color Application
7003 CHG CNT:W:P:M Double Counter: Monochrome Application
7004 CHG CNT:W:P:L Double Counter: Multi-Level Color Application
J007/J010
J011
7005 CHG CNT:W:P:C Double Counter: Color Application
Use this sensor to display the charge counts.
Display Coverage Count

7006 COVER CNT:P:M Monochrome Application
7007 COVER CNT:P:L DColor Application
7008 COVER CNT:P:C Multi-Level Color Application
Use this sensor to display the charge counts.
Display User Cleaning Count

7100 USER CL CNT:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the total number of print head cleanings executed from the
printer driver and from the printer operation panel.
Display User Refreshing Count

7104 USER RF CNT:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the total number of print head flushings executed from the
printer driver and from the printer operation panel.
Display Count: Air Purges/Re-fillings After SC990

7108 AOFL CNT:S:H1 Print Head 1
SM 5-27 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Use this SP to display the number of air purge/ink tank re-fillings after SC990 has
occurred.
Display Count: Air Purges/Re-fillings After Ink End

7112 AOFL CNT:I:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of air purge/ink tank re-fillings after an ink tank
has run out of ink.
Display Count: Air Purges/Re-Fillings After Air Detected

7116 AOFL CNT:A:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of air purge/ink tank re-fillings after the air
sensor detected air in a print head ink tank.
Display Count: Air Detected at Power On

7120 AIR CNT:P:T1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of times air was detected by the air sensor a
print head tank at power on.
Display Count: Air Detected Before Capping, Between Pages, or When

Ink Cartridge Replaced
7126 AIR CNT:BPC:T1 Print Head Tank 1
J007/J010/J011 5-28 SM
SP Tables
Use this SP to display the number of times the air sensor detected air in an an
ink tank (1) re-filling before capping at the end of a print job, (2) re-filling between
pages, (3) after replacing and ink cartridge.
J007/J010
J011
Display Count: Air Detected in Print Head Tank After During
Maintenance After Purge
7132 AIR CNT:A:T1 Print Head Tank 1
Use this SP to display the number of times air was detected by the air sensor in
a print head tank during automatic print head maintenance triggered by the
printer remaining idle.
Display Count: Automatic Cleanings Between Page Prints

7138 ACL CNT:P:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of automatic print head cleanings between
page prints while print jobs were executing.
Display Count: Automatic Cleanings Before Print Head Capping

7142 ACL CNT:B:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of automatic print head cleanings before print
SM 5-29 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
head capping.
Display Count: Automatic Cleanings After Printer Has Remained Idle

7146 ACL CNT:B:H1 Idle Time 1
Use this SP to display the number of automatic print head cleanings triggered by
automatic maintenance after the printer remained idle longer than the specified
threshold time.
Display Count: Maintenance Operations After Printer Idle

7150 AMNT CNT:TM1 Idle Time 1
Use this SP to display the number of times maintenance executed automatically.
Display Count: Total Ink Cartridge Out

7154 EMPTY CNT:C1 Ink Cartridge 1
Use this SP to display the number of times that each ink cartridge has become
empty.
Display Count: Ink Cartridge Out (Equal or More Than Guaranteed

Service Life)
7158 END CNT:C1 Ink Cartridge 1
Use this SP to display the number of times that each ink cartridge equaled or
surpassed the guaranteed service life of the cartridge.
J007/J010/J011 5-30 SM
SP Tables
Display Software Count: Near End for Toner Collection Unit

WASTE
7200 Right Toner Collection Unit
CNT:R:NEAR
Use this SP to display the current software count for the left ink collection tank.
Units: ml
The near-end thresholds for the printers are:
J011：528 ml（528000000nl）
J007/J010：413 ml（413000000nl）
Display Count: Tank Full: Toner Collection Unit
J007/J010
7201 WASTE CNT:R:FULL Right Toner Collection Unit
J011
Use this SP to display the current count for the number of times the status of the
right ink collection tank has changed from near-full to full.
Units: ml
The full thresholds for the printers are:
J011: 11 ml (1100 0000 nl)
J007/J010: 3 ml (3000 000 nl)
Display Count: Tank Full: Toner Collection Unit

WASTE
7202 Left Toner Collection Unit
CNT:L:FULL
Use this SP to display the current count for the number of times the status of the
left ink collection tank has changed from near-full to full.
Units: ml
The near-full, full thresholds for the printers are as follows:
Near Full
J011: 211 ml (2100 0000 nl)
J007/J010: 80 ml (8000 000 nl)
Full
J011: 233 ml (2330 00000 nl)
J007/J010: 100 ml (1000 00000 nl)
Display Count: Swing Plate Contacts With Carriage

7203 SWNG PLATE CNT Left Toner Collection Unit
Display Count: Mist Counter for Automatic Cleaning

7204 MIST CNT:T1 Print Head Tank 1
SM 5-31 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Use this SP to display the number of times that the swing plate of the left ink
collection tank has made contact with the carriage.
Display Count: Paper Dust Counter for Automatic Cleaning

7210 FEED:CNT:H1 Print Head Tank 1
Use this SP to display the current reading of the ink mist counter that determines
when to execute automatic cleaning.
Display Count: Cap Off Time for Automatic Print Head Cleaning
7214 DECAP TIME Print Head Tank 1
Use this SP to display the de-capping time used to determine whether automatic
cleaning is executed after the printer returns from idle mode.
Display Humidity Reading Before Automatic Print Head Cleaning

7215 HUMI:ACL:AL
Use this SP to display the temperature reading before capping operation used to
determine whether automatic print head cleaning is done after the printer returns
from idle mode.
Display Count: Ink Cartridge Replacements

7300 CART CHG CNT:K K (Black)
7301 CART CHG CNT:C C (Cyan)
7302 CART CHG CNT:M M (Magenta)
7303 CART CHG CNT:Y Y (Yellow)
Use this SP to display the number of times the carriage has been replaced.
Display Date of Ink Collection Unit Replacement

7400 WASTE:DATE YY:MM:DD
Use this SP to displayt the date the ink collection tanks were replaced.
Date Standard: 2000
Display Standby Time

7401 PWAIT:DATE YY:MM:DD
Display the total time the printer has remained in standby mode.
J007/J010/J011 5-32 SM
SP Tables
Date Standard: 2000
Display Operation Start Date

7402 START:DATE YY:MM:DD
Display the total time the printer has remained in full operation.
Date Standard: 2000
Display SC Code Log

7403 SC CODE1 Log 1: Previous
J007/J010
7404 SC CODE2 Log 2: Previous -1
J011
Use this SP to display the SC code history.

The occurrences of SC codes are stored in the order 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Duplicate occurrences of SC codes are not recorded (each SC code
recorded only once).
Display Jam Log

7408 JAM CODE1 Log 1: Previous
7409 JAM CODE2 Log 2: Previous -1
Use this SP to display the jam code history. The occurrences of jam codes are
stored in the order 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Display Total Count: Jam Log

7413 JAM COUNT1 Log 1: Previous
7414 JAM COUNT2 Log 2: Previous -1
Use this SP to display the number of times jam codes have been issued. The
occurrences of jam codes are stored in the order 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
SM 5-33 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Display Total Count: Jam Log

7418 FILL PROGRESS1 Log 1: Previous
7419 FILL PROGRESS2 Log 2: Previous -1
Use this SP to display the number of times initial tank filling has been performed.
Display Maintenance Log

7422 LAST MNT:TM1 Log 1: Previous
7423 LAST MNT:TM2 Log 2: Previous -1
7424 LAST MNT:TM3 Log 3: Previous -2
Use this SP the total time for all maintenance executions.
Display Maintenance Log: By Type of Maintenance

7425 LAST MAINTE1 Log 1: Previous
7426 LAST MAINTE2 Log 2: Previous -1
7427 LAST MAINTE3 Log 3: Previous -2
Use this SP to display the types of maintenance executed.

The types of maintenance are number coded as shown below:
1 Maintenance a power on
6 Maintenance idle operation
7 Auto print head cleaning after ilde time elapsed
8 Maintenance air detection
9 Ink tank filling before maintenance page
10 Ink tank filling between maintenance pages
11 Ink tank filling before maintenance capping
12 Maintenance cartridge replacement
13 Cleaning between maintenance pages
14 Cleanings before maintenance capping
15 Maintenance manual cleaning
16 Maintenance manual flushing
Display Maintenance Log: Total Count

7428 LAST MNT CNT1 Log 1: Previous
7429 LAST MNT CNT2 Log 2: Previous -1
7430 LAST MNT CNT3 Log 3: Previous -2
Use this SP to display the total count for all maintenance executions.
J007/J010/J011 5-34 SM
SP Tables
Display Near Full Flag: Right Ink Collection Unit

7431 WASTE NEAR FLG
Use this SP to display the near-full flag of the right ink collection tank.
Display Position of Tank Full Feeler for Each Print Head Tank After Air
Purge
7500 INIT POS:T1 Print Head Tank 1
J007/J010
J011
Use this SP to display the detected position of the print head tank full sensor at
air venting/ink filling.
Display Normal Position for Detection of Full Print Head Tank

7506 FULL POS:T1 Print Head Tank 1
Use this SP to display the usual position of the print tank full sensor when the ink
tank is filled
Display Count: Number of Manual Printhead Cleanings

7512 DCL CNT:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of automatic print head cleanings done during
printing
Display Count: Ink Supply Time Up

7516 PTMOUT:CNT:T1 Print Head Tank 1
SM 5-35 J007/J010/J011
SP Tables
Use this SP to display the number of times near-end/end was detected by timeup
while ink was being supplied to the ink tanks.
Display Count: Automatic Print Head Cleanings (After De-Cap Time

Elapsed)
7522 ACL:CNT:D:H1 Print Head 1
Use this SP to display the number of times the automatic print head cleaning
executed triggered by time exceeded the threshold set for the de-capping time.
Display Count: Maintenance Cleanings of Right Vent

7526 PMT:CNT Right Vent Purges
Use this SP to display the number of times the right air vent was cleaned during
maintenance.
Display Count: Detections of Air Present Before Maintenance

Cleanings
7527 PMT CNT:A:T1 Print Head Tank 1
Use this SP to display the number of times air was detected during maintenance
cleaning of the right ink suction vent.
J007/J010/J011 5-36 SM
Bit Switches
5.3 BIT SWITCHES
Soft bit switches are used to do some basic function settings that determine how the
printer operates. This section describes the functions of these bit switches.
5.3.1 CHANGING BIT SWITCH SETTINGS
1. Push and hold down and for 3 sec. then release to enter the SP mode.
2. Push [#Enter].
J007/J010
J011
ENG SW #1 00001000
bit0 _
6. Push or to position the cursor under the digit of the bit switch that you
want to change.
7. Push or to display "1" or "0".
8. Push [#Enter] to enable the setting.
9. Push [Escape] until the display returns to "ENGINE MAINTE."
10. Select "3. END" and press [#Enter] to leave the SP mode.
5.3.2 BIT SWITCH SUMMARY
Bit SW 1: Drive Cleaning
Setting
Bit Meaning Default Details
0 1
Print Head Cap

0 OFF ON 1 Do not change this setting.
Control
After setting to "1" returns to "0"

Drive Cleaning
1 OFF ON 0 immediately after drive cleaning
Control
is finished.
2 Reserved Do not change this setting.
Ink Supply Pump

3 OFF ON 1
Long Term Unused
SM 5-37 J007/J010/J011
Bit Switches
Setting
Bit Meaning Default Details
0 1
4 Not Used
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
Bit SW 1 is used to perform drive cleaning. Drive cleaning should be performed by the
service technician after head cleaning and head flushing (done with either the operation
panel or the printer driver) fail to clean the print heads successfully. For more detailed
instructions about how to do this, please refer to "Drive Cleaning" at the end of "Image
Correction" in Section "4. Troubleshooting".
Bit SW 2. Not used. Do not change these settings.
Bit SW 3 Emulation
Setting
Bit Function Default Details
0 1
0 Not Used
1 Not Used
Makes the printer compatible

2 PCL5e/5c OFF ON 0 with old HP PCL printer drivers
(HP4000, HP8000, etc.)
3 Not Used
4 Not Used
5 Not Used
6 Not Used
7 Not Used
Bit SW 4. Not used. Do not change these settings.

Bit SW 5. Functions Common to All Models
Setting
0 1
0 Not Used
J007/J010/J011 5-38 SM
Bit Switches
Setting
0 1
Counter menu OFF ON 0 This is a GW specification.

display for charge on 0: Does not print.
printer use, printing 1: Prints
1
enabled after
coverage counted
up.
Error skip. All PPC 0 Switches error skip on/off

only 0: Errors skipped regardless of
J007/J010
2
paper size, paper type.
J011
1: Error skipped only for PPC.
3 Not Used
4 Not Used
Counter Display OFF ON 0 Switches the counter display

on/off.
5
0: Counter not displayed.
1: Counter is displayed
Color Level Display OFF ON 0 Switches the color lever

display on/off.
6
0: Color level not displayed
1: Color level displays
7 Not Used
Bit SW 6. Enable Functions for Individual Printer Models

Setting
0 1
Humidity Sensor OFF ON １ This switch determines

Check whether the humidity sensor is
checked after power on and
before the ink tanks are filled.
OFF: Check is not done.
0
ON: Check is done
If an abnormal condition is
detected, this triggers SC986
and the printer will not operate
(the tanks are not filled).
Self-Diagnostics OFF ON 0 This switch sets whether the

Execute self-diagnostic test executes
automatically if the humidity
1
sensor connection is broken.
OFF: No self-diagnostics
ON: Self-diagnostics execute
SM 5-39 J007/J010/J011
Bit Switches
Setting
0 1
2 Double-Count OFF ON 0 Not used for J007/J010, J011
3 Carriage Setting 2 OFF ON 0 Not used for J007/J010, J011
Charge Setting OFF ON 0 Shows the flag to indicate

updated version allows charge
adjustment on the transport
4 belt:
0: Default
1: NVRAM update succeeded,
charge can be adjusted.
ICB Miscount OFF ON 0 Japan Only

Recovery Determines whether ink
collection tank count in
5
NVRAM is corrected or not.
0: Count not corrected
1: Count corrected.
USB Serial Signal 0 1 0 Determines how the USB

signal is fixed.
0: Serial signal is set with the
6 value in NVRAM.
1: USB serial signal fixed at
"0" (value in NVRAM is not
changed).
Hidden Functions 0 1 0 Determines whether hidden

functions (hidden paper sizes
A5 SEF, B6 SEF) are
7
displayed.
0: No A5 SEF, B6 SEF display
1: A5 SEF, B6 SEF displayed
Bit SW 7. Enable Functions for Individual Printer Models

Bit SW 8: GW Bit Switch
Setting
0 1
ID Chip ON OFF 0 Disables/enables the ID chips.

0 0: ID chips recognized
1: ID chips not recognized
Design Waveform OFF ON 0 Designates waveform switch

1 Switching 0: For product
1: For design
2 Speed Mode Priority OFF ON 0 Not used for:
J007/J010/J011 5-40 SM
Bit Switches
Setting
0 1
Operation Control OFF ON 0 J007/J010, J011

3 Mode After Printer
Idle
4 Maintenance Mode OFF ON 0
ASKUL Paper OFF ON 0

5
Charge Setting
J007/J010
6 Auto Clean Disable OFF ON 0
J011
Auto Clean for High OFF ON 0
7
Paper Volume User
SM 5-41 J007/J010/J011
Status Reports
5.4 STATUS REPORTS
5.4.1 SYSTEM SUMMARY

The System Summary consists of one page and lists the most basic information about the
configuration of the printer.
To print the System Summary:

1. Confirm that paper is loaded in the paper tray.
2. Push [Menu].
3. Push or to display "List/Test Print" and push [#Enter].
4. With "List/Test Print" displayed push [#Enter].
J007/J010/J011 5-42 SM
Status Reports
5.4.2 SERVICE SUMMARY

The Service Summary consists of two pages and lists the same information as the System
Summary but also provides much more detail about the configuration of the printer.
J007/J010
J011
To print the Service Summary:
1. Confirm that paper is loaded in the paper tray.
2. Push [Menu].
3. Push or to display "List/Test Print" and push [#Enter].
4. Push or to display "Config. Page" and push [#Enter].
SM 5-43 J007/J010/J011
Status Reports
5.4.3 ENGINE SUMMARY CHART

The Engine Summary Charge consists of eight pages and requires about three minutes to
print. The Engine Summary Chart lists all the current SP code settings.
To print the Engine Summary Chart:

Do SP5200 (Print SMC).
Here is a brief summary of what is listed in the Engine Summary Chart.
Heading Meaning
ENGINE SUMMARY CHART Title
MODEL Number of the Printer Model
SER_NO Printer Serial Number
Firm Ver Version number of the firmware in the printer
SENSOR1, SENSOR2 Sensor information
SP No, Name, Value SP number, name, value of current setting
<NEXT PAGE> Indicates next page available
<END> End of summary report (no pages follow)
J007/J010/J011 5-44 SM
Important Parts
6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS
6.1 IMPORTANT PARTS
6.1.1 FRONT VIEW
J007/J010/
J011
1. Top cover
Open to remove paper jams. This cover must always stay closed when the machine
prints.
2. Envelope selector
Push back to print on envelopes. Pull forward to print on all other types of paper.
3. Ink cartridges
Y (Yellow)
M (Magenta)
C (Cyan)
K (Black
4. Right front door.
Open to install or replace Ink cartridges.
5. Paper Cassette Tray (Tray 1)
Holds paper to feed to the printer.
6. Output tray extension
Extends the output tray. Pull out this extension when you print on paper longer than
SM 6-1 J007/J010/J011
Important Parts
A4 or LTR size paper.

7. Output tray
Holds paper that has exited the printer after a print job. Pull out the output tray
extension when you print on paper longer than A4 or LTR.
6.1.2 REAR VIEW
1. USB connection point

Connect the USB cable to the printer at this area. Connect the other end to the PC.
2. Guide plate
Pull out to remove jammed paper.
3. Duplex Unit
Takes paper just printed on the front side. Then it reverses the paper. Then it feeds it
into the printer again. Then the paper gets printed on the backside.
4. Ventilation port
A cooling fan behind this port blows hot air out of the printer to cool it. Never let this
vent get blocked. Too much heat inside the printer could damage its electrical
components
5. Power connector
Use only the power cord provided with the printer. Make sure you ground (earth) the
head of the plug at the power source.
The detachable power cord is provided with the EU model only.
The power cord of the NA model is permanently attached.
6. Duplex unit locks
Raise both of this tabs to release the duplex unit so it can be removed. Be sure to
J007/J010/J011 6-2 SM
Important Parts
press them down again after reinstalling the duplex unit.

7. Ink collection tank cover
Open and remove the ink collection tank when it needs to be replaced, or before
servicing the printer.
8. NIB cover
Remove this cover to access the network interface board.
J007/J010/
J011
SM 6-3 J007/J010/J011
Electrical Components
6.2.1 OVERVIEW
1 Print Heads 7 Duplexer Cover Switch
2 1st Registration Sensor 8 Maintenance Motor
3 HRB 9 Maintenance HP Sensor
4 Horizontal Encoder Sensor 10 Ink Collection Tank Sensor
5 2nd Registration Sensor 11 Temperature/Humidity Sensor
6 DIB 12 Paper End Sensor
J007/J010/J011 6-4 SM
Electrical Components
J007/J010/
J011
1 PSU 11 Ink Level Sensor
2 Vertical Motor 12 Duplexer Detection Board
3 Paper Feed Clutch 13 Duplex Set Switch
4 Horizontal Motor 14 Carriage Position Sensor
5 Cooling Fan 15 Ink Pump Motors (x2)
6 SENC 16 CCB
7 Vertical Encoder Sensor 17 OPU
8 Trailing Edge Sensor 18 Right Front Door Switch
9 Control Board 19 Top Cover Switch
10 Air Release Solenoid 20 HVPS
SM 6-5 J007/J010/J011
Carriage Unit
6.3 CARRIAGE UNIT
6.3.1 OVERVIEW
1 Carriage Unit
2 Print Head Tank
3 Air Release Valve
4 Ink Level Levers
6.3.2 PRINT HEAD
The wide print head increases the width of the band printed with one pass. This lets the
machine print faster.
Print Head Specifications

Item J007/J010 J011
Number of Print Heads 2 (Y/M, C/K) 4 (Y, M, C, K)
J007/J010/J011 6-6 SM
Carriage Unit
Item J007/J010 J011
Number of Nozzles 192 x 4 colors 384 x 4 colors

192 nozzles x 2 lines/head 192 nozzles x 2 lines/head
Array Cross-Hatch (150 dpi x 2 lines)
Voltage Element Piezoelectric
6.3.3 PRINT HEAD TANK
J007/J010/
J011
1 Ink Supply Port
2 Ink Reservoir
3 Air Release Valve
4 Ink Level Levers
5 Plastic Bellows
The printer employs a dual-tank system.

Each ink cartridge (Y, M, C, K) is connected to a print head tank via a plastic tube.
The first tank of the dual-tank system is the ink cartridge that supplies the ink through a
tube to the print head tank unit. The second tank is the small ink reservoir inside the print
head tank unit.
The high volume ink cartridges and the carriage components are extremely lightweight.
A print head tank has four main parts as shown above:
Ink supply port. Ink enters here from the ink cartridge mounted under the operation
panel.
Ink reservoir. This is where ink collects before it is fed to the print head below.
SM 6-7 J007/J010/J011
Carriage Unit
Plastic bellows. A spring forces out the flexible, thin plastic film on the left side of the
ink tank.
Ink level lever. When the ink tank is mounted in the printer, this lever pushes the
bellows down to increase pressure in the ink reservoir. The ink level sensor mounted
on the carriage detects the position of these arms to determine the amount of ink
remaining in a tank. (The actuator spreads outward when the bellows gradually
collapses as ink is consumed.)
Air release valve. Purges air periodically to keep the ink inside the ink tank unit under
the prescribed pressure and the amount of air in the tank low.
The basic operation of the print head tank is identical in both printer models. However, the
configuration of the tanks is slightly different.
On the J007/J010 there are two combined units.

Two print head tanks are mounted on one print head.
Each print head tank unit feeds to its own nozzle array and (one for each color.
Each print head tank holds 4.3 ml of ink.
On the J011 there are four independent units.
Each print head tank has an independent print head with a nozzle array.
Each print head tank holds 4.6 ml of ink.
6.3.4 INK EJECTION DEVICE
Each print head uses a piezo-electric element (PZT) . This forces ink from the ink
reservoirs out of the ink nozzles and onto the paper.
This is done with pressure. At the prescribed time, an electric charge is applied to the PZT.
This makes the PZT expand. The expansion of the PZT puts pressure on the ink below.
This makes the ink move in both directions. The ink on the right is forced out the ejection
J007/J010/J011 6-8 SM
Carriage Unit
port.
This device is unique. Other printers on the market use small heaters that form bubbles to
eject ink from the ports.
6.3.5 INK NEAR END
J007/J010/
J011
The printer detects ink near-end in two ways:
The printer software maintains a count of how much ink is consumed from each
cartridge and signals near-end when a cartridge is nearly empty.
As a backup method, the ink level sensor monitors the positions of the ink level levers
on the sides of the ink tanks. This is described below.
Each print head in the ink tank unit [1] has a ink level lever This lever presses against a
spring loaded bellows in the center of the print head tank. The right side of each tank is
constructed of flexible plastic:
As ink enters the tank, the pressure of the ink pushes against the side of the tank and
moves the lever away from the side of the print head tank.
As ink is consumed during printing, the vacuum created by the ink leaving the tank
pulls the lever toward the side of the print head tank.
The ink level sensor [2], mounted above the front guide rail, checks the left and right
positions of the ink level levers [3] and [4] every time the carriage passes.
When the ink level sensor detects that a lever is completely flat against the side of the
tank, the printer sends a prescribed amount of ink to the tank from the ink cartridge.
The sensor signals the ‘ink near-end’ if the ink level lever does not return to the full
position (away from the side of the tank) within the prescribed time after the printer
requests a refill from the ink cartridge.
After the near-end alert, the printer will continue to print with the ink that remains in the
partially filled tank until the printer issues the ink end alert.
SM 6-9 J007/J010/J011
Carriage Unit
6.3.6 INK OUT
Two sensor pins [1] (1 pair for each tank) monitor the amount of air in the print head tank.
These pins detect changes in the voltage differential on the surface of the ink inside the
print head tank.
When these terminals detect air in the tank, air escapes through the air release valve [2]
opened by the air release solenoid [3]. This allows more ink to enter the tank.
This is a continuous operation. The sensor pin readings signal the ink-out condition when:
The ink near-end alert has been issued.
The amount of air detected in the tank indicates that no ink remains in the tank.
Also, as a backup measure, the firmware counts up for the amount of ink consumed after
every near end occurrence. When this count reaches the value prescribed for the toner
cartridge, this will also signal an ink-out condition.
6.3.7 REGISTRATION SENSORS
1 1st Registration Sensor
2 Transport Belt
3 Paper (Leading Edge)
J007/J010/J011 6-10 SM
Carriage Unit
4 2nd Registration Sensor
1st Registration Sensor

The 1st registration sensor is attached to the left side of the carriage and moves side to
side with the carriage during printing.
The 1st registration sensor performs two important functions for print control:
Detects the leading edge of every sheet
Detects the width of the paper when the carriage and sensor pass horizontally over
the vertical edge of the paper as it feeds.
J007/J010/
J011
This is not automatic paper size detection. The paper size must be set with the
printer driver.
The printer will signal an alert if the detected size does not match the size
selected for the print job.
2nd Registration Sensor

The 2nd registration sensor is a photosensor mounted over the transport belt in the middle
of the transport belt. The 2nd registration sensor detects the leading and trailing edge of
each sheet during high speed printing. The printer uses this information for print control
timing.
SM 6-11 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
6.4 INK SUPPLY SYSTEM
6.4.1 OVERVIEW
1 Ink cartridges （x 4): Y, M, C, K
2 Ink Pump Unit
3 Ink Supply Tubes
J007/J010/J011 6-12 SM
Ink Supply System
6.4.2 INK CARTRIDGES
J007/J010/
J011
1 Color index tab
2 Grip
3 Release
4 Contacts
5 Ink supply port

There is a separate ink cartridge for each color (Y, M, C, K). Each ink cartridge is vacuum
packed. Ink cartridges are available in different sizes.
The starter cartridges are provided with purchase of the printer and contain less
ink than the medium and large capacity ink cartridges that must be purchased.
Size Color Capacity (cc
J007 Starter K 22.85
C 23.76
M 24.41
Y 24.54
J010/J011 Starter K 24.77
C 28.55
M 37.64
Y 38.03
Medium (for purchase) K 33.54
C 25.57
SM 6-13 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
Size Color Capacity (cc
M 25.48
Y 25.52
Large (for purchase) K 67.61
C 59.53
M 58.10
Y 57.97
The estimated service life of an ink cartridges is only a rough estimate.

The estimated service life may vary significantly due to the amount of coverage
on a page, environmental conditions, and so on.
After the printer signals the near end alert for an ink cartridge, approximately 40
pages can be printed before the end alert is issued.
All the colors (Y, M, C, K) are pigment inks.
These inks require only standard PPC to get quality printouts (special print media are
not required).
The inks do not smear because they dry more quickly.
They do not fade in bright light. This makes their colors highly durable.
6.4.3 INK CARTRIDGE SET SENSORS
Four micro switches detect the ink cartridges. The switches are connected in series above
the cartridge set detection plate [1]. Each tank is provided with a micro-switch. The
machine can specifically detect which ink cartridge is not set correctly. An open switch
J007/J010/J011 6-14 SM
Ink Supply System
signals when:
A cartridge is not in the machine
A cartridge is not installed correctly
To solve this problem, the operator must open the ink cartridge cover and confirm
whether:
A cartridge is not in the machine
A cartridge is not installed properly
6.4.4 INK PUMPS
J007/J010/
J011
1 Ink Pump Motor 1
2 Ink Pump Motor 2
3 to 6 Ink Supply Tubes for Y, M, C, K ink.
7 Worm Gear (1st supply motor)
8 Worm Gear (2nd supply motor)
9 Gear
10 Cam
11 Plunger
12 Pump
The J011 has three ink pump motors. For more details about the differences in
the configurations of the J007/J010 and J011, please refer to the next section.
The ink supply pump is divided into two compartments:
SM 6-15 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
M/Y compartment (for Magenta, Yellow Ink cartridges)

K/C compartment (For Black, Cyan Ink cartridges)
Each compartment contains:
1 pump motor.
2 pumps (one for each ink cartridge)
2 cams
When a print head tank needs ink:
The printer switches on one ink pump motor. The motor and its worm gear are rotated
forward or reverse (depending on which type of ink is requested). Only one pump
operates at a time.
One or the other pump is operated, depending on whether the ink pump motor rotates
forward or reverse. (Two pumps that share a motor cannot operate together at the
same time.)
A cam striking a plunger vibrates the plunger to form the vacuum in the line that sucks
ink from the cartridge.
The supply motor operates long enough to pump the prescribed amount of ink to the
tank. Then it switches off.
6.4.5 PRINT HEADS
The mechanisms that supply the ink from the ink cartridges to the print heads are identical
for both printer models. However, the number of components and their arrangement are
slightly different.
The operation of the basic components is first explained with the J007/J010 as a model
then the differences of the J011 are described.
J007/J010/J011 6-16 SM
Ink Supply System
J007/J010
J007/J010/
J011
No. J007/J010
1 AS Air Sensors x2
2 F Feelers x4
3 HT Head Tanks x4
4 --- Filter Units x2
5 H Print Heads x2
6 IM Ink Pump Motors x2
7 CT Ink Cartridges x4
An air sensor [1], two feelers [2], and head tank [3] comprise the reservoir of the ink
supply system.
The ink flows from the head tank through a filter [4] that contains the piezoelectric element
that expands upon application of a electrical charge to force ink out of the nozzles of the
print head [5].
Two ink pump motors [6] drive the simple pump mechanisms that draw ink out of the ink
cartridges [7] and send it to the head tanks.
One ink pump motor operates the pumps of two ink cartridges. The ink pump motor drives
a single worm gear. The direction of rotation of the gear determines which pump is
operated. For example, when the KC ink pump motor in the illustration above rotates the
SM 6-17 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
worm gear forward, the pump draws cyan ink (C) from the C ink cartridge, and when the
motor reverses, it draws black ink (K) from the K ink cartridge.
The ink pump motor switches on in response to a request for more ink when the ink level
sensor detects that the position of a feeler on the side of a tank indicates that a tank is low.
Ink is also drawn into the tank from the ink supply tubes when the air sensors detect too
much air in a tank and not enough ink. The air sensor activates the air release solenoid
which creates a partial vacuum inside the tank that purges the air from the tank through a
vent and at the same time draws more ink from the supply tubes into the tank.
No. J011
1 AS Air Sensors x6
2 F Feelers x6
3 HT Head Tanks x6
4 --- Filter Units x4
5 H Print Heads x6
6 IM Ink Pump Motors x3
7 CT Ink Cartridges x4
The components and operation of the print heads in the J011 are identical to those of the
J007/J010 described above. However, two additional print head units are provided on the
J007/J010.
The outer print heads unit both supply Yellow and Magenta ink.
During bi-directional printing:
J007/J010/J011 6-18 SM
Ink Supply System
On the left-to-right pass, the print heads on the far right lay down yellow ink over
magenta.
On the right-to-left pass, the print heads on the far left once again lay down yellow ink
over magenta.
This arrangement ensures that yellow ink is always laid down over magenta ink during bi-
directional printing.
The order of application of the other inks (cyan and black) is not important.
Another important difference is that there are three ink pump motors in the J011 (not two
J007/J010/
as in the J007/J010).
J011
6.4.6 PRINT HEAD MAINTENANCE
Overview
1 Flushing Gate
2 Maintenance Unit
3 Ink Collection Tank
SM 6-19 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System

Overview
The maintenance unit performs two important functions:

Keeps the surface of the print heads moist when they are not being used.
Cleans the print heads with suction during print head cleaning. (The print heads are
also cleaned automatically at prescribed intervals.
Caps [1] and [2] cover the print heads when the carriage is at the home position on the
right side of the printer.
Cap [2] is the only cap that can siphon excess ink from a print head. The ink gets
siphoned from the head with a simple, pressure tube-pump mechanism.
During print head cleaning:
The maintenance motor [4] runs forward. Two cams lower the bottom of the unit.
Next, the motor reverses. When the motor reverses, it disengages a one-way clutch
attached to the main shaft. This allows it to rotate a second shaft that rotates a cam
against the side of the plastic tube. This alternating pressure and release on the side
of the tube comprises a very simple pump mechanism.
At the prescribed time, the motor runs forward again until a feeler on the main shaft
reaches the gap of the maintenance HP sensor (located at [5] (but not shown). This
switches the motor off.
Another cam attached to the main shaft raises and lowers the wiper [3]. The wiper
cleans the surface of the print head above as the carriage moves left and then right.
Maintenance Unit Cleaning Cycle

The operator can start the cleaning operation from the printer driver or the operation panel.
You can set the print head for cleaning (or clean them all) if you start the clean job with the
printer driver. All the print heads are cleaned if the job starts from the operation panel.
J007/J010/J011 6-20 SM
Ink Supply System
J007/J010/
J011
Cleaning starts with the carrier and print heads capped and resting on top of the
maintenance unit.
When the cleaning cycle starts, the maintenance unit is lowered by the
rotation of the main shaft. The cams rotate away from the bottom of the unit.
At the same time, the carriage moves the print head unit to the left.
The carriage moves the first print head (in this example, "KC" of the J007/J010) above the
first vent of the maintenance unit.
SM 6-21 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
Only the first vent can siphon ink from the print head into the ink collection tank.
Another cam on the main shaft presses the maintenance unit up so the C print head
covers the first vent.
Next, the maintenance motor reverses. The one-way clutch disengages the main shaft
and engages the second shaft. This operates the tube-pump. The suction from the pump
sucks ink from the surface of the print head.
Next, the maintenance unit lowers, and another cam raises the wiper. At the same time
the carriage moves the print heads left far enough so the vacuumed print head touches
the wiper. The wiper cleans the ink from the print head.
Next, the carriage moves the print heads back to the home position. The maintenance unit
caps the print heads. A cam on the main shaft below vibrates the small scraper. This
removes the ink bolus from the wall of the trap and sends it to the ink collection tank.
This cycle is repeated for each print head selected for cleaning. For more, see
Section "4. Troubleshooting".
This cleaning cycle is also done automatically for all print heads if the printer
stays idle for the time intervals shown in the table below.
J007/J010/J011 6-22 SM
Ink Supply System
Cleaning Table
Idle Time Required Cleaning Time
J007/J010 J011
> 10 hours, < 3 days 20 s 24 s
> 3 Days, < 7 Days 20 to 80 s 24 to 160 s
> 7 Days, < 1 Month 80 s 160 s
> 1 Month, < 3 180 s 360 s

Months
J007/J010/
J011
> 3 Months 180 s 360 s
6.4.8 INK COLLECTION TANK
1 Ink Collection Tank Release
2 Tank Handle
3 Tank Entrance Slot
4 Ink Collection Tank Sensor
The ink collection unit holds the used ink sent to it from the maintenance unit above.
SM 6-23 J007/J010/J011
Ink Supply System
Inside the printer, the maintenance unit [1] sits on top of the ink collection tank [2].
The ink from the maintenance unit enters the tank through the slot [3].
The ink collection tank [4] sensor detects when the tank is full and needs to be replaced.
Once the ink collection tank is full, discard it.
Obey the local laws and regulations regarding the disposal of items such as the
ink collection tank.
Never attempt to clean an ink collection tank and use it again.
The printer should be able to use one ink collection tank for about 5 years of normal use.
6.4.9 INK COLLECTION INK LEVEL SENSOR
The ink collection ink level sensor [1] is a “smart” reflective photosensor.
The photosensor measures the changes in the density of the ink materials in the tank.
This lets the printer know when the tank is full.
A prompt tells the operator when the printer needs maintenance as soon as this sensor
detects the near-full condition. After the near-full alert prompt appears, the printer is
allowed to print up to the following number of pages until it stops and the tank must be
replaced:
J007/J010: 200 prints
J007/J010/J011 6-24 SM
Ink Supply System
J011: 100 prints
These are only rough estimates. Fewer pages are printed if many normal and full
print head cleanings are done after the maintenance alert.
SC 992 (Ink Collection Tank Full Error) appears if no maintenance procedures are
done. The printer cannot be used once SC992 has appeared. The ink collection
tank must be replaced before the printer can be used.
6.4.10 FLUSHING UNIT
J007/J010/
J011
During a long print job, the machine flushes all the nozzles with a very small amount of ink
at 15 second intervals. The ink flushed from the nozzles goes through the slots of the
flushing gate [1] into a sump below. This keeps the nozzles clear and in good working
condition.
The flushing gates [1] and the ink collection sump (below the gate) are located on the left
side of the printer.
The sump is not connected to the ink collection tank. Ink flushed into the sump
remains there.
The sump of the collection unit should never fill to capacity for the service life of
the printer.
The flushing gate and sump should never require replacement.
SM 6-25 J007/J010/J011
Carriage Drive
6.5 CARRIAGE DRIVE
6.5.1 OVERVIEW
1 Horizontal Motor Drive Gear
2 Timing Belt
3 Carriage (Print Heads)
4 Guide Rod
5 Horizontal Encoder (Translucent Film)

A horizontal motor drive gear turning [1] drives a timing belt [2] connected to the carriage
[3]. The forward and reverse rotation of the horizontal drive motor moves the carriage to
the left and right side of the printer. The horizontal encoder strip [5], mounted in front of the
timing belt is threaded through the horizontal encoder sensor mounted on the carriage.
This sensor detects the position of the carriage at the time the carriage moves from side to
side during printing.
The picture above shows the horizontal driver gear [6] of the horizontal drive motor [7]
J007/J010/J011 6-26 SM
Carriage Drive
mounted on the left rear corner of the printer behind the duplex unit.
6.5.2 ENVELOPE SELECTOR
J007/J010/
J011
Move the envelope selector [1] to adjust size of the gap between the print heads and the
surface of the paper.
Pushing the lever to the back moves the print heads slightly away from the surface of thick
paper and envelopes. This prevents chaffing the printed surface and smearing ink.
A cam operates when the envelope selector pushed back for printing on thick paper or
envelopes. This moves a guide rod to create a gap about 0.8 mm wider than the gap for
normal printing. Normally, this lever should be set forward for printing on normal paper.
When the envelope selector is pushed back, this raises a feeler into the gap of the
carriage position sensor. When the envelope selector is pulled forward, the feeler leaves
the gap and switches the sensor off. This mechanism is used to detect the up and down
position of the carriage and print heads.
SM 6-27 J007/J010/J011
Paper Feed, Transport, Output
6.6 PAPER FEED, TRANSPORT, OUTPUT
6.6.1 OVERVIEW
1 Transport Belt Unit
2 HVPS (High Voltage Power Supply)
3 Vertical Encoder
4 Vertical Encoder Sensor
5 Vertical Motor
6.6.2 CASSETTE LOCK/RELEASE
The arms [1] and [2] on both sides of the cassette [3] (guided by rails slanting upward )
raise the bottom plate [4] when the paper cassette is pushed into the printer. This raises
the paper in the cassette to the correct height for paper feed.
J007/J010/J011 6-28 SM
6.6.3 LEADING EDGE AND PAPER SIZE DETECTION
J007/J010/
J011
There is no paper size sensor in the standard paper cassette or in the optional 500-Sheet
Paper Tray for the J008. The paper size can be set on the printer operation panel. The
paper size can also be selected with the software application or the printer driver.
The paper size (and other settings) in the software application always have
priority over the printer driver settings.
The 1st registration sensor [1] is mounted on the carriage unit [2] and moves from side to
side with the carriage during printing.
The 1st registration sensor detects the leading edge of the sheet [3] for feed timing.
The 1st registration sensor also detects the width of the paper when it passes over
and detects the left vertical edge of the paper. This ensures that the paper below is
wide enough for the maximum printing area specified by the paper size selection for
the print job.
6.6.4 PAPER JAM, TRAILING EDGE DETECTION
The feeler [1] is pushed down by every sheet of paper that arrives and then pops up again
when the trailing edge of the sheet passes over the feeler. When the paper presses down
SM 6-29 J007/J010/J011
the feeler, this turns on the trailing edge sensor [2]. The length of time the trailing edge
sensor remains on is used to measure the length of the paper for printing control.
A paper jam alert occurs when:
The paper feed roller rotates forward twice.
The trailing edge sensor does not go on after 2 rotations of the paper feed roller.
6.6.5 PAPER TRANSPORT DRIVE
The vertical motor [1] drives the timing belt [2] that rotates the transport roller [3].
The rotation of the transport roller also drives the paper feed roller when the paper feed
clutch engages the feed roller (not shown above).
The edge of the vertical encoder [4], attached to the shaft of the transport roller, passes
through the gap of the vertical encoder sensor [5] as the encoder wheel rotates. The
vertical encoder sensor reads the coded markings on the rim of the vertical encoder and
sends this information to the CPU. The CPU uses these readings to control the on/off
timing of the transport belt and the paper feed roller:
When servicing the machine, work carefully to prevent scratching, breaking, or

bending the vertical encoder wheel.
6.6.6 PAPER PATH
Here is a summary of the operation that sends paper through the printer:
1. The feed clutch energizes and engages the feed roller, then the rotation of the vertical
motor drives the feed roller.
2. Paper feed roller feeds 1 sheet from the top of the stack in the paper cassette. A
friction pad at the lip of the paper cassette prevents double-feeding.
3. The charge roller charges the transport belt. The electrostatic charge on the transport
belt keeps the paper on the transport belt.
4. The sheet feeds onto the transport belt.
J007/J010/J011 6-30 SM
5. The feeler of the trailing edge sensor depresses and switches the trailing edge sensor
on.
6. When the trailing edge sensor goes on, the carriage moves to the right of center. This
lets the 1st registration sensor detect the leading edge of the paper.
7. The 1st registration sensor also detects the right edge of the sheet when the carriage
and sensor move toward the carriage HP sensor on the right.
8. The detection of the right edge by the 1st registration sensor is used to determine the
width of the paper in the paper path.
J007/J010/
J011
The 1st registration sensor reads the right edge of only the 1st sheet of the
print job. Thereafter, the 1st registration sensor does not right edge for any
until the beginning of the next print job.
9. An area equal to the length of each print head gets printed when the carriage goes
across the sheet from right to left.
10. When the last line prints, the transport roller rotates only long enough to feed the
length of the last sheet.
11. The print job count increases by 1 after the paper exits.
6.6.7 TRANSPORT BELT
This printer uses the BT system to transport paper through the paper path.
A high voltage power supply pack (HVPS) [1] energizes the charge roller below the
transport belt [2].
The charge roller applies a charge to the transport belt. This static charge attracts the
paper to the transport belt and holds it in place so it does not move during printing.
A temperature/humidity sensor below the transport belt monitors the temperature and
SM 6-31 J007/J010/J011
humidity near the charge roller and transport belt. The temperature/humidity readings of
this sensor are matched with values in lookup tables cross-indexed with combinations of
temperature and humidity readings. The values read from the tables are used to adjust the
width of the bias (bias pitch) applied to the transport belt. This operation, called belt
charge control, operates within the following ranges of temperature and humidity:
Temperature: 0C to 35C (32F to Adjusted in 2.5C (4.5F)

95F) steps
Humidity: 0% to 100% Adjusted in 10% steps
The machine uses the feedback of the temperature/humidity sensor to reduce the width of
the charge applied to the transport belt below the print heads. This reduces the size of the
electrical field to the smallest size that can still provide the optimum charge to keep the
paper on the belt at the leading edge, center, and trailing edge of the paper without
interfering with the operation of the print nozzles.
Belt charge control is done for every paper feed station (Tray 1, Tray 2, and bypass) and
for every paper type (normal paper, envelopes, thick paper, and OHP).
The sharp curvature of the paper path separates the paper from the transport belt at the
time paper gets fed out the paper exit.
For more details about how to adjust the transport belt charge control, please refer to
Section "4. Troubleshooting".
6.6.8 CHARGE LEAK DETECTION
The printer checks for charge leaks:

Immediately after the printer is turned on.
When it gets a leak detection signal from the high voltage power pack at the time of
printer operation.
J007/J010/J011 6-32 SM
When a charge leak is detected:

The voltage supply from the power pack [1] gets interrupted immediately
The printer stops the current print job in progress.
The carriage goes back to its home position.
The print heads gets capped. The printer cannot operate.
To restore the printer to normal operation:
Remove the cause of the leak.
Turn the printer off and on.
J007/J010/
6.6.9 COOLING FAN
J011
The fan mounted behind the ventilation slots on the left rear corner of the printer draws hot
air out of the printer and blows it out of the machine through the ventilation slots. This
prevents a temperature rise inside the printer.
6.6.10 TOP COVER SWITCH
The cover open sensor [1] is mounted inside the front cover.
A plastic tab under the top cover depresses a feeler [2] which activates the top cover
sensor [3]. This tells the printer that the top cover is closed.
The printer will not operate until the top cover is closed and this sensor has been activated.
SM 6-33 J007/J010/J011
Electrical Component Functions
6.7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT FUNCTIONS
6.7.1 MAIN BOARDS
PCB Abbreviation What It Means
CTL Control Board
CCB Cartridge Connector Board
DIB Duplex Interface Board
HRB Head Relay Board
OPU Operation Panel Unit
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
PSU Power Supply Unit
J007/J010/J011 6-34 SM
6.7.2 CONTROL BOARD
J007/J010/
J011
The control board exerts overall control of the machine, including

Image data processing
Interface management: USB and all the other boards
Controls all sensors, and motors for all I/O devices
SM 6-35 J007/J010/J011
6.7.3 CCB
The CCB (Cartridge Control Board), mounted in the cartridge holder behind the right front
door of the printer relays signals between the control board and the ink pump motors and
relays the ID chip signals.
The ink pump motor signals control the operation of the ink pump motors that pump
ink from the ink cartridges to the ink tanks in the print heads.
The ID chip signals are relayed to the control board to confirm that each cartridge is
inserted in the correct slot.
J007/J010/J011 6-36 SM
6.7.4 DIB
J007/J010/
J011
The DIB (Duplex Interface Board) interfaces between the duplexer and the control board.
The duplex unit set sensor detects whether the duplex is unit is installed correctly. The
printer cannot be used if the duplexer is not installed. (The duplexer is not an option.)
The duplex cover sensor detects whether the duplex cover is closed. The printer
cannot be used if this cover is open.
SM 6-37 J007/J010/J011
6.7.5 HRB
The HRB contains these important components and functions:

Carriage horizontal position detection
Paper leading edge, horizontal width detection
Temperature detection of the area near the print heads
Waste ink tank full detection
Print head control
J007/J010/J011 6-38 SM
6.7.6 OPU
J007/J010/
J011
The OPU (Operation Panel Unit) controls the operation of the operation panel mounted on
the right side of the printer. The operation panel presents one LCD (16 characters x 2
lines) and 9 keys for operation of the printer and printer menus. The OPU also has the
SM 6-39 J007/J010/J011
right cover sensor that detects whether the right cover is open or closed.
6.7.7 HVPS
The HVPS (High Voltage Supply) board generates the high voltage that is applied to the
transport belt that holds the paper on the belt during printing. Two interlock switches
prevent the HVPS from operating with either or both the top cover of the printer or the
duplex unit open.
6.7.8 PSU
The PSU supplies both 37V and 5.1V power to the HVPS and all the motors in the printer.
J007/J010/J011 6-40 SM
6.7.9 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SUMMARY

No. Component Function
Clutches
A one-way clutch that controls the operation of the

pick-up roller. Releases and allows the pick-up roller (a
half roller) to rotate and pick-up the sheet and feed it.
Bypass Paper Feed When the roller reaches its point of half-rotation, the
CL
Clutch – CL4 pawl of the clutch stops the pick-up roller. The paper
feed motor continues to rotate and drive the paper
J007/J010/
feed rollers that transport the paper out of the bypass
J011
unit.
A one-way clutch that controls the operation of the

pick-up roller. Releases and allows the pick-up roller (a
half roller) to rotate and pick-up the sheet and feed it.
PFU Paper Feed When the roller reaches its point of half-rotation, the
CL
Clutch – CL2 pawl of the clutch stops the pick-up roller. The paper
feed motor continues to rotate and drive the paper
feed rollers that transport the paper out of the PFU
paper tray.
Paper Feed Clutch - This is the magnetic clutch that controls the operation
CL
CL1 of the paper feed roller.
Motors
Mounted in the multi bypass tray. Drives the pick-up

Bypass Paper Feed
MT roller and paper feed rollers that feed paper from the
Motor – STM4
bypass tray into the printer.
Mounted on the right rear corner of the printer (viewed

from the back). This fan pulls hot air from the interior
MT Cooling Fan
of the printer and pushes it out through a ventilation
port.
Mounted on the left side of the printer, drives forward

and reverse to control the timing belt that moves the
Horizontal Motor -
MT carriage left and right during printing. The operation of
DCM1
the motor is controlled by the horizontal encoder
sensor (a long film strip) mounted behind the carriage.
J007/J010: Runs forward to pump cyan (C) to Print

Ink Pump Motor (KC) Head 2, reverses to pump black (K) to Print Head 2.
MT
– DCM3 J011: Runs forward to pump cyan ink, reverses to
pump black ink (K).
J007/J010: Runs forward to pump yellow (Y) to Print

Head 1, reverses to pump magenta (M) to Print Head
Ink Pump Motor (M) – 1.
MT
DCM4 J011: Runs forward to pump magenta (M) to Print
Head 4, reverses to pump magenta (M) to Print Head
1.
SM 6-41 J007/J010/J011
J007/J010: Not present.

Ink Pump Motor (Y) –
MT J011: Runs forward to pump yellow (Y) to Print Head
DCM5
4, reverses to pump Yellow (Y) to Print Head 1.
Mounted in the maintenance unit. Drives the

maintenance unit: 1) Rotates forward to drive the shaft
that raises and lowers the caps during print head
Maintenance Motor –
MT cleaning, 2) Reverses to drive the simple tube pump
MT STM1
that siphons ink from the print head through the right,
3) Raises and lowers the wiper that removes ink
collected around the print head.
Mounted in the PFU. Drives the pick-up roller and

PFU Paper Feed
MT paper feed rollers that feed paper from the PFU tray
Motor – STM2
into the printer.
Mounted behind the vertical encoder wheel and to the

Vertical Motor left of the PSU. This motor, controlled by the rotation fo
MT
(DCM2) the vertical encoder wheel and SENC board, drives
the paper rollers that drive the transport belt.
PCBs
Mounted in the cartridge holder behind the right front

door of the printer. This PCB relays signals between
the control board on top of the printer and the ink
CCB (Cartridge
PCB pump motors that supply ink to the ink tanks. It also
Control Board)
relays the ID chip signals that detect whether the ink
cartridges are installed properly in the correct slots of
the cartridge holder.
Mounted on top of the printer and below the top cover

(protected by a metal plate). Controls overall operation
PCB CTL (Control Board) of the printer, mainly: 1) image data processing, 2)
interface management (USB, duplexer, bypass tray,
PFU, etc.) 3) all sensors, motors, other devices.
Mounted in the duplex unit. This PCB controls the

operation of the duplexer. This PCB also contains the
DIB (Duplex Interface duplexer cover switch that detects when the duplexer
PCB
Board) cover is open and closed. The printer will not operate if
the duplexer is not installed properly, or if the duplexer
cover is open.
Mounted behind the printer. The metal prongs of the

DIB contact this board make the connection between
the DIB and the duplexer cover switch mounted on the
Duplexer Detection
PCB DIB. This contact must be closed for the printer to
Board
operate. The duplexer is not an option. It must be
installed at all times, even when printing on only one
side.
PCB HRB (Head Relay Mounted behind the print heads on the carriage. This
J007/J010/J011 6-42 SM
Board) board performs many important functions: 1) contains

the horizontal encoder sensor that reads the horizontal
encoder (the film strip) that controls the
reverse/forward timing of the horizontal motor that
moves the carriage during printing, 2) relays the
readings of the 1st registration sensor mounted on the
left edge of the carriage, 3) contains a small thermistor
that detects the temperature around the print heads, 4)
receives and relays signals from the ink collection tank
to the control board.
J007/J010/
Mounted under the top cover and above the transport
J011
belt. Generates the voltages applied to the transport
HVPS (High Voltage belt that hold the paper on the belt during printing. Two
PCB
Power Supply) interlock switches, one connected to the top cover and
the other to the duplexer cover, prevent the HVPS
from operating if either or both covers are open.
PCB ID Chip 1 The identification chip of the black (K) ink cartridge.
PCB ID Chip 2 The identification chip of the cyan (C ink cartridge.
The identification chip of the magenta (M) ink

PCB ID Chip 3
cartridge.
PCB ID Chip 4 The identification chip of the yellow (Y) ink cartridge.
Mounted inside the multi bypass tray. This is the main

Multi Bypass Tray
PCB control board that controls operation of the bypass tray
Control Board
and interfaces with the printer.
Mounted under the operation panel LCD and keypad.

OPU (Operation
PCB Controls the operation of the operation panel. The
Panel Unit
right front door sensor is also mounted on this PCB.
Mounted in the optional paper feed unit. This is the

PCB PFU Main Board board that controls operation of the paper feed unit
and interfaces with the printer.
Mounted under the left front cover. Supplies both 37V

PSU (Power Supply
PCB and 5.1V power to the HVPS and all motors in the
Unit)
printer.
A small PCB mounted below and slightly to the left of

the vertical encoder wheel. The vertical encoder
sensor is mounted and positioned on this PCB so the
SENC (Sub Scan rim of the vertical encoder wheel passes through its
PCB
Encoder) gap as the wheel rotates. The sensor reads the code
on the rim of the wheel to control the operation of
paper feed timing and operation of the vertical feed
motor.
SM 6-43 J007/J010/J011
Print Heads
J007/J010: Contains 2 ink tanks: K, C.

PH Print Head 1
J011: Contains 2 ink tanks: Y, M
J007/J010: Contains 2 ink tanks: M, Y

PH Print Head 2
J011: Contains 1 ink tank: K
J007/J010: None
PH Print Head 3
J011: Contains 1 ink tank: C
J007/J010: None
PH Print Head 4
J011: Contains 2 ink tanks: M, Y
Sensors
Attached to the left side of the carriage. As the

carriage moves from side to side during printing.
The registration sensor performs two important
1st Registration functions for print control: 1) It detects the leading
SN
Sensor edge of every sheet, and 2) it detects the width of the
1st sheet of every print job when the carriage and
sensor pass horizontally over the vertical edge of the
1st sheet as it feeds.
Located in the center of the printer above the transport

belt and behind the horizontal motor timing belt. This
2nd Registration photosensor detects the leading and trailing edge of
SN
Sensor each sheet when the printer is printing at high speed.
These readings are used to control job timing and to
detect paper jams.
A pair of vertical pins at the top of each ink tank. This

pair of pins detects changes in the voltage differential
on the surface of the ink inside the print head tank.
SN Air Sensors When these terminals detect air in the tank, this
actuates the air release solenoid and vents air from
the tank through the air release valve. This allows
more ink to enter the tank.
Mounted under the right, front corner of the top cover.

Detects the position of the carriage and print heads
Carriage Position above the paper. When the envelope selector is pulled
SN
Sensor forward, the feeler leaves the gap and switches the
sensor off. This mechanism is used to detect the up
and down position of the carriage and print heads.
A microswitch for each ink cartridge connected in

series and mounted on the ink cartridge detection
Ink Cartridge Set plate at the back of the right front cover that holds the
SN
Switches ink cartridges. A metal contact on the back of the ink
cartridge makes contact with the microswitch when the
ink cartridge is inserted. This tells the machine
J007/J010/J011 6-44 SM
whether the ink cartridge is inserted or inserted

correctly.
A "smart" reflective sensor mounted at the back of the

Ink Collection Tank ink collection tank. Detects when the ink collection
SN
Sensor tank is almost full and alerts the operator that the ink
collection tank needs to be replaced.
Mounted above the front guide rail. Monitors the

positions of the ink level lever of each ink tank. The
vacuum created inside the ink tanks as ink is
J007/J010/
consumed gradually draws the base of the spring-
J011
SN Ink Level Sensor loaded arms in against the sides of the tank. Drawing
the base closer to the side of the tank forces the tip of
the arm out. The ink level sensor detects the position
of the tip every time it passes through the gap of the
sensor.
An interrupt sensor mounted in the maintenance unit

that controls the operation of the maintenance motor in
the print head cleaning cycle. At the beginning of the
Maintenance HP cleaning cycle, a feeler leaves the gap of this sensor
SN
Sensor and switches the motor on. At the end of the cleaning
cycle the feeler rotates into the gap, switches the
sensor off. This switches the motor off and the caps
and wiper remain down at the home position.
Located below the above the bottom plate of the paper

cassette in Tray 2 (the optional paper feed unit). A
spring loaded bottom plate keeps the top of the stack
against the pick-up roller for paper feed. A free-
SN PFU Paper Sensor 1 swinging feeler rests on top of the stack. After the last
sheet feeds, one end of the feeler falls down through a
cutout in the bottom plate. An actuator on the other
end of the feeler swings up and out of the gap in the
paper end sensor. This signals paper end.
Located below the transport belt. A spring loaded

bottom plate keeps the top of the stack against the
pick-up roller for paper feed. A free-swinging feeler
Paper End Sensor – rests on top of the stack. After the last sheet feeds,
SN
Tray 1 one end of the feeler falls down through a cutout in the
bottom plate. An actuator on the other end of the feeler
swings up and out of the gap in the paper end sensor.
This signals paper end.
Located inside the printer near the transport belt. The

temperature/humidity sensor constantly measures
temperature and humidity around the transport belt.
Temperature/Humidity
SN The printer uses these readings to adjust the amount
Sensor
of charge applied to the areas of the belt that contact
the leading edge, center, and trailing edge of the
paper. For more, please refer to Section "4.
SM 6-45 J007/J010/J011
Troubleshooting".
Mounted at the right, rear corner of the printer (viewed

from the back). The feeler of this interrupt sensor is
mounted in the center of the paper path and
connected to a long shaft. The end of the shaft has an
actuator that moves in and out of the sensor gap. The
feeler is pushed down by every sheet of paper and the
SN Trailing Edge Sensor actuator leaves the gap, then the feeler pops up again
after the trailing edge passes and the actuator enters
the gap and switches the sensor off. The length of time
the sensor remains on is used to measure the length
of the paper for print timing control. The sensor issues
a paper end alert if the sensor does not turn on after
two rotations of the paper feed roller.
Mounted on the SENC PCB with the rim of the vertical

encoder wheel positioned in its gap. This sensor reads
Vertical Encoder
SN the code on the rim of the vertical encoder wheel as it
Sensor
rotates to control the operation of the vertical motor
during paper feed.
Mounted on the carriage with the horizontal encoder (a

film strip) positioned in its gap. This sensor reads the
Horizontal Encoder code on the edge of the horizontal encoder as the
SN
Sensor carriage and print heads move horizontally to control
the operation of the horizontal motor during printing as
the carriage moves left and right during printing.
Solenoids
Located under the right corner of the front cover, near

the envelope selector. When the air level sensors
detect that there is air in a tank, the system activates
Air Release Solenoid the air release solenoid to suck air from the tank. The
SOL
– SOL 1 partial vacuum pulls in the sides of the tank. This
changes the position of the feeler on the side of the
tank (used for ink level detection) and pulls ink into the
tank from the ink supply tube.
Switches
Mounted under the front edge of the top cover of the

printer. Detects when the top cover of the printer is
SW Top Cover Switch
open or closed. The printer will not operate if the top
cover is open.
Mounted on the DIB inside the duplexer. Detects when

Duplexer Cover
SW the duplexer cover is open or closed. The printer will
Switch
not operate if the duplexer cover is open.
J007/J010/J011 6-46 SM
Thermistor
This is a small bulb thermistor on the end of a wire and

TH Thermistor attached to the HRB. This thermistor measures the
temperature around the print heads.
J007/J010/
J011
SM 6-47 J007/J010/J011
Basic Operation
6.8 BASIC OPERATION
6.8.1 INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE AT POWER ON

1. Start: Power ON
2. Operation Panel LED Check
3. Vertical Motor (Transport Belt) Operation Check
4. Maintenance Motor HP Check
5. Carriage HP Check
6. Ink collection tank Full Check
7. Ink Level Check Inside Print Head
8. Carriage All Scan Check
9. Capping
10. End
J007/J010/J011 6-48 SM
Image Processing
6.9 IMAGE PROCESSING
J007/J010/
Here is a brief summary of the steps in image processing:
J011
Print Job. The software application sends the print job to the printer driver.
Band Processing. The print job gets divided into units of bands.
Interlace Processing. The bands get broken into scan (print) units. Then the bits get
converted for the direction of printing.
Multi-Band Processing. Processing for individual lines.
Compression Processing. The data gets compressed on the PC side. Then it goes
to the printer.
Decompression. The data gets decompressed when it gets to the printer.
Line Direction Conversion. The lines get converted to match the direction of printing.
It gets rotated 90 degrees depending on whether the print job is for Portrait or
Landscape orientation.
Print Job Processing. The print job gets output.
Printer Output. The print heads on the carriage print the job.
SM 6-49 J007/J010/J011
Duplex Unit
6.10 DUPLEX UNIT
6.10.1 OVERVIEW
1 Duplexer Cover Button
2 Duplexer Cover
3 Duplexer Locks (x 2)
J007/J010/J011 6-50 SM
Duplex Unit
6.10.2 DUPLEX DRIVE
J007/J010/
J011
The main gear [1] of the vertical motor of the printer drives the duplex drive gear [2].
Here is a brief summary of how the duplex unit operates:
The trailing edge sensor goes off after the trailing edge of the sheet passes overhead
and the front side has printed.
The vertical motor stops, and paper transport stops.
The vertical motor reverses.
The printed sheet feeds into the Duplex Unit.
Once again, the vertical motor reveres.
The inverted sheet feeds into the printer.
The 2nd side of the sheet prints.
6.10.3 DUPLEXER COVER SWITCH
The Duplex Unit cover open switch [1] is a microswitch.

This switch detects if the cover is open or closed.
When the cover is closed the switch is closed. The circuit is closed at the 4 terminal pins
[2] that connect to the DIB. The printer controls the Duplex Unit through the DIB.
The switch breaks the connection between the printer and Duplex Unit when the cover is
open.
SM 6-51 J007/J010/J011
Duplex Unit
6.10.4 DUPLEXER SET SWITCH
The Duplex Unit set switch [1], a micro-switch in the printer, detects the presence of the
Duplex Unit.
This occurs when the Duplex Unit is installed correctly on the back of the printer:
The unit the set lever [2] depresses the Duplex Unit set switch. Then it turns it on.
The printer signals an error (Paper Jam – Type 1) at these times:
The Duplex Unit is not installed correctly
The set lever has not fully depressed the Duplex Unit set switch
The duplex unit is not an option for this printer.

The duplex unit must be installed at all times in order for the printer to operated
properly.
6.10.5 BYPASS (OPTION)
The Multi Bypass Tray J507 is an option that can be used with the J007/J010 or J011. This
is an external tray that can be detached and then reattached whenever it is needed.
J007/J010/J011 6-52 SM
Duplex Unit
The bypass tray is equipped with side fences [1] and [2] that can be adjusted to accept a
variety of standard paper sizes and envelopes.
The tray extension [3] can be extended for long paper sizes.
The tray can hold 100 sheets of standard weight paper (60 to 105 g/m2). For more details,
please refer to the Section 7 "Specifications".
J007/J010/
J011
When a print job starts with the bypass specified as the feed source:
The bypass paper feed motor switches on and rotates the pick-up roller [1] and paper
feed rollers [2].
The bypass paper feed clutch [3] activates and raises its pawl [4]. This releases the
pick-up roller and allows it to rotate.
When the pick-up roller, a half roller, rotates through its arc of 180 degrees it picks up
one sheet of paper and pulls it out of the tray.
A rubber friction pad [5] below the pick-up roller provides enough resistance to stop
any sheet other than the one in contact with the pick-up roller from double feeding.
Once the pick-up roller completes its arc of rotation (as shown above), the pawl [4] of
the paper feed clutch [3] locks the pick-up roller and will not release it until the next
sheet feeds.
However, the clutch allows the paper feed rollers [2] to continue to rotate and feed the
sheet out of the bypass tray.
SM 6-53 J007/J010/J011
Paper Feed Unit J506 (Tray 2)
6.11 PAPER FEED UNIT J506 (TRAY 2)
6.11.1 OVERVIEW
Paper Feed Unit J506
The Paper Feed Unit (PFU) J506:

Can be installed with the J008 only.
Contains one universal paper cassette with adjustable fences that can hold a variety
of standard paper and envelope sizes.
Holds approximately 500 sheets of standard (80 g/m2 (20 lb.)) A4/LT size paper
For more details, please refer to Section 7 "Specifications".
You can adjust and lock the end fence [1] and two side fences [2] to a variety of standard
paper sizes.
When the paper cassette is inserted into the tray unit:
Two guides force down the cassette arms on both sides of the bottom plate [3].
J007/J010/J011 6-54 SM
Paper Feed Unit J506 (Tray 2)
The bottom plate rises against the bottom of the paper stack as guide rails raises the
bottom stack when the cassette is pushed into the printer.
The pressure of the bottom plate on the bottom of the stack keeps the top of the stack
at the correct position to feed the paper.
6.11.2 PAPER FEED
J007/J010/
J011
The paper feed motor [1] in the tray drives the feed roller [2]. The control board [3] controls
the operation of the feed clutch (not shown). This engages the shaft where the feed roller
is mounted. Then it rotates it at the prescribed times to feed paper from the tray.
A friction pad at the edge of the cassette below the feed roller does not let sheets double
feed.
SM 6-55 J007/J010/J011
Specifications
7. SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 SPECIFICATIONS
7.1.1 PRINTER ENGINE BASE SPECIFICATIONS

Basic
J007\J010/
J011
Printing Method On-Demand GEL JET Ink Printing Technology
First Print Time J007/J010 Less than 8 sec. 1st feed to output.
J011 Less than 6 sec. 1st feed to output.
Warm-up Time J007/J010 Less than 35 sec.
J011 Less than 40 sec.
Operation Pane Lines x2, LED x4 (Online, Power, Data-In, Alert) Keys x9 (Power,
Online, Menu, Escape, Reset, Form Feed, Up arrow, Down arrow,
#Enter)
Print Heads
J007/J010 J011
Number of Heads 2 Heads (4-Color) 4 Heads (4-Color)
Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head 2 Lines/Head
Number of Nozzles 192 Nozzles/Line 192 Nozzles/Line
Nozzle Pitch 0.169 mm (150 dpi) 0.169 mm (150 dpi)
Print Speed
Color Mode J007/J010 J011
High Speed/Normal Paper Monochrome >18.5 ppm >19.5 ppm
Color >14.5 ppm >15.5 ppm
Std. (Speed Priority)/Normal Paper Monochrome >10.5 ppm >18.5 ppm
Std. (Quality Priority)/Normal Paper Monochrome >5.5 ppm >10.5 ppm
SM 7-1 J007/J010/J011
Specifications
Resolution
Paper Mode dpi Mono/Bi-direct.
Normal High Speed (Draft) J007/J010 300 x 150 (4-color) 2-direct./1 pass
J011 300 x 300 (4-color) 2-direct./1 pass
Std (Speed Priority) 600 x 300 (4-color) 2-direct./1 pass
Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 (4-color) 2-direct./1 pass
Ink-Jet Std (Speed Priority) 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./1 pass
Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./1 pass
Glossy Paper Std (Speed Priority) 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./4

passes
Std. (Quality Priority) 1200 x 1200 (4-color) 1-direct./4

passes
Transparency Std. (Quality Priority) 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./4

passes
Recommended Mode Settings

Paper Mode dip Mono/Bi-direct.
Normal High Quality 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./1 pass
Ink-Jet High Speed (Draft) 600 x 600 (4-color) 1-direct./1 pass
Glossy Paper
Transparency
Print Area
Paper Maximum 3 mm (0.2 in.) Top, Bottom, Left, Right Margins
Recommended 4.2 mm (1/6 in.) Top, Bottom, Left, Right Margins
Envelopes Maximum 8 mm (0.32 in.) Top Margin
38 mm (1½ in.) Bottom Marin
3 mm Left, Right Margins
Recommended 8 mm (0.32 in.) Top Margin
38 mm (1½ in.) Bottom Marin
4.2 (1/6 in.) mm Left, Right Margins
Power
Power Supply NA: 100 to 120 V 10%, 50 to 60 Hz 3%
J007/J010/J011 7-2 SM
Specifications
EU/ASIA: 220 to 240V 10%, 50 to 60 Hz 3%
Power Consumption J007 J010 J011
During Operation 38 W 44W 46 W
Energy Saver Mode 6W 10W 10W
Time Shift to Energy

15 min.
Save
Noise Levels
J007\J010/
Standby
J011
Sound Pressure Level Less than 34 dB (A)
Sound Power Level Less than 40 dB (A)
Printing
J007/J010 J011
Std (Speed Std (Quality Std (Speed Std (Quality

Priority) Priority) Priority) Priority)
Sound Pressure Level 52 dB (A) 49 dB (A) 54 dB (A) 51 dB (A)
Sound Power Level 63 dB (A) 61 dB (A) 65 dB (A) 63 dB (A)
Environment
Operating Range 10 to 32°C, 15 to 80% RH
Recommended Range 15 to 25°C, 30 to 70% RH
Altitude Use below 2,500 m (1.5 mi)
Ambient Light Less than 2,000 Lux
Dimensions
Printer (w x d x h) J007/J010 Standalone 416 x 491 x 263 mm
(16.4 x 19.3 x 10.4 in.)
With Option (Bypass) 416 x 713 x 340

(16.4 x 28.1 x 13.4 in.)
J011 Standalone 500 x 491 x 263 mm

(19.7 x 19.3 in.)
With Options (Bypass + 500 x 713 x 450 mm

PFU) (197 x 28.1 x 17.7 in.)
SM 7-3 J007/J010/J011
Specifications Rev. 02/2007
Weight
Printer J007/J010 Standalone Less than 14 kg (30.8 lb.)
Weight
With Option (Bypass) Less than 16.5 kg (36.3 lb.)
J011 Standalone Less than 15.5 kg (34.1 lb.)
With Options (Bypass + PFU) Less than 23.5 kg (51.7 lb.)
Paper Types
Tray 1 (Standard) Standard PPC, Thick Paper, Color Paper, Tractor Drive, OHP
Multi Bypass Tray Same as Standard Tray 1 + Envelopes
Use only recommended paper. Use of any other type of paper could cause
problems.
7.1.2 PAPER TRAYS
Paper Feed: Tray 1
Method Universal paper cassette
Paper Capacity Normal Paper 250 80 g/m2 (20 lb.)
Glossy Paper 20 (all environments)
Transparency 1 (all environments) Load 1 sheet at a time.

(OHP)
Envelopes 20
Paper Size Max. (W x L)

216 x 356 mm (8½ x 14 in.)
Range
Min. (W x L) 90 x 139.7 mm (31/2 x 51/2 in.)
Size Detection None. Printer operation panel setting required.
Paper Out Detected by sensor.
Paper Weight Normal PPC 60 to 255 g/m2 (52 to 220 kg, 16 to 68 lb.)
Thick Paper 60 to 105 g/m2 (16 to 20 lb, 52 to 90 kg)
Paper Feed: Tray 2

The optional paper feed tray (Tray 2) can be installed with the J008 only.
Method Universal paper cassette with printer mounted above.
Installable 1 only, below printer

units
J007/J010/J011 7-4 SM
Rev. 02/2007 Specifications
Paper Normal Paper 500 80 g/m2 (20

Capacity lb.)
Paper Size Max. (W x L)

216 x 356 mm (8 ½ x 14 in.)
Range
Min. (W x L) 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3, approx. A5 SEF)
Size Detection Printer operation panel setting required.
Paper Weight Normal PPC 60 to 105 g/m2 (52 to 90 kg, 16 to 28 lb.)
Multi Bypass Tray
J007\J010/
J011
Method Universal paper cassette
Paper Capacity 100 sheets (80 g/m2, 70 kg 20 lb)
Size Range Max. (W x L) 216 x 1295.4 mm (81/2 x 51 in.)
Min. (W x L) 55 x 127 mm (2.2 x 5 in.)
Size Detection None. Printer operation panel setting required.
Paper Out Detected by sensor.
⇒ Paper Weight Normal: 60 to 160 g/m2 (52 to 140 kg, 16 to 40 lb.)

Thick: 161 to 255 g/m2 (140 to 220 kg, 40 to 68 lb.)
Paper Output Tray

Delivery Face-up
Output Tray Capacity Normal PPC 50 sheets
Envelopes 30 sheets
Glossy Paper 20 sheets
Transparencies 1 sheet (recommended)
Paper Size Same as paper feed
Paper Detection No
Tray Full Detection No
7.1.3 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES

North America
Type Name Feede Size Bypass Tray Tray Face- Duplex
1 2 up
SM 7-5 J007/J010/J011
Type Name Feede Size Bypass Tray Tray Face- Duplex

1 2 up
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Y Y Y Y Y
LT LEF 11" x 81/2" N N N N N
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Y Y Y Y N
HLT SEF 51/2" x 81/2" N N N N N
HLT LEF 81/2" x 51/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Exe SEF 71/4" x 101/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Exe LEF 101/2" x 71/4" N N N N N
F SEF 8" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
Foolscap SEF 81/2" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
Folio SEF 81/4" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
Envelopes Com10 LEF 41/8" x 71/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Monarch LEF 37/8" x 71/2" Y Y Y Y Y
C6 LEF 114 x 162 mm Y Y Y Y Y
DL Env LEF 110 x 220 mm Y Y Y Y Y

Remarks:
Y Supported
N Not supported.
J007/J010/J011 7-6 SM
TBA To Be Announced (Pending)
Europe/Asia
Tray Tray Face-
Type Name Feed Size Bypass Duplex
1 2 up
J007\J010/
J011
A5 LEF 210 x 148 mm Y Y Y Y Y
LG SEF 81/2" x 14" Y Y Y Y N
LT SEF 81/2" x 11" Y Y Y Y Y
LT LEF 11" x 81/2 " N N N N N
HLT SEF 51/2" x 81/2 " N N N N N
HLT LEF 81/2" x 51/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Exe SEF 71/4" x 101/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Exe LEF 101/2" x 71/4" N N N N N
F SEF 8" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
Foolscap SEF 81/2" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
Folio SEF 81/4" x 13" Y Y Y N Y
SM 7-7 J007/J010/J011
Tray Tray Face-

Rev. 02/2007
Type Name Feed Size Bypass Duplex
1 2 up
Envelopes Com10 LEF 41/8" x 71/2" Y Y Y Y Y
Monarch LEF 37/8" x 71/2" Y Y Y Y Y
DL Env LEF 110 x 220 mm Y Y Y Y Y

Remarks:
Y Supported
N Not supported.
TBA To Be Announced (Pending)
7.1.4 PRINTER INTERFACE, OPERATING SYSTEMS

Interfaces USB 1.1/2.0 J007/J010,. J011
⇒ R-9100U Wire LAN Connection is available as an
option for the J007, J010 and J011. Provided by the
Silex Company. The R9400W is not available.
Network NIB J007/J008 Option
J010/J011 Built-in
Printer Driver Ricoh RPCR J007/J010, J007/J010
Operating Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP,
Systems Windows Server2000, Mac OS 9.1 (Ver. 10.3 and later)
Controller
None
Engine
7.1.5 EXTERNAL OPTIONS

Multi Bypass Tray J507 J007/J010, J011 See "Paper Feed: Multi Bypass" above.
Network Interface Board Configuration: For J007/J010 only (built-in for J010/J011)
J508 Protocol: TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6)
Paper Feed Unit J008 only (See "Paper Feed: Tray 2" above.
J007/J010/J011 7-8 SM
7.1.6 CONSUMABLES J007/J010, J011

J734 M size Print Cartridge Black – K
J735 M size Print Cartridge Cyan – C
J736 M size Print Cartridge Magenta – M
J737 M size Print Cartridge Yellow – Y
J738 L size Print Cartridge Black – K
J739 L size Print Cartridge Cyan – C
J007\J010/
J011
J740 L size Print Cartridge Magenta – M
J741 L size Print Cartridge Yellow – Y
Four starter ink cartridges (K, C, M, Y) are provided with each printer. Thereafter,
replacement ink cartridges must be purchased separately.
Ink cartridges are available win two sizes: Large and Medium. The following tables
compares the supply capacity of the Starter (small), Medium, and Large ink cartridges.
Size Color Weight (g)/ Est. Service Life (Sheets)
Volume (cc)
Starter K 27.3/25.28 400 These are very approximate estimates.

(Small) The estimated service life may vary
significantly due to the amount of
C 20.1/19/14 400 coverage on a page, environmental
conditions, and so on. After the printer
Y 20.1/19/14 400 signals the near end alert for an ink
M 20.1/19/14 400 cartridge, approximately 40 pages can be
printed before the end alert is issued.
Medium K 35.5/32.87 1,500
C 26.7/25.43 1,000
Y 26.7/25.43 1,000
M 26.7/25.43 1,000
Large K 68.0/62.96 4,000
C 50.9/48.8 3,000
Y 50.9/48.8 3,000
M 50.9/48.8 3,000
SM 7-9 J007/J010/J011
J007/J010/J011
CALL CENTER MANUAL
Table of Contents
Before You Begin ................................................................................................................ 3
Call Center Support Flow .................................................................................................. 3
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................. 4
Print Head Cleaning Flow.................................................................................................. 4
Call Center Quick Reference Table ................................................................................... 5
Troubleshooting Guide ...................................................................................................... 8
Computer freezes .......................................................................................................... 8
Error Messages ............................................................................................................. 8
Exit Tray....................................................................................................................... 10
Image Problems .......................................................................................................... 10
Ink End ........................................................................................................................18
Installation Problems ................................................................................................... 19
Strange Noises ............................................................................................................ 19
Paper Jams ................................................................................................................. 20
Power On/Off ............................................................................................................... 21
Printing Problems ........................................................................................................ 22
SC Codes ....................................................................................................................23
Reference .......................................................................................................................... 27
Customer Replaceable Parts .......................................................................................... 27
Machine Configuration .................................................................................................... 28
Counter Specifications .................................................................................................... 29
Printer Driver Screens ..................................................................................................... 30
RPCS Driver ................................................................................................................ 30
PCL Driver ................................................................................................................... 33
User Replacement Guide ................................................................................................. 35
User Replacement Procedures ....................................................................................... 35
Safety .......................................................................................................................... 35
Paper Tray (Tray 1) and Output Tray ........................................................................... 36
End Fence (Length Adjuster – Tray 1) ......................................................................... 37
Ink Collection Tank Cover ............................................................................................ 38
Duplex Unit .................................................................................................................. 38
Right Front Door (Ink Cartridge Cover)........................................................................ 39
PFU (Paper Feed Unit – Optional Tray 2).................................................................... 40
PFU End Fence ........................................................................................................... 40
Call Center Manual i J007/J010/J011

Before You Begin
Before You Begin
Call Center Support Flow
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Important Notes
This manual applies to the following machines:
Model Name Product Code
GX3000 J007
GX3050 J010
GX5050 J011
The print head maintenance procedures (printing the test pattern, print head cleaning
and flushing) can be done on the printer operation panel or from the RPCS printer
driver.
However, the maintenance procedures can be done only on the operation panel if the
PCL printer driver is installed. The PCL printer driver is not provided with the
maintenance features.
Call Center Manual 3 J007/J010/J011

Troubleshooting
Print Head Cleaning Flow

Guide the user through these steps to confirm that there is a problem with the print head that
print head cleaning cannot solve.
The print head maintenance procedures (printing the test pattern, print head
cleaning and flushing) can be done on the printer operation panel or from the RPCS
printer driver.
However, the maintenance procedures can be done only on the operation panel if
the PCL printer driver is installed. The PCL printer driver is not provided with the
maintenance features.
This allows time for bubbles in the ink to disappear.
J007/J010/J011 4 Call Center Manual

Troubleshooting
Call Center Quick Reference Table
Problem Page
Computer freezes
No free space available on HDD p.8
Error Messages
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Cover alert message does not disappear p.8
Ink cartridge alert message does not disappear p.8
Printer cannot print p.9
Paper out p.9
Ink cartridge set incorrectly p.9
Temperature out of range p.9
Exit Tray
Exit tray damaged p.10
Image Problems
Horizontal lines p.10
Blurred images p.11
Text offset p.12
Printed surface dirty p.15
Images too light p.16
Colors incorrect p.16
Part of image missing p.17
Image skewed p.17

Problem Page
Image density uneven p.17
Ink End
Ink end alert does not go off p.18
Ink end alert occurs too early p.18
Installation Problems p.19
Strange Noises p.19
Paper Jams
Paper jams and printer stops p.20
Paper tray does not lock p.21
Power On/Off
Cannot turn printer off p.21
Cannot turn printer on p.21
Printing Problems
Printer does not respond to job start commands p.22
Printer does not initialize p.22
Printing slow p.22
Printer stops before the print job finishes p.23
SC Codes
SC990 Ink Collection Unit Full Sensor Defective p.24
SC992 Ink Collection Tank Full p.24
SC993 High Voltage Leak p.25
SC994 Vertical Motor Error p.25

Troubleshooting
Problem Page
SC999 Maintenance Stepping Motor Out of Home Position p.25
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011

Troubleshooting Guide
Computer freezes
No free space available on HDD
How much free space is available on the HDD? (At least 70 MB required)
If there is no free space on the HDD, delete some files to create more space on the HDD.
Instructions
1. If the Status Monitor is set for "Auto start up setting", disable this setting.
2. In the printer driver settings, enable "Spool data in EMF format".
3. If any resident programs are running, shut them down.
4. If bi-direction communication is on, switch this setting off.
5. Reboot the PC
Error Messages
Cover alert message does not disappear
Is the top cover and other covers closed correctly?

Instructions
1. Check the status of the top cover in the Status Monitor. (Tell the customer how to
use the Status Monitor, if necessary).
2. Make sure the rear cover is closed completely.
3. Make sure the duplex unit is attached and locked.
4. Swap and repair if this does not solve the problem.
Ink cartridge alert message does not disappear
Has the ink cartridge been removed and reinserted?

Instructions
1. Open the right cover.
2. Remove and reinsert the affected ink cartridge.
3. Cycle the printer off/on.

Troubleshooting
Printer cannot print
Are the hardware connections secure and the software application settings correct?
Instructions
1. Check the Status Monitor. Follow the Status Monitor instructions to solve the
problem.
2. Check the power cord and USB connection points to confirm secure connections.
3. Check the printer driver settings, software application settings, and computer
settings.
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Paper out
Is the paper cassette out of paper?

Instructions
1. Load paper in the paper cassette.
2. Confirm that the paper tray is set correctly.
3. Confirm that the side fences are at the correct positions for the paper size.
Ink cartridge set incorrectly
Has one or more ink cartridges been removed recently?

Instructions
1. Open the right front cover.
2. Remove each ink cartridge then reinsert it.
3. Push in each cartridge so it lock securely in place.
Temperature out of range
Is the room temperature too high or too low?

The printer should be used where the room temperature is within the range of 10oC to 32oC
(50oF to 89.6oF).
Instructions
1. If the printer has just been moved from a cold location to a warm room, allow the
printer at least one hour to warm up to room temperature before you try to use it.
If humidity is higher than 54%, the high end of the temperature range will be

lower. The printer will not return to standby mode until it has warmed to the
room temperature.
2. Open the Status Monitor.
3. Follow the Status Monitor instructions if any are displayed.
Exit Tray
Exit tray damaged
What is the extent of the damage to the exit tray?

Instructions
1. How was the exit tray damaged?
2. Send a new exit tray to the customer.
Image Problems
Horizontal lines
A. Have you ever printed a Nozzle Check Pattern?

The problem could be caused by a blockage in one or more of the ink nozzles on the print
head.
Instruction
Printer Driver
Recommend doing the cleaning and pattern printing with the printer driver.
1. Do “Head-Cleaning” up to 3 times.
Allow the printer to stand alone for about 10 minutes after the first cleaning.
2. Print a Nozzle Check Pattern between each cleaning.
3. Do “Head-Flushing” if three "Head-Cleaning" executions does not solve the
problem.
"Head-Flushing" uses a large amount of ink. Do not do the “Head-Flushing”

until you have done the “Head-Cleaning” at least 3 times.
Operation Panel
The cleaning procedure can also be done on the printer operation panel.

Troubleshooting
Allow the printer to stand alone for about 10 minutes after the first cleaning.
complete.
7. Print another Nozzle Check pattern to determine if the problem has been solved.
([Menu]> "Maintenance"> [#Enter].
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
8. Repeat "Head-Cleaning" two more times.
J011
10. If "Head-Flushing" does not solve the problem, swap and repair the printer.
B. Have you adjusted the amount of paper feed?
The amount of paper feed can be adjusted with either the printer driver or the operation
panel.
Instructions
Printer Driver
Please refer to the Operating Instructions
Operation Panel
C. Does the problem appear to be horizontal lines or banding?
If the symptom is banding, explain the specification to the customer
Blurred images
A. What are the printer driver settings?

An inappropriate image density setting can cause blurring.
Instructions

1. Use the printer driver to adjust the Print Quality Setting.
2. In the printer driver: Printer Configuration> Adjust Color Density> Obtain Printer
Optimize Value
3. Change the Print Quality setting.
B. Does the blurring occur in only text or in images as well?
The amount of paper feed may be out of adjustment.
Instructions: RPCS Printer Driver
If you are using the RPCS printer driver, use the printer driver to adjust the amount of paper
feed.
Instructions: PCL Printer Driver
If you are using the PCL priner driver, adjust the amount of paper feed on the operation
panel.
Text offset
Does the text or ruled vertical and horizontal lines show signs of offset?
If you see text characters with faint color outlines where the letters should be one solid color,
this is evidence of text offset. If vertical or horizontal lines appear broken, this is also a sign

Troubleshooting
of offset. This problem can be caused by:
Misalignment of the print head
Incorrect registration settings
Incorrect gap between print head and transfer belt.
Instructions: RPCS Printer Driver
1. Do the print head alignment adjustment with the printer driver.
2. Do the registration adjustment to set the print start position.
3. If these adjustments fail to correct broken vertical or horizontal lines, swap and
repair the printer.
Instructions: PCL Printer Driver
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
To adjust the print head alignment:
J011
2. Select "Head Position" and push [#Enter].

best pattern is in column "+2", line "A", the entry for adjustment will be "A" then "+2"
[#Enter].

To adjust registration:

adjustment value in the Read Direction is the difference between the single vertical
line and cross vertical line that you can see when the folded sheet is held up to the
light.
Feed Direction.
[#Enter].
[#Enter]

Troubleshooting
Printed surface dirty
Are you printing a document that contains large areas of coverage with the same
color ink?
Several conditions can cause unsatisfactory printing results:
Dirty transfer belt
Incorrect setting of the envelope selector
Blocked print head nozzles
Paper warping due to excessive ink
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Paper heavier than plain paper should be fed from the bypass tray.
Specifically, this means paper heavier than 157 g/m2 (297.6 lb.) should always be
fed from the bypass tray one sheet at a time. Lighter paper can be fed from the
paper cassette (Tray 1 or Tray2).
Instructions
1. If the print job is printing over a wide area with a large amount of ink, push the
envelope selector to the back (envelope) position.
Printing over a large area can cause the paper to warp and raise wrinkles that can
interfere with the movement of the print head. Pushing back the envelope selector
increases the size of the gap between the print head and paper.
2. Check the surface of the transfer belt.
3. If the transport port belt is dirty, feed some blank sheets through the printer. On
the operation panel, push [Menu] then select "Maintenance"> "Paper Feed Test"
or "De-Condensation".
"Paper Feed Test" feeds 1 blank sheet. "De-Condensation" feeds 3 blank

sheets.
4. Check the position of the envelope selector. The lever should be pushed back for
envelopes and pulled forward for normal paper.
5. Clean the print head nozzles.
Use the printer driver to do 3 "Head-Cleanings".
Print a Nozzle Check Pattern between each cleaning and check the results.
If three "Head-Cleanings" does not solve the problem, do "Head-Flushing" once.
6. If these procedures do not solve the problem, swap and repair the printer.

Images too light
A. Is the printer operating with the optimum settings?

The optimum settings can be enabled with the printer driver.
Instructions
1. Open the printer driver.
2. Select "Printer Configuration"> "Adjust Color Density"> "Obtain Printer Optimize
Value".
B. Is the print density setting in the printer driver correct?
Instructions
2. Check the Print Density setting.
C. Is the "Level Color" item in the printer driver selected?
2. If "Color Level" is selected (marked with a checkmark), click this item to remove
the checkmark.
D. Is the correct type of paper being used for the job?
Instructions
1. Only paper that is specifically recommended for the printer should be used.
2. The types of paper recommended for the printer are listed at the end of the
operating instructions manual.
Colors incorrect
A. Are you using the correct print mode for the job?
The Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, and other settings should be selected
appropriately for the print job. For more details, refer to the Operating Instructions.
B. Have you done any color settings in the software application?
Some software applications have settings that attempt to control color.
C. Have you cleaned the print head nozzles?
Clogged print head nozzles can cause color problems.
Instructions
2. Check the Paper Type, Print Quality, Level Color, and other settings. Confirm that
these settings are appropriate for the print job.
3. Open the software application.
4. If any color settings have been selected, switch these off.
5. Use the printer driver to control color settings.

Troubleshooting
6. Open the printer driver and do three "Head-Cleanings".

7. Print a Nozzle Check Pattern between each cleaning to check the result.
8. If three "Head-Cleanings" does not solve the problem, use the printer driver to do
one "Head-Flushing".
9. Swap the printer for repair if the "Head-Flushing" does not solve the problem.
Part of image missing
What is the size of the image you are trying to print?

If the image is larger than A3, part of the image will not print.
Instructions
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
1. Determine the size of the image.
2. If the image is larger than A3, use the software application to reduce the size to
A3 or smaller.
The RPCS printer driver cannot handle images larger than A3.
Image skewed
What type of paper is being used?

Paper not recommended for use with the printer can slip and cause skewing.
Instructions
1. Make sure that the paper can be used with the printer. (Paper specifications are
provided at the end of the Operating Instructions.)
2. Pull out the paper cassette and confirm that the fences are set correctly for the
loaded paper size.
3. Make sure that the envelope selector lever is at the correct position (Forward for
normal paper, back for envelopes.)
Image density uneven
A. Is the printer operating with the optimum settings?

The optimum settings can be enabled with the printer driver.
B. Is the Print Quality priority setting correct for the print job and paper?
Refer to the Operating Instructions for more about settings recommended for different types
of paper.
C. Have you cleaned the print head nozzles?
Clogged print head nozzles can cause color problems.
Instructions

2. Select "Printer Configuration"> "Adjust Color Density"> "Obtain Printer Optimize
Value".
3. Check the Print Quality setting and determine if it is appropriate for the print job.
4. Open the printer driver and do three "Head-Cleanings".
5. Print a Nozzle Check Pattern between each cleaning to check the result.
6. If three "Head-Cleanings" does not solve the problem, use the printer driver to do
one "Head-Flushing".
7. Swap the printer for repair if the "Head-Flushing" does not solve the problem.
Ink End
Ink end alert does not go off
Are the ink cartridges inserted correctly?

The printer cannot detect an ink cartridge if it is not inserted completely.
Instructions
1. Check the operation panel messages and the printer driver to determine if
another ink cartridge needs to be replaced.
2. Remove each ink cartridge and insert it again.
3. Make sure each ink cartridge is inserted completely.
5. More than one cartridge may be out of ink.
6. If these procedures do not solve the problem, swap the printer for repair.
Ink end alert occurs too early
A. Is the ink alert for C (Cyan) ink?

Compared with other colors, Cyan runs out sooner because it is most often used.
B. Do your print jobs contain large areas of color coverage?
Print jobs with large color areas (bar graphs, pie charts, large color photos, etc.) will
consume ink much faster.
C. Are the ink cartridges starter cartridges provided with the printer?
The starter cartridges provided with the printer contain must less ink than the medium and
large size cartridges that must be purchased.
D. Was the printer power cord disconnected while the printer was initializing?
If the printer is interrupted during initialization, the process will start again from the beginning
the next time the printer is turned on.

Troubleshooting
E. Is the LED flashing?

If the Status Monitor is not available, the flashing LED signals ink-end or an open cover.
Instructions
1. Have a sufficient number of ink cartridges (especially C cartridges) on hand if you
are printing documents with large areas of coverage.
2. Never disconnect the power cord while the printer is initializing after power on.
3. Set the printer in a location where its power cord will not be removed accidentally.
Installation Problems
A. Are you trying to install the printer with USB?
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
The driver will not install if there is an "Unknown Device" in the Device Manager.
Instructions:
1. Open the Control Panel on the Windows Desktop.
2. Open the Device Manager and remove the "Unknown Device" under USB.
During the installation do not connect the USB cable to the printer until you are
instructed to do so. Connecting the USB cable too soon can cause this
"Unknown Device" error and prevent Plug & Play from operating correctly.
B. Do you see a message that tells you that a new printer driver is already installed?
The installation program will halt if the version of the printer you are trying to install is older
than the version already installed on the computer.
1. Obtain the most recent version of the printer driver from the Web Site.
2. Install the newer version of the printer driver.
3. If a new version of the print driver is not available, you can delete the printer
driver installed on the PC and then install the older version of the printer driver.
Strange Noises
Has something dropped into the printer?

Instructions
1. Switch the printer off and unplug the power cord.
2. Open the covers and inspect the interior of the printer.
3. Remove any paper scraps or foreign objects that you can see.
4. Switch the printer on.
5. If the printer emits any strange noises, smoke, or odors, switch it off immediately.
6. Swap the printer for repair.

Never attempt to disassemble the printer.
Keep paper clips, staples, etc. away from the printer.
If any liquid spills into the printer, switch it off immediately, then disconnect the
power cord. Call for service.
Paper Jams
Paper jams and printer stops
A. Is the paper loaded correctly?

Instructions
1. Remove the paper tray.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Check the positions of the fences and confirm that they are at the correct
positions for the paper size.
4. Fan the stack to remove static cling before you reload it.
B. Is the duplex unit installed and locked?
Instructions
1. Remove the duplex unit from the back of the printer.
2. Reinstall the duplex unit.
3. Confirm that both latches on either side of the duplex unit are at the lock position.
The duplex unit must be installed in order to operate the printer, even for
single-sided printing.
C. Is the rear cover installed correctly?
Instructions
1. Remove the rear cover.
2. Rotate the paper feed dial a few turns.
3. Reinstall the rear cover.
D. Can you remove the paper jam?
Instructions
1. Use the Status Monitor to confirm the location of the jam.
2. Remove the rear cover.
3. Rotate the paper feed dial to feed the paper out of the paper path.
4. Remove the paper tray to see if any paper has feed partially out of the tray.
5. Inspect the paper path for paper scraps or any other foreign objects.

Troubleshooting
6. Reinstall the paper tray and rear cover.

E. Is the paper failing to feed from the paper tray?
Instructions
1. Confirm that the paper sets and locks securely.
2. If the cassette does not lock in place, try to determine if the paper cassette or the
printer is damaged at the connection points.
3. If the cassette is damaged, send a replacement paper cassette to the customer.
-or-
If the printer is damaged, swap the printer for repair.
F. Are the paper jams occurring frequently?
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
Instructions
J011
1. Make sure the side and end fences are set and locked at the appropriate positions
for the paper size.
2. Confirm that the paper tray is installed securely.
3. Make sure the rear cover is installed correctly.
4. Make sure that the duplex unit is installed and locked.
Paper tray does not lock
Does the paper tray lock in place or is it loose?

Instructions
1. If the paper tray does not lock and hold its place after it is inserted in the printer, it
cannot feed paper.
2. Send a replacement paper cassette to the customer.
Power On/Off
Cannot turn printer off
Did ink run out during printing?

Instructions
If ink runs out in a sub-tank during a print job, it will stop printing temporarily while it
pumps more ink from the ink cartridge to the sub-tank.
The printer cannot be turned off until the ink pumps have finished pumping ink to the
sub-tank.
Cannot turn printer on

Is the printer plugged in to a power source?
Instructions
If the printer is connected to the printer and plugged into a power source:
1. Confirm that the power source is rated for the printer.
2. Disconnect the printer and connect another electrical device to the same power
source.
3. If the other device operates normally, there is no problem with the power source.
4. Swap the printer for repair.
Printing Problems
Printer does not respond to job start commands
Is the printer connected to a network or connected directly to a computer with a USB

cable?
Instructions
If the printer is connected to a network, disconnect it from the network.
1. Connect the printer directly to a computer with a USB cable.
2. If the printer operates normally with the USB connection, then there is a problem
with the network settings.
If the computer is not connected to a network:
2. If the printer does not operate normally, replace the USB cable.
3. Cycle the printer/off on.
4. If the printer does not operate normally after replacing the cable, swap the printer
for repair.
Printer does not initialize
Was the power cord disconnected accidentally while the printer was initializing after
power on?
Instructions
1. Install a new set of ink cartridges.
2. If this does not solve the problem, swap the printer for repair.
Printing slow
Is the print job very large?

Some print jobs require more time, especially if images are very large.

Troubleshooting
Instructions
1. If the size of the print job is very large, change the print mode.
2. If the problem is not related to the size of the print data, use the printer driver to
switch to the EMF format spooling.
Printer stops before the print job finishes
Is there a paper size selection in the software application that the printer cannot
recognize?
The printer will stop if it detects an unsupported paper size setting in the data stream of the
print job.
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Does the paper have perforations near the leading edge?
Holes near the leading edge will confuse paper size detection.
Is the duplex unit set and locked?
The duplex unit must be installed and locked in place.
Instructions
1. Open the printer driver and confirm that bi-directional printing is selected and
enabled.
2. Check the application software and make sure that the size of the paper selected
for the job is supported by the printer.
3. If the paper has holes or dark colors near the leading edge, rotate the paper 180
degrees, then select Rotate 180 Degrees in the printer driver.
4. Remove the duplex unit and reinstall it.
5. Make sure that the release levers on both ends of the duplex unit are at the lock
position.
SC Codes
If one of the SC codes in the table below appears, instruct the customer to cycle the
printer off and on and then try to use the printer again. If the error persists, the
machine will require servicing.
SC Code
950 1. Cycle the machine off/on.

2. Try to use the printer again.
951

SC Code
970 3. If the error persists, the machine requires servicing by a qualified

service technician.
971
Note: SC978 means that the ink collection tank is full. Arrange to
972 send a new ink collection tank to the customer. The customer can
replace the ink collection tank. This procedure is described in the last
973
section of this manual.
978
984
986
988
SC990 Ink Collection Unit Full Sensor Defective
Have you removed the ink collection tank?

This error occurs if the ink collection tank full sensor is defective or out of position.
Instructions
2. Remove the ink collection tank and reinstall it.
3. Cycle the printer off/on again.
4. If the problem persists, swap the printer for repair.
SC992 Ink Collection Tank Full
Is the ink collection tank full?

Instructions
1. Print a System Summary to read the total count for the machine then report this
number to the Service Center.
2. Push [Menu], select "List/Test Print" then push [#Enter] to print the report.
3. Read the "Total Counter" then report this number to the Service Center.
If the count is high enough for replacement, Service Center will send a new ink
collection unit.
If the count is too low for replacement, swap the printer for repair.

Troubleshooting
Never attempt to clean the ink collection tank and reuse it.
SC993 High Voltage Leak
Have you turned the printer off?

This SC code was triggered by the accumulation of condensation or ink spillage onto the
transport belt.
Instructions
2. Visually inspect the transfer belt.
If you see condensation on the belt:
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
1. Switch off the printer and allow it to stand for at least two hours for the belt to dry.
2. After two hours switch the printer on and try again.
If you see ink on the belt, the belt must be cleaned by a service technician.
2. Visually inspect the transfer belt.
If you see condensation on the belt:
1. Make sure the paper tray is loaded with paper.
2. Push [Menu]> "Maintenance"> "De-Condensation" to feed three blank sheets of
paper through the paper path to absorb some of the condensation.
3. Inspect the belt again.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until you can no longer see condensation on the belt.
5. Switch the printer off and allow it to stand for at least two hours to dry.
6. After two hours switch the printer on and try again.
If you see ink on the belt, the belt must be cleaned by a service technician.
SC994 Vertical Motor Error
Have you cycled the machine off/on?

Instructions
1. Cycle the machine off/on.
2. Remove and reinstall the duplex unit.
3. Make sure that the releases levers on both ends of the duple unit are at the lock
position.
SC999 Maintenance Stepping Motor Out of Home Position
Have you cycled the machine off/on?

Instructions
1. Cycle the machine off/on.
2. If this does not solve the problem, swap the printer for repair.

Reference Rev. 11/2006
Reference
Customer Replaceable Parts

This is a list of the parts that can be replaced by the customer. The procedures for the
replacement of these parts are described in the "Parts Replacement Guide" attached to the
end of this Call Center Manual.
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
No. Part Name P/N: J007/J010 P/N: J011
⇒ 1 Ink cartridge cover (right front door) J0071524 J0081524
2 Paper cassette tray (Tray 1) J0080031 J0080031
3 End Fence (Tray 1) J0073003 J0073003
4 Exit tray J0080494 J0080494
⇒ 5 NIB cover
J0071543 (LT)
J0071563 (A4)
J0071543 (LT)
J0071563 (A4)
⇒ 6 Ink collection tank cover

J0071542 (LT)
J0071562 (A4)
J0081542 (LT)
J0081562 (A4)
⇒ 7 Ink collection tank J7468010 J7478010
8 Duplex unit J0080068 J0080068
⇒ 9 Top cover
J0070152 (LT)
J0070172 (A4)
J0080152 (LT)
J0080172 (A4)
Here are some important points to keep in mind:

These part numbers are used at the present time (April 2006). However, numbers could
change in the future.
The "Parts Replacement Guide" for the customers is provided with the Ink Collection
Tank only (Item #6 above). Therefore, the "Parts Replacement Guide" has been added
for reference at the end of this document.

Machine Configuration
Model Printer Duplexer Bypass T. PFU NIB PCL 5e/6
GX3000 Standard Standard Option N.A. Option N.A.
GX3050 Standard Standard Option N.A. Standard Standard
GX5050 Standard Standard Option Option Standard Standard
Standard: Provided with printer purchase.

Option: Must be ordered/purchased separately.
N.A.: Not available, cannot be used.
GX3000: J007
GX3050: J010
GX5050: J011

Reference
Counter Specifications
The J007/J010/J011 are equipped with counters for meter click billing. The previous models
had only the paper feed counter.
Counter Panel
SP Mode Purpose
Sheet 1
BW On On On
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
Page Color On On On To know number of pages
Counter printed.
Level Color Off Off On
Total NA NA On
0≤a<5% Off Off On

Coverage
Range 5%≤a<20% Off Off On For meter click billing.
Counter
20%≤a Off Off On
K NA NA On
Cartridge C NA NA On Too determine ink cartridge

Replacement cost.
M NA NA On
Y NA NA On
BW Off NA On To determine quantity of ink

Ink Droplets
used for printing.
Color Off NA On
On: On/Off "On" is the default.

NA: "Not Available"
"SP Mode": Viewed and used by the service technician only.

Printer Driver Screens
RPCS Driver
RPCS Driver: Maintenance Sheet
No. Button Function
Nozzle Check Check the condition of the print head nozzles.
Adjust Printhead
Allows adjustment to minimize banding.
Position
Cleans print head nozzles by flushing them lightly with

Head-Cleaning
ink.
Head-Flushing Cleans print head nozzles by flushing heavily with ink.
Adjust Paper Feed Allows adjustment of line feed to minimize banding.

Reference
RPCS Driver: Setup Sheet
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
No. Button Function
Determines the quality of the print. The higher the

quality, the slower the printing speed. The lower the
Print Quality
quality, the faster the printer speed. "High Speed" on the
J007/J010 uses simulated B/W.
Unidirectional printing Improves color balance (not available on previous

only model).
Level Color Saves ink for image printing.
Unauthorized Copy Not available on previous model.

RPCS Driver: Adjust Color Density Dialog Box
No. Button Function
Obtain Printer Optimum Value Optimizes color brightness
Adjusts print density (not available on previous

Density for plain paper printing
model).
RPCS Driver: Environmental Settings Dialog Box
No. Button Function
Allows selection of language for printer driver screens and

Language
messages. (Not available on previous model.)

Reference
PCL Driver
PCL Driver: Maintenance Sheet
With the PCL driver:

Maintenance cannot be done from the printer driver.
Maintenance must be done on the operation panel.
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
No. Button Function
Level Color Conserves ink during image printing.
PCL Driver: Paper Sheet
No. Button Function
Determines the quality of the print. The higher the

quality, the slower the printing speed. The lower the
Print Quality
quality, the faster the printer speed. "High Speed" on the
J007/J010 uses simulated B/W.

No. Button Function
Image density with Image density can be adjusted. (Not available on

plain paper printing previous model.)

User Replacement Guide

User Replacement Procedures
Safety
This is the Parts Replacement Guide for the J007/J010/J011.
Development No. Model Name
Call Center
J007 GX3000
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
J010 GX3050
J011 GX5050
For Your Safety

To avoid the danger of electrical shock from high voltage points inside the printer, never
remove any cover or other part unless this guide instructs you to do so.
To avoid personal injury from electrical shock, never touch the power plug with wet
hands.
If anything falls into the printer, such as a metal fastener, water, or any other type of
liquid, switch the printer off immediately, unplug the power cord from the power source,
then call for service. To avoid the dual hazards of fire and electrical shock, never
attempt to use the printer after something has fallen into it.
Before you do any procedure described in this guide, switch the printer off and
disconnect its power cord from the power source so you can work safely. You should
also disconnect all other cables, such as the USB cable.
If you need to move the printer, hold it in the middle of both sides by the grips provided
on the bottom and lift slowly to avoid strain. Lifting the printer carelessly could cause
you to drop it and cause personal injury.
When you disconnect the power plug, grip the cord by the plug, not the power cord.
Pulling on the power cord could cause it to stretch. This could also damage the
insulation on the cord and lead to a fire or electrical shock.
If ink accidentally gets in the eyes, flush them immediately with cold water and seek
medical assistance immediately if symptoms develop.
If ink accidentally contacts the skin, wash the affected area immediately with soap and
water.

Paper Tray (Tray 1) and Output Tray
First, always switch the printer off and disconnect the power cord from the power
source. Then disconnect all other cables (USB, etc.)
1. Pull the paper tray [1] straight out of the printer.
2. Press in both arms [2] and [3] of the output tray to release them then pull the
output tray out of the printer.

End Fence (Length Adjuster – Tray 1)
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
1. Raise the output tray.
2. Pull out the paper tray [1] until it stops.
3. Remove all the paper from the paper tray.
4. On both sides of the tray, pull out the lock pawls [2] and [3] to the unlock position
then pull out the extension tray so you can see the end fence.
5. Pinch the leaf of the end fence [4] to remove it.
6. Attach the new end fence.
7. Load the paper tray with paper.
8. Pinch the leaf of the end fence to release it, move it to the bottom of the stack and
release it so the bottom fence locks.
9. Reset the locks [2] and [3] of the extension tray for the size of the paper.
10. Push the paper tray into the printer.
11. Lower the output tray.

Ink Collection Tank Cover
1. At the right rear corner, push down tab [1].

2. Disconnect the cover hooks from the printer body and remove the cover [2].
Duplex Unit
1. Raise the left and right release tabs [1] and [2] to unlock the duplex unit..
2. Pull the Duplex Unit [3] straight out of the printer.

Reinstallation
Always press down and lock the left and right release tabs after you set the Duplex Unit
in the machine.
The duplex unit must be installed for the printer to operate correctly for both
single-side printing and double-side printing.
Right Front Door (Ink Cartridge Cover)
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011
1. Open the right front door

2. Gently pull out the tab [1] to release it.
3. Push the cover [2] slightly to the right and detach it.
4. Pull the cover away from the printer.
Reinstallation
1. Insert the tab into the cutouts.
2. Push the door to the left.
3. Push down tab so it is flat. Confirm that the tab is flat.

PFU (Paper Feed Unit – Optional Tray 2)
1. Pull the tray [1] out of the printer.

2. Remove the top cover [2] to load paper.
PFU End Fence
1. Pull the paper tray out of the printer and remove the paper tray cover (see
previous section).
2. Pinch the top of the end fence [1] so it moves easily in its groove.
3. While pinching the top of the end fence, slide the end fence away from you then

lower it slightly as shown to detach it.
If the end fence does not lower easily, slide it in the groove until you find a
location where it will lower.
4. To set a new end fence, find a wide spot in the groove where the projection on the
bottom of the end fence will fit into the groove.
Call Center
J007/J010/
Manual
J011

J007/J010/J011
REPAIR CENTER MANUAL
J007/J010/J011 REPAIR CENTER
MANUAL
Table of Contents
Before You Begin ................................................................................................................ 5
Swap and Repair Flow ...................................................................................................... 5
Repair Center Work Flow .................................................................................................. 6
Arrival Check....................................................................................................................... 7
Machine Check After Arrival at the Center......................................................................... 7
RPCS Printer Driver....................................................................................................... 7
PCL Printer Driver.......................................................................................................... 8
Troubleshooting................................................................................................................10
Before Troubleshooting ................................................................................................... 10
SC Code Errors............................................................................................................... 16
SC950 USB chip ID read error .................................................................................... 16
SC951 No definition allocated to USB ......................................................................... 16
SC970 Flash ROM erase error .................................................................................... 16
SC971 Flash ROM write error ..................................................................................... 16
SC972 Flash ROM verify error .................................................................................... 17
SC973 EEPROM write error ........................................................................................ 17
SC978 Left ink collection tank......................................................................................17
SC984 DRV circuit temperature abnormal................................................................... 18
SC986 Humidity sensor abnormal ............................................................................... 18
SC988 Air sensor abnormal......................................................................................... 18
SC990 Ink level sensor feeler out of position............................................................... 18
SC993 High voltage leak ............................................................................................. 19
SC994 Vertical motor error .......................................................................................... 19
SC996 No input from the horizontal encoder sensor ................................................... 20
SC997 Horizontal encoder abnormal........................................................................... 20
SC999 Maintenance stepper motor out of position...................................................... 20
Unrecoverable Jamming ................................................................................................. 22
Bypass Tray ................................................................................................................. 22
Duplex Unit .................................................................................................................. 23
Initial Jam ....................................................................................................................24
Repair Center Manual i J007/J010/J011

Printer Paper Path Jams.............................................................................................. 24
Tray 1 .......................................................................................................................... 25
Tray 2 .......................................................................................................................... 27
Printer Display Errors ...................................................................................................... 29
Bypass Tray ................................................................................................................. 29
Cover ........................................................................................................................... 29
Duplex Unit .................................................................................................................. 30
Ink................................................................................................................................ 31
Paper ........................................................................................................................... 32
Temperature ................................................................................................................ 34
Tray ............................................................................................................................. 34
Other Problems ............................................................................................................... 35
Bi-directional Printing On Envelopes ........................................................................... 35
Bypass Tray Not Recognized by Printer Driver............................................................ 35
Duplex Unit .................................................................................................................. 35
Image Quality .............................................................................................................. 36
Ink cartridge................................................................................................................. 40
Ink Collection Tank....................................................................................................... 40
Printer Not Operating Properly .................................................................................... 41
Right Front Door .......................................................................................................... 42
Top Cover .................................................................................................................... 42
Tray 2 .......................................................................................................................... 43
Important Procedures....................................................................................................... 44
Preparing for Test Printing............................................................................................... 44
Adjusting Paper Feed......................................................................................................45
Nozzle Blockage Check .................................................................................................. 46
Print Head Cleaning and Flushing................................................................................... 47
Adjusting Print Head Position.......................................................................................... 48
Adjusting Registration ..................................................................................................... 49
Drive Cleaning Procedure ............................................................................................... 51
After Repair ....................................................................................................................... 53
Parts Cleaning.................................................................................................................53
Printing and Checking the QA Sheet ............................................................................... 54
Printing the QA Sheet .................................................................................................. 54
Checking the QA Sheet ............................................................................................... 56
Cleaning the Machine Before Storage............................................................................. 57
J007/J010/J011 ii Repair Center Manual

6. Preparing a Machine for Transport.............................................................................. 59
Before Transporting......................................................................................................... 59
Before Transporting from Repair Center to Customer Site .......................................... 59
Before Transporting from Customer Site to Repair Center .......................................... 59
What You Need............................................................................................................ 60
Packing a Machine with Instapak .................................................................................... 63
Before You Use Instapak….......................................................................................... 63
Instapak Packing ......................................................................................................... 63
Instapak Quick Packing ............................................................................................... 66
Repair Center Manual iii J007/J010/J011

Before You Begin
Before You Begin
Swap and Repair Flow
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Repair Center Manual 5 J007/J010/J011

Repair Center Work Flow
If you are using the RPCS printer driver, checks and adjustments can be done on
the operation panel or with the printer driver.
If you are using the PCL printer driver, however, the checks and adjustments can be
done on the operation panel only. These checks and adjustments are not provided
in the printer driver.
The QA sheet can be printed with the RPCS printer drive only.
J007/J010/J011 6 Repair Center Manual

Arrival Check
Arrival Check
Machine Check After Arrival at the Center
RPCS Printer Driver

Do this procedure as soon as the printer arrives at the service center.
This procedure can be done with the RPCS printer driver only.
1. Confirm that paper is loaded in the printer.
2. Open the printer driver. For example, click Start> Settings> Printer to open the
"Printers" folder, then right-click and open the printer icon to open the driver.
3. Click "Maintenance"> "Nozzle Check".
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
4. Press and hold down [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[1] then click the [Next] button. Center
5. Check the printed pattern.

6. Determine if the print heads are operating normally:
Any colors missing?
Colors uneven?
Any lines crooked or broken?
Any white spots or streaks?
7. If you see one or more of these problems as shown in the illustration above, do
the print head cleaning procedures. (See "5. Important Procedures", "Print Head
Cleaning").
PCL Printer Driver

Do the print and check with the operation panel.
Use this procedure if the machine is not connected to a PC, or if the connected
computer has the PCL printer driver. (The PCL printer driver is not provided with the
maintenance functions.)

Arrival Check
1. Determine if the print heads are operating normally:

Any colors missing?
Colors uneven?
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Any lines crooked or broken?
Manual
Center
Any white spots or streaks?
2. If you see one or more of these problems as shown in the illustration above, do
the print head cleaning procedures. (See p.47 "Print Head Cleaning and
Flushing").

Troubleshooting
Before Troubleshooting
Before you begin, make sure that you understand the basic procedures for cleaning the print
heads.
For more details about the print head cleaning procedures, see "Print Head Cleaning" in "5.
Important Procedures".
SC CODE ERRORS
Refer to the table below to find the error that best describes the problem then go to the
appropriate page.
SC Error Code Page
SC950 USB chip ID read error p.16
SC 951 No definition allocated to USB p.16
SC970 Flash ROM Erase Error p.16
SC971 Flash ROM Write Error p.16

Troubleshooting
SC Error Code Page
SC972 Flash ROM Verify Error p.17
SC973 EEPROM Write Error p.17
SC978 Left ink collection tank p.17
SC984 DRV circuit temperature abnormal p.18
SC986 Humidity sensor abnormal p.18
SC988 Air sensor abnormal p.18
SC990 Ink level sensor feeler out of position p.18
SC993 High voltage leak p.19
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
SC994 Vertical motor error p.19
Manual
Center
SC996 No input from the horizontal encoder sensor p.20
SC997 Horizontal encoder abnormal p.20
SC999 Maintenance stepper motor out of position p.20
UNRECOVERABLE JAMMING
Jam Type Page
Bypass Tray
Paper feed jam – Bypass tray (Double Feeding) p.22
Paper exit jam – Bypass tray p.22
Duplex Unit
Duplex jam p.23
Duplex transport jam p.23
Duplex (Inside) p.23
Initial Jam

Jam Type Page
Jam at Start of Print Job p.24
Printer Paper Path Jams
Carriage jam p.24
Jam between trailing edge sensor and registration sensor p.25
Tray 1
Paper feed failure – Printer tray (Tray 1) p.25
Paper transport jam – Printer tray (Tray 1) p.26
Printer paper tray p.26
Paper transport timing abnormal p.27
Tray 2
Paper feed failure – PFU (Tray 2) p.27
Paper transport jam – PFU (Tray 2) p.28
PFU (Tray 2) p.28
PRINTER DISPLAY ERRORS
Operation Panel Error Page
Bypass Tray
Bypass tray unit defective p.29
Cover
Top cover open p.29
Duplex Unit
Duplex cover open p.30
Duplex unit defective p.30

Troubleshooting
Operation Panel Error Page
Ink
Ink cartridge cover open p.31
Ink cartridge not set p.31
Ink collection tank not set properly p.31
Ink out p.32
Paper
Paper out (Tray 1) p.32
Paper out (Tray 2) p.32
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Paper size error p.33
Manual
Center
Paper type error p.33
Temperature
Room temperature too high p.34
Room temperature too low p.34
Tray
Tray selection error p.34
OTHER PROBLEMS
Problem Page
Bi-directional Printing On Envelopes p.35
Bypass Tray Not Recognized by Printer Driver p.35
Duplex Unit
Printer does not detect open duplex cover p.35
Printer does not detect improper setting of duplex unit p.36

Problem Page
Image Quality
Image appears dirty, smeared p.36
Color offset p.36
Image appears scratchy, streaked p.37
Nothing prints p.38
Ink ejects improperly p.38
Vertical bands missing p.39
Nozzles not firing, cannot recover p.39
Ink Cartridge
Ink cartridge absent but not detected p.40
Ink Collection Tank
Ink collection tank improper installation not detected p.40
Printer does reset after replacement of ink collection tank p.40
Ink collection tank near-end alert appears after tank p.41

replacement
Printer Not Operating Properly
No LEDs light on operation panel p.41
Printer operation panel LED lights briefly p.41
Printer halts during print job p.42
Right Front Door
Right front door (ink cartridge cover) open but not detected p.42
Top Cover
Top cover open but not detected p.42

Troubleshooting
Problem Page
Tray 2
Printer driver does not recognize PFU (Tray 2) p.43
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center

SC Code Errors
SC950 USB chip ID read error
Description: An illegal number was detected for the USB chip ID at power on.
Probable Cause: USB chip defective
Location: Control board
Procedure:
1. Cycle printer on/off, check result.
2. Replace control board.
SC951 No definition allocated to USB
Description: An unrecognizable interrupt signal was detected for the USB chip.
Probable Cause: USB chip defective
Procedure:
SC970 Flash ROM erase error
Description: Occurs during data write to an IC card. The data on the Flash ROM failed to
erase during a write operation to an IC card for firmware update. This SC is logged (it does
not appear on the printer operation panel).
Probable Cause: NVRAM (Flash ROM) defective
Procedure:
SC971 Flash ROM write error
Description: Occurs during data write to an IC card. The data on the Flash ROM failed to
write during a write operation to an IC card for firmware update. This SC is logged (it does
not appear on the printer operation panel).
Probable Cause: Flash ROM defective

Troubleshooting
Procedure:
SC972 Flash ROM verify error
Description: Occurs during data write to an IC card. After firmware was written, the data on
the IC card in the data on the flash ROM were determined to be incompatible. This SC is
logged (it does not appear on the printer operation panel).
Probable Cause: Flash ROM defective
Procedure:
SC973 EEPROM write error
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Description: Data write to NVRAM failed.
Probable Cause: NVRAM EEPROM defective
Procedure:
2. Replace EEPROM (NVRAM).
SC978 Left ink collection tank
Description: Left ink collection tank is full.

Probable Cause: Ink collection tank sensor detected full condition.
Location: Ink collection tank
Procedure:
2. Push [Menu], select "List/Test Print" then push [#Enter] to print the System
Summary.
3. Check the Total Counter reading of the System Summary.
4. Replace the left ink collection tank.

SC984 DRV circuit temperature abnormal
Description: The temperature of the DRV board (driver board) is out of range (-13C to
+55C).
Probable Cause: The signal from the temperature sensor on the control board did not
change.
Procedure:
2. Check fan operation.
SC986 Humidity sensor abnormal
Description: An abnormality was detected in the humidity sensor.

Probable Cause: Defective temperature/humidity sensor.
Procedure:
2. Check control board connections.
SC988 Air sensor abnormal
Description: Air sensor was detected abnormal when suction was applied 3 times after the
printer was powered on for the first time for ink tank filling or print head refreshing, but no air
was detected.
Probable Cause: Defective plunger prevented the air release value from depressing
properly.
Location: Air sensor of the affected print head.
Procedure:
1. Replace the air release lever solenoid.
SC990 Ink level sensor feeler out of position
Description: One or more of the following occurred:

The ink level sensor feeler was not detected at initial ink filling or when air was purged
from the ink tanks before filling.
The proper air pressure inside the ink tank could not be achieved.
The signal from the ink level sensor did not change.

Troubleshooting
Probable Cause: One or more of the following:

The cap of the maintenance unit did not rise toward the carriage.
The maintenance motor was not operating for suctioning ink from the print heads.
Feelers of the ink level sensor missing or out of position.
Film encoder dirty.
Maintenance unit defective.
Location: Print head ink tank, feelers of the ink level sensor, encoder film strip, maintenance
unit.
Procedure:
2. Clean suction cap.
3. Replace horizontal encoder film strip.
4. Replace maintenance unit.
5. Check the position of the feelers attached to the sides of the tanks.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
SC993 High voltage leak
Description: A voltage leak was detected at the HVPS pack.

Probable Cause: The leak detection signal went ON then did not change, ink or
condensation accumulated on transport belt.
Location: HVPS pack, control board, transport belt
Procedure:
2. Raise top cover and check condition of transfer belt surface.
3. Push [Menu> select "Maintenance"> "De-Condensation" to feed 3 sheets of blank
paper through the paper path to absorb condensation.
4. Clean ink from transport belt.
5. Replace HVPS pack.
SC994 Vertical motor error
Description: The vertical motor did not move when it was switched on.
Probable Cause: Vertical motor not rotating, encoder sensor signal did not change, or
paper jam.
Location: Vertical motor, encoder sensor, control board, paper path (jam)
Procedure:
2. Remove paper jam.

3. Replace encoder sensor.
4. Replace vertical motor.
SC996 No input from the horizontal encoder sensor
Description: The input from the horizontal encoder sensor could not be detected.
Probable Cause: No input from horizontal encoder sensor, encoder sensor signal did not
change, encoder strip is dirty or scratched, horizontal motor not rotating.
Location: Encoder film strip, horizontal motor, control board, encoder sensor
Procedure:
2. Confirm film encoder not loose.
3. Replace horizontal motor.
SC997 Horizontal encoder abnormal
Description: One of the following:

The horizontal motor switched on at power on so the horizontal encoder sensor could
detect any foreign matter on the horizontal encoder strip but the motor could not switch
off.
When the printer was turned on, or after it left the energy save mode, the horizontal
motor could not stop when it was seeking the home position.
Probable Cause: Encoder sensor signal did not change, or encoder strip is dirty or
scratched.
Location: Encoder film strip, control board, encoder sensor
Procedure:
3. Check encoder film position.
4. Check carriage FFC (Flat Film Connector).
SC999 Maintenance stepper motor out of position
Description: Maintenance HP sensor motor failed to detect the motor position even though
the motor was rotating.
Probable Cause: Maintenance motor not rotating, maintenance motor HP sensor signal did
not change, cap did not separate from carriage.
Location: Maintenance unit, control board

Troubleshooting
Procedure:
2. Clean wiper.
3. Check HP sensor connector.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center

Unrecoverable Jamming
Bypass Tray
Paper feed jam – Bypass tray (Double Feeding)
Description: The registration sensor did not detect the leading edge of the paper fed from
the bypass tray.
Probable Cause: Registration sensor signals did not change, dirt, other foreign matter
detected on transport belt.
Location: Transport unit, 1st, 2nd registrations sensors
Service Center Procedure:
1. Confirm that rear paper guide is set correctly.
2. Confirm that the paper is not curled.
3. Confirm that the type of paper can be used with the printer.
Replacement Procedure:
1. Clean transport belt.
2. Replace Registration Sensors 1, 2.
3. Replace Multi Bypass Tray.
4. Replace the printer.
Paper exit jam – Bypass tray
Description: After the trailing edge sensor detected the trailing edge of the paper fed from
the bypass tray, the paper stopped at the 2nd registration sensor.
Probable Cause: 2nd registration sensor signal did not change.
Location: 2nd registration sensor

Troubleshooting
Duplex Unit
Duplex jam
Description: The trailing edge sensor failed to detect the trailing edge of the paper after it
was fed to the duplex unit for duplex/inverted printing.
Probable Cause: Duplex unit defective
Location: Duplex unit
1. Confirm that the duplex unit is installed correctly and that both levers are locked.
2. Confirm that the paper type can be used for duplex printing.
3. Request delivery of a new duplex unit if the unit is in poor condition.
1. Confirm that duplex unit is set correctly.
2. Remove jammed paper, paper scraps, etc.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
3. Replace duplex unit.
Manual
Center
Duplex transport jam
Description: After the trailing edge sensor detected the trailing edge of the paper fed to the
duplex unit for duplex/inverted printing, the paper stopped at the trailing edge sensor.
Probable Cause: The signal of the trailing edge sensor did not change, or the feeler of the
trailing edge sensor did not return to its home position properly.
Location: Trailing edge sensor
1. Confirm that the duplex unit is installed correctly and that both levers are locked.
2. Confirm that the paper type can be used for duplex printing.
1. Replace inverter guide.
2. Replace trailing edge sensor.
Duplex (Inside)
Description: After paper was fed for duplex/inverter printing, the trailing edge sensor
detected the trailing edge and switched ON but the registration sensors failed to detect the
paper.
Probable Cause: Trailing edge sensor signals did not change.

2. Replace TE sensor.
Initial Jam
Jam at start of print job
Description: Paper jammed at power on, or during printer initialization (trailing edge sensor
ON).
Probable Cause: The signal of the trailing edge sensor did not change, or paper feed clutch
remained on.
Location: Trailing edge sensor, paper feed clutch
2. Remove paper cassette Tray 1 and confirm that there is no paper in the printer.
Printer Paper Path Jams
Carriage jam
Description: The carriage failed to reach its target position within the prescribed time.
Probable Cause: Horizontal encoder read failure
Location: Encoder film strip, control board
2. Check the paper path.

Troubleshooting
2. Check the maintenance unit.
Jam between trailing edge sensor and registration sensor
Description: The leading edge of the inverted paper from the duplex unit is not detected at
the registration sensors.
Probable Cause: 1st or 2nd registration sensor not operating, or control board malfunction.
Location: 1st, 2nd registrations sensors, control board
1. Remove paper cassette Tray 1 and confirm that there is no paper in the printer
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
1. Replace registration sensors 1, 2.
Tray 1
Paper feed failure – Printer tray (Tray 1)
Description: The registration sensor detected the leading edge of the paper but the trailing
edge sensor failed to detect the trailing edge of the paper fed from the printer paper tray.
Probable Cause: The signal of the trailing edge sensor did not change, or the feeler of the
trailing edge sensor did not return to its home position properly.
Location: Printer tray (Tray 1), paper feed clutch, control board, trailing edge sensor.
1. Check paper how paper is loaded in the tray.
2. Remove paper, fan paper to remove static cling, and re-load.
3. Reduce or increase the amount of paper loaded.
4. Check and reset the position of the end fence.
7. Confirm that the paper cassette is installed correctly. (Remove the cassette and
set it again).
8. If another paper cassette is available, use the extra cassette.
9. If the cassette is defective, request delivery of another cassette.

1. Replace the paper feed clutch in Tray 1.
2. Replace friction pad.
3. Replace paper cassette unit.
Paper transport jam – Printer tray (Tray 1)
the printer paper tray, the paper stopped at the trailing edge sensor.
Double feed
Dirt, other foreign matter detected on transport belt
The signal of the trailing edge sensor did not change
The feeler of the trailing edge sensor did not return to its home position properly
Location: Transport unit, or trailing edge sensor
2. Remove paper cassette Tray 1 and confirm that there is no paper in the printer
Printer paper tray
Description: After paper was fed from the printer paper tray (Tray 1), the trailing edge
sensor detected the trailing edge and switched ON but the registration sensors failed to
detect the paper.
Probable Cause: Registration sensor signals did not change.
Location: 1st, 2nd registrations sensors

Troubleshooting
Paper transport timing abnormal
Description: The leading edge of the paper was detected at the registration sensor before
the trailing edge was detected at the trailing edge sensor (or PFU relay sensor).
Probable Cause: Registration sensor signals did not change.
Location: 1st, 2nd registrations sensors
2. Replace the 1st registration sensor.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Tray 2
Manual
Center
Paper feed failure – PFU (Tray 2)
Description: The PFU relay sensor signaled a paper late error after paper was fed from the
PFU.
Probable Cause: The signal of the PFU relay sensor did not change, or the feeler of the
PFU relay sensor did not return to its home position properly.
Location: PFU (optional tray), or control board
1. Check paper load. (Remove paper, fan paper to remove static cling, re-load
2. Reduce or increase the amount of paper loaded.
3. Check and reset the position of the end fence.
6. Confirm that the paper cassette is loaded correctly. (Remove the cassette and set
it again).
7. If another paper cassette is available use the extra cassette.
1. Replace paper feed clutch in Tray 2.
2. Replace paper cassette.
3. Replace Tray 2.

Paper transport jam – PFU (Tray 2)
the PFU, the paper stopped at the trailing edge sensor.
Double feed
Dirt, other foreign matter detected on transport belt
The signal of the trailing edge sensor did not change
The feeler of the trailing edge sensor did not return to its home position properly
Location: Transport unit, trailing edge sensor
3. Replace Tray 2.
PFU (Tray 2)
Description: After paper was fed from the PFU (Tray 2), the trailing edge sensor detected
the trailing edge and switched ON but the registration sensors failed to detect the paper.
Probable Cause: Sensor signals did not change.

Troubleshooting
Printer Display Errors
Bypass Tray
Bypass tray unit defective
Description: Bypass tray unit is not installed properly.

Probable Cause: The bypass unit detection signal did not change.
Location: Bypass unit, control board
1. Reinstall Multi Bypass Tray.
2. Replace if another unit is available.
1. Replace bypass unit.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Cover
Top cover open
Description: Top cover is open.

Probable Cause: Signal of the cover open sensor did not change, or top cover sensor leaf
spring is bent, broken.
Location: Top cover open sensor, control board
1. Check the top cover.
2. Check Status Monitor to see if a cover open alert has been triggered.
3. Check the duplex unit.
1. Replace front cover sensor (ink cartridge cover).
2. Replace the top cover sensor.

Duplex Unit
Duplex cover open
Description: Duplex unit cover is open.

Probable Cause: The signal from the duplex cover sensor did not change.
Location: Duplex unit, duplex cover switch, control board
1. Check the duplex unit cover.
2. Replace duplex unit if another unit is available.
4. Deliver duplex unit.
1. Replace duplex cover switch.
Duplex unit defective
Description: Duplex unit is not installed properly.

Probable Cause: Duplex unit locks defective, duplex unit defective, or the signal from the
duplex unit sensor did not change.
Location: One or more of the following:
Duplex unit
Rear interlock switch
HVPS pack
Control board
1. Reinstall duplex unit.
2. Replace duplex unit if another unit is available.
3. Deliver duplex unit.
2. Interlock switch.
3. Replace HVPS.

Troubleshooting
Ink
Ink cartridge cover open
Description: Ink cartridge cover (right front door) was open.

Probable Cause: Cartridge cover sensor signal did not change, or the tab of the Ink
cartridge cover open sensor is bent or broken.
Location: Ink cartridge cover sensor, or control board
1. Check the ink cartridge cover (right front door).
1. Replace ink cartridge cover (right front door).
2. Replace operation panel.
3. Replace the FFC (Flat Film Connector).
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Ink cartridge not set
Description: Ink cartridge is not inserted properly.

Probable Cause: Printer cannot communicate with ink cartridge, or ink cartridge ID chip
defective.
Location: Control board, ink cartridge unit, or ink cartridge
1. Confirm that the ink cartridge is set correctly (Remove and reset ink cartridge).
1. Replace ink cartridge
2. Replace CCB
3. Replace CCB harness
4. Replace printer.
Ink collection tank not set properly
Description: Ink collection tank out of the printer or installed improperly.

Probable Cause: The signal of the ink collection tank sensor did not change.
Location: Ink collection tank, control board
1. Remove and reinstall ink collection tank.
2. If another tank is available use the extra tank.
3. Deliver ink collection tank (requires resetting).

1. Replace ink collection tank.
Ink out
Description: Ink in both the ink cartridge and print head tank have run out.
Probable Cause: The signal from the air sensor of the print head tank did not change, or ink
supply pump motor is not operating.
Location: Control board, print head ink tank. ink supply pump motor
1. Determine if ink out alert continues even after replacing ink cartridge.
2. Confirm that ink out alert is for the appropriate color of the ink cartridge.
3. Determine if you can hear any spurious noise from the printer.
4. If the color is different, replace ink cartridge.
None
Paper
Paper out (Tray 1)
Description: The paper sensor in Tray 1 detected paper out but there is paper in the tray.
Probable Cause: The signal from the Tray 1 paper sensor did not change.
Location: Paper sensor (Tray 1)
2. Deliver another paper cassette.
2. Replace bottom plate lift spring.
Paper out (Tray 2)
Description: The paper sensor in Tray 2 detected paper out but there is paper in the tray.
Probable Cause: The signal from the Tray 2 paper sensor did not change.
Location: Paper sensor (Tray 2)

Troubleshooting

2. Deliver another paper cassette.
1. Replace the lift plate of Tray 2.
2. Replace bottom plate lift spring of Tray 2.
3. Replace PFU (Tray 2).
Paper size error
Description: Printer recognized different paper size.

Probable Cause: Paper size is different
Location: None
1. Confirm that the type of paper loaded is the same as that specified in the printer
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
driver.
Manual
Center
2. Select the appropriate setting with printer driver.
1. Check printer driver setting.
3. Replace the 1st registration sensor.
Paper type error
Description: Incorrect paper type selection.

Probable Cause: Paper type is different.
Location: None
1. Confirm that the type of paper loaded is the same as that specified in the printer
driver.
2. Select the appropriate setting.

Temperature
Room temperature too high
Description: Ambient temperature is above 43oC.

Probable Cause: Signal of the print head temperature sensor did not change, or signal of
the PFU relay sensor did not change.
Location: Temperature/humidity sensor, print head temperature sensor, control board
1. Determine if ambient temperature is out of range (10oC to 32oC (50oF to 89.6oF).
2. Try again once the temperature is within range.
Room temperature too low
Description: Ambient temperature is below 0oC.

Probable Cause: Signal of the print head temperature sensor did not change, or signal of
the PFU relay sensor did not change.
Location: Temperature/humidity sensor, print head temperature sensor, control board
1. Determine if ambient temperature is out of range (10oC to 32oC (50oF to 89.6oF).
2. Try again once the temperature is within range.
Tray
Tray selection error
Description: The tray selection is incorrect.

Probable Cause: The tray selection is incorrect.
Location: None
1. Check printer driver settings to determine if selected paper tray is the same as
the tray selected in printer operation panel.
2. Select the appropriate setting.
3. Check printer driver settings.
None

Troubleshooting
Other Problems
Bi-directional Printing On Envelopes
Description: Printer driver executing bi-directional printing even with envelope selector set
for thick paper (envelopes) and single-direction printing selected for the job.
Probable Cause: Signal from the carriage position sensor did not change.
Location: Carriage position sensor
None.
1. Replace control board
Bypass Tray Not Recognized by Printer Driver
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Description: Printer does not recognize bypass tray unit.
Probable Cause: The bypass unit detection signal did not change.
Location: Bypass unit, or control board
None
1. Replace bypass unit.
Duplex Unit
Printer does not detect open duplex cover
Description: The duplex unit cover is open but the printer does not detect this condition.
Probable Cause: The signal from the duplex unit sensor did not change.
Location: Duplex unit, control board
None.
2. Replace duplex cover switch.

Printer does not detect improper setting of duplex unit
Description: The duplex unit is installed improperly but the printer does not detect this
condition.
Probable Cause: The signal from the duplex unit sensor did not change.
Location: Duplex unit, or control board
None
Image Quality
Image appears dirty, smeared
Description: The printed image is smeared, scratchy, spotted.

Probable Cause: Paper dust, paper dirty
Location: Gap between print head and paper during printing (print head unit, or transport
belt unit)
1. Do a test print with another file.
2. Check paper thickness.
3. Raise top cover and check condition of transfer belt surface.
4. Set lower ink density if doing a simplex print.
5. If printing on thick paper or image with large coverage, set envelope selector for
envelopes.
2. Clean inverter roller.
Color offset
Description: Offset is characterized by improper overlays of color on lines and text.

Outlines of different colors appear around text and lines.
Probable Cause: Gap between transport belt and print head (with the paper in between) is
not correct.
Location: Print head unit, transport belt unit

Troubleshooting

2. Check printer drive settings (Density setting).
3. Print a Nozzle Check pattern.
4. Check the amount of line feed during printing.
5. Check the print head alignment.
6. Check the position of the envelope selector.
7. Adjust the printer driver density and mode settings.
8. Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times.
9. Do "Head-Flushing" 1 time.
10. Adjust line feed.
For more details about printing a Nozzle Check pattern, adjusting line feed, and
setting the print position, pleaser refer to Section "4. Troubleshooting" of the
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Service Manual or Operating Instructions.
Manual
Center
1. Readjust horizontal print position.
Image appears scratchy, streaked
Description: The surface of the image is scoured and smeared, portions of the image are
missing.
Probable Cause: The print head is scouring the surface of the paper because the gap
between the print head and paper is incorrect.
Location: Print head
1. Adjust the carrier position lever (envelope selector) and select mono-directional
printing for images with large amounts of ink coverage.
3. Check printer drive settings (Density setting).
4. Print a Nozzle Check pattern.
1. Replace the print head.

Nothing prints
Description: No ink is ejected from print head nozzles.

Probable Cause: Nozzles blocked, print head defective. Print drive wave pattern not output.
Location: Print head, control board
2. Check the USB connection.
3. Do a Nozzle Check print and check the results.
5. Do "Head-Flushing" 1 time
3. Replace print head.
Ink ejects improperly
Description: Ink ejected at points off the chart, or ejected ink shows unused color.
Probable Cause: Print head defective
Location: Print head unit, or control board.
2. Check the USB connection.
3. Change print mode and try again.
3. Replace the print head.
4. Replace the control board.

Troubleshooting
Vertical bands missing
Description: One or more of the following:

Image on the left edge of the paper appears masked
Image in the middle of the paper appears masked
Parts of the image area missing and streaked
Probable Cause: Change in the 1st registration sensor signal is weak, encoder is dirty.
Location: 1st registration sensor, control board, encoder film strip (horizontal)
1. Print a Nozzle Check Pattern and check the results.
2. Check the amount of line feed during printing.
3. Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times .
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
4. Replace horizontal encoder film strip.
Nozzles not firing, cannot recover
Description: Neither head cleaning nor head flushing can recover operation of the print
head nozzles.
Probable Cause: Suction cap, print head defective.
Location: Maintenance unit, print head
2. Do " Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times.
5. Allow the printer to remain unused overnight.
6. Try again after 12 hours.
1. Do " Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times.
3. Replace print head.

Ink cartridge
Ink cartridge absence not detected
Description: Closing the right front door with no ink cartridge set did not trigger the ink
cartridge not set alert.
Probable Cause: Cartridge cover sensor signal did not change.
Location: Ink cartridge cover sensor, control board
None
Ink Collection Tank
Ink collection tank improper installation not detected
Description: The ink collection tank is not installed correctly but this does not trigger and
alert.
Probable Cause: The signal of the ink collection tank sensor did not change.
Location: Ink collection tank sensor, control board
None
Printer does reset after replacement of ink collection tank
Description: The printer could not be reset with SP5003 after the old ink collection tank was
removed and a new one inserted.
Probable Cause: The signal from the ink collection tank sensor was weak.
None

Troubleshooting
Ink collection tank near-end alert appears after tank replacement
Description: Even after a new ink collection tank was installed and the printer reset, the ink
collection tank near-end alert appeared after printing only a few sheets.
Probable Cause: The signal from the ink collection tank sensor was weak.
None
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Printer Not Operating Properly
No LEDs light on operation panel
Description: Pushing the [Power] button on the printer operation panel has no effect.
Probable Cause: Operation panel defective, PSU defective, no signal from the [Power]
button.
Location: PSU, operation panel, control board.
1. Connect power supply connection.
2. Make sure the power supply rating is correct.
1. Replace PSU.
Printer operation panel LED lights briefly
Description: The LED lights briefly after pushing the [Power] button then extinguishes.
Probable Cause: PSU defective, no PSU control signal is output.
Location: Control board, PSU
1. Check power supply connection.

2. Replace PSU.
Printer halts during print job
Description: Power switches off suddenly during printing.

Probable Cause: Print head defective.
Location: Print head unit
1. Check power supply connection.
Right Front Door
Right front door (ink cartridge cover) open but not detected
Description: Open right cover does not trigger the ink cartridge cover open alert.
Probable Cause: Cartridge cover sensor signal did not change.
Location: Ink cartridge cover sensor, control board
1. Replace ink cartridge cover (right front door sensor).
Top Cover
Top cover open but not detected
Description: Open the top cover does not trigger the cover open alert when the printer is
not in sleep mode.
Probable Cause: Signal of the cover open sensor did not change.
Location: Top cover sensor, control board

Troubleshooting
1. Replace the top cover sensor.
2. Replace front cover sensor (ink cartridge cover).
Tray 2
Printer driver does not recognize PFU (Tray 2)
Description: The optional PFU is installed but does not appear as a paper feed source in
the printer driver.
Probable Cause: PFU detection signal did not change.
Location: PFU (optional tray), control board
None
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
1. Replace PFU (Tray 2).

Important Procedures
Preparing for Test Printing

You can see the image adjustment features on the “Maintenance” menu of the printer
operation panel.
The test prints and adjustments described in this section can also be done with the
printer driver.
For more details about doing these test prints and adjustments with the printer
driver, please refer to the printer User Guide.

Adjusting Paper Feed

J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center

Nozzle Blockage Check
One or more of the nozzles is blocked if you see:
Broken lines
Uneven patches of white in the printouts.
4. Note which colors are not printing normally.

5. Do the print head cleaning procedure for the print head that is blocked.
Do “Head-Cleaning” up to 3 times to correct the problem. Do “Head-Flushing” if

three "Head-Cleaning" executions does not solve the problem..
"Head-Flushing" uses a large amount of ink. Do not do the “Head-Flushing” until
you have done the “Head-Cleaning” at least 3 times.
The procedure for "Head-Cleaning" and "Head-Flushing" is described in the next
section.

Print Head Cleaning and Flushing

complete.
7. Print another Nozzle Check pattern (see previous section) to determine if the
problem has been solved.
8. Repeat Steps 2 to 7 for "Head-Cleaning" two more times.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
10. If "Head-Flushing" does not solve the problem, the print heads must be replaced.

Adjusting Print Head Position
Broken vertical lines
Smeared or streaked colors
2. Select "Head Position" and push [#Enter].

best pattern is in column "+2", line "A", the entry for adjustment will be "A" then "+2"
[#Enter].

Adjusting Registration
Do this procedure to adjust the print start position. The print start position is the point at the
upper left corner of each sheet where printing begins.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
adjustment value in the Read Direction is the difference between the single vertical
line and cross vertical line that you can see when the folded sheet is held up to the
light.
Feed Direction.

[#Enter].
[#Enter]

Drive Cleaning Procedure

Follow the procedure below to do drive cleaning. Here are some important points you should
know about drive cleaning.
Drive cleaning should be done only after head cleaning and head flushing fail to clean
the print heads successfully.
Drive cleaning is done by changing a bit switch setting in the SP mode and should
always be done by the service technician.
Drive cleaning forces the piezo element to switch off and on repeatedly to force ink out
of the nozzle ports. (The piezo element does not operate during head cleaning or head
flushing done with the operator panel or the printer driver.)
Drive cleaning consumes more ink than either head cleaning or head flushing and
requires more time to complete.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Only one print head at a time can be cleaned with this procedure.
Manual
Center
1. Push and hold down $ and " for 3 sec. then push [#Execute] to enter the SP
mode.
2. Push [#Enter].
6. Select "1" for Bit 1. This enables drive cleaning control.
ENG SW #1 00001000
bit0 _
7. Push - or . to position the cursor under Bit 1 (2nd digit from the right).
ENG SW #1 00001000
bit0 _
8. Push $ or " to display "1".

ENG SW #1 00001000
bit1 1
9. Push [#Enter] to set "1" for Bit SW 1.

10. After setting Bit 1 to "1", push [Escape] until the display returns to "ENGINE
MAINTE."
11. At "3. END" press [#Enter] to leave the SP mode.
12. Push [Menu] then select "Maintenance"> "3. Head-Flushing".
13. Select the print head (or all) for drive cleaning and push [#Enter].
The print head is flushed. In addition to flushing, drive cleaning is also performed
with the piezo element switching on and off.
Once drive cleaning is completed for the selected print head, Bit 1 resets to "0"
automatically.
If you need to do this procedure again for another print head, you must repeat this
procedure and set Bit 1 to "1" again in the SP mode.
Drive cleaning cannot be performed if the ink tank of the selected print head is
almost empty.

After Repair
After Repair
Parts Cleaning
These are general guidelines for cleaning and maintenance.
Item Action
External Covers Clean with damp cloth.
Paper Feed Rollers Clean with damp cloth.
Flushing Gate Unit Clean with damp cloth.
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Friction Pad (Paper
Manual
Center
Clean with damp cloth.
Trays)
Ink Collection Tank* Replace then reset counter with SP5003.
Firmware Update* Update with latest version of firmware.
Guarantee Check* Use special sheet.
* These items are not PM items for on-site servicing. Use a small amount of ethanol if some
dirty spots are difficult to clean.

Printing and Checking the QA Sheet
Printing the QA Sheet
This procedure can be done with the RPCS printer driver only. This function is not
available with the PCL printer driver.
1. Confirm that paper is loaded in the printer.
2. Open the printer driver from the desktop. For example, click Start> "Settings">
"Printer" to open the "Printers" folder, then right-click the printer icon to open the
printer driver.
3. Click "Maintenance".
4. Click "Restore Defaults/Other Settings".

After Repair
5. Press and hold down [Ctrl]+[Shift]+[Alt] then right-click twice the icon in the
upper left corner of the dialog box (shown above).
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
6. Click the [Browse] button, select the folder where you want to store the output file,
and enter a name for the file.
7. Click the name of the file that you want to print.
Select the correct filename for the printer model and paper size.
Model Name Engineering Name Filename
GX3000/GX3050 A4 Toscana A4 Tos_A4_QAcheckchart.prn
GX5050 Piemonte A4 Piemonte A4 Pie_A4_QAcheckchart.prn
GX3000/GX3050 Toscana LT Toscana LT Tos_LT_QAcheckchart.prn
GX5050 Piemonte LT Piemonte LT Pie_LT_QAcheckchart.prn
The print files will be provided separately.

8. Click the [Output] button to print to the file.
9. Browse to the folder where the file is stored, open it, then print it.

Checking the QA Sheet
No. Check Item Check Point Correction
Colors uneven? 1. Do "Head-Cleaning" 3 times.

Nozzle Check
Colors missing? 2. Do "Head-Flushing" once.
1. Clean horizontal encoder film strip

No white vertical
Encoder Check with alcohol.
lines, streaks?
2. Replace encoder
1. Clean guide shaft

Offset Check No line shifting larger
2. Make sure top cover is closed.
(Ruled Lines) than 1 line width?
3. Check amount of skew again.
1. Check tray fences.

Skew Check Less than 2 mm? 2. Check tray bottom plate, reverse
guide.

After Repair
Cleaning the Machine Before Storage

Cleaning cartridges that contain liquid cleaner will be provided as service parts. These
cleaning cartridges will be used in the field to purge ink paths, print head, sub tanks, and
nozzles. Do this procedure to clean the print heads before storing the repaired printer for
one month or longer.
This procedure should be done at the Repair Center before storing a repaired
printer until it can be reused. This procedure is not intended for use at the job site
for the customer.
- PREPARATION -
You will need an ink collection tank and four cleaning cartridges.
The ink collection tank must be replaced after cleaning. Before you start the cleaning
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
procedure, make sure that an ink collection tank is available (J7468010 for the
Manual
Center
J007/J010 or J7478010 for the J011)
Four cleaning cartridges, one for each ink tank (these part numbers may change in the
future):
1. K J751 8020
2. C J751 8120
3. M J751 8220
4. Y J751 8320
1. Turn the printer on.
2. When the printer enters standby mode, enter the SP mode.
To enter the SP mode press $ or " together for at least 3 sec. then push
[#Enter].
3. Select "2. ENGINE MAINTE.".
4. Select "5007" and push [#Enter].
5. When you see "WASHING" push [#Execute].
6. Open the ink cartridge cover, remove the ink cartridges, replace them with the
cleaning cartridges, and close the ink cartridge cover.
7. Confirm that "WASHING" and "EXEC" are still displayed, then push [#Enter].
8. When you see "OK?" push [#Enter].
"RUNNING" displays while the cleaning sequence executes.
When cleaning is finished, the display returns to "WASHING" and "EXEC"

Rev. 02/2007
If the "Alert" lamp lights red, this indicates that an error has occurred. At
this step you cannot see the error displayed on the printer operation panel.
Complete the procedure to return to standby mode, read the number of the
error displayed to determine the cause of the error.
9. Press [Escape] to return to the "2. ENGINE MAINTE." display.
10. Select "3. END" and push [#Enter] to return to standby.
11. Switch the printer off.
12. Remove the cleaning cartridges and store the printer.
The initial ink fill counter resets at the end of washing. The next time the ink
cartridges are installed and the printer is switched on, the initial filling sequence will
begin.
Do not install the ink cartridges and turn the printer on again after washing until you
are ready to use or service the printer again.
13. Remove the ink collection tank from the back of the printer and discard it.
14. Insert a new ink collection tank.
⇒ 15. To reset the software counter for the new ink collection tank, depress:
[Menu]-[System]-[Ink CU Replace]

6. Preparing a Machine for Transport
Before Transporting
Before Transporting from Repair Center to Customer Site
Check Point Comment
Keep the box with the top up and bottom down. Do not tilt the box
Box Proper Side Up
more than 45 degrees from the horizontal.
The machine can be shipped with the ink cartridges installed in the
machine. However, once the ink cartridges are installed the
J011 Repair
Ink in Machine machine should be set up and used within 30 days. If the machine
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
is kept longer than 30 days, the machine needs to be cleaned with
the cleaning cartridges.
Cover the machine with a plastic bag. This prevents spillage if the
Machine Cover
ink cartridges leak.
New ink cartridges should always be provided with a repaired

New Ink Cartridges
machine.
J007/J010 C, M, Y, K: Medium-Size Cartridges
C, K: Medium-Size Cartridges
J011
M, Y: Large-Size Cartridges
Before Transporting from Customer Site to Repair Center
Check Point Comment
Keep the box with the top up and bottom down. Do not tilt the box
Box Proper Side Up
more than 45 degrees from the horizontal.
Check the ink collection tank to confirm that it is not leaking. Insert
Ink Collection Tank
a paper towel between the tank and cover to prevent leakage

Check Point Comment
during transport. Confirm that the paper towel is removed after the
machine is set up.
Cover the machine with a plastic bag. This prevents spillage if the
Machine Cover
ink cartridges leak.
Ink Cartridges Return the ink cartridges to the customer.
Return all options (PFU, Bypass Tray, NIC, etc.) to customer.

Note: Network settings are stored on the NIB. If the NIB is not
Options
swapped, the settings do not need to be done again after machine
swapping.
What You Need

The following items and equipment are required for packing the machine before shipping.
Boxes
Vinyl Bag
InstaPak Kit or InstaPak Quick Kit
Ink Cartridges
Model Name Product Code Ink Cartridges Needed
GX3000/GX3050 J007/J010 C, M, Y, K: Medium-Size Cartridges
C, K: Medium-Size Cartridges
GX5050 J011
M, Y: Large-Size Cartridges
The large M, Y cartridges are required for the J011 because the amount of ink
required at initial refilling is larger. For more details, please refer to "Print Head"
in Section "6. Details" of the Service Manual.

Vinyl Bag Specifications
Material Width Length Thickness
Low-density
1200 mm (47.4") 800 mm (31.5") 0.07 mm (0.003")
Poly-ethylene
This bag can be used to wrap either the J007/J010 or the J011.
Box Specifications
J007/J010
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
All measurements are millimeters.

The illustration is not drawn to scale.

J011
All measurements are millimeters.

The illustration is not drawn to scale.

Packing a Machine with Instapak
Before You Use Instapak…

The InstaPak shock-absorbing materials prepared for machine packing and transport
should be used only once.
InstaPak materials should be kept separated from other packing materials and
discarded after use.
Other packing materials should be inspected for cracks or other damages before reuse.
The InstaPak Kit is recommended over the InstaPak Quick Kit, if available.
The dimensions of the packing boxes must be at least as large as the original boxes.
Model Name Product Code mm (W x D x H) inches (W x D x H)
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
GX3000/GX3050 J007/J010 544 x 629 x 432 21.4 x 24.8 x 17
GX5050 J011 639 x 629 x 447 25.2 x 24.8 x 18
Instapak Packing
Instapak liquid Urethan foam fills the gaps between the machine and the sides of the
packing box to absorb shock during shipping.
J007/J010
Left Right
A Liquid B Liquid

Mixing the A and B liquids produces the foam.
Left Right
Foam Spray Gun Vinyl Bag
The mixture of liquids A and B is sprayed into a vinyl bag.
Foam Spray Gun
The foam begins to form a few seconds after the mixture is sprayed into the bag and then
gradually begins to harden. More can be added if the first injection of foam is not sufficient.
Place the bottom of the machine on top of the bag so the foam molds itself to the shape of
the machine.

J007/J010
Left Right
Instapak for J007/J010 Instapak for J007/J010
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Left Right
Instapak for J007/J010 Instapak for J007/J010

J011
Left Right
Instapak for J011 Instapak for J011
Left Right
Instapak for J011 Instapak for J011
Instapak Quick Packing

Instapak Quick consists of pre-packaged packets of liquid that form urethane foam with
application of pressure. This system does not use a spray gun. The packets are inserted
between the machine and the sides of the packing box to protect the machine during
shipping.

Instapak Quick Packet
When the blue circles on the packet are pressed together this releases the A, B liquids and
allows them to mix to instantly start forming urethane foam. This eliminates the need for a
spray gun.
J007/J010
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
Manual
Center
Left Right
Instapak Quick for J007/J010 Instapak Quick for J007/J010
Two packets have been placed into the box (left), then the machine placed on top of the
packets (right).

Left Right
Instapak Quick for J007/J010 Instapak Quick for J007/J010
One packet is placed in front of the machine (left), then one packet is placed on the left and
one on the right side of the machine.
Instapak Quick for J007/J010
Finally, one packet is placed behind the machine.

J011
Left Right
Instapak Quick for J011 Instapak Quick for J011
Two packets have been placed into the box (left), then the machine placed on top of the
J011 Repair
J007/J010/
packets (right).
Manual
Center
Left Right
Instapak Quick for J011 Instapak Quick for J011
One packet is placed on the left and one on the right side of the machine (left), then one
packet is placed behind the machine (right).

PRICOM R-9100U
PRICOM 9100U PRINTER SERVER
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SPECIFICATIONS............................................................................1
2. PART NAMES ..................................................................................2
3. LAYOUT CONFIGURATION............................................................3
SM i PRICOM R-9100U
PRICOM R-9100U PRINTER SERVER

1. SPECIFICATIONS
The PRICOM R-9100U is a print server,
dedicated for use with USB connections to
Ricoh ISPSiO G Series Printers.
This print server operates with Ricoh
printer drivers and the IPSIO G Status
Monitor. By connecting the R-9100U to a
G Series Printer, the operator can monitor
in real time the status of the printer on a
PC connected to the network.
The R-9100U is equipped with an internal
32-bit RISC CPU dedicated for use with its G707V902.BMP
ASIC. This lets it achieve extremely fast throughput.
Print Server R-9100U Specifications

Ethernet Connection 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (auto recognition)
CPU JCI Falcon 32-bit RISC CPU
RAM 8 Mbyte
Flash ROM 1 Mbyte
Printer I/F USB Interface x 1: Ver. 1.1 A Port
Compatible Protocols TCP/IP, IPX Peer-to-Peer
Dimensions (D x W x H) 100 x 80 x 28 mm (3.9 x 3.2 x 1.1 in.)
Weight 95 g (3.4 oz)
Power Consumption 5 W (5V 1 A)
Compliant Standard VCCI Class b
Supported OS Windows 95 (OSR2), Windows 98, Windows Me,
Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
Compatible Browsers Internet Explorer 3.0 (and higher),
Netscape Navigator 3.0 (and higher)
Installer PRICOM User Software RX, easy installation from PC connected
to the network.
SM 1 PRICOM R-9100U
2. PART NAMES
Top Bottom
3
1 2
Right
Rear
8
5 6 7
G707V903.BMP
1. 10BASE LINK LED (Green)

2. 100BASE LINK LED (Green)
3. STATUS LED (Orange)
4. Ethernet Address (Lower 6 digits: The product number)
5. Network Port (10BASE-T, 100BASE-T
6. USB Port
7. Power Connector
8. Push Switch
PRICOM R-9100U 2 SM
3. LAYOUT CONFIGURATION
PRICOM R9100U
LAN Cable
USB Cable
J001/J003 Printer
PCs running one of the following operating systems:

Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows NT 4.0
Windows 2000, Windows XP G707V904.BMP
SM 3 PRICOM R-9100U

J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

J001/J003/J006/J007/J010/J011

NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY

All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including

© 2006 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.

Untrained and uncertified users utilizing

REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

3. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ........................................ 3-1

5. SERVICE INFORMATION............................................................ 5-1

8. DISPLAYED MESSAGES ............................................................ 8-1

J007/J010/J011 CALL CENTER MANUAL

J007/J010/J011 REPAIR CENTER MANUAL

Symbol What it means

Warnings, Cautions, Notes

Push ON/Push OFF

Responsibilities of the Customer Engineer

Installation, Disassembly, and Adjustments

Power Plug and Power Cord

Points to Confirm with Operators

Handling and Storing GELSPRINTER cartridges

GELSPRINTER cartridge Disposal

J001/J003 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

J001/J003 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT

J001/J003 SERVICE INFORMATION

J001/J003 DISPLAYED MESSAGES

25C (77F), 70%

20 32C (89.6F), 15%

Put the machine in a location with these requirements:

1.1.2 CHOOSING A LOCATION

1. Always install the machine in these areas:

J001 A= 403 mm 15.9 in.

1.1.4 POWER SOURCE

North America 120 V, 60 Hz, more than 0.8 A

1.1.5 REMOVING THE SHIPPING MATERIAL

Tape from the machine:

1.1.6 USING THE OPERATION PANEL

1. Low Ink Indicators

3. [Paper Feed] Key

1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

1.2.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – J003 OPTION)

6. Attach the tray cover [A] on the paper tray.

1.2.3 INSTALL THE PRINT CARTRIDGES

1. Get the four cartridges provided with the printer.

3. Remove the Black Print cartridge from its package.

1.2.4 CONNECT THE POWER CORD

1.2.5 POWER ON/OFF

1.2.6 LOAD PAPER

5. Get a stack of paper. Then fan it to remove static cling.

Loading the Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray J003 Option)

1.2.7 CLEAN THE PRINT HEADS, DO A TEST PRINT

To clean all the print heads

1.2.8 INSTALL PRINTER DRIVER: USB CONNECTION

4. Remove the pocket cover [B from the

1.3.2 TRAY 2 (500-SHEET PAPER TRAY – OPTION J003)

1 Tray 2 (500-Sheet Paper Tray)

1.3.3 DUPLEX UNIT (OPTION)

1 Bypass Tray Guides

1.4 BEFORE MOVING THE PRINTER

1.4.2 PURGING THE PRINT HEAD TANKS

External Covers Damp cloth.

2.2 SERVICE TECHNICIAN RESPONSIBILITY

2.3 CLEANING PROCEDURES

[B] [C] G707P901.BMP

1. Open the top cover.